Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 26, 2010
Securities Act Registration No. 333-167434
Investment Company Act Registration No. 811-22426
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form N-2
 
þ Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933
þ Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3
o Post-Effective Amendment No.
and/or
þ Registration Statement Under the Investment Company Act of 1940
þ Amendment No. 3
 
 
 
 
BlackRock Build America Bond Trust
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Declaration of Trust)
 
100 Bellevue Parkway
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
 
(800) 882-0052
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
 
Anne F. Ackerley, President
BlackRock Build America Bond Trust
55 East 52 nd Street
New York, New York 10055
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
 
 
 
 
Copies to:
 
     
Michael K. Hoffman, Esq.
  Sarah E. Cogan, Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036
212-735-3000
  Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
212-455-2000
 
 
 
 
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
 
 
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
                         
            Proposed Maximum
    Proposed Maximum
    Amount of
Title of Securities
    Amount Being
    Offering
    Aggregate
    Registration
Being Registered     Registered     Price per Unit     Offering Price     Fee
Common Shares, $0.001 par value
    60,000,000     $20.00     $1,200,000,000(1)     $85,560(2)
                         
 
(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee.
 
(2) $71.30 of this amount was previously paid.
 
 
 
 
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATES AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED AUGUST 25, 2010
 
PROSPECTUS
 
(BLACKROCK LOGO)
 
          Shares
BlackRock Build America Bond Trust
Common Shares
$20.00 per share
 
Investment Objectives.   BlackRock Build America Bond Trust (the “Trust”) is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. The Trust’s primary investment objective is to seek high current income, with a secondary objective of capital appreciation. There can be no assurance that the Trust will achieve its investment objectives.
 
Investment Policies.   The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objectives by investing primarily in a portfolio of taxable municipal securities known as “Build America Bonds” (or “BABs”). BABs are taxable municipal securities issued by state and local governments to finance capital projects such as public schools, roads, transportation infrastructure, bridges, ports and public buildings, among others, pursuant to the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “Act”). Unlike investments in most other municipal securities, interest received on BABs is subject to federal income tax and may be subject to state income tax. Issuers of direct pay BABs, however, are eligible to receive a subsidy from the U.S. Treasury of up to 35% of the interest paid on the bonds, which allows such issuers to issue bonds that pay interest rates that are expected to be competitive with the rates typically paid by private bond issuers in the taxable fixed income market.
 
No Prior History.    The Trust’s common shares have no history of public trading. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This risk may be greater for investors expecting to sell their shares in a relatively short period after completion of the public offering.
 
The Trust’s common shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “BBN.”
 
(continued on next page)
 
 
 
 
Investing in the Trust’s common shares involves certain risks that are described in the “Risks” section beginning on page 42 of this Prospectus.
                 
    Per Share   Total(1)
 
Price to Public
  $ 20.00     $        
Sales Load(2)
  $ 0.90     $    
Estimated Offering Expenses
  $ 0.04     $    
Proceeds to Trust(3) (4)
  $ 19.06     $  
 
(notes continued on next page)
 
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the common shares to purchasers on or about          , 2010.
 
 
Wells Fargo Securities  
  BofA Merrill Lynch  
            Citi  
       Morgan Stanley  
  UBS Investment Bank  
  Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
 
Raymond James        RBC Capital Markets Stifel Nicolaus Weisel
 
         
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC
  Janney Montgomery Scott   Maxim Group LLC
Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc. 
  Wedbush Securities Inc.   Wunderlich Securities
 
 
The date of this Prospectus is          , 2010.


Table of Contents

 
(continued from previous page)
 
Portfolio Contents.   Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets (as defined herein) in BABs. The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities other than BABs, including taxable municipal securities that do not qualify for federal subsidy payments under the Act, tax-exempt municipal securities, U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities. See “The Trust’s Investments.” Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in securities that at the time of investment are investment grade quality. Investment grade quality securities are securities rated within the four highest grades (“Baa” or “BBB” or better) by Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”), Standard & Poor’s Corporation Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”), or Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”) or securities that are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by BlackRock Advisors, LLC (“BlackRock Advisors” or the “Advisor”), the Trust’s investment advisor, or BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (“BlackRock Investment Management” or the “Sub-Advisor”), the Trust’s sub-advisor. The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities that at the time of investment are rated below investment grade quality by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch or that are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor. Securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominately speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.”
 
Build America Bonds.   BABs are taxable municipal securities issued by state and local governments. Municipal securities include, among other things, bonds, notes, leases and certificates of participation. Municipal securities may be structured as callable or non-callable, may have payment forms that include fixed-coupon, variable rate and zero coupon, and may include capital appreciation bonds, floating rate securities, inverse floating rate securities (including residual interest municipal tender option bonds), inflation-linked securities and other derivative instruments that replicate investment exposure to such securities. BABs, as municipal securities, may be structured in any of the foregoing ways and new versions of BABs may be offered in the future. The Trust may invest in any of these BABs or municipal securities. Issuers of direct pay BABs are eligible to receive a subsidy from the U.S. Treasury of up to 35% of the interest paid on the bonds. Subsidy payments received by issuers of BABs may be subject to offset against amounts owed by them to the federal government and may be reduced or eliminated. See“The Trust’s Investments — Build America Bonds” for more details on the different types of subsidy payments BAB issuers may receive.
 
 
(notes from previous page)
 
(1) The Trust has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to           additional common shares at the public offering price, less the sales load, within 45 days of the date of this Prospectus solely to cover overallotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full, the price to the public, sales load, estimated offering expenses and proceeds, after expenses, to the Trust will be $     , $     , $      and $     , respectively. See “Underwriting.”
 
(2) BlackRock Advisors (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay from its own assets a structuring fee to each of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC, Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc. BlackRock Advisors (and not the Trust) may also pay certain qualifying underwriters a structuring fee, sales incentive fee or additional compensation in connection with the offering. BlackRock Advisors (and not the Trust) may pay commissions to employees of its affiliates that participate in the marketing of the Trust’s common shares. See “Underwriting.”
 
(3) BlackRock Advisors has agreed to pay such organizational and offering expenses of the Trust (other than the sales load) to the extent that organizational and offering expenses (other than the sales load) exceed $0.04 per common share. The Trust will pay organizational and offering expenses of the Trust (other than the sales load) up to $0.04 per common share, which may include a reimbursement of BlackRock Advisors’ expenses incurred in connection with this offering. Any offering cost paid by the Trust will be deducted from the proceeds of the offering received by the Trust. The aggregate organizational and offering expenses (other than the sales load) are estimated to be $1,890,060 or $      per common share. The aggregate offering expenses (other than the sales load) to be incurred by the Trust are estimated to be $      or $      per common share. The aggregate organizational and offering expenses (other than the sales load) to be incurred by BlackRock Advisors on behalf of the Trust are estimated to be $      or $      per common share.
 
(4) The Trust will pay its organizational costs in full out of its seed capital prior to the completion of this offering.
 


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)
 
Although the U.S. Treasury subsidizes an issuer’s payments of interest on BABs, it does not guarantee the issuer will be able to make principal or interest payments. See “Risks — Build America Bonds Risk.”
 
The Trust believes there could be an opportunity to capitalize on the market for BABs by investing in taxable municipal issues at attractive market yields relative to the yields on equivalently rated corporate bonds. BlackRock Advisors will use its in-depth expertise in the municipal securities market to assemble the Trust’s portfolio. As market conditions permit and based upon the Advisor’s assessment of the interest rate environment, the Trust may opportunistically hedge its duration in an attempt to protect against the risk of rising interest rates, although no assurance can be given that this strategy will be successful.
 
As described more fully herein, the Act authorizes state and local governments to sell new BABs issues without limitation through December 31, 2010. Currently, bonds issued after December 31, 2010 will not qualify as BABs unless the relevant provisions of the Act are extended. The Obama administration and Congress are considering a variety of proposals to extend or modify the BABs program, including changes that would make it permanent, reduce the amount of the subsidy, and allow proceeds to be used for certain private, non-municipal activities or for refinancing capital expenditures. It cannot be predicted whether these proposals or other changes in the BABs program will be enacted, nor can it be predicted whether such proposals or changes, if enacted, will have a positive or negative effect on the Trust. See “The Trust’s Investments.”
 
Contingent Review Provision.   Under its Declaration of Trust, the Trust has no limitation on its term of existence. While the Advisors expect the Trust to maintain a perpetual life, to accommodate the possibility that the BABs program will not be extended, if for any twenty-four month period ending on or prior to December 31, 2014, there are no new issuances of BABs or other taxable municipal securities with interest payments subsidized by the U.S. Government through direct pay subsidies, the Trust’s board of trustees will undertake an evaluation of potential actions with respect to the Trust (the “Contingent Review Provision”). Such issuances may cease if the current legislation authorizing the U.S. Government subsidy for the issuances is not extended beyond December 31, 2010, and no similar legislation is enacted. Currently there are several proposals either to make such legislation permanent or to extend it beyond its scheduled sunset date. Under the Contingent Review Provision, such potential actions may include, among other things, changes to the non-fundamental investment policies that govern the Trust’s permissible investments such that the Trust broadens its primary investment focus to taxable municipal securities generally. The board of trustees may also determine to terminate the Trust. If the Trust is terminated, the Trust will distribute all of its net assets to shareholders of record as of the date of termination after providing for all obligations of the Trust. No assurance can be given as to how long it would take to liquidate the Trust’s portfolio and make a final liquidating distribution. The Trust’s investment objectives and policies are not designed to seek to return to investors who purchase common shares in this offering the amount of their initial investment on any termination date and such initial investors and any investors who purchase common shares after the completion of the offering may receive more or less than their original investment upon termination . See “The Trust’s Investments.”
 
Leverage.   The Trust intends to use leverage to seek to achieve its investment objectives. The Trust may use leverage by investing in derivative instruments with leverage imbedded in them, such as residual interest municipal tender option bonds (“TOBs Residuals”). The Trust may also use leverage by borrowing funds from banks or other financial institutions, by investing in reverse repurchase agreements, by issuing preferred shares or by any other means permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The Trust currently intends to use combined economic leverage of up to 54% of its net assets (35% of its Managed Assets), although it may use combined economic leverage of up to 100% of its net assets (50% of its Managed Assets), all or a portion of which may be effected through the use of TOBs Residuals.
 
The use of leverage, including investments in TOBs Residuals, is subject to numerous risks and will cause the Trust’s net asset value to be more volatile than if leverage was not used. For example, a rise in short-term interest rates, which currently are near historically low levels, will cause the Trust’s net asset


Table of Contents

value to decline more than if the Trust had not used leverage. A reduction in the Trust’s net asset value may cause a reduction in the market price of its common shares. See “Risks — General Leverage Risk” and “Risks — Tender Option Bonds Risk.”
 
Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisor.   The Trust’s investment advisor is BlackRock Advisors and the Trust’s sub-advisor is BlackRock Investment Management. We sometimes refer to the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor collectively as the “Advisors.”
 
You should read this Prospectus, which concisely sets forth information about the Trust, before deciding whether to invest in the common shares, and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated August   , 2010, containing additional information about the Trust, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and, as amended from time to time, is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this Prospectus. You can review the table of contents for the Statement of Additional Information on page 72 of this Prospectus. You may request a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information by calling (800) 882-0052 or by writing to the Trust, or obtain a copy (and other information regarding the Trust) from the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Call (202) 551-8090 for information. The Securities and Exchange Commission charges a fee for copies. You can get the same information free from the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website (http://www.sec.gov). You may also e-mail requests for these documents to publicinfo@sec.gov or make a request in writing to the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. The Trust does not post a copy of the Statement of Additional Information on its website because the Trust’s common shares are not continuously offered, which means the Statement of Additional Information will not be updated after completion of this offering and the information contained in the Statement of Additional Information will become outdated. In addition, you may request copies of the Trust’s semi-annual and annual reports or other information about the Trust or make shareholder inquiries by calling (800) 882-0052. The Trust’s annual and semi-annual reports, when produced, will be available at the Trust’s website (http://www.blackrock.com) free of charge.
 
You should not construe the contents of this Prospectus as legal, tax or financial advice. You should consult with your own professional advisors as to the legal, tax, financial or other matters relevant to the suitability of an investment in the Trust.
 
The Trust’s common shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
Prospectus Summary
    1  
Summary of Trust Expenses
    27  
The Trust
    29  
Use of Proceeds
    29  
The Trust’s Investments
    29  
Leverage
    39  
Risks
    42  
How the Trust Manages Risk
    53  
Management of the Trust
    54  
Net Asset Value
    57  
Distributions
    57  
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
    59  
Description of Shares
    61  
Certain Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust
    63  
Closed-End Fund Structure
    65  
Repurchase of Common Shares
    65  
Tax Matters
    66  
Underwriting
    68  
Custodian and Transfer Agent
    71  
Legal Opinions
    71  
Privacy Principles of the Trust
    71  
Table of Contents for the Statement of Additional Information
    72  
  EX-99.D
  EX-99.E
  EX-99.G.1
  EX-99.G.2
  EX-99.H.1
  EX-99.H.2
  EX-99.H.3
  EX-99.H.4
  EX-99.H.5
  EX-99.H.6
  EX-99.H.7
  EX-99.H.8
  EX-99.I
  EX-99.J
  EX-99.K.1
  EX-99.K.2
  EX-99.L
  EX-99.N
  EX-99.P
  EX-99.R.1
  EX-99.R.2
 
 
You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus. The Trust has not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in this Prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this Prospectus. Our business, financial condition and prospects may have changed since that date.


Table of Contents

(This page intentionally left blank)


Table of Contents

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This is only a summary. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common shares. You should review the more detailed information contained in this Prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information.
 
The Trust BlackRock Build America Bond Trust is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. Throughout the Prospectus, we refer to BlackRock Build America Bond Trust simply as the “Trust” or as “we,” “us” or “our.” See “The Trust.”
 
The Offering The Trust is offering          common shares of beneficial interest at $20.00 per share through a group of underwriters (the “Underwriters”) led by Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC and Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. The common shares of beneficial interest are called “common shares” in the rest of this Prospectus. You must purchase at least 100 common shares ($2,000) in order to participate in this offering. The Trust has given the Underwriters an option to purchase up to           additional common shares to cover overallotments. BlackRock Advisors, LLC (“BlackRock Advisors” or the “Advisor”), the Trust’s investment advisor, has agreed to pay organizational expenses and offering costs (other than sales load) that exceed $0.04 per common share. See “Underwriting.”
 
Investment Objectives The Trust’s primary investment objective is to seek high current income, with a secondary objective of capital appreciation. There can be no assurance that the Trust will achieve its investment objectives.
 
Investment Policies The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objectives by investing primarily in a portfolio of taxable municipal securities known as “Build America Bonds” (or “BABs”), as discussed further in this Prospectus. The Trust believes there could be an opportunity to capitalize on the market for BABs by investing in taxable municipal issues at attractive market yields relative to the yields on equivalently rated corporate bonds. BlackRock Advisors will use its in-depth expertise in the municipal securities market to assemble the Trust’s portfolio. As market conditions permit and based upon the Advisor’s assessment of the interest rate environment, the Trust may opportunistically hedge its duration in an attempt to protect against the risk of rising interest rates, although no assurance can be given that this strategy will be successful. The Advisor will not manage duration to a benchmark. The Trust’s sub-advisor is BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (“BlackRock Investment Management” or the “Sub-Advisor”).
 
Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets (as defined herein) in BABs. This investment policy may be changed by the Trust’s board of trustees upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. The Trust may


1


Table of Contents

invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities other than BABs, including taxable municipal securities that do not qualify for federal subsidy payments under the Act, municipal securities the interest income from which is exempt from regular federal income tax (sometimes referred to as “tax-exempt municipal securities”), U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities. Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in securities that at the time of investment are investment grade quality. Investment grade quality securities are securities rated within the four highest grades (“Baa” or “BBB” or better) by Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”), Standard & Poor’s Corporation Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”), or Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”) or securities that are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Advisor or Sub-Advisor. The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities that at the time of investment are rated below investment grade quality by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch or that are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Advisor or Sub-Advisor. Certain of the Trust’s investments may be illiquid. See “The Trust’s Investments — Investment Objectives and Policies.”
 
BABs are taxable municipal securities issued by state and local governments. Municipal securities include, among other things, bonds, notes, leases and certificates of participation. Municipal securities may be structured as callable or non-callable, may have payment forms that include fixed-coupon, variable rate and zero coupon, and may include capital appreciation bonds, floating rate securities, inverse floating rate securities (including residual interest municipal tender option bonds), inflation-linked securities and other derivative instruments that replicate investment exposure to such securities. BABs, as municipal securities, may be structured in any of the foregoing ways and new versions of BABs may be offered in the future. The Trust may invest in any of these BABs or municipal securities, and may acquire them through investments in pooled vehicles, partnerships or other investment companies. The Trust may also purchase BABs and other municipal securities representing a wide range of sectors and purposes. See “The Trust’s Investments — Investment Objectives and Policies.”
 
The Trust may engage in various strategic transactions for hedging and risk management purposes or to enhance total return (“Strategic Transactions”). Strategic Transactions involve the use of derivative instruments. Such instruments may include, but are not limited to, financial futures contracts, swap contracts (including, but not limited to, credit default swaps), options on financial futures, options on swap contracts and other derivative instruments. If the Trust engages in Strategic Transactions for hedging and risk management purposes, it primarily intends to use strategies that include swaps (including interest rate swaps), financial futures contracts, options on financial futures or options based either on an index of long-


2


Table of Contents

term securities or on taxable debt securities whose prices, in the opinion of the Advisors, correlate with the prices of the Trust’s investments. If the Trust engages in Strategic Transactions to enhance total return, it primarily intends to use the same strategies as discussed above for hedging and risk management purposes and, in addition, to engage in credit derivative transactions, including credit default swaps. There is no assurance that these derivative strategies will be available at any time or that the Advisors will determine to use them for hedging or risk management purposes or to enhance total return or, if used, that the strategies will be successful. Using derivatives involves various risks. See “The Trust’s Investments — Strategic Transactions” and “Risks — Strategic Transactions Risk.” In addition, please see the Trust’s Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed description of Strategic Transactions and the various derivative instruments the Trust may use and the various risks associated with them.
 
The Trust may purchase municipal securities that are additionally secured by insurance, bank credit agreements or escrow accounts. The credit quality of companies which provide these credit enhancements will affect the value of those securities. Although the insurance feature reduces certain financial risks, the premiums for insurance and the higher market price paid for insured obligations may reduce the Trust’s income. Insurance generally will be obtained from insurers with a claims-paying ability rated Baa or BBB or better by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch. The insurance feature does not guarantee the market value of the insured obligations or the net asset value of the common shares. The Trust may purchase insured bonds and may purchase insurance for securities in its portfolio. See “Risks — Insurance Risk.”
 
The Trust may implement various temporary “defensive” strategies at times when the Advisor or Sub-Advisor determines that conditions in the markets or the termination of the Trust makes pursuing the Trust’s basic investment strategy inconsistent with the best interests of its shareholders. These strategies may include investing all or a portion of the Trust’s assets in U.S. Government obligations and high-quality, short-term debt securities that may be either tax-exempt or taxable. See “The Trust’s Investment’s — Portfolio Composition and Other Information — Short-Term Debt Securities; Temporary Defensive Position; Invest-Up Period.”
 
Build America Bonds BABs are taxable municipal securities that include bonds issued by state and local governments to finance capital projects such as public schools, roads, transportation infrastructure, bridges, ports and public buildings, among others, pursuant to the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “Act”). Unlike investments in most other municipal securities, interest received on BABs is subject to federal income tax and may be subject to state income tax.


3


Table of Contents

 
Enacted in February 2009, the Act was intended in part to assist state and local governments in financing capital projects at lower net borrowing costs through direct subsidies designed to stimulate state and local infrastructure projects, create jobs and attract non-traditional municipal security investors. The Act authorizes state and local governments to issue taxable bonds on which, assuming certain specified conditions are satisfied, issuers may either (i) receive payments from the U.S. Treasury equal to a specified percentage of their interest payments (“direct pay”), or (ii) cause investors in the bonds to receive federal tax credits (“tax credit”).
 
Based on current market conditions, the Trust currently intends to invest in direct pay BABs and not in tax credit BABs. Under the terms of the Act, issuers of direct pay BABs are entitled to receive reimbursement from the U.S. Treasury currently equal to 35% (or 45% in the case of Recovery Zone Economic Development Bonds) of the interest paid on the bonds, which allows such issuers to issue bonds that pay interest rates that are expected to be competitive with the rates typically paid by private bond issuers in the taxable fixed income market. Although the U.S. Treasury subsidizes an issuer’s payments of interest on BABs, it does not guarantee the issuer will be able to make principal or interest payments. Bonds issued after December 31, 2010 (referred to as the “sunset”) currently will not qualify as BABs unless the relevant provisions of the Act are extended or similar legislation is enacted that provides for municipal issuers to elect to issue taxable municipal securities and receive from the U.S. Treasury direct pay federal subsidies to offset a portion of the interest costs incurred over the full term of such taxable municipal securities. As currently enacted, the Act contains no budgetary limit on issuances under the BABs program through the sunset. Currently under the Act, BABs cannot be used to finance private, non-municipal activities, and can only be used to fund capital expenditures. The proceeds of BAB issuances are used for public benefit and generally support facilities that meet such essential needs as water, electricity, transportation, and education. Moreover, many BABs are general obligation bonds, which are backed by the full faith and taxing power of the state and local governments issuing them.
 
The Obama administration and Congress are considering a variety of proposals to extend or modify the BABs program, including changes that would make it permanent, reduce the amount of the subsidy, and allow proceeds to be used for certain private, non-municipal activities or for refinancing capital expenditures. It cannot be predicted whether these proposals or other changes in the BABs program will be enacted, nor can it be predicted whether such proposals or changes, if enacted, will have a positive or negative effect on the Trust.
 
Contingent Review Provision Under its Declaration of Trust, the Trust has no limitation on its term of existence. While the Advisors expect the Trust to maintain a perpetual life, to accommodate the possibility that


4


Table of Contents

the BABs program will not be extended, if for any twenty-four month period ending on or prior to December 31, 2014, there are no new issuances of BABs or other taxable municipal securities with interest payments subsidized by the U.S. Government through direct pay subsidies, the Trust’s board of trustees will undertake an evaluation of potential actions with respect to the Trust (the “Contingent Review Provision”). Issuances of BABs may cease if the current legislation authorizing the U.S. Government subsidy for the issuances is not extended beyond December 31, 2010, and no similar legislation is enacted. Under the Contingent Review Provision, such potential actions may include, among other things, changes to the non-fundamental investment policies that govern the Trust’s permissible investments such that the Trust broadens its primary investment focus to taxable municipal securities generally. The board of trustees may also determine to terminate the Trust. If the Trust is terminated, the Trust will distribute all of its net assets to shareholders of record as of the date of termination after providing for all obligations of the Trust. During such period, the Trust may not be able to invest in accordance with its investment policies as it winds down its portfolio. No assurance can be given as to how long it would take to liquidate the Trust’s portfolio and make a final liquidating distribution. The Trust’s investment objectives and policies are not designed to seek to return to investors who purchase common shares in this offering the amount of their initial investment on any termination date and such initial investors and any investors who purchase common shares after the completion of the offering may receive more or less than their original investment upon termination .
 
Special Tax Considerations The Trust primarily invests in taxable municipal securities whose income is subject to U.S. Federal income tax. Thus, dividends with respect to the common shares will be taxable as ordinary income for U.S. Federal income tax purposes (except in the case of capital gain dividends). See “Tax Matters.”
 
Leverage The Trust intends to use leverage to seek to achieve its investment objectives. The Trust may use leverage by investing in derivative instruments with leverage imbedded in them, such as residual interest municipal tender option bonds (“TOBs Residuals”). The Trust may also use leverage by borrowing funds from banks or other financial institutions, by investing in reverse repurchase agreements, by issuing preferred shares or by any other means permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). The Trust currently intends to use combined economic leverage of up to 54% of its net assets (35% of its Managed Assets), although it may use combined economic leverage of up to 100% of its net assets (50% of its Managed Assets), all or a portion of which may be effected through the use of TOBs Residuals.
 
The use of leverage, including investments in TOBs Residuals, is subject to numerous risks and will cause the Trust’s net asset


5


Table of Contents

value to be more volatile than if leverage was not used. For example, a rise in short-term interest rates, which currently are near historically low levels, will cause the Trust’s net asset value to decline more than if the Trust had not used leverage.
 
The use of borrowings to leverage the common shares can create risks. Changes in the value of the Trust’s portfolio, including securities bought with the proceeds of leverage, will be borne entirely by the holders of common shares. If there is a net decrease or increase in the value of the Trust’s investment portfolio, leverage will decrease or increase, as the case may be, the net asset value per common share to a greater extent than if the Trust did not utilize leverage. A reduction in the Trust’s net asset value may cause a reduction in the market price of its common shares. During periods in which the Trust is using leverage, the fees paid to the Advisors for advisory and sub-advisory services will be higher than if the Trust did not use leverage, because the fees paid will be calculated on the basis of the Trust’s Managed Assets, which includes the proceeds from leverage.
 
The use of TOBs Residuals will require the Trust to earmark or segregate liquid assets in an amount equal to any TOBs Floaters (as defined below), plus any accrued but unpaid interest due on the TOBs Floaters, issued by TOBs Issuers (as defined below) sponsored on behalf of the Trust that are not owned by the Trust. The use of a reverse repurchase agreement will require the Trust to earmark or segregate liquid assets in an amount equal to the Trust’s repurchase obligation under the reverse repurchase agreement. The Trust will not earmark or segregate assets transferred to a TOBs Issuer or a reverse repurchase agreement counterparty. The Trust reserves the right to modify its asset segregation policies in the future to the extent that such changes are in accordance with applicable regulations or interpretations.
 
There can be no assurance that the Trust’s leverage strategy will be successful or that the Trust will be able to use leverage at all. Recent developments in the credit markets may adversely affect the ability of the Trust to borrow for investment purposes and may increase the costs of such borrowings, which would reduce returns to the holders of common shares. See “Leverage” and “Risks — General Leverage Risk.”
 
Tender Option Bonds The Trust may leverage its assets through the use of tender option bond trusts (each, a “TOBs Issuer”). A TOBs Issuer is typically established by a third party sponsor forming a special purpose trust into which the Trust, or an agent on behalf of the Trust, transfers BABs or other municipal securities. A TOBs Issuer typically issues two classes of beneficial interests: short-term floating rate notes (“TOBs Floaters”), which are sold to third party investors, and TOBs Residuals, which are generally issued to the Trust. The Trust may invest in both TOBs Floaters and TOBs Residuals. The Trust does not currently intend to invest in TOBs Residuals issued by a TOBs Issuer that was not


6


Table of Contents

formed for the Trust, although it reserves the right to do so in the future. Below is a diagram outlining the structure for a typical TOBs Issuer.
 
(FLOW CHART)
 
As diagrammed above, the TOBs Issuer receives BABs or other municipal securities from the Trust through the sponsor and then issues TOBs Floaters to third party investors and a TOBs Residual to the Trust. The Trust is paid the cash (less transaction expenses, which are borne by the Trust and therefore common shareholders indirectly) received by the TOBs Issuer from the sale of the TOBs Floaters and typically will invest the cash in additional BABs or other investments permitted by its investment policies. TOBs Floaters may have first priority on the cash flow from the securities held by the TOBs Issuer and are enhanced with a liquidity support arrangement from a bank or an affiliate of the sponsor (the “liquidity provider”) which allows holders to tender their position at par (plus accrued interest). The Trust, in addition to receiving cash from the sale of the TOBs Floaters, also receives the TOBs Residual. The TOBs Residual provides the Trust with the right (1) to cause the holders of the TOBs Floaters to tender their notes to the TOBs Issuer at par (plus accrued interest), and (2) to acquire the BABs or other municipal securities from the TOBs Issuer. In addition, all voting rights and decisions to be made with respect to any other rights relating to the securities held in the TOBs Issuer are passed through to the Trust, as the holder of the TOBs Residual. This transaction, in effect, creates exposure for


7


Table of Contents

the Trust to the entire return of the securities in the TOBs Issuer, with a net cash investment by the Trust that is less than the value of the securities in the TOBs Issuer. This multiplies the positive or negative impact of the securities’ return within the Trust (thereby creating leverage).
 
The TOBs Issuer may be terminated without the consent of the Trust upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the bankruptcy or default of the issuer of the securities in the TOBs Issuer, a substantial downgrade in the credit quality of the issuer of the securities in the TOBs Issuer, the inability of the TOBs Issuer to obtain liquidity support for the TOBs Floaters, a substantial decline in the market value of the securities in the TOBs Issuer, or the inability of the sponsor to remarket any TOBs Floaters tendered to it by holders of the TOBs Floaters. In such an event, the TOBs Floaters would be redeemed by the TOBs Issuer at par (plus accrued interest) out of the proceeds from a sale of the securities in the TOBs Issuer. If this happens, the Trust would be entitled to the assets of the TOBs Issuer, if any, that remain after the TOBs Floaters have been redeemed at par (plus accrued interest). If there are insufficient proceeds from the sale of these securities to redeem all of the TOBs Floaters at par (plus accrued interest), the liquidity provider or holders of the TOBs Floaters would bear the losses on those securities and there would be no recourse to the Trust’s assets (unless the Trust held a recourse TOBs Residual). A recourse TOBs Residual is generally a TOBs Residual issued by a TOBs Issuer in which the TOBs Floaters represent greater than 75% of the market value of the securities at the time they are deposited in the TOBs Issuer. If the Trust were to invest in a recourse TOBs Residual to leverage its portfolio, it would typically be required to enter into an agreement pursuant to which the Trust is required to pay to the liquidity provider the difference between the purchase price of any TOBs Floaters put to the liquidity provider by holders of the TOBs Floaters and the proceeds realized from the remarketing of those TOBs Floaters or the sale of the assets in the TOBs Issuer. The Trust currently does not intend to use recourse TOBs Residuals to leverage the Trust’s portfolio, but reserves the right to do so depending on future market conditions. See “Risks — Tender Option Bonds Risk.”
 
Under accounting rules, securities of the Trust that are deposited into a TOBs Issuer are investments of the Trust and are presented on the Trust’s Schedule of Investments and outstanding TOBs Floaters issued by a TOBs Issuer are presented as liabilities in the Trust’s Statement of Assets and Liabilities. Interest income from the underlying security is recorded by the Trust on an accrual basis. Interest expense incurred on the TOBs Floaters and other expense related to remarketing, administration and trustee services to a TOBs Issuer are reported as expenses of the Trust.


8


Table of Contents

 
For TOBs Floaters, generally, the interest rate earned will be based upon the market rates for municipal securities with maturities or remarketing provisions that are comparable in duration to the periodic interval of the tender option, which may vary from weekly, to monthly, to extended periods of one year or multiple years. Since the option feature has a shorter term than the final maturity or first call date of the underlying securities deposited in the TOBs Issuer, the Trust as the holder of the TOBs Floaters relies upon the terms of the agreement with the financial institution furnishing the option as well as the credit strength of that institution. As further assurance of liquidity, the terms of the TOBs Issuer provide for a liquidation of the municipal security deposited in the TOBs Issuer and the application of the proceeds to pay off the TOBs Floaters.
 
The Trust may invest in both TOBs Floaters and TOBs Residuals issued by the same TOBs Issuer. See “The Trust’s Investments — Portfolio Composition and Other Information — Tender Option Bonds” and “Risks — Tender Option Bonds Risk.”
 
Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisor BlackRock Advisors will be the Trust’s investment advisor and BlackRock Advisors’ affiliate, BlackRock Investment Management, will be the Trust’s sub-advisor. Throughout the Prospectus, we sometimes refer to BlackRock Advisors and BlackRock Investment Management collectively as the Advisors. BlackRock Advisors will receive an annual fee, payable monthly, in a maximum amount equal to 0.55% of the average daily value of the Trust’s Managed Assets (0.85% of the Trust’s net assets, assuming leverage of 35%). “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust (including any assets attributable to money borrowed for investment purposes) minus the sum of the Trust’s accrued liabilities (other than money borrowed for investment purposes). For the avoidance of doubt, assets attributable to money borrowed for investment purposes includes the portion of the Trust’s assets in a TOBs Issuer of which the Trust owns the TOBs Residual. BlackRock Advisors will pay an annual sub-advisory fee to BlackRock Investment Management equal to 50% of the management fee received by BlackRock Advisors. See “Management of the Trust — Investment Management Agreement.”
 
Distributions Commencing with the Trust’s initial dividend, the Trust intends to make regular monthly cash distributions of all or a portion of its net investment income to common shareholders. We expect to declare the initial monthly dividend on the Trust’s common shares within approximately 45 days after completion of this offering and to pay that initial monthly dividend approximately 60 to 90 days after completion of this offering. The Trust will distribute to common shareholders at least annually all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income after the payment of dividends and interest, if any, owed with respect to any outstanding preferred shares or other forms of leverage utilized by the Trust. The Trust intends to pay any capital gains distributions at least annually. If the Trust realizes a long-term


9


Table of Contents

capital gain, it will be required to allocate such gain between the common shares and any preferred shares issued by the Trust in proportion to the total dividends paid to each class for the year in which the income is realized. See “Distributions” and “Leverage.”
 
Various factors will affect the level of the Trust’s income, including the asset mix and average maturity of the Trust’s portfolio, the amount of leverage utilized by the Trust and the cost of such leverage and the Trust’s use of hedging. To permit the Trust to maintain a more stable monthly distribution, the Trust may from time to time distribute less than the entire amount of income earned in a particular period. The undistributed income would be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Trust for any particular monthly period may be more or less than the amount of income actually earned by the Trust during that period. Undistributed income will add to the Trust’s net asset value (and indirectly benefits the Advisors by increasing their fees) and, correspondingly, distributions from undistributed income will reduce the Trust’s net asset value. See “Distributions.”
 
Shareholders will automatically have all dividends and distributions reinvested in common shares of the Trust in accordance with the Trust’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan, unless an election is made to receive cash by contacting Computershare Trust Company, N.A., the plan agent, at (800) 699-1BFM. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
 
The Trust reserves the right to change its distribution policy and the basis for establishing the rate of its monthly distributions at any time and may do so without prior notice to common shareholders.
 
Listing The common shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “BBN.” See “Description of Shares — Common Shares.”
 
Custodian And Transfer Agent State Street Bank and Trust Company will serve as the Trust’s Custodian, and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., will serve as the Trust’s Transfer Agent.
 
Market Price Of Shares Common shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at prices lower than their net asset value. Common shares of closed-end investment companies like the Trust that invest primarily in investment grade municipal securities have during some periods traded at prices higher than their net asset value and during other periods traded at prices lower than their net asset value. The Trust cannot assure you that its common shares will trade at a price higher than or equal to net asset value. The value of a shareholder’s investment in the Trust will be reduced immediately following this offering by the sales load and the amount of the organizational and offering expenses paid by the Trust. See “Use of Proceeds.” In addition to net asset value, the market price of the Trust’s common shares may be affected by such factors as dividend levels, which are in turn


10


Table of Contents

affected by expenses, call protection for portfolio securities, dividend stability, portfolio credit quality, liquidity and market supply and demand. See “Leverage,” “Risks,” “Description of Shares” and the section of the Statement of Additional Information with the heading “Repurchase of Common Shares.” The common shares are designed primarily for long-term investors and you should not purchase common shares of the Trust if you intend to sell them shortly after purchase.
 
Special Risk Considerations No Operating History.   The Trust is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. See “Risks — No Operating History.”
 
Investment and Market Discount Risk .  An investment in the Trust’s common shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire amount that you invest. As with any stock, the price of the Trust’s common shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If shares are sold, the price received may be more or less than the original investment. The value of a shareholder’s investment in the Trust will be reduced immediately following the initial offering by the amount of the sales load and the amount of the organizational and offering expenses paid by the Trust. Common shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be treated as trading vehicles. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. At any point in time an investment in the Trust’s common shares may be worth less than the original amount invested, even after taking into account distributions paid by the Trust. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their common shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of the initial offering. The Trust anticipates using leverage, which will magnify the Trust’s investment, market and certain other risks. See “Risks — Investment and Market Discount Risk” and “Risks — General Leverage Risk.”
 
Build America Bonds Risk.   The BABs market is smaller and less diverse than the broader municipal securities market. In addition, because BABs are a new form of municipal financing and because bonds issued after December 31, 2010 currently will not qualify as BABs unless the relevant provisions of the Act are extended, it is difficult to predict the extent to which a market for such bonds will develop, meaning that BABs may experience greater illiquidity than other types of municipal securities. If the ability to issue BABs is not extended beyond December 31, 2010, the number of BABs available in the market will be limited and there can be no assurance that BABs will be actively traded. In addition, illiquidity may negatively affect the value of the bonds. If the ability to issue BABs is not extended beyond December 31, 2010, the Trust will have a limited period of time in which to purchase newly issued BABs and as such may not be able to purchase the quantity and quality of BABs currently intended at attractive prices.


11


Table of Contents

 
Because issuers of direct pay BABs held in the Trust’s portfolio receive reimbursement from the U.S. Treasury with respect to interest payment on bonds, there is a risk that those municipal issuers will not receive timely payment from the U.S. Treasury and may remain obligated to pay the full interest due on direct pay BABs held by the Trust. Furthermore, it is possible that a municipal issuer may fail to comply with the requirements to receive the direct pay subsidy or that a future Congress may terminate the subsidy altogether. In addition, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) contains a general offset rule (the “IRS Offset Rule”) which allows for the possibility that subsidy payments received by issuers of BABs may be subject to offset against amounts owed by them to the federal government. Moreover, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) may audit the agencies issuing BABs and such audits may, among other things, examine the price at which BABs are initially sold to investors. If the IRS concludes that a BAB was mis-priced based on its audit, it could disallow all or a portion of the interest subsidy received by the issuer of the BAB. The IRS Offset Rule and the disallowance of any interest subsidy as a result of an IRS audit could potentially adversely affect a BABs issuer’s credit rating, and adversely affect the issuer’s ability to repay or refinance BABs. This, in turn, could adversely affect the ratings and value of the BABs held by the Trust and the Trust’s net asset value. In this regard, the State of Florida recently announced that it suspended the new issuance of BABs as a result of its uncertainty relating to the IRS Offset Rule and, in May 2010, the IRS withheld subsidies from several states and municipalities, including Austin, Texas and the State of Maryland.
 
Because the BABs program is new, certain aspects of the BABs program may be subject to additional Federal or state level guidance or subsequent legislation. For example, the IRS or U.S. Treasury could impose restrictions or limitations on the payments received. Aspects of the BABs program for which the IRS and the U.S. Treasury have solicited public comment include, but have not been limited to, methods for making direct payments to issuers, the tax procedural framework for such payments, and compliance safeguards. It is not known what additional procedures will be implemented with respect to direct pay BABs, if any, nor is it known what effect such possible procedures would have on the BABs market.
 
Legislation extending the relevant provisions of the Act, if any, may also modify the characteristics of BABs issued after December 31, 2010, including the amount of subsidy paid to issuers.
 
The Trust intends to invest primarily in BABs and therefore the Trust’s net asset value may be more volatile than the value of a more broadly diversified portfolio and may fluctuate substantially over short periods of time. Because BABs currently do not include certain industries or types of municipal bonds (e.g.,


12


Table of Contents

tobacco bonds or private activity bonds), there may be less diversification than with a broader pool of municipal securities. See “Risks — Build America Bonds Risk.”
 
Contingent Review Provision Risk.   If, for any twenty-four month period ending on or prior to December 31, 2014, there are no new issuances of BABs or other taxable municipal securities with interest payments subsidized by the U.S. Government through direct pay subsidies, the Contingent Review Provision provides that the Trust’s board of trustees may consider terminating the Trust or changing the non-fundamental investment policies that govern the Trust’s permissible investments. The Advisors cannot predict what effect the termination of the BABs program will have on the market for BABs and, if the Trust terminates in such a market, the price available for sales of BABs held in the Trust’s portfolio may be adversely affected. In addition, the Advisors cannot predict what effect, if any, the termination of the BABs program or the announcement of the termination of the Trust as a result of the Contingent Review Provision will have on the market price or liquidity of the Trust’s common shares, although such termination or announcement may adversely affect both the market price and liquidity of the Trust’s common shares.
 
In the event the Trust terminates as a result of the Contingent Review Provision, the Trust may be required to sell portfolio securities when it otherwise would not, including at times when interest rate or market conditions are not favorable, which may cause the Trust to lose a substantial amount of money on its investments. Further, the process of liquidating the Trust’s assets could result in a reduction in the Trust’s net investment income and monthly dividend distributions during the liquidation period. As the Trust approaches its termination date, the portfolio composition of the Trust may change as more of its original securities mature or are called or sold, which may cause the Trust’s returns to decrease and the net asset value of the common shares to fall. If the Act is not extended by Congress, the market for BABs may be adversely affected. BABs may become more illiquid and their market prices may fall. As a result, the Trust may have a more difficult time selling BABs at prices approximating the value at which the Trust is carrying the securities on its books. If the Trust is terminated, the Trust will distribute all of its net assets to shareholders of record as of the date of termination after providing for all obligations of the Trust. During such period, the Trust may not be able to invest in accordance with its investment policies as it winds down its portfolio. No assurance can be given as to how long it would take to liquidate the Trust’s portfolio and make a final liquidating distribution. Securities for which no market exists or securities trading at depressed prices, if any, may be placed in a liquidating trust. Securities placed in a liquidating trust may be held for an indefinite period of time until they can be sold or pay out all of their cash flows. The Trust cannot predict the


13


Table of Contents

amount of securities that will be required to be placed in a liquidating trust.
 
In the event the Trust terminates as a result of the Contingent Review Provision, the Trust’s investment objectives and policies are not designed to seek to return to investors who purchase common shares in this offering their initial investment on any anticipated termination date, and such initial investors and any investors who purchase common shares after the completion of the offering may receive more or less than their original investment upon termination.
 
In the event the Trust changes the non-fundamental investment policies that govern the Trust’s permissible investments as a result of the Contingent Review Provision, the Trust may be subject to various additional risks that are not described herein. For example, the Trust may decide to invest in certain securities in which it currently does not intend to invest or may, if it is already invested in such securities, decide to invest in them to a greater degree, and such investments may carry greater risks than the investments the Trust currently intends to make. Moreover, the Trust may decide to sell portfolio securities when it otherwise would not, including at times when interest rate or market conditions are not favorable, in order to facilitate a change in investment policies, which may cause the Trust to lose money on its investments. See “Risks — Contingent Review Provision Risk.”
 
Interest Rate Risk.   Generally, when market interest rates rise, prices of debt securities fall, and vice versa. Interest rate risk is the risk that the debt securities in the Trust’s portfolio will decline in value because of increases in market interest rates. As interest rates increase, slower than expected principal payments may extend the average life of securities, potentially locking in a below-market interest rate and reducing the Trust’s net asset value. In typical market interest rate environments, the prices of longer-term debt securities generally fluctuate more than the prices of shorter-term debt securities as interest rates change. These risks may be greater in the current market environment because certain interest rates are near historically low levels. As interest rates decline, issuers of municipal securities that have the right to call those securities may prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing the Trust to reinvest in lower-yielding securities and potentially reducing the Trust’s income. Because the Trust intends to invest primarily in longer-term municipal securities, the common share net asset value and market price per common share may fluctuate more in response to changes in market interest rates than if the Trust invested primarily in shorter-term municipal securities. The Trust may utilize certain strategies, including taking positions in futures or interest rate swaps, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of the Trust’s debt securities and decreasing the Trust’s exposure to interest rate risk. The Trust is not required to hedge its exposure to interest rate risk and


14


Table of Contents

may choose not to do so. In addition, there is no assurance that any attempts by the Trust to reduce interest rate risk will be successful.
 
The Trust may invest in variable and floating rate debt securities. Rates on these securities typically reset only periodically so changes in prevailing interest rates (and particularly sudden and significant changes) can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the Trust’s net asset value, although these types of securities generally are less sensitive to interest rate changes than longer duration fixed-rate instruments. Conversely, variable and floating rate debt securities generally will not increase in value if interest rates decline. See “Risks — Interest Rate Risk.”
 
Credit Risk.   Credit risk is the risk that an issuer of a municipal security will become unable to meet its obligation to make interest and principal payments. In general, lower rated municipal securities carry a greater degree of risk that the issuer will lose its ability to make interest and principal payments, which could have a negative impact on the Trust’s net asset value or dividends. The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in municipal securities that are rated Ba/BB or below by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch or that are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Advisor or Sub-Advisor. Bonds rated Ba/BB or below are regarded as having predominately speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and these bonds are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.” These securities are subject to a greater risk of default. The prices of these lower grade securities are more sensitive to negative developments, such as a decline in the issuer’s revenues or a general economic downturn, than are the prices of higher grade securities. Lower grade securities tend to be less liquid than investment grade securities and the market values of lower grade securities tend to be more volatile than investment grade securities. See “Risks — Credit Risk.”
 
General Municipal Securities Market Risk.   Economic exposure to the municipal securities market involves certain risks. The Trust’s economic exposure to municipal securities includes municipal securities in the Trust’s portfolio and municipal securities to which the Trust is exposed through the ownership of TOBs Residuals. The municipal market is one in which dealer firms make markets in bonds on a principal basis using their proprietary capital, and during the recent market turmoil these firms’ capital was severely constrained. As a result, some firms were unwilling to commit their capital to purchase and to serve as a dealer for municipal securities. Certain municipal securities may not be registered with the SEC or any state securities commission and will not be listed on any national securities exchange. The amount of public information available about the municipal securities to which the Trust is economically exposed is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds, and the investment performance of the Trust may therefore be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the Advisor or


15


Table of Contents

Sub-Advisor than would be, for example, a stock fund. The secondary market for municipal securities, particularly the below investment grade bonds to which the Trust may be economically exposed, also tends to be less well-developed or liquid than many other securities markets, which may adversely affect the ability to sell such bonds at attractive prices. In addition, many state and municipal governments that issue securities are currently under significant economic and financial stress and may not be able to satisfy their obligations. The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns and as governmental cost burdens are reallocated among federal, state and local governments. The taxing power of any governmental entity may be limited by provisions of state constitutions or laws and an entity’s credit will depend on many factors, including the entity’s tax base, the extent to which the entity relies on federal or state aid, and other factors which are beyond the entity’s control. In addition, laws enacted in the future by Congress or state legislatures or referenda could extend the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or impose other constraints on enforcement of such obligations, or on the ability of municipalities to levy taxes.
 
Revenue bonds issued by state or local agencies to finance the development of low-income, multi-family housing involve special risks in addition to those generally associated with municipal securities, including that the underlying properties may not generate sufficient income to pay expenses and interest costs. Such securities are generally non-recourse against the property owner, may be junior to the rights of others with an interest in the properties, may pay interest that changes based in part on the financial performance of the property, may be prepayable without penalty and may be used to finance the construction of housing developments which, until completed and rented, do not generate income to pay interest. Increases in interest rates payable on senior obligations may make it more difficult for issuers to meet payment obligations on subordinated bonds. See “Risks — General Municipal Securities Market Risk.”
 
Special Risks Related to Certain Municipal Securities.   The Trust may invest in municipal leases and certificates of participation in such leases. Municipal leases and certificates of participation involve special risks not normally associated with general obligations or revenue bonds. Such leases or contracts may be subject to the temporary abatement of payments in the event the governmental issuer is prevented from maintaining occupancy of the leased premises or utilizing the leased equipment. Although the obligations may be secured by the leased equipment or facilities, the disposition of the property in the event of non-appropriation or foreclosure might prove difficult, time consuming and costly, and may result in a delay in recovering or the failure to fully recover the Trust’s original investment. In the event of non-appropriation, the issuer would be in default and taking ownership of the assets may be a remedy


16


Table of Contents

available to the Trust, although the Trust does not anticipate that such a remedy would normally be pursued. To the extent that the Trust invests in unrated municipal leases or participates in such leases, the credit quality rating and risk of cancellation of such unrated leases will be monitored on an ongoing basis. Certificates of participation, which represent interests in unmanaged pools of municipal leases or installment contracts, involve the same risks as the underlying municipal leases. In addition, the Trust may be dependent upon the municipal authority issuing the certificates of participation to exercise remedies with respect to the underlying securities. Certificates of participation also entail a risk of default or bankruptcy, both of the issuer of the municipal lease and also the municipal agency issuing the certificate of participation.
 
Call and Redemption Risk.   A municipal security’s issuer may call the security for redemption before it matures. If this happens to a municipal security that the Trust holds, the Trust may lose income and may have to invest the proceeds in municipal securities with lower yields. See “Risks — Call and Redemption Risk.”
 
Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.   The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities that are rated below investment grade, which are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” and are regarded as predominately speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.
 
Lower grade securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession could disrupt severely the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such securities. See “Risks — Current Economic Conditions — Credit Crisis Liquidity and Volatility Risk.”
 
Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The retail secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that for higher rated securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trust’s net asset value. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in lower grade securities, you could lose money on your investment in common shares of the Trust, both in the short-term and the long-term. See “Risks — Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”
 
Reinvestment Risk.   Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Trust’s portfolio will decline if and when the Trust


17


Table of Contents

invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called municipal securities at market interest rates that are below the portfolio’s current earnings rate. A decline in income could affect the common shares’ market price or your overall returns. See “Risks — Reinvestment Risk.”
 
Tender Option Bonds Risk.   TOBs Residuals are derivative municipal securities that have embedded in them the risk of economic leverage. There is no assurance that the Trust’s strategy of using TOBs Residuals to leverage its assets will be successful.
 
Distributions on TOBs Residuals will bear an inverse relationship to short-term municipal bond interest rates. Distributions on the TOBs Residuals paid to the Trust will be reduced or, in the extreme, eliminated as short-term municipal interest rates rise and will increase when short-term municipal interest rates fall. The amount of such reduction or increase is a function, in part, of the amount of TOBs Floaters sold by the issuer of these securities relative to the amount of the TOBs Residuals that it sells. The greater the amount of TOBs Floaters sold relative to the TOBs Residuals, the more volatile the distributions on the TOBs Residuals will be. Short-term interest rates are at historic lows and may be more likely to rise in the current market environment.
 
The Trust’s use of TOBs Residuals will create economic leverage. Any economic leverage achieved through the Trust’s investment in TOBs Residuals will create an opportunity for increased common share net income and returns, but will also create the possibility that common share long-term returns will be diminished if the cost of the TOBs Floaters exceeds the return on the securities in the TOBs Issuer. See “Risks — General Leverage Risk.” If the income and gains earned on municipal securities owned by a TOBs Issuer that issues TOBs Residuals to the Trust are greater than the payments due on the TOBs Floaters, the Trust’s returns will be greater than if it had not invested in the TOBs Residual.
 
The Trust has no current intention of investing in recourse TOBs Residuals. However, circumstances may change and it is possible that in the future the Trust may elect to invest in recourse TOBs Residuals to leverage its portfolio. If the Trust uses recourse TOBs Residuals, the liquidity provider may seek recourse against assets of the Trust, and the Trust may have to pay the liquidity provider the difference between the purchase price of any TOBs Floaters put to the liquidity provider by third party investors and the proceeds realized by the liquidity provider from the remarketing of those TOBs Floaters or the sale of the assets in the TOBs Issuer, which could cause the Trust to lose money in excess of its investment in a TOBs Issuer.
 
Although the Trust generally would unwind a TOBs transaction rather than try to sell a TOBs Residual, if it did try to sell a TOBs Residual, its ability to do so would depend on the


18


Table of Contents

liquidity of the TOBs Residual. TOBs Residuals have varying degrees of liquidity based, among other things, upon the liquidity of the underlying securities deposited in the TOBs Issuer. The market price of TOBs Residuals are more volatile than the underlying securities due to leverage. The leverage attributable to TOBs Residuals may be “called away” on relatively short notice and therefore may be less permanent than more traditional forms of leverage. In certain circumstances, the likelihood of an increase in the volatility of net asset value and market price of the common shares may be greater for a fund that relies primarily on TOBs Residuals to achieve a desired effective leverage ratio. The Trust may be required to sell its TOBs Residuals at less than favorable prices, or liquidate other Trust portfolio holdings in certain circumstances, including, but not limited to, the following:
 
  • If the Trust has a need for cash and the securities in the TOBs Issuer are not actively trading due to adverse market conditions;
 
  • If the sponsors of TOBs Issuers (as a collective group or individually) experience financial hardship and consequently seek to terminate TOBs Issuers sponsored by them; and
 
  • If the value of an underlying security declines significantly (to a level below the notional value of the TOBs Floaters issued by the TOBs Issuer) and if additional collateral has not been posted by the Trust.
 
The Trust may invest in taxable TOBs Residuals, issued by TOBs Issuers formed with taxable municipal securities. The market for such taxable TOBs Residuals is relatively new and undeveloped. Initially, there may be a limited number of counterparties, which may increase the credit risks, counterparty risks, liquidity risks and other risks of investing in taxable TOBs Residuals. See “Risks — Tender Option Bonds Risk.”
 
General Leverage Risk.   The use of leverage creates an opportunity for increased common share net investment income dividends, but also creates risks for the holders of common shares. Leverage is a speculative technique that exposes the Trust to greater risk and increased costs than if it were not implemented. Increases and decreases in the value of the Trust’s portfolio will be magnified when the Trust uses leverage. As a result, leverage may cause greater changes in the Trust’s net asset value. The Trust will also have to pay interest on its borrowings, if any, which may reduce the Trust’s return. This interest expense may be greater than the Trust’s return on the underlying investment. The Trust’s leveraging strategy may not be successful.
 
If the Trust enters into a credit facility, the Trust may be required to prepay outstanding amounts or incur a penalty rate of interest upon the occurrence of certain events of default. The Trust would also likely have to indemnify the lenders under the


19


Table of Contents

credit facility against liabilities they may incur in connection therewith. In addition, the Trust expects that any credit facility would contain covenants that, among other things, likely would limit the Trust’s ability to pay distributions in certain circumstances, incur additional debt, change certain of its investment policies and engage in certain transactions, including mergers and consolidations, and require asset coverage ratios in addition to those required by the Investment Company Act. The Trust may be required to pledge its assets and to maintain a portion of its assets in cash or high-grade securities as a reserve against interest or principal payments and expenses.
 
Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risks that the interest income earned on the investment of the proceeds will be less than the interest expense and Trust expenses, that the market value of the securities sold by the Trust may decline below the price of the securities the Trust is obligated to repurchase and that the securities may not be returned to the Trust. There is no assurance that reverse repurchase agreements can be successfully employed.
 
Although the Trust does not have any immediate intention to do so, the Trust may in the future issue preferred shares as a form of financial leverage. Any such preferred shares of the Trust would be senior to the Trust’s common shares, such that holders of preferred shares would have priority over the distribution of the Trust’s assets, including dividends and liquidating distributions. If preferred shares are issued and outstanding, holders of the preferred shares would elect two trustees of the Trust, voting separately as a class.
 
The Trust may also use leverage through its investments in TOBs Residuals. See “Risks — Tender Option Bonds Risk.”
 
The Trust anticipates that the money borrowed for investment purposes will pay interest based on shorter-term interest rates that would be periodically reset. So long as the Trust’s portfolio provides a higher rate of return, net of expenses, than the interest rate on borrowed money as reset periodically, the leverage may cause the holders of common shares to receive a higher current rate of return than if the Trust were not leveraged. If, however, long-term and/or short-term rates rise, the interest rate on borrowed money could exceed the rate of return on securities held by the Trust, reducing return to the holders of common shares. Recent developments in the credit markets may adversely affect the ability of the Trust to borrow for investment purposes and may increase the costs of such borrowings, which would reduce returns to the holders of common shares.
 
There is no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful. Leverage involves risks and special considerations for common shareholders, including:
 
  • the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value, market price and dividend rate of the common shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage;


20


Table of Contents

 
  • the risk that fluctuations in interest rates on borrowings and short-term debt or in the interest or dividend rates on any leverage that the Trust must pay will reduce the return to the common shareholders;
 
  • the effect of leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause a greater decline in the net asset value of the common shares than if the Trust were not leveraged, which may result in a greater decline in the market price of the common shares;
 
  • when the Trust uses financial leverage, the investment advisory fees payable to the Advisors will be higher than if the Trust did not use leverage; and
 
  • leverage may increase operating costs, which may reduce total return.
 
The use of reverse repurchase agreements and TOBs Residuals will require the Trust to segregate assets to cover its obligations (or, if the Trust borrows money or issues preferred shares, to maintain asset coverage in conformity with the requirements of the Investment Company Act). While the segregated assets may be invested in liquid securities, they may not be used for other operational purposes. Consequently, the use of leverage may limit the Trust’s flexibility and may require that the Trust sell other portfolio investments to pay Trust expenses, to maintain assets in an amount sufficient to cover the Trust’s leveraged exposure or to meet other obligations at a time when it may be disadvantageous to sell such assets.
 
Certain types of borrowings by the Trust may result in the Trust being subject to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. The Trust may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for the short-term corporate debt securities or preferred shares issued by the Trust. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the Investment Company Act. The Advisors do not believe that these covenants or guidelines will impede them from managing the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies. See “Leverage” and “Risks — General Leverage Risk.”
 
The Trust may invest in the securities of other investment companies. Such securities may also be leveraged, and will therefore be subject to the leverage risks described above. This additional leverage may in certain market conditions reduce the net asset value of the Trust’s common shares and the returns to the holders of common shares.
 
Volatility Risk.   The use of leverage by the Trust will cause the net asset value, and possibly the market price, of the Trust’s common shares to fluctuate significantly in response to changes in interest rates and other economic indicators. In addition, the


21


Table of Contents

Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in below investment grade municipal securities, which may be less liquid and therefore more volatile than investment grade municipal securities. As a result, the net asset value and market price of the common shares of the Trust will be more volatile than those of a closed-end investment company that is not exposed to leverage or that does not invest in below investment grade municipal securities.
 
Current Economic Conditions — Credit Crisis Liquidity and Volatility Risk.   The markets for credit instruments have experienced periods of extreme illiquidity and volatility since the latter half of 2007. General market uncertainty and consequent repricing of risk have led to market imbalances of sellers and buyers, which in turn have resulted in significant valuation uncertainties in a variety of debt securities, including municipal securities. These conditions resulted in, and in many cases continue to result in, greater volatility, less liquidity, widening credit spreads and a lack of price transparency, with many debt securities remaining illiquid and of uncertain value. Such market conditions may make valuation of some of the Trust’s municipal securities uncertain and/or result in sudden and significant valuation increases or declines in its holdings. In addition, illiquidity and volatility in the credit markets may directly and adversely affect the setting of dividend rates on the common shares.
 
In response to the recent national economic downturn, governmental cost burdens may be reallocated among federal, state and local governments. Also, as a result of the downturn, many state and local governments have experienced significant reductions in revenues and consequent difficulties meeting ongoing expenses. As a result, certain of these state and local governments may have difficulty paying principal or interest on their outstanding debt and may experience ratings downgrades of their debt. Also, issuers of municipal securities might seek protection under the bankruptcy laws. In the event of bankruptcy of such an issuer, holders of municipal securities could experience delays in collecting principal and interest, and such holders may not, in all circumstances, be able to collect all principal and interest to which they are entitled. To enforce its rights in the event of a default in the payment of interest or repayment of principal, or both, the Trust may take possession of and manage the assets securing the issuer’s obligations on such securities, which may increase the Trust’s operating expenses.
 
In addition, laws enacted in the future by Congress, state legislatures or referenda could extend the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or impose other constraints on enforcement of such obligations or on the ability of municipalities to levy taxes.
 
Inflation Risk.   Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investment will be worth less in the future, as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases,


22


Table of Contents

the real value of the common shares and distributions on those shares can decline. In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, interest rates on any borrowings by the Trust would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to the holders of common shares. See “Risks — Inflation Risk.”
 
Non-Diversification Risk .  The Trust has registered as a “non-diversified” investment company under the Investment Company Act. For Federal income tax purposes, the Trust, with respect to up to 50% of its total assets, will be able to invest more than 5% (but not more than 25%, except for investments in government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, which are not limited for tax purposes) of the value of its total assets in the obligations of any single issuer or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. To the extent the Trust invests a relatively high percentage of its assets in the obligations of a limited number of issuers, the Trust may be more susceptible than a more widely diversified investment company to any single economic, political or regulatory occurrence. See “Risks — Non-Diversification Risk.”
 
Economic Sector and Geographic Risk.   The Trust, as a fundamental policy, may not invest 25% or more of the value of its Managed Assets in any one industry. However, this limitation does not apply to securities of the U.S. Government, any state government or their respective agencies, or instrumentalities and securities backed by the credit of any federal or state governmental entity. As such, the Trust may invest 25% of more of its Managed Assets in municipal securities of issuers in the same state (or U.S. Territory) or in the same economic sector. If the Trust does so, this may make it more susceptible to adverse economic, political or regulatory occurrences affecting a particular state or economic sector. See “Risks — Economic Sector and Geographic Risk” herein and “Investment Objectives and Policies — Investment Restrictions” in the Trust’s Statement of Additional Information.
 
Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk.   The aftermath of the war in Iraq, instability in Afghanistan, Pakistan and the Middle East and terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world may result in market volatility, may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and may cause further economic uncertainties in the United States and worldwide. The Trust does not know how long the securities markets may be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of these events or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets. See “Risks — Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk.”
 
U.S. Government-Sponsored Agencies Risk.   While certain U.S. Government-sponsored agencies, such as the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), may be chartered or sponsored by acts of Congress, their securities are neither


23


Table of Contents

issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury, and therefore may lose value. On September 7, 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”), a new independent regulatory agency, placed FNMA and FHLMC into conservatorship, a statutory process designed to stabilize a troubled institution with the objective of returning the entity to normal business operations. In addition, a July, 2009 congressional report issued by the Committee on Oversight and Government Reform noted that the role of the FNMA and FHLMC in the financial crisis “was significant and has received too little attention.”
 
Strategic Transactions Risk.   The Trust may engage in various Strategic Transactions for hedging and risk management purposes or to enhance total return. Strategic Transactions involve the use of derivative instruments. The use of Strategic Transactions to enhance total return may be particularly speculative. Strategic Transactions involve risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction and illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the Trust’s ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on the Advisors’ ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. The use of Strategic Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Additionally, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes. See “Risks — Strategic Transactions Risks.” In addition, please see the Trust’s Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed description of Strategic Transactions and the various derivative instruments the Trust may use and the various risks associated with them.
 
Counterparty Risk.   The Trust will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts purchased by the Trust. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Trust may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceedings. The Trust may obtain only a limited recovery, or may obtain no recovery, in such circumstances. See “Risks — Counterparty Risk.”
 
Insurance Risk.   The Trust may purchase municipal securities that are secured by insurance, bank credit agreements or escrow accounts. The credit quality of the companies that provide such credit enhancements will affect the value of those securities. Many significant providers of insurance for municipal securities


24


Table of Contents

have recently incurred significant losses as a result of exposure to sub-prime mortgages and other lower credit quality investments that have experienced recent defaults or otherwise suffered extreme credit deterioration. As a result, such losses have reduced the insurers’ capital and called into question their continued ability to perform their obligations under such insurance if they are called upon to do so in the future. As concern has increased about the balance sheets of insurers, prices on insured bonds — especially those bonds issued by weaker underlying credits — have declined. Most insured bonds are currently being valued according to their fundamentals as if they were uninsured. The insurance feature of a municipal security normally provides that it guarantees the full payment of principal and interest when due through the life of an insured obligation, but does not guarantee the market value of the insured obligation or the net asset value of the common shares represented by such insured obligation. See “Risks — Insurance Risk.”
 
Legislation Risk.   At any time after the date of this Prospectus, legislation may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Trust or the issuers of such assets. Changing approaches to regulation may have a negative impact on the entities in which the Trust invests. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Trust itself is regulated. There can be no assurance that future legislation, regulation or deregulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Trust or will not impair the ability of the Trust to achieve its investment objectives. See “Risks — Legislation Risk.”
 
Portfolio Turnover Risk.   The Trust’s annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year. Portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Trust. A higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Trust. High portfolio turnover may result in an increased realization of net short-term capital gains by the Trust which, when distributed to common shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. Additionally, in a declining market, portfolio turnover may create realized capital losses. See “Risks — Portfolio Turnover Risk.”
 
Deflation Risk.   Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time, which may have an adverse effect on the market valuation of companies, their assets and their revenues. In addition, deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Trust’s portfolio. See “Risks — Deflation Risk.”
 
Illiquid Securities Risk.   The market for municipal securities is generally smaller than other markets, resulting in heightened liquidity risk. The Trust may invest in municipal securities and other instruments that, at the time of investment, are illiquid. Illiquid securities are securities that are not readily marketable and may include some restricted securities, which are securities that


25


Table of Contents

may not be resold to the public without an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or may be sold only in a privately negotiated transaction or pursuant to an exemption from registration. Illiquid securities involve the risk that the securities will not be able to be sold at the time desired by the Trust or at prices approximating the values at which the Trust is carrying the securities on its books. See “Risks — Illiquid Securities Risk.”
 
Anti-Takeover Provisions.   The Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or convert the Trust to open-end status. These provisions could deprive the holders of common shares of opportunities to sell their common shares at a premium over the then current market price of the common shares or at net asset value. In addition, if the Trust issues preferred shares, the holders of the preferred shares will have voting rights that could deprive holders of common shares of such opportunities. See “Certain Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust.”


26


Table of Contents

 
SUMMARY OF TRUST EXPENSES
 
The following table assumes the use of leverage in an amount equal to 54% of the Trust’s net assets (35% of the Trust’s Managed Assets) (after the proceeds from the leverage are invested), and shows Trust expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares, and in footnote (5), as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares assuming no leverage is utilized. The following table should not be considered a representation of our future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than shown. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this Prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “you” or “us” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, shareholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as investors in the Trust.
 
Shareholder Transaction Expenses
 
         
Sales load paid by you (as a percentage of offering price)
    4.50 %
Offering expenses borne by the Trust (as a percentage of offering price)(1)(2)
    0.20 %
Dividend reinvestment plan fees
    None (3)
 
         
    Percentage of net assets
    attributable to common shares
    (assuming the use of
    leverage)(4)
 
Annual expenses
       
Management fees
    0.85 %
Interest expenses
    0.67 %
Other expenses
    0.07 %
         
Total annual expenses
    1.59 %(5)
         
 
 
(1) The Trust will pay its organizational costs in full out of its seed capital prior to completion of this offering. The Trust will pay organizational and offering expenses of the Trust (other than the sales load) up to $0.04 per common share, which may include a reimbursement of BlackRock Advisors’ expenses incurred in connection with this offering. BlackRock Advisors has agreed to pay such organizational and offering expenses of the Trust (other than the sales load) to the extent that organizational and offering expenses (other than the sales load) exceed $0.04 per common share. Any offering cost paid by the Trust will be deducted from the proceeds of the offering received by the Trust.
 
(2) BlackRock Advisors (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay from its own assets a structuring fee to each of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC, Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc. BlackRock Advisors may pay certain qualifying underwriters a structuring fee, sales incentive fee or additional compensation in connection with the offering. See “Underwriting.”
 
(3) You will be charged a $2.50 sales fee and pay a $0.15 per share sold fee (which includes brokerage commissions) if you direct the Plan Administrator (as defined below) to sell your common shares held in a dividend reinvestment account.
 
(4) Assumes effective leverage of 54% of the Trust’s net assets attributable to common shares (35% of the Trust’s Managed Assets).


27


Table of Contents

 
(5) The table presented below estimates what the Trust’s annual expenses would be stated as percentages of the Trust’s net assets attributable to common shares. This table assumes the Trust is the same size as in the table above, but unlike the table above, assumes that no leverage is used. In accordance with these assumptions, the Trust’s expenses would be estimated to be as follows:
 
         
    Percentage of net assets
    attributable to common shares
    (assuming no leverage is used)
 
Annual expenses
       
Management fees
    0.55 %
Other expenses
    0.07 %
         
Total annual expenses
    0.62 %
         
 
The purpose of the table above and the example below is to help you understand all fees and expenses that you, as a holder of common shares, would bear directly or indirectly. The expenses shown in the table under “Interest expenses,” “Other expenses” and “Total annual expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the Trust’s first full year of operations and assume that the Trust issues 60,000,000 common shares. If the Trust issues fewer common shares, all other things being equal, these expenses would increase. See “Management of the Trust” and “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
 
The following example illustrates the expenses (including the sales load of $45 and offering costs of $2) that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in common shares, assuming (1) total net annual expenses of 1.59% of net assets attributable to common shares in years 1 through 10, and (2) a 5% annual return(1):
 
                                 
    1 Year   3 Years   5 Years   10 Years
 
Total expenses incurred
  $ 62.41     $ 94.83     $ 129.49     $ 227.04  
 
 
(1) The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses. The example assumes that the estimated “Interest expenses” and “Other expenses” set forth in the Annual expenses table are accurate and that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Trust’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example.


28


Table of Contents

 
THE TRUST
 
The Trust is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on June 7, 2010, pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust, governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. The Trust has no operating history. The Trust’s principal office is located at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, and its telephone number is (800) 882-0052.
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
The net proceeds of the offering of common shares will be approximately $      ($      if the Underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full) after payment of the estimated organizational and offering costs. The Trust will invest the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies as stated below. We currently anticipate that the Trust will be able to invest all of the net proceeds in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies within approximately three months after the completion of this offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in short-term, tax-exempt or taxable investment grade securities.
 
THE TRUST’S INVESTMENTS
 
Investment Objectives and Policies
 
The Trust’s primary investment objective is to seek high current income, with a secondary objective of capital appreciation. There can be no assurance that the Trust will achieve its investment objectives. The Trust’s investment objectives are not fundamental and may be changed by its board of trustees.
 
The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objectives by investing primarily in a portfolio of BABs. The Trust believes there could be an opportunity to capitalize on the market for BABs by investing in taxable municipal issues at attractive market yields relative to the yields on equivalently rated corporate bonds. BlackRock Advisors will use its in-depth expertise in the municipal securities market to assemble the Trust’s portfolio. As market conditions permit and based upon the Advisor’s assessment of the interest rate environment, the Trust may opportunistically hedge its duration in an attempt to protect against the risk of rising interest rates, although no assurance can be given that this strategy will be successful. The Advisor will not manage duration to a benchmark. Duration, in comparison to maturity (which is the date on which the issuer of a debt instrument is obligated to repay the principal amount), is a measure of the price volatility of a debt instrument as a result in changes in market rates of interest, based on the weighted average timing of the instrument’s expected principal and interest payments. Duration differs from maturity in that it takes into account a security’s yield, coupon payments and its principal payments in addition to the amount of time until the security finally matures. As the value of a security changes over time, so will its duration.
 
Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in BABs. This investment policy may be changed by the Trust’s board of trustees upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities other than BABs, including taxable municipal securities that do not qualify for federal subsidy payments under the Act, tax-exempt municipal securities, U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities. Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in securities that at the time of investment are investment grade quality. Investment grade quality securities are securities rated within the four highest grades (“Baa” or “BBB” or better) by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch or securities that are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor. The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities that at the time of investment are rated below investment grade quality by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch or that are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor. Certain of the Trust’s investments may be illiquid.


29


Table of Contents

BABs are taxable municipal securities issued by state and local governments. Municipal securities include, among other things, bonds, notes, leases and certificates of participation. Municipal securities may be structured as callable or non-callable, may have payment forms that include fixed-coupon, variable rate and zero coupon, and may include capital appreciation bonds, floating rate securities, inverse floating rate securities (including TOBs Residuals), inflation-linked securities and other derivative instruments that replicate investment exposure to such securities. BABs, as municipal securities, may be structured in any of the foregoing ways and new versions of BABs may be offered in the future. The Trust may invest in any of these BABs or municipal securities, and may acquire them through investments in pooled vehicles, partnerships or other investment companies. The Trust may also purchase BABs and other municipal securities representing a wide range of sectors and purposes.
 
The Trust may purchase municipal securities that are additionally secured by insurance, bank credit agreements or escrow accounts. The credit quality of companies which provide these credit enhancements will affect the value of those securities. Although the insurance feature reduces certain financial risks, the premiums for insurance and the higher market price paid for insured obligations may reduce the Trust’s income. Insurance generally will be obtained from insurers with a claims-paying ability rated Baa or BBB or better by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch. The insurance feature does not guarantee the market value of the insured obligations or the net asset value of the common shares. The Trust may purchase insured securities and may purchase insurance for bonds in its portfolio. See “Risks — Insurance Risk.”
 
The credit quality policies noted above apply only at the time a security is purchased, and the Trust is not required to dispose of a security in the event that a rating agency downgrades its assessment of the credit characteristics of a particular issue. In determining whether to retain or sell such a security, the Advisors may consider such factors as their assessment of the credit quality of the issuer of such security, the price at which such security could be sold and the rating, if any, assigned to such security by other rating agencies. A general description of the ratings of S&P, Moody’s and Fitch of municipal securities is set forth in Appendix A to the Statement of Additional Information.
 
The Trust may implement various temporary “defensive” strategies at times when the Advisor or Sub-Advisor determines that conditions in the markets or the termination of the Trust makes pursuing the Trust’s basic investment strategy inconsistent with the best interests of its shareholders. These strategies may include investing all or a portion of the Trust’s assets in U.S. Government obligations and high-quality, short-term debt securities that may be either tax-exempt or taxable. See “The Trust’s Investment’s — Portfolio Composition and Other Information — Short-Term Debt Securities; Temporary Defensive Position; Invest-Up Period.”
 
Unless otherwise stated herein or in the Statement of Additional Information, the Trust’s investment objectives and policies are non-fundamental policies and may changed by the board of trustees of the Trust.
 
Build America Bonds
 
BABs are taxable municipal securities that include bonds issued by state and local governments to finance capital projects such as public schools, roads, transportation infrastructure, bridges, ports and public buildings, among others, pursuant to the Act. Unlike investments in most other municipal securities, interest received on BABs is subject to federal income tax and may be subject to state income tax.
 
Enacted in February 2009, the Act was intended in part to assist state and local governments in financing capital projects at lower net borrowing costs through direct subsidies designed to stimulate state and local infrastructure projects, create jobs and attract non-traditional municipal security investors. The Act authorizes state and local governments to issue taxable bonds on which, assuming certain specified conditions are satisfied, issuers may either (i) receive payments from the U.S. Treasury equal to


30


Table of Contents

a specified percentage of its interest payments (direct pay BABs) or (ii) cause investors in the bonds to receive federal tax credits (tax credit BABs).
 
Based on current market conditions, the Trust currently intends to invest in direct pay BABs and not in tax credit BABs. Under the terms of the Act, issuers of direct pay BABs are entitled to receive reimbursement from the U.S. Treasury currently equal to 35% (or 45% in the case of Recovery Zone Economic Development Bonds) of the interest paid on the bonds, which allows such issuers to issue bonds that pay interest rates that are expected to be competitive with the rates typically paid by private bond issuers in the taxable fixed income market. Although the U.S. Treasury subsidizes an issuer’s payments of interest on BABs, it does not guarantee the issuer will be able to make principal or interest payments. Bonds issued after December 31, 2010 (referred to as the “sunset”) currently will not qualify as BABs unless the relevant provisions of the Act are extended or similar legislation is enacted that provides for municipal issuers to elect to issue taxable municipal securities and receive from the U.S. Treasury direct pay federal subsidies to offset a portion of the interest costs incurred over the full term of such taxable municipal securities. As currently enacted, the Act contains no budgetary limit on issuances under the BABs program through the sunset. Currently under the Act, BABs cannot be used to finance private, non-municipal activities, and can only be used to fund capital expenditures. The proceeds of BAB issuances are used for public benefit, and generally support facilities that meet such essential needs as water, electricity, transportation, and education. Moreover, many BABs are general obligation bonds, which are backed by the full faith and taxing power of the state and local governments issuing them.
 
The Obama administration and Congress are considering a variety of proposals to extend or modify the BABs program, including changes that would make it permanent, reduce the amount of the subsidy, and allow proceeds to be used for certain private, non-municipal activities or for refinancing capital expenditures. It cannot be predicted whether these proposals or other changes in the BABs program will be enacted, nor can it be predicted whether such proposals or changes, if enacted, will have a positive or negative effect on the Trust.
 
If, for any twenty-four month period ending on or prior to December 31, 2014, there are no new issuances of BABs or other taxable municipal securities with interest payments subsidized by the U.S. Government through direct pay subsidies, the Trust may, among other things, change the non-fundamental investment policies that govern the Trust’s permissible investments and/or terminate the Trust. See “— Contingent Review Provision” below for additional information.
 
The State of Florida recently announced that it suspended the new issuance of BABs as a result of its uncertainty relating to the IRS Offset Rule, which allows for the possibility that subsidy payments received by issuers of BABs may be subject to offset against amounts owed by them to the federal government. If other BAB issuers were to suspend the new issuance of BABs due to the IRS Offset Rule, as Florida has done, this could then have a negative impact on the BABs market. The possibility of such offsets has been recognized since the inception of the BABs program. The IRS has broad regulatory authority to develop special rules to adapt or tailor the procedural framework implementing the BABs program. In May 2010, the IRS withheld subsidies from several states and municipalities, including Austin, Texas and the State of Maryland. The IRS has stated that less than 2% of all subsidy payments have been withheld for offsets but has not provided an exact dollar figure. BlackRock Advisors believes the IRS Offset Rule is understood by potential BAB issuers. BlackRock Advisors does not believe that the State of Florida’s announcement or the May 2010 offsets will have an adverse impact on the future of BAB issuance in general or on the Trust, although no assurance can be given in this regard. In addition, the IRS may audit the state agencies issuing BAB and such audits may result in negative consequences for the BAB issuers being audited. See “Risks — Build America Bonds Risk.”


31


Table of Contents

Contingent Review Provision
 
Under its Declaration of Trust, the Trust has no limitation on its term of existence. While the Advisors expect the Trust to maintain a perpetual life, to accommodate the possibility that the BABs program will not be extended, if for any twenty-four month period ending on or prior to December 31, 2014, there are no new issuances of BABs or other taxable municipal securities with interest payments subsidized by the U.S. Government through direct pay subsidies, the Trust’s board of trustees will undertake an evaluation of potential actions with respect to the Trust. Issuances of BABs may cease if the current legislation authorizing the U.S. Government subsidy for the issuances is not extended beyond December 31, 2010, and no similar legislation is enacted. Under the Contingent Review Provision, such potential actions may include, among other things, changes to the non-fundamental investment policies that govern the Trust’s permissible investments such that the Trust broadens its primary investment focus to taxable municipal securities generally. The board of trustees may also determine to terminate the Trust. Pursuant to the terms of the Declaration of Trust, the Trust can be terminated at any time by action of the board of trustees. If the Trust is terminated, the Trust will distribute all of its net assets to shareholders of record as of the date of termination after providing for all obligations of the Trust. During such period, the Trust may not be able to invest in accordance with its investment policies as it winds down its portfolio. No assurance can be given as to how long it will take to liquidate the Trust’s portfolio and make a final liquidating distribution. The Trust’s investment objectives and policies are not designed to seek to return to investors who purchase common shares in this offering the amount of their initial investment on the termination date and such initial investors and any investors who purchase common shares after the completion of the offering may receive more or less than their original investment upon termination.
 
Portfolio Composition and Other Information
 
The Trust’s portfolio will be composed principally of the investments discussed below. Additional details of the Trust’s investment policies and restrictions and more information about the Trust’s portfolio investments are contained in the Statement of Additional Information.
 
Municipal Securities
 
The Trust may invest in taxable municipal securities and tax-exempt municipal securities, including municipal bonds and notes, certificates of participation, other securities issued to finance and refinance public projects, and other related securities and derivative instruments creating exposure to municipal bonds, notes and securities. Municipal securities are often issued by state and local governmental entities to finance or refinance public projects such as roads, schools, and water supply systems. Municipal securities may also be issued on behalf of private entities or for private activities, such as housing, medical and educational facility construction, or for privately owned transportation, electric utility or pollution control projects. Municipal securities may be issued on a long term basis to provide permanent financing. The repayment of such debt may be secured generally by a pledge of the full faith and credit taxing power of the issuer, a limited or special tax, or any other revenue source, including project revenues, which may include tolls, fees and other user charges, lease payments and mortgage payments. Municipal securities may also be issued to finance projects on a short-term interim basis, anticipating repayment with the proceeds of the later issuance of long-term debt.
 
The yields on municipal securities are dependent on a variety of factors, including prevailing interest rates and the condition of the general money market and the municipal securities market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. A municipal security’s market value generally will depend upon its form, maturity, call features and interest rate, as well as the credit quality of the issuer, all such factors examined in the context of the municipal securities market and interest rate levels and trends. The market value of municipal securities will vary with changes in interest rate levels and as a result of changing evaluations of the ability of bond issuers to meet interest and principal payments.


32


Table of Contents

 
BABs offer an alternative form of financing for state and local government entities whose primary means for accessing the capital markets traditionally has been through issuance of tax-exempt municipal securities. BABs are taxable municipal obligations issued pursuant to the Act or other legislation providing for the issuance of taxable municipal securities on which the issuer receives federal subsidy payments. Enacted in February 2009 with the intent to assist state and local governments in financing capital projects at lower borrowing costs, the Act authorizes state and local governments to issue taxable bonds on which, assuming certain specified conditions are satisfied, issuers may either (i) receive payments from the U.S. Treasury equal to a specified percentage of their interest payments (in the case of direct pay BABs) or (ii) cause investors in the bonds to receive federal tax credits (in the case of tax credit BABs). Unlike most other municipal obligations, interest received on BABs is subject to federal income tax and may be subject to state income tax. Under the terms of the Act, issuers of direct pay BABs are entitled to receive payments from the U.S. Treasury currently equal to 35% (or 45% in the case of Recovery Zone Economic Development Bonds) of the interest paid on the bonds. Holders of tax credit BABs receive a federal tax credit currently equal to 35% of the coupon interest received. While the U.S. Treasury subsidizes the interest paid on BABs, it does not guarantee their principal or interest payments. Under current market conditions, because the Trust currently intends to invest in direct pay BABs and not in tax credit BABs, the Trust does not expect to receive (or pass through to common shareholders) tax credits as a result of its investments. The federal interest subsidy or tax credit continues for the life of the bonds.
 
Issuance of BABs commenced in April 2009 and bonds issued after December 31, 2010 will not qualify as BABs unless the relevant provisions of the Act are extended.
 
Tender Option Bonds.   The Trust may leverage its assets through TOBs Issuers. A TOBs Issuer is typically established by a third party sponsor forming a special purpose trust into which the Trust, or an agent on behalf of the Trust, transfers BABs or other municipal securities. A TOBs Issuer typically issues two classes of beneficial interests: TOBs Floaters, which are sold to third party investors, and TOBs Residuals, which are generally issued to the Trust. The Trust may invest in both TOBs Floaters and TOBs Residuals. The Trust does not currently intend to invest in TOBs Residuals issued by a TOBs Issuer that was not formed for the Trust, although it reserves the right to do so in the future. Below is a diagram outlining the structure for a typical TOBs Issuer:
 
(FLOW CHART)


33


Table of Contents

 
As diagrammed above, the TOBs Issuer receives BABs or other municipal securities from the Trust through the sponsor and then issues TOBs Floaters to third party investors and a TOBs Residual to the Trust. The Trust is paid the cash (less transaction expenses, which are borne by the Trust and therefore common shareholders indirectly) received by the TOBs Issuer from the sale of the TOBs Floaters and typically will invest the cash in additional BABs or other investments permitted by its investment policies. TOBs Floaters may have first priority on the cash flow from the securities held by the TOBs Issuer and are enhanced with a liquidity support arrangement from the liquidity provider which allows holders to tender their position at par (plus accrued interest). The Trust, in addition to receiving cash from the sale of the TOBs Floaters, also receives the TOBs Residual. The TOBs Residual provides the Trust with the right (1) to cause the holders of the TOBs Floaters to tender their notes to the TOBs Issuer at par (plus accrued interest), and (2) to acquire the BABs or other municipal securities from the TOBs Issuer. In addition, all voting rights and decisions to be made with respect to any other rights relating to the securities held in the TOBs Issuer are passed through to the Trust, as the holder of the TOBs Residual. This transaction, in effect, creates exposure for the Trust to the entire return of the securities in the TOBs Issuer, with a net cash investment by the Trust that is less than the value of the securities in the TOBs Issuer. This multiplies the positive or negative impact of the securities’ return within the Trust (thereby creating leverage). The leverage within a TOBs Issuer depends on the value of the securities deposited in the TOBs Issuer relative to the value of the TOBs Floaters it issues. In the diagram above, the TOBs Issuer receives BABs or other municipal securities worth $60, issues TOBs Floaters worth $45 and the Trust receives a TOBs Residual worth $15. The leverage ratio in the TOBs Issuer described in the example is thus 3:1. Increasing the value of the TOBs Floaters issued would increase the leverage ratio of the TOBs Issuer. A TOBs Issuer is generally considered highly leveraged if the TOBs Floaters represent greater than 75% of the market value of the municipal securities at the time they are deposited into the TOBs Issuer (and the TOBs Residuals issued by such highly leveraged TOBs Issuers are referred to as “recourse TOBs Residuals”).
 
The TOBs Issuer may be terminated without the consent of the Trust upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the bankruptcy or default of the issuer of the securities in the TOBs Issuer, a substantial downgrade in the credit quality of the issuer of the securities in the TOBs Issuer, the inability of the TOBs Issuer to obtain liquidity support for the TOBs Floaters, a substantial decline in the market value of the securities in the TOBs Issuer, or the inability of the sponsor to remarket any TOBs Floaters tendered to it by holders of the TOBs Floaters. In such an event, the TOBs Floaters would be redeemed by the TOBs Issuer at par (plus accrued interest) out of the proceeds from a sale of the securities in the TOBs Issuer. If this happens, the Trust would be entitled to the assets of the TOBs Issuer, if any, that remain after the TOBs Floaters have been redeemed at par (plus accrued interest). If there are insufficient proceeds from the sale of these securities to redeem all of the TOBs Floaters at par (plus accrued interest), the liquidity provider or the holders of the TOBs Floaters would bear the losses on those securities and there would be no recourse to the Trust’s assets (unless it was a recourse TOBs Residual).
 
If the Trust were to invest in a recourse TOBs Residual to leverage its portfolio, it would typically be required to enter into an agreement pursuant to which the Trust is required to pay to the liquidity provider the difference between the purchase price of any TOBs Floaters put to the liquidity provider by holders of the TOBs Floaters and the proceeds realized from the remarketing of those TOBs Floaters or the sale of the assets in the TOBs Issuer. The Trust currently does not intend to use recourse TOBs Residuals to leverage the Trust’s portfolio, but reserves the right to do so depending on future market conditions. See “Risks — Tender Option Bonds Risk.”
 
Under accounting rules, securities of the Trust that are deposited into a TOBs Issuer are investments of the Trust and are presented on the Trust’s Schedule of Investments and outstanding TOBs Floaters issued by a TOBs Issuer are presented as liabilities in the Trust’s Statement of Assets and Liabilities. Interest income from the underlying security is recorded by the Trust on an accrual basis. Interest expense incurred on the TOBs Floaters and other expense related to remarketing, administration and trustee services to a TOBs Issuer are reported as expenses of the Trust.


34


Table of Contents

For TOBs Floaters, generally, the interest rate earned will be based upon the market rates for municipal securities with maturities or remarketing provisions that are comparable in duration to the periodic interval of the tender option, which may vary from weekly, to monthly, to extended periods of one year or multiple years. Since the option feature has a shorter term than the final maturity or first call date of the underlying securities deposited in the TOBs Issuer, the Trust as the holder of the TOBs Floaters relies upon the terms of the agreement with the financial institution furnishing the option as well as the credit strength of that institution. As further assurance of liquidity, the terms of the TOBs Issuer provide for a liquidation of the municipal security deposited in the TOBs Issuer and the application of the proceeds to pay off the TOBs Floaters.
 
The Trust may invest in both TOBs Floaters and TOBs Residuals issued by the same TOBs Issuer. See “Risks — Tender Option Bonds Risk” for a description of the risks involved with a TOBs Issuer.
 
Municipal Lease Obligations.   Also included within the general category of municipal securities described in the Prospectus are participations in lease obligations or installment purchase contract obligations (hereinafter collectively called “Municipal Lease Obligations”) of municipal authorities or entities. Although a Municipal Lease Obligation does not constitute a general obligation of the municipality for which the municipality’s taxing power is pledged, a Municipal Lease Obligation is ordinarily backed by the municipality’s covenant to budget for, appropriate and make the payments due under the Municipal Lease Obligation. However, certain Municipal Lease Obligations contain “non-appropriation” clauses, which provide that the municipality has no obligation to make lease or installment purchase payments in future years unless money is appropriated for such purpose on a yearly basis. In the case of a “non-appropriation” lease, the Trust’s ability to recover under the lease in the event of non-appropriation or default will be limited solely to the repossession of the leased property, without recourse to the general credit of the lessee, and the disposition or re-leasing of the property might prove difficult. In order to reduce this risk, the Trust will only purchase Municipal Lease Obligations where the Advisor or Sub-Advisor believes the issuer has a strong incentive to continue making appropriations until maturity.
 
Certificates of Participation.   A certificate of participation represents an undivided interest in an unmanaged pool of municipal leases, installment purchase agreements or other instruments. The certificates are typically issued by a municipal agency, a trust or other entity that has received an assignment of the payments to be made by the state or political subdivision under such leases or installment purchase agreements. Such certificates provide the Trust with the right to a pro rata undivided interest in the underlying municipal securities. In addition, such participations generally provide the Trust with the right to demand payment, on not more than seven days’ notice, of all or any part of the Trust’s participation interest in the underlying municipal securities, plus accrued interest.
 
Pre-Refunded Municipal Securities.   The principal of, and interest on, pre-refunded municipal securities are no longer paid from the original revenue source for the securities. Instead, the source of such payments is typically an escrow fund consisting of U.S. Government securities. The assets in the escrow fund are derived from the proceeds of refunding bonds issued by the same issuer as the pre-refunded municipal securities. Issuers of municipal securities use this advance refunding technique to obtain more favorable terms with respect to securities that are not yet subject to call or redemption by the issuer. For example, advance refunding enables an issuer to refinance debt at lower market interest rates, restructure debt to improve cash flow or eliminate restrictive covenants in the indenture or other governing instrument for the pre-refunded municipal securities. However, except for a change in the revenue source from which principal and interest payments are made, the pre-refunded municipal securities remain outstanding on their original terms until they mature or are redeemed by the issuer.
 
Private Activity Bonds.   Private activity bonds, formerly referred to as industrial development bonds, are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide privately operated housing facilities, airport, mass transit or port facilities, sewage disposal, solid waste disposal or hazardous waste treatment or disposal facilities and certain local facilities for water supply, gas or electricity. Other types of private activity bonds, the proceeds of which are used for the construction,


35


Table of Contents

equipment, repair or improvement of privately operated industrial or commercial facilities, may constitute municipal securities, although the current federal tax laws place substantial limitations on the size of such issues.
 
Special Taxing Districts.   Special taxing districts are organized to plan and finance infrastructure developments to induce residential, commercial and industrial growth and redevelopment. The bond financing methods such as tax increment finance, tax assessment, special services district and Mello-Roos bonds (a type of municipal bond established by the Mello-Roos Community Facilities District Act of 1982), are generally payable solely from taxes or other revenues attributable to the specific projects financed by the bonds without recourse to the credit or taxing power of related or overlapping municipalities. They often are exposed to real estate development-related risks and can have more taxpayer concentration risk than general tax-supported bonds, such as general obligation bonds.
 
Further, the fees, special taxes, or tax allocations and other revenues that are established to secure such financings are generally limited as to the rate or amount that may be levied or assessed and are not subject to increase pursuant to rate covenants or municipal or corporate guarantees. The bonds could default if development failed to progress as anticipated or if larger taxpayers failed to pay the assessments, fees and taxes as provided in the financing plans of the districts.
 
When-Issued and Forward Commitment Securities
 
The Trust may purchase securities on a “when-issued” basis and may purchase or sell securities on a “forward commitment” basis in order to acquire the security or to hedge against anticipated changes in interest rates and prices. When such transactions are negotiated, the price, which is generally expressed in yield terms, is fixed at the time the commitment is made, but delivery and payment for the securities take place at a later date. When-issued securities and forward commitments may be sold prior to the settlement date, but the Trust will enter into when-issued and forward commitments only with the intention of actually receiving or delivering the securities, as the case may be. If the Trust disposes of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition or disposes of its right to deliver or receive against a forward commitment, it might incur a gain or loss. At the time the Trust enters into a transaction on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, it will designate on its books and records cash or liquid debt securities equal to at least the value of the when-issued or forward commitment securities. The value of these assets will be monitored daily to ensure that their marked to market value will at all times equal or exceed the corresponding obligations of the Trust. There is always a risk that the securities may not be delivered and that the Trust may incur a loss. Settlements in the ordinary course, which may take substantially more than five business days, are not treated by the Trust as when-issued or forward commitment transactions and accordingly are not subject to the foregoing restrictions.
 
Zero Coupon Bonds
 
A zero coupon bond is a bond that does not pay interest either for the entire life of the obligation or for an initial period after the issuance of the obligation. When held to its maturity, its return comes from the difference between the purchase price and its maturity value. A zero coupon bond is normally issued and traded at a deep discount from face value. Zero coupon bonds allow an issuer to avoid or delay the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments and, as a result, may involve greater credit risk than bonds that pay interest currently or in cash. The market prices of zero coupon bonds are affected to a greater extent by changes in prevailing levels of interest rates and thereby tend to be more volatile in price than securities that pay interest periodically. In addition, the Trust would be required to distribute the income on any of these instruments as it accrues, even though the Trust will not receive all of the income on a current basis or in cash. Thus, the Trust may have to sell other investments, including when it may not be advisable to do so, to make income distributions to its common shareholders.


36


Table of Contents

Strategic Transactions
 
The Trust may engage in various Strategic Transactions for hedging and risk management purposes or to enhance total return. Strategic Transactions involve the use of derivative instruments. Such instruments may include, but are not limited to, financial futures contracts, swap contracts (including, but not limited to, credit default swaps), options on financial futures, options on swap contracts and other derivative instruments. If the Trust engages in Strategic Transactions for hedging and risk management purposes, it primarily intends to use strategies that include swaps (including interest rate swaps), financial futures contracts, options on financial futures or options based either on an index of long-term securities or on taxable debt securities whose prices, in the opinion of the Advisors, correlate with the prices of the Trust’s investments. If the Trust engages in Strategic Transactions to enhance total return, it primarily intends to use the same strategies as discussed above for hedging and risk management purposes and, in addition, to engage in credit derivative transactions, including credit default swaps. There is no assurance that these derivative strategies will be available at any time or that the Advisors will determine to use them for hedging or risk management purposes or to enhance total return or, if used, that the strategies will be successful.
 
The use of Strategic Transactions to enhance total return may be particularly speculative. Strategic Transactions involve risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction and illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the Trust’s ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on the Advisors’ ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. The use of Strategic Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Additionally, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes. See “Risks — Strategic Transactions Risk.” In addition, please see the Trust’s Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed description of Strategic Transactions and the various derivative instruments the Trust may use and the various risks associated with them.
 
Other Investment Companies
 
The Trust may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies (including exchange traded funds) that invest primarily in securities of the types in which the Trust may invest directly. The Trust may invest in investment companies that are advised by the Advisors or their affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law and/or pursuant to exemptive relief from the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Trust generally expects to invest in other investment companies either during periods when it has large amounts of uninvested cash, such as the period shortly after the Trust receives the proceeds of the offering of its common shares or any offering of preferred shares, or during periods when there is a shortage of attractive, high-yielding municipal securities available in the market. As a shareholder in an investment company, the Trust will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses, and will remain subject to payment of the Trust’s advisory and other fees and expenses with respect to assets so invested. Holders of common shares will therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Trust invests in other investment companies. The Advisors will take expenses into account when evaluating the investment merits of an investment in an investment company relative to available municipal securities investments. In addition, the securities of other investment companies may also be leveraged and will therefore be subject to the same leverage risks to which the Trust is subject. As described in this Prospectus in the sections entitled “Risks” and “Leverage,” the net asset value and market value of leveraged shares will be more volatile and the yield to shareholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged shares. Investment companies may have investment policies that differ from those of the Trust. In addition, to


37


Table of Contents

the extent the Trust invests in other investment companies, the Trust will be dependent upon the investment and research abilities of persons other than the Advisors. The Trust treats its investments in such open- or closed-end investment companies as investments in municipal securities.
 
Short-Term Debt Securities; Temporary Defensive Position; Invest-Up Period
 
During the period in which the net proceeds of this offering of common shares are being invested or during periods in which the Advisors determine that they are temporarily unable to follow the Trust’s investment strategy or that it is impractical to do so, the Trust may deviate from its investment strategy and invest all or any portion of its assets in cash, cash equivalents or short-term debt securities that may be either tax-exempt or taxable. See “Investment Policies and Techniques — Short-Term Taxable Fixed Income Securities” and “— Short-Term Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Securities” in the Statement of Additional Information. The Advisors’ determination that they are temporarily unable to follow the Trust’s investment strategy or that it is impractical to do so will generally occur only in situations in which a market disruption event has occurred and where trading in the securities selected through application of the Trust’s investment strategy is extremely limited or absent or in connection with the termination of the Trust.
 
Preferred Securities of Other Investment Funds
 
The Trust may also invest up to 10% of its total assets in preferred interests of other investment funds, including those which may pay dividends that are exempt from regular Federal income tax. A portion of such dividends may be capital gain distributions subject to Federal capital gains tax. Such tax-exempt funds, in turn, invest in municipal securities and other assets that generally pay interest or make distributions that are exempt from regular Federal income tax, such as revenue bonds issued by state or local agencies to fund the development of low-income, multi-family housing. Investing in such tax-exempt preferred shares involves many of the same issues as investing in other open- or closed-end investment companies as discussed above. These investments also have additional risks, including liquidity risk, the absence of regulation governing investment practices, capital structure and leverage, affiliated transactions and other matters, and concentration of investments in particular issuers or industries.
 
Below Investment Grade Securities
 
The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities rated below investment grade such as those rated Ba or below by Moody’s and BB or below by S&P or Fitch or in unrated securities determined by the Advisor or Sub-Advisor to be of comparable quality. These lower grade securities are commonly known as “junk bonds.” Securities rated below investment grade are judged to have speculative characteristics with respect to their interest and principal payments. Such securities may face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.
 
Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The retail secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that of higher rated securities; adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain of these securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trust’s net asset value.


38


Table of Contents

 
LEVERAGE
 
The Trust intends to use leverage to seek to achieve its investment objectives. The Trust may use leverage by investing in derivative instruments with leverage imbedded in them, such as TOBs Residuals. The Trust may also use leverage by borrowing funds from banks or other financial institutions, by investing in reverse repurchase agreements, by issuing preferred shares or by any other means permitted under the Investment Company Act. The Trust currently intends to use combined economic leverage of up to 54% of its net assets (35% of its Managed Assets), although it may use combined economic leverage of up to 100% of its net assets (50% of its Managed Assets), all or a portion of which may be effected through the use of TOBs Residuals.
 
The use of leverage, including investment in TOBs Residuals, is subject to numerous risks and will cause the Trust’s net asset value to be more volatile than if leverage was not used. For example, a rise in short-term interest rates, which currently are at historically low levels, will cause the Trust’s net asset value to decline more than if the Trust had not used leverage.
 
The use of leverage can create risks. Changes in the value of the Trust’s portfolio, including securities bought with the proceeds of leverage, will be borne entirely by the holders of common shares. If there is a net decrease or increase in the value of the Trust’s investment portfolio, leverage will decrease or increase, as the case may be, the net asset value per common share to a greater extent than if the Trust did not utilize leverage. A reduction in the Trust’s net asset value may cause a reduction in the market price of its shares. During periods in which the Trust is using leverage, the fees paid to the Advisors for advisory and sub-advisory services will be higher than if the Trust did not use leverage, because the fees paid will be calculated on the basis of the Trust’s Managed Assets, which includes the proceeds from leverage. The Trust’s leveraging strategy may not be successful.
 
Certain types of borrowings by the Trust may result in the Trust being subject to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. The Trust may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by one or more lenders or by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for any short-term debt securities or preferred shares issued by the Trust. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the Investment Company Act. The Advisors do not believe that these covenants or guidelines will impede them from managing the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with its investment objectives and policies if the Trust were to utilize leverage. To the extent permitted, the board of trustees may modify the Trust’s borrowing policies, including the purposes of borrowings, and the length of time that the Trust may hold portfolio securities purchased with borrowed money. The rights of any lenders to the Trust to receive payments of interest or repayments of principal may be senior to those of the shareholders.
 
Under the Investment Company Act, the Trust is not permitted to borrow for any purposes if, immediately after such borrowing, the Trust would have an asset coverage ratio (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of less than 300% with respect to indebtedness or less than 200% with respect to preferred stock. The Investment Company Act also provides that the Trust may not declare distributions, or purchase its stock (including through tender offers), if immediately after doing so it will have an asset coverage ratio of less than 300% or 200%, as applicable. Under the Investment Company Act, certain short-term borrowings (such as for cash management purposes) are not subject to these limitations if (i) repaid within 60 days, (ii) not extended or renewed, and (iii) which are not in excess of 5% of the total assets of a Trust.
 
The use of TOBs Residuals will require the Trust to earmark or segregate liquid assets in an amount equal to any TOBs Floaters, plus any accrued but unpaid interest due on the TOBs Floaters, issued by TOBs Issuers sponsored on behalf of the Trust that are not owned by the Trust. The use of a reverse repurchase agreement will require the Trust to earmark or segregate liquid assets in an amount equal to the Trust’s repurchase obligation under the reverse repurchase agreement. The Trust will not earmark or segregate assets transferred to a TOBs Issuer or a reverse repurchase agreement counterparty. The Trust reserves the right to modify its asset segregation


39


Table of Contents

policies in the future to the extent that such changes are in accordance with applicable regulations or interpretations.
 
The following table is furnished in response to requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission. It is designed to illustrate the effect of leverage on common share total return, assuming investment portfolio total returns (comprised of income and changes in the value of investments held in the Trust’s portfolio) of −10%, −5%, 0%, 5% and 10%. These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of the investment portfolio returns experienced or expected to be experienced by the Trust. See “Risks.” The table further reflects the use of leverage representing 35% of the Trust’s Managed Assets and an assumed annual cost of leverage of 1.25%.
 
                                         
Assumed Portfolio Total Return (Net of Expenses)
    (10.00 )%     (5.00 )%     0 %     5.00 %     10.00 %
 
 
Common Share Total Return
    (16.08 )%     (8.38 )%     (0.68 )%     7.03 %     14.73 %
 
Although the Trust currently anticipates using leverage of up to 35% of its Managed Assets, it is permitted to use leverage up to 50% of its Managed Assets, which would magnify the gains and losses set forth in the preceding table.
 
Common share total return is composed of two elements: the common share dividends paid by the Trust (the amount of which is largely determined by the net investment income of the Trust after paying for any leverage used by the Trust) and gains or losses on the value of the securities the Trust owns. As required by Securities and Exchange Commission rules, the table assumes that the Trust is more likely to suffer capital losses than to enjoy capital appreciation. For example, to assume a total return of 0% the Trust must assume that the interest it receives on its municipal security investments is entirely offset by losses in the value of those securities.
 
Residual Interest Municipal Tender Option Bonds
 
The Trust may use economic leverage through its investments in TOBs Residuals, which are derivative municipal bond securities that have economic leverage embedded in them. TOBs Residuals and the risks associated with them are described elsewhere in this Prospectus. The Trust cannot assure you that the use of economic leverage will result in a higher return on its common shares.
 
Credit Facility
 
The Trust may borrow through a credit facility. If the Trust enters into a credit facility, the Trust may be required to prepay outstanding amounts or incur a penalty rate of interest upon the occurrence of certain events of default. The Trust would also likely have to indemnify the lenders under the credit facility against liabilities they may incur in connection therewith. In addition, the Trust expects that any credit facility would contain covenants that, among other things, likely would limit the Trust’s ability to pay distributions in certain circumstances, incur additional debt, change certain of its investment policies and engage in certain transactions, including mergers and consolidations, and require asset coverage ratios in addition to those required by the Investment Company Act. The Trust may be required to pledge its assets and to maintain a portion of its assets in cash or high-grade securities as a reserve against interest or principal payments and expenses. The Trust expects that any credit facility would have customary covenant, negative covenant and default provisions. There can be no assurance that the Trust will enter into an agreement for a credit facility or one on terms and conditions representative of the foregoing, or that additional material terms will not apply. In addition, if entered into, a credit facility may in the future be replaced or refinanced by one or more credit facilities having substantially different terms or by the issuance of preferred shares.
 
Reverse Repurchase Agreements
 
Borrowings may be made by the Trust through reverse repurchase agreements under which the Trust sells portfolio securities to financial institutions, such as banks and broker-dealers, and agrees to


40


Table of Contents

repurchase them at an agreed upon date and price. Such agreements are considered to be borrowings under the Investment Company Act. The Trust may utilize reverse repurchase agreements when it is anticipated that the interest income to be earned from the investment of the proceeds of the transaction is greater than the interest expense of the transaction.
 
The Trust may also borrow money as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, including the payment of dividends and the settlement of securities transactions which otherwise might require untimely dispositions of Trust securities.


41


Table of Contents

 
RISKS
 
The net asset value of, and dividends paid on, the common shares will fluctuate with and be affected by, among other things, the risks more fully described below.
 
No Operating History
 
The Trust is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history.
 
Investment and Market Discount Risk
 
An investment in the Trust’s common shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire amount that you invest. As with any stock, the price of the Trust’s common shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If shares are sold, the price received may be more or less than the original investment. The value of a shareholder’s investment in the Trust will be reduced immediately following the initial offering by the amount of the sales load and the amount of the organizational and offering expenses paid by the Trust. Common shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be treated as trading vehicles. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. At any point in time an investment in the Trust’s common shares may be worth less than the original amount invested, even after taking into account distributions paid by the Trust. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their common shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of the initial offering. The Trust anticipates using leverage, which will magnify the Trust’s investment, market and certain other risks.
 
Build America Bonds Risk
 
The BABs market is smaller and less diverse than the broader municipal securities market. In addition, because BABs are a new form of municipal financing and because bonds issued after December 31, 2010 currently will not qualify as BABs unless the relevant provisions of the Act are extended, it is difficult to predict the extent to which a market for such bonds will develop, meaning that BABs may experience greater illiquidity than other types of municipal securities. If the ability to issue BABs is not extended beyond December 31, 2010, the number of BABs available in the market will be limited and there can be no assurance that BABs will be actively traded. In addition, illiquidity may negatively affect the value of the bonds. If the ability to issue BABs is not extended beyond December 31, 2010, the Trust will have a limited period of time in which to purchase newly issued BABs and as such may not be able to purchase the quantity and quality of BABs currently intended at attractive prices.
 
Because issuers of direct pay BABs held in the Trust’s portfolio receive reimbursement from the U.S. Treasury with respect to interest payment on bonds, there is a risk that those municipal issuers will not receive timely payment from the U.S. Treasury and may remain obligated to pay the full interest due on direct pay BABs held by the Trust. Furthermore, it is possible that a municipal issuer may fail to comply with the requirements to receive the direct pay subsidy or that a future Congress may terminate the subsidy altogether. In addition, the Code contains a general offset rule (the “IRS Offset Rule”) which allows for the possibility that subsidy payments received by issuers of BABs may be subject to offset against amounts owed by them to the federal government. Moreover, the IRS may audit the agencies issuing BABs and such audits may, among other things, examine the price at which BABs are initially sold to investors. If the IRS concludes that a BAB was mis-priced based on its audit, it could disallow all or a portion of the interest subsidy received by the issuer of the BAB. The IRS Offset Rule and the disallowance of any interest subsidy as a result of an IRS audit could potentially adversely affect a BABs issuer’s credit rating, and adversely affect the issuer’s ability to repay or refinance BABs. This, in turn, could adversely affect the ratings and value of the BABs held by the Trust and the Trust’s net asset value. In this regard, the State of Florida recently announced that it suspended the new issuance of BABs as a result of its uncertainty relating to the IRS Offset Rule and, in May 2010, the IRS withheld subsidies from several states and municipalities, including Austin, Texas and the State of Maryland.


42


Table of Contents

Because the BABs program is new, certain aspects of the BABs program may be subject to additional Federal or state level guidance or subsequent legislation. For example, the IRS or U.S. Treasury could impose restrictions or limitations on the payments received. Aspects of the BABs program for which the IRS and the U.S. Treasury have solicited public comment include, but have not been limited to, methods for making direct payments to issuers, the tax procedural framework for such payments, and compliance safeguards. It is not known what additional procedures will be implemented with respect to direct pay BABs, if any, nor is it known what effect such possible procedures would have on the BABs market.
 
Legislation extending the relevant provisions of the Act, if any, may also modify the characteristics of BABs issued after December 31, 2010, including the amount of subsidy paid to issuers.
 
The Trust intends to invest primarily in BABs and therefore the Trust’s net asset value may be more volatile than the value of a more broadly diversified portfolio and may fluctuate substantially over short periods of time. Because BABs currently do not include certain industries or types of municipal bonds (e.g., tobacco bonds or private activity bonds), there may be less diversification than with a broader pool of municipal securities.
 
Contingent Review Provision Risk
 
If, for any twenty-four month period ending on or prior to December 31, 2014, there are no new issuances of BABs or other taxable municipal securities with interest payments subsidized by the U.S. Government through direct pay subsidies, the Contingent Review Provision provides that the Trust’s board of trustees may consider terminating the Trust or changing the non-fundamental investment policies that govern the Trust’s permissible investments. The Advisors cannot predict what effect the termination of the BABs program will have on the market for BABs and, if the Trust terminates in such a market, the price available for sales of BABs held in the Trust’s portfolio may be adversely affected. In addition, the Advisors cannot predict what effect, if any, the termination of the BABs program or the announcement of the termination of the Trust as a result of the Contingent Review Provision will have on the market price or liquidity of the Trust’s common shares, although such termination or announcement may adversely affect both the market price and liquidity of the Trust’s common shares.
 
In the event the Trust terminates as a result of the Contingent Review Provision, the Trust may be required to sell portfolio securities when it otherwise would not, including at times when interest rate or market conditions are not favorable, which may cause the Trust to lose a substantial amount of money on its investments. Further, the process of liquidating the Trust’s assets could result in a reduction in the Trust’s net investment income and monthly dividend distributions during the liquidation period. As the Trust approaches its termination date, the portfolio composition of the Trust may change as more of its original securities mature or are called or sold, which may cause the Trust’s returns to decrease and the net asset value of the common shares to fall. If the Act is not extended by Congress, the market for BABs may be adversely affected. BABs may become more illiquid and their market prices may fall. As a result, the Trust may have a more difficult time selling BABs at prices approximating the value at which the Trust is carrying the securities on its books. If the Trust is terminated, the Trust will distribute all of its net assets to shareholders of record as of the date of termination after providing for all obligations of the Trust. During such period, the Trust may not be able to invest in accordance with its investment policies as it winds down its portfolio. No assurance can be given as to how long it would take to liquidate the Trust’s portfolio and make a final liquidating distribution. Securities for which no market exists or securities trading at depressed prices, if any, may be placed in a liquidating trust. Securities placed in a liquidating trust may be held for an indefinite period of time until they can be sold or pay out all of their cash flows. The Trust cannot predict the amount of securities that will be required to be placed in a liquidating trust.
 
In the event the Trust terminates as a result of the Contingent Review Provision, the Trust’s investment objectives and policies are not designed to seek to return to investors who purchase common shares in this offering their initial investment on any anticipated termination date, and such initial investors and any investors who purchase common shares after the completion of the offering may receive more or less than their original investment upon termination.


43


Table of Contents

In the event the Trust changes the non-fundamental investment policies that govern the Trust’s permissible investments as a result of the Contingent Review Provision, the Trust may be subject to various additional risks that are not described herein. For example, the Trust may decide to invest in certain securities in which it currently does not intend to invest or may, if it is already invested in such securities, decide to invest in them to a greater degree, and such investments may carry greater risks than the investments the Trust currently intends to make. Moreover, the Trust may decide to sell portfolio securities when it otherwise would not, including at times when interest rate or market conditions are not favorable, in order to facilitate a change in investment policies, which may cause the Trust to lose money on its investments.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
Generally, when market interest rates rise, prices of debt securities fall, and vice versa. Interest rate risk is the risk that the debt securities in the Trust’s portfolio will decline in value because of increases in market interest rates. As interest rates increase, slower than expected principal payments may extend the average life of securities, potentially locking in a below-market interest rate and reducing the Trust’s net asset value. In typical market interest rate environments, the prices of longer-term debt securities generally fluctuate more than the prices of shorter-term debt securities as interest rates change. These risks may be greater in the current market environment because certain interest rates are near historically low levels. As interest rates decline, issuers of municipal securities that have the right to call those securities may prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing the Trust to reinvest in lower-yielding securities and potentially reducing the Trust’s income. Because the Trust intends to invest primarily in longer-term municipal securities, the common share net asset value and market price per common share may fluctuate more in response to changes in market interest rates than if the Trust invested primarily in shorter-term municipal securities. The Trust may utilize certain strategies, including taking positions in futures or interest rate swaps, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of the Trust’s debt securities and decreasing the Trust’s exposure to interest rate risk. The Trust is not required to hedge its exposure to interest rate risk and may choose not to do so. In addition, there is no assurance that any attempts by the Trust to reduce interest rate risk will be successful.
 
The Trust may invest in variable and floating rate debt securities. Rates on these securities typically reset only periodically so changes in prevailing interest rates (and particularly sudden and significant changes) can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the Trust’s net asset value, although these types of securities generally are less sensitive to interest rate changes than longer duration fixed-rate instruments. Conversely, variable and floating rate debt securities generally will not increase in value if interest rates decline.
 
Credit Risk
 
Credit risk is the risk that an issuer of a municipal security will become unable to meet its obligation to make interest and principal payments. In general, lower rated municipal securities carry a greater degree of risk that the issuer will lose its ability to make interest and principal payments, which could have a negative impact on the Trust’s net asset value or dividends. The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in municipal securities that are rated Ba/BB or below by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch or that are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Advisor or Sub-Advisor. Bonds rated Ba/BB or below are regarded as having predominately speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and these bonds are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.” These securities are subject to a greater risk of default. The prices of these lower grade securities are more sensitive to negative developments, such as a decline in the issuer’s revenues or a general economic downturn, than are the prices of higher grade securities. Lower grade securities tend to be less liquid than investment grade securities and the market values of lower grade securities tend to be more volatile than investment grade securities.


44


Table of Contents

General Municipal Securities Market Risk
 
Economic exposure to the municipal securities market involves certain risks. The Trust’s economic exposure to municipal securities includes municipal securities in the Trust’s portfolio and municipal securities to which the Trust is exposed through the ownership of TOBs Residuals. The municipal market is one in which dealer firms make markets in bonds on a principal basis using their proprietary capital, and during the recent market turmoil these firms’ capital was severely constrained. As a result, some firms were unwilling to commit their capital to purchase and to serve as a dealer for municipal securities. Certain municipal securities may not be registered with the SEC or any state securities commission and will not be listed on any national securities exchange. The amount of public information available about the municipal securities to which the Trust is economically exposed is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds, and the investment performance of the Trust may therefore be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the Advisor or Sub-Advisor than would be, for example, a stock fund. The secondary market for municipal securities, particularly the below investment grade bonds to which the Trust may be economically exposed, also tends to be less well-developed or liquid than many other securities markets, which may adversely affect the ability to sell such bonds at attractive prices. In addition, many state and municipal governments that issue securities are currently under significant economic and financial stress and may not be able to satisfy their obligations. The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns and as governmental cost burdens are reallocated among federal, state and local governments. The taxing power of any governmental entity may be limited by provisions of state constitutions or laws and an entity’s credit will depend on many factors, including the entity’s tax base, the extent to which the entity relies on federal or state aid, and other factors which are beyond the entity’s control. In addition, laws enacted in the future by Congress or state legislatures or referenda could extend the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or impose other constraints on enforcement of such obligations, or on the ability of municipalities to levy taxes.
 
Revenue bonds issued by state or local agencies to finance the development of low-income, multi-family housing involve special risks in addition to those generally associated with municipal securities, including that the underlying properties may not generate sufficient income to pay expenses and interest costs. Such securities are generally non-recourse against the property owner, may be junior to the rights of others with an interest in the properties, may pay interest that changes based in part on the financial performance of the property, may be prepayable without penalty and may be used to finance the construction of housing developments which, until completed and rented, do not generate income to pay interest. Increases in interest rates payable on senior obligations may make it more difficult for issuers to meet payment obligations on subordinated bonds.
 
Special Risks Related to Certain Municipal Securities
 
The Trust may invest in municipal leases and certificates of participation in such leases. Municipal leases and certificates of participation involve special risks not normally associated with general obligations or revenue bonds. Leases and installment purchase or conditional sale contracts (which normally provide for title to the leased asset to pass eventually to the governmental issuer) have evolved as a means for governmental issuers to acquire property and equipment without meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements for the issuance of debt. The debt issuance limitations are deemed to be inapplicable because of the inclusion in many leases or contracts of “non-appropriation” clauses that relieve the governmental issuer of any obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for such purpose by the appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis. In addition, such leases or contracts may be subject to the temporary abatement of payments in the event the governmental issuer is prevented from maintaining occupancy of the leased premises or utilizing the leased equipment. Although the obligations may be secured by the leased equipment or facilities, the disposition of the property in the event of non-appropriation or foreclosure might prove difficult, time consuming and costly, and may result in a delay in recovering or the failure to fully recover the Trust’s original investment. In the event of non-appropriation, the issuer would be in


45


Table of Contents

default and taking ownership of the assets may be a remedy available to the Trust, although the Trust does not anticipate that such a remedy would normally be pursued. To the extent that the Trust invests in unrated municipal leases or participates in such leases, the credit quality rating and risk of cancellation of such unrated leases will be monitored on an ongoing basis. Certificates of participation, which represent interests in unmanaged pools of municipal leases or installment contracts, involve the same risks as the underlying municipal leases. In addition, the Trust may be dependent upon the municipal authority issuing the certificates of participation to exercise remedies with respect to the underlying securities. Certificates of participation also entail a risk of default or bankruptcy, both of the issuer of the municipal lease and also the municipal agency issuing the certificate of participation.
 
Call and Redemption Risk
 
A municipal security’s issuer may call the security for redemption before it matures. If this happens to a municipal security that the Trust holds, the Trust may lose income and may have to invest the proceeds in municipal securities with lower yields.
 
Below Investment Grade Securities Risk
 
The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities that are rated below investment grade, which are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” and are regarded as predominately speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.
 
Lower grade securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession could disrupt severely the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such securities.
 
Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The retail secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that for higher rated securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trust’s net asset value. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in lower grade securities, you could lose money on your investment in common shares of the Trust, both in the short-term and the long-term.
 
Reinvestment Risk
 
Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Trust’s portfolio will decline if and when the Trust invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called municipal securities at market interest rates that are below the portfolio’s current earnings rate. A decline in income could affect the common shares’ market price or your overall returns.
 
Tender Option Bonds Risk
 
TOBs Residuals are derivative municipal securities that have embedded in them the risk of economic leverage. There is no assurance that the Trust’s strategy of using TOBs Residuals to leverage its assets will be successful.
 
Distributions on TOBs Residuals will bear an inverse relationship to short-term municipal bond interest rates. Distributions on the TOBs Residuals paid to the Trust will be reduced or, in the extreme, eliminated as short-term municipal interest rates rise and will increase when short-term municipal interest rates fall. The amount of such reduction or increase is a function, in part, of the amount of TOBs Floaters sold by the issuer of these securities relative to the amount of the TOBs Residuals that it sells.


46


Table of Contents

The greater the amount of TOBs Floaters sold relative to the TOBs Residuals, the more volatile the distributions on the TOBs Residuals will be. Short-term interest rates are at historic lows and may be more likely to rise in the current market environment.
 
The Trust’s use of TOBs Residuals will create economic leverage. Any economic leverage achieved through the Trust’s investment in TOBs Residuals will create an opportunity for increased common share net income and returns, but will also create the possibility that common share long-term returns will be diminished if the cost of the TOBs Floaters exceeds the return on the securities in the TOBs Issuer. See “Risks — General Leverage Risk.” If the income and gains earned on municipal securities owned by a TOBs Issuer that issues TOBs Residuals to the Trust are greater than the payments due on the TOBs Floaters, the Trust’s returns will be greater than if it had not invested in the TOBs Residual.
 
The Trust has no current intention of investing in recourse TOBs Residuals. However, circumstances may change and it is possible that in the future the Trust may elect to invest in recourse TOBs Residuals to leverage its portfolio. If the Trust uses recourse TOBs Residuals, the liquidity provider may seek recourse against assets of the Trust, and the Trust may have to pay the liquidity provider the difference between the purchase price of any TOBs Floaters put to the liquidity provider by third party investors and the proceeds realized by the liquidity provider from the remarketing of those TOBs Floaters or the sale of the assets in the TOBs Issuer, which could cause the Trust to lose money in excess of its investment in a TOBs Issuer.
 
Although the Trust generally would unwind a TOBs transaction rather than try to sell a TOBs Residual, if it did try to sell a TOBs Residual, its ability to do so would depend on the liquidity of the TOBs Residual. TOBs Residuals have varying degrees of liquidity based, among other things, upon the liquidity of the underlying securities deposited in the TOBs Issuer. The market price of TOBs Residuals are more volatile than the underlying securities due to leverage. The leverage attributable to TOBs Residuals may be “called away” on relatively short notice and therefore may be less permanent than more traditional forms of leverage. In certain circumstances, the likelihood of an increase in the volatility of net asset value and market price of the common shares may be greater for a fund that relies primarily on TOBs Residuals to achieve a desired effective leverage ratio. The Trust may be required to sell its TOBs Residuals at less than favorable prices, or liquidate other Trust portfolio holdings in certain circumstances, including, but not limited to, the following:
 
  •  If the Trust has a need for cash and the securities in the TOBs Issuer are not actively trading due to adverse market conditions;
 
  •  If the sponsors of TOBs Issuers (as a collective group or individually) experience financial hardship and consequently seek to terminate TOBs Issuers sponsored by them; and
 
  •  If the value of an underlying security declines significantly (to a level below the notional value of the TOBs Floaters issued by the TOBs Issuer) and if additional collateral has not been posted by the Trust.
 
The Trust may invest in taxable TOBs Residuals, issued by TOBs Issuers formed with taxable municipal securities. The market for such taxable TOBs Residuals is relatively new and undeveloped. Initially, there may be a limited number of counterparties, which may increase the credit risks, counterparty risks, liquidity risks and other risks of investing in taxable TOBs Residuals.
 
General Leverage Risk
 
The use of leverage creates an opportunity for increased common share net investment income dividends, but also creates risks for the holders of common shares. Leverage is a speculative technique that exposes the Trust to greater risk and increased costs than if it were not implemented. Increases and decreases in the value of the Trust’s portfolio will be magnified when the Trust uses leverage. As a result, leverage may cause greater changes in the Trust’s net asset value. The Trust will also have to pay interest


47


Table of Contents

on its borrowings, if any, which may reduce the Trust’s return. This interest expense may be greater than the Trust’s return on the underlying investment. The Trust’s leveraging strategy may not be successful.
 
If the Trust enters into a credit facility, the Trust may be required to prepay outstanding amounts or incur a penalty rate of interest upon the occurrence of certain events of default. The Trust would also likely have to indemnify the lenders under the credit facility against liabilities they may incur in connection therewith. In addition, the Trust expects that any credit facility would contain covenants that, among other things, likely would limit the Trust’s ability to pay distributions in certain circumstances, incur additional debt, change certain of its investment policies and engage in certain transactions, including mergers and consolidations, and require asset coverage ratios in addition to those required by the Investment Company Act. The Trust may be required to pledge its assets and to maintain a portion of its assets in cash or high-grade securities as a reserve against interest or principal payments and expenses.
 
Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risks that the interest income earned on the investment of the proceeds will be less than the interest expense and Trust expenses, that the market value of the securities sold by the Trust may decline below the price of the securities the Trust is obligated to repurchase and that the securities may not be returned to the Trust. There is no assurance that reverse repurchase agreements can be successfully employed.
 
Although the Trust does not have any immediate intention to do so, the Trust may in the future issue preferred shares as a form of financial leverage. Any such preferred shares of the Trust would be senior to the Trust’s common shares, such that holders of preferred shares would have priority over the distribution of the Trust’s assets, including dividends and liquidating distributions. If preferred shares are issued and outstanding, holders of the preferred shares would elect two trustees of the Trust, voting separately as a class.
 
The Trust may also use leverage through its investments in TOBs Residuals. See “— Tender Option Bonds Risk.”
 
The Trust anticipates that the money borrowed for investment purposes will pay interest based on shorter-term interest rates that would be periodically reset. So long as the Trust’s portfolio provides a higher rate of return, net of expenses, than the interest rate on borrowed money as reset periodically, the leverage may cause the holders of common shares to receive a higher current rate of return than if the Trust were not leveraged. If, however, long-term and/or short-term rates rise, the interest rate on borrowed money could exceed the rate of return on securities held by the Trust, reducing return to the holders of common shares. Recent developments in the credit markets may adversely affect the ability of the Trust to borrow for investment purposes and may increase the costs of such borrowings, which would reduce returns to the holders of common shares.
 
There is no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful. Leverage involves risks and special considerations for common shareholders, including:
 
  •  the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value, market price and dividend rate of the common shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage;
 
  •  the risk that fluctuations in interest rates on borrowings and short-term debt or in the interest or dividend rates on any leverage that the Trust must pay will reduce the return to the common shareholders;
 
  •  the effect of leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause a greater decline in the net asset value of the common shares than if the Trust were not leveraged, which may result in a greater decline in the market price of the common shares;
 
  •  when the Trust uses financial leverage, the investment advisory fees payable to the Advisors will be higher than if the Trust did not use leverage; and
 
  •  leverage may increase operating costs, which may reduce total return.
 
The use of reverse repurchase agreements and TOBs Residuals will require the Trust to segregate assets to cover its obligations (or, if the Trust borrows money or issues preferred shares, to maintain


48


Table of Contents

asset coverage in conformity with the requirements of the Investment Company Act). While the segregated assets may be invested in liquid securities, they may not be used for other operational purposes. Consequently, the use of leverage may limit the Trust’s flexibility and may require that the Trust sell other portfolio investments to pay Trust expenses, to maintain assets in an amount sufficient to cover the Trust’s leveraged exposure or to meet other obligations at a time when it may be disadvantageous to sell such assets.
 
Certain types of borrowings by the Trust may result in the Trust being subject to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. The Trust may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for the short-term corporate debt securities or preferred shares issued by the Trust. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the Investment Company Act. The Advisors do not believe that these covenants or guidelines will impede them from managing the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies.
 
The Trust may invest in the securities of other investment companies. Such securities may also be leveraged, and will therefore be subject to the leverage risks described above. This additional leverage may in certain market conditions reduce the net asset value of the Trust’s common shares and the returns to the holders of common shares.
 
Volatility Risk
 
The use of leverage by the Trust will cause the net asset value, and possibly the market price, of the Trust’s common shares to fluctuate significantly in response to changes in interest rates and other economic indicators. In addition, the Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in below investment grade municipal securities, which may be less liquid and therefore more volatile than investment grade municipal securities. As a result, the net asset value and market price of the common shares of the Trust will be more volatile than those of a closed-end investment company that is not exposed to leverage or that does not invest in below investment grade municipal securities.
 
Current Economic Conditions — Credit Crisis Liquidity and Volatility Risk
 
The markets for credit instruments have experienced periods of extreme illiquidity and volatility since the latter half of 2007. General market uncertainty and consequent repricing of risk have led to market imbalances of sellers and buyers, which in turn have resulted in significant valuation uncertainties in a variety of debt securities, including municipal securities. These conditions resulted in, and in many cases continue to result in, greater volatility, less liquidity, widening credit spreads and a lack of price transparency, with many debt securities remaining illiquid and of uncertain value. Such market conditions may make valuation of some of the Trust’s municipal securities uncertain and/or result in sudden and significant valuation increases or declines in its holdings. In addition, illiquidity and volatility in the credit markets may directly and adversely affect the setting of dividend rates on the common shares.
 
In response to the recent national economic downturn, governmental cost burdens may be reallocated among federal, state and local governments. Also, as a result of the downturn, many state and local governments have experienced significant reductions in revenues and consequent difficulties meeting ongoing expenses. As a result, certain of these state and local governments may have difficulty paying principal or interest on their outstanding debt and may experience ratings downgrades of their debt. Also, issuers of municipal securities might seek protection under the bankruptcy laws. In the event of bankruptcy of such an issuer, holders of municipal securities could experience delays in collecting principal and interest, and such holders may not, in all circumstances, be able to collect all principal and interest to which they are entitled. To enforce its rights in the event of a default in the payment of interest or repayment of principal, or both, the Trust may take possession of and manage the assets securing the issuer’s obligations on such securities, which may increase the Trust’s operating expenses.


49


Table of Contents

 
In addition, laws enacted in the future by Congress, state legislatures or referenda could extend the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or impose other constraints on enforcement of such obligations or on the ability of municipalities to levy taxes.
 
Inflation Risk
 
Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investment will be worth less in the future, as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the common shares and distributions on those shares can decline. In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, interest rates on any borrowings by the Trust would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to the holders of common shares.
 
Non-Diversification Risk
 
The Trust has registered as a “non-diversified” investment company under the Investment Company Act. For Federal income tax purposes, the Trust, with respect to up to 50% of its total assets, will be able to invest more than 5% (but not more than 25%, except for investments in government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, which are not limited for tax purposes) of the value of its total assets in the obligations of any single issuer or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. To the extent the Trust invests a relatively high percentage of its assets in the obligations of a limited number of issuers, the Trust may be more susceptible than a more widely diversified investment company to any single economic, political or regulatory occurrence.
 
Economic Sector and Geographic Risk
 
The Trust, as a fundamental policy, may not invest 25% or more of the value of its Managed Assets in any one industry. However, this limitation does not apply to securities of the U.S. Government, any state government or their respective agencies, or instrumentalities and securities backed by the credit of any federal or state governmental entity. As such, the Trust may invest 25% of more of its Managed Assets in municipal securities of issuers in the same state (or U.S. Territory) or in the same economic sector. If the Trust does so, this may make it more susceptible to adverse economic, political or regulatory occurrences affecting a particular state or economic sector. As concentration increases, so does the potential for fluctuation in the net asset value of the Trust’s common shares. See “Investment Objectives and Policies — Investment Restrictions” in the Trust’s Statement of Additional Information.
 
Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk
 
The aftermath of the war in Iraq, instability in Afghanistan, Pakistan and the Middle East and terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world may result in market volatility, may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and may cause further economic uncertainties in the United States and worldwide. The Trust does not know how long the securities markets may be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of these events or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets.
 
U.S. Government-Sponsored Agencies Risk
 
While certain U.S. Government-sponsored agencies, such as the FHLMC and the FNMA, may be chartered or sponsored by acts of Congress, their securities are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury, and therefore may lose value. On September 7, 2008, the FHFA, a new independent regulatory agency, placed FNMA and FHLMC into conservatorship, a statutory process designed to stabilize a troubled institution with the objective of returning the entity to normal business operations. A July, 2009 congressional report issued by the Committee on Oversight and Government Reform noted


50


Table of Contents

that the role of the FNMA and FHLMC in the financial crisis “was significant and has received too little attention.” In addition, the U.S. Treasury has been purchasing mortgage-backed securities issued by FNMA and FHLMC in the open market to create market liquidity and, in part, to stabilize their market values. The U.S. Treasury has also entered into a new secured lending credit facility with both of those corporations to provide liquidity if needed, and a Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, which will ensure that each corporation maintains a positive net worth.
 
Strategic Transactions Risk
 
The Trust may engage in various Strategic Transactions for hedging and risk management purposes or to enhance total return. Strategic Transactions involve the use of derivative instruments. The use of Strategic Transactions to enhance total return may be particularly speculative. Strategic Transactions involve risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction and illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the Trust’s ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on the Advisors’ ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. The use of Strategic Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Additionally, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes. In addition, please see the Trust’s Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed description of Strategic Transactions and the various derivative instruments the Trust may use and the various risks associated with them.
 
Counterparty Risk
 
The Trust will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts purchased by the Trust. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Trust may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceedings. The Trust may obtain only a limited recovery, or may obtain no recovery, in such circumstances.
 
Insurance Risk
 
The Trust may purchase municipal securities that are secured by insurance, bank credit agreements or escrow accounts. The credit quality of the companies that provide such credit enhancements will affect the value of those securities. Many significant providers of insurance for municipal securities have recently incurred significant losses as a result of exposure to sub-prime mortgages and other lower credit quality investments that have experienced recent defaults or otherwise suffered extreme credit deterioration. As a result, such losses have reduced the insurers’ capital and called into question their continued ability to perform their obligations under such insurance if they are called upon to do so in the future. These events may presage one or more rating reductions for any other insurer in the future. While an insured municipal security will typically be deemed to have the rating of its insurer, if the insurer of a municipal security suffers a downgrade in its credit rating or the market discounts the value of the insurance provided by the insurer, the rating of the underlying municipal security will be more relevant and the value of the municipal security will more closely, if not entirely, reflect such rating. In such a case, the value of insurance associated with a municipal security would decline and the insurance may not add any value. As concern has increased about the balance sheets of insurers, prices on insured bonds — especially those bonds issued by weaker underlying credits — have declined. Most insured bonds are currently being valued according to their fundamentals as if they were uninsured. The insurance feature of a municipal security normally provides that it guarantees the full payment of principal and interest when due through the life of an insured obligation, but does not guarantee the market value of


51


Table of Contents

the insured obligation or the net asset value of the common shares represented by such insured obligation.
 
Legislation Risk
 
At any time after the date of this Prospectus, legislation may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Trust or the issuers of such assets. Changing approaches to regulation may have a negative impact on the entities in which the Trust invests. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Trust itself is regulated. There can be no assurance that future legislation, regulation or deregulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Trust or will not impair the ability of the Trust to achieve its investment objectives.
 
Portfolio Turnover Risk
 
The Trust’s annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year. Portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Trust. A higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Trust. High portfolio turnover may result in an increased realization of net short-term capital gains by the Trust which, when distributed to common shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. Additionally, in a declining market, portfolio turnover may create realized capital losses.
 
Deflation Risk
 
Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time, which may have an adverse effect on the market valuation of companies, their assets and their revenues. In addition, deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Trust’s portfolio.
 
Illiquid Securities Risk
 
The market for municipal securities is generally smaller than other markets, resulting in heightened liquidity risk. The Trust may invest in municipal securities and other instruments that, at the time of investment, are illiquid. Illiquid securities are securities that are not readily marketable and may include some restricted securities, which are securities that may not be resold to the public without an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or may be sold only in a privately negotiated transaction or pursuant to an exemption from registration. Illiquid securities involve the risk that the securities will not be able to be sold at the time desired by the Trust or at prices approximating the values at which the Trust is carrying the securities on its books.
 
Anti-Takeover Provisions
 
The Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or convert the Trust to open-end status. These provisions could deprive the holders of common shares of opportunities to sell their common shares at a premium over the then current market price of the common shares or at net asset value. In addition, if the Trust issues preferred shares, the holders of the preferred shares will have voting rights that could deprive holders of common shares of such opportunities.


52


Table of Contents

 
HOW THE TRUST MANAGES RISK
 
Investment Limitations
 
The Trust has adopted certain investment limitations designed to limit investment risk. These limitations are fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common shares and, if issued, preferred shares voting together as a single class, and the approval of the holders of a majority of any preferred shares voting as a separate class. Among other restrictions, the Trust may not invest 25% or more of the value of its Managed Assets in any one industry, provided that this limitation does not apply to securities of the U.S. Government, any state government or their respective agencies, or instrumentalities and securities backed by the credit of any federal or state governmental entity.
 
Quality of Investments
 
Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in securities of investment grade quality at the time of investment. Investment grade quality securities are securities rated within the four highest grades (“Baa” or “BBB” or better) by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch or securities that are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor.
 
Management of Investment Portfolio and Capital Structure to Limit Leverage Risk
 
The Trust may take certain actions if short-term interest rates increase or market conditions otherwise change (or the Trust anticipates such an increase or change) and the Trust’s leverage begins (or is expected) to adversely affect common shareholders. In order to attempt to offset such a negative impact of leverage on common shareholders, the Trust may shorten the average maturity of its investment portfolio (by investing in short-term securities) or may reduce its leverage. The Trust may also attempt to reduce leverage by limiting its investment in TOBs Residuals and by terminating reverse repurchase agreements to which it is a party. As explained above under “Risks — General Leverage Risk,” the success of any such attempt to limit leverage risk depends on the Advisors’ ability to accurately predict interest rate or other market changes. Because of the difficulty of making such predictions, the Trust may never attempt to manage its capital structure in the manner described in this paragraph.
 
Strategic Transactions
 
The Trust may use certain Strategic Transactions designed to limit the risk of bond price fluctuations and to preserve capital. These strategies include using swaps, financial futures contracts, options on financial futures or options based on either an index of long-term securities or on taxable debt securities whose prices, in the opinion of the Advisors, correlate with the prices of the Trust’s investments. There can be no assurance that Strategic Transactions will be used or used effectively to limit risk, and Strategic Transactions may be subject to their own risks. Please see the Trust’s Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed description of Strategic Transactions and the various derivative instruments the Trust may use and the various risks associated with them.


53


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
 
Trustees and Officers
 
The board of trustees is responsible for the overall management of the Trust, including supervision of the duties performed by the Advisors. There are ten trustees of the Trust. A majority of the trustees will not be “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust. The name and business address of the trustees and officers of the Trust and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under “Management of the Trust” in the Statement of Additional Information.
 
Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisor
 
BlackRock Advisors acts as the Trust’s investment advisor. BlackRock Advisors is responsible for the management of the Trust’s portfolio and provides the necessary personnel, facilities, equipment and certain other services necessary to the operation of the Trust. BlackRock Investment Management acts as the Trust’s sub-advisor. BlackRock Investment Management will perform certain of the day-to-day investment management of the Trust. BlackRock Advisors, located at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, and BlackRock Investment Management, located at 55 East 52 nd  Street, New York, New York 10055, are wholly owned subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc. (“BlackRock”), which is a leader in investment management, risk management and advisory services for institutional and retail clients worldwide. At June 30, 2010, BlackRock’s assets under management was $3.151 trillion.
 
BlackRock participated in the first BAB issuance and currently manages approximately $4.5 billion in BABs across its entire fixed income platform, as of June 30, 2010. The BlackRock organization has over 20 years of experience managing closed-end funds and, as of June 30, 2010, advised a registered closed-end fund family of 95 exchange-listed active funds with approximately $36.6 billion in assets. In addition, BlackRock advised 3 non-exchange-listed closed-end funds with approximately $815 million in assets.
 
BlackRock offers products that span the risk spectrum to meet clients’ needs, including active, enhanced and index strategies across markets and asset classes. Products are offered in a variety of structures including separate accounts, mutual funds, iShares ® (exchange traded funds), and other pooled investment vehicles. BlackRock also offers risk management, advisory and enterprise investment system services to a broad base of institutional investors through BlackRock Solutions ® . Headquartered in New York City, as of June 30, 2010, the firm has approximately 8,500 employees in 24 countries and a major presence in key global markets, including North and South America, Europe, Asia, Australia and the Middle East and Africa.
 
Investment Philosophy
 
BlackRock’s investment decision-making process for the municipal bond sector is subject to the same discipline, oversight and investment philosophy that the firm applies to other sectors of the fixed income market.
 
BlackRock uses a relative value strategy that evaluates the trade-off between risk and return to seek to achieve the Trust’s investment objectives. This strategy is combined with disciplined risk control techniques and applied in sector, sub-sector and individual security selection decisions. BlackRock’s extensive personnel and technology resources are the key drivers of the investment philosophy.
 
BlackRock’s Municipal Securities Team
 
BlackRock uses a team approach in managing municipal portfolios. BlackRock believes that this approach offers substantial benefits over one that is dependent on the market wisdom or investment expertise of only a few individuals. BlackRock’s municipal bond team includes 27 portfolio managers with an average experience of 17 years and 12 credit research analysts with an average experience of 15 years.


54


Table of Contents

 
As of June 30, 2010, BlackRock’s fundamental fixed income municipal bond portfolio managers were responsible for municipal bond portfolios valued at approximately $108.5 billion. Municipal mandates include the management of open- and closed-end mutual funds, municipal-only separate accounts, municipal allocations within larger institutional mandates or municipal liquidity accounts. The team currently manages 61 closed-end municipal funds, with over $22.5 billion in assets under management.
 
Portfolio Managers
 
Peter Hayes , Managing Director, is head of the Municipal Bonds Group within BlackRock Fundamental Fixed Income and a member of the Fixed Income Executive Committee. He leads the Municipal Bond Management Committee, which oversees municipal bond portfolio management, research and trading activities, and is a member of the firm’s Leadership and Operating Committees.
 
Mr. Hayes’ service with the firm dates back to 1987, including his years with Merrill Lynch Investment Managers (MLIM), which merged with BlackRock in 2006. At MLIM, he was head of the short term tax-exempt trading desk, and managed the CMA Tax-Exempt Fund and other short term municipal bond portfolios. Prior to joining MLIM, Mr. Hayes was a trader for Shawmut Bank.
 
Theodore R. Jaeckel, Jr. , CFA, Managing Director, is co-head of the Municipal Mutual Funds Team within BlackRock’s Municipal Fixed Income Portfolio Management Group. He is also a member of BlackRock’s Municipal Bond Management Committee, which oversees all municipal bond portfolio management, research and trading activities.
 
Mr. Jaeckel’s service with the firm dates back to 1990, including his years with MLIM, which merged with BlackRock in 2006. At MLIM, he was a portfolio manager for municipal bond alternative and high yield strategies. Prior to joining MLIM, Mr. Jaeckel was a municipal bond trader with Chemical Bank.
 
James Pruskowski , Managing Director, is a member of the Municipals Group within BlackRock Fundamental Fixed Income. He is head of Institutional and Wealth Management Municipal Portfolios. He is a member of BlackRock’s Municipal Bond Management Committee, which oversees all municipal bond portfolio management, research and trading activities.
 
Prior to joining the Municipal Bond Portfolio Team in 2003, Mr. Pruskowski focused on interest rate products within BlackRock’s Fixed Income Portfolio Management Group. From 1996 to 2000, Mr. Pruskowski was a member of BlackRock’s Portfolio Analytics Group, where he began his career.
 
Michael Kalinoski , CFA, Director, is a member of the Municipals Investment Team within BlackRock Fundamental Fixed Income.
 
Mr. Kalinoski’s service with the firm dates back to 1999, including his years with MLIM, which merged with BlackRock in 2006. At MLIM, he was a member of the tax-exempt fixed income team responsible for managing a number of national and state funds. Prior to joining MLIM in 1999, Mr. Kalinoski was a municipal trader with Strong Capital Management.
 
BlackRock’s Investment Process
 
BlackRock has in-depth expertise in the fixed income market. BlackRock applies the same risk-controlled, active sector rotation style to the management process for all of its fixed income portfolios. BlackRock believes that it is unique in its integration of taxable and municipal bond specialists. Both taxable and municipal bond portfolio managers share the same trading floor and interact frequently for determining the firm’s overall investment strategy. This interaction allows each portfolio manager to access the combined experience and expertise of the entire portfolio management group at BlackRock.
 
BlackRock’s portfolio management process emphasizes research and analysis of specific sectors and securities, not interest rate speculation. BlackRock believes that market-timing strategies can be


55


Table of Contents

highly volatile and potentially produce inconsistent results. Instead, BlackRock thinks that value over the long-term is best achieved through a risk-controlled approach, focusing on sector allocation, security selection and yield curve management.
 
In the municipal market, BlackRock believes one of the most important determinants of value is supply and demand. BlackRock’s ability to monitor investor flows and frequency and seasonality of issuance is helpful in anticipating the supply and demand for sectors. BlackRock believes that the breadth and expertise of its municipal bond team allow it to anticipate issuance flows, forecast which sectors are likely to have the most supply and plan its investment strategy accordingly.
 
BlackRock’s approach to credit risk incorporates a combination of sector-based, top-down macro-analysis of industry sectors to determine relative weightings with a name-specific (issuer-specific), bottom-up detailed credit analysis of issuers and structures. The sector-based approach focuses on rotating into sectors that are undervalued and exiting sectors when fundamentals or technicals become unattractive. The name-specific approach focuses on identifying special opportunities where the market undervalues a credit, and devoting concentrated resources to research the credit and monitor the position. BlackRock’s analytical process focuses on anticipating change in credit trends before market recognition. Credit research is a critical, independent element of BlackRock’s municipal process.
 
Investment Management Agreement
 
Pursuant to an investment management agreement between BlackRock Advisors and the Trust (the “Investment Management Agreement”), the Trust has agreed to pay BlackRock Advisors a management fee at an annual rate equal to 0.55% of the average daily value of the Trust’s Managed Assets (0.85% of the Trust’s net assets, assuming leverage of 35%). “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust, (including any assets attributable to money borrowed for investment purposes) minus the sum of the Trust’s accrued liabilities (other than money borrowed for investment purposes). For the avoidance of doubt, assets attributable to money borrowed for investment purposes includes the portion of the Trust’s assets in a TOBs Issuer of which the Trust owns the TOBs Residual. This means that during periods in which the Trust is using leverage, the fee paid to BlackRock Advisors will be higher than if the Trust did not use leverage because the fee is calculated as a percentage of the Trust’s Managed Assets, which include those assets purchased with leverage.
 
BlackRock Advisors will pay an annual sub-advisory fee to the Sub-Advisor equal to 50% of the management fee received by BlackRock Advisors.
 
A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the investment management agreements by the board of trustees will be available in the Trust’s first report to shareholders.
 
In addition to the fees paid to BlackRock Advisors, the Trust pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including compensation of its trustees (other than those affiliated with the Advisors), custodian, leveraging expenses, transfer and dividend disbursing agent expenses, legal fees, rating agency fees, listing fees and expenses, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies and taxes, if any.


56


Table of Contents

 
NET ASSET VALUE
 
The net asset value of the common shares of the Trust will be computed based upon the value of the Trust’s portfolio securities and other assets. Net asset value per common share will be determined as of the close of the regular trading session on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on each business day on which the NYSE is open for trading. The Trust calculates net asset value per common share by subtracting the Trust’s liabilities (including accrued expenses, dividends payable and any borrowings of the Trust), and the liquidation value of any outstanding preferred shares of the Trust from the Trust’s total assets (the value of the securities the Trust holds plus cash or other assets, including interest accrued but not yet received) and dividing the result by the total number of common shares of the Trust outstanding.
 
The Trust’s policy is to fair value its financial instruments at market value using independent dealers or pricing services selected under the supervision of the board of trustees. The Trust values its fixed income securities on the basis of prices provided by dealers or pricing services. In determining the value of a particular investment, pricing services may use certain information with respect to transactions in such investments, quotations from dealers, pricing matrixes, market transaction in comparable investments and information with respect to various relationships between investments. Short-term securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less may be valued at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. In the event that application of these methods of valuation results in a price for an investment which is deemed not to be representative of the market value of such investment or is not available, the investment will be valued by a method approved by the board of trustees as reflecting fair value (“Fair Value Assets”). When determining the price for Fair Value Assets, the Advisor and/or Sub-Advisor seeks to determine the price that the Trust might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset in an arm’s-length transaction. Fair value determinations shall be based upon all available factors that the Advisor and/or Sub-advisor deems relevant. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets is subsequently reported to the board of trustees or a committee thereof.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Commencing with the Trust’s initial dividend, the Trust intends to make regular monthly cash distributions of all or a portion of its net investment income to common shareholders. We expect to declare the initial monthly dividend on the Trust’s common shares within approximately 45 days after completion of this offering and to pay that initial monthly dividend approximately 60 to 90 days after completion of this offering. The Trust will pay common shareholders at least annually all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income after the payment of dividends and interest, if any, owed with respect to any outstanding preferred shares or other forms of leverage utilized by the Trust. The Trust intends to pay any capital gains distributions at least annually. If the Trust realizes a long-term capital gain, it will be required to allocate such gain between the common shares and any preferred shares issued by the Trust in proportion to the total dividends paid to each class for the year in which the income is realized. The Investment Company Act generally limits the Trust to one capital gain distribution per year, subject to certain exceptions.
 
The tax treatment and characterization of the Trust’s distributions may vary significantly from time to time because of the varied nature of the Trust’s investments. In light of the Trust’s investment policies, the Trust anticipates that the Investment Company Act will require it to accompany each monthly distribution with a statement setting forth the estimated source (as between net income, capital gains and return of capital) of the distribution made. The Trust will indicate the proportion of its capital gains distributions that constitute long-term and short-term gains annually. The ultimate tax characterization of the Trust’s distributions made in a calendar or fiscal year cannot finally be determined until after the end of that fiscal year. As a result, there is a possibility that the Trust may make total distributions during a calendar or fiscal year in an amount that exceeds the Trust’s net investment income and net capital gains for the relevant fiscal year. In such situations, the amount by which the Trust’s total distributions exceed its net investment income and net capital gains would generally be


57


Table of Contents

treated as a tax-free return of capital reducing the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in such shareholder’s shares, with any amounts exceeding such basis treated as gain from the sale of shares.
 
Various factors will affect the level of the Trust’s income, including the asset mix and average maturity of the Trust’s portfolio, the amount of leverage utilized by the Trust and the cost of such leverage and the Trust’s use of hedging. To permit the Trust to maintain a more stable monthly distribution, the Trust may from time to time distribute less than the entire amount of income earned in a particular period. The undistributed income would be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Trust for any particular monthly period may be more or less than the amount of income actually earned by the Trust during that period. Undistributed income will add to the Trust’s net asset value and, correspondingly, distributions from undistributed income will deduct from the Trust’s net asset value.
 
Shareholders will automatically have all dividends and distributions reinvested in common shares of the Trust issued by the Trust or purchased in the open market in accordance with the Trust’s dividend reinvestment plan unless an election is made to receive cash. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”


58


Table of Contents

 
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
 
Unless the registered owner of common shares elects to receive cash by contacting the Plan Administrator, all dividends declared for your common shares of the Trust will be automatically reinvested by Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (the “Plan Administrator”), administrator for shareholders in administering the Trust’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), in additional common shares of the Trust. Shareholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all dividends and other distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to the shareholder of record (or, if the common shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by Computershare Trust Company, N.A, as dividend disbursing agent. You may elect not to participate in the Plan and to receive all dividends in cash by contacting Computershare Trust Company, N.A, as dividend disbursing agent, at the address set forth below. Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by notice if received and processed by the Plan Administrator prior to the dividend record date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or other distribution. Some brokers may automatically elect to receive cash on your behalf and may re-invest that cash in additional common shares of the Trust for you. If you wish for all dividends declared on your common shares of the Trust to be automatically reinvested pursuant to the Plan, please contact your broker.
 
The Plan Administrator will open an account for each common shareholder under the Plan in the same name in which such common shareholder’s common shares are registered. Whenever the Trust declares a dividend or other distribution (together, a “Dividend”) payable in cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive the equivalent in common shares. The common shares will be acquired by the Plan Administrator for the participants’ accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through receipt of additional unissued but authorized common shares from the Trust (“Newly Issued Common Shares”) or (ii) by purchase of outstanding common shares on the open market (“Open-Market Purchases”) on the NYSE or elsewhere. If, on the payment date for any Dividend, the closing market price per common share plus estimated per share fees, which include any brokerage commissions the Plan Administrator is required to pay, is equal to or greater than the net asset value per common share, the Plan Administrator will invest the Dividend amount in Newly Issued Common Shares on behalf of the participants. The number of Newly Issued Common Shares to be credited to each participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the Dividend by the net asset value per common share on the payment date; provided that, if the net asset value is less than or equal to 95% of the closing market value on the payment date, the dollar amount of the Dividend will be divided by 95% of the closing market price per common share on the payment date. If, on the payment date for any Dividend, the net asset value per common share is greater than the closing market value plus estimated per share fees, the Plan Administrator will invest the Dividend amount in common shares acquired on behalf of the participants in Open-Market Purchases. In the event of a market discount on the payment date for any Dividend, the Plan Administrator will have until the last business day before the next date on which the common shares trade on an “ex-dividend” basis or 30 days after the payment date for such Dividend, whichever is sooner (the “Last Purchase Date”), to invest the Dividend amount in common shares acquired in Open-Market Purchases. It is contemplated that the Trust will pay monthly income Dividends. Therefore, the period during which Open-Market Purchases can be made will exist only from the payment date of each Dividend through the date before the next “ex-dividend” date which typically will be approximately ten days. If, before the Plan Administrator has completed its Open-Market Purchases, the market price per common share exceeds the net asset value per common share, the average per common share purchase price paid by the Plan Administrator may exceed the net asset value of the common shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer common shares than if the Dividend had been paid in Newly Issued Common Shares on the Dividend payment date. Because of the foregoing difficulty with respect to Open-Market Purchases, the Plan provides that if the Plan Administrator is unable to invest the full Dividend amount in Open-Market Purchases during the purchase period or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Plan Administrator may cease making Open-Market Purchases and may invest the uninvested portion of the Dividend amount in Newly Issued Common Shares at the


59


Table of Contents

net asset value per common share at the close of business on the Last Purchase Date provided that, if the net asset value per common share is less than or equal to 95% of the then current market price per common share; the dollar amount of the Dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price per common share on the payment date.
 
The Plan Administrator maintains all shareholders’ accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by shareholders for tax records. Common shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Administrator on behalf of the Plan participant, and each shareholder proxy will include those shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Administrator will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for shares held under the Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.
 
In the case of shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees which hold shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Administrator will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of common shares certified from time to time by the record shareholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.
 
There will be no charges with respect to common shares issued directly by the Trust as a result of dividends or capital gains distributions payable either in common shares or in cash. The Plan Agent’s fees for the handling of the reinvestment of dividends and distributions will be paid by the Trust. However, each participant will pay a per share fee incurred in connection with Open-Market Purchases. The automatic reinvestment of Dividends will not relieve participants of any Federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such dividends. See “Tax Matters.” Participants that request a sale of shares through the Plan Administrator are subject to a $2.50 sales fee and a $0.15 per share sold fee. All per share fees include any brokerage commission the Plan Administrator is required to pay.
 
The Trust reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan. There is no direct service charge to participants with regard to purchases in the Plan; however, the Trust reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants.
 
All correspondence or questions concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Administrator, Computershare Trust Company, N.A, at P.O. Box 43078, Providence, Rhode Island 02940-3078, or by telephone at (800) 699-1BFM.


60


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES
 
Common Shares
 
The Trust is an unincorporated statutory trust organized under the laws of Delaware pursuant to an Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated as of July 16, 2010 (the “Agreement and Declaration of Trust”). The Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share. Each common share has one vote and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of this offering, will be fully paid and non-assessable, except that the trustees shall have the power to cause shareholders to pay expenses of the Trust by setting off charges due from shareholders from declared but unpaid dividends or distributions owed the shareholders and/or by reducing the number of common shares owned by each respective shareholder. If and whenever preferred shares are outstanding, the holders of common shares will not be entitled to receive any distributions from the Trust unless all accrued dividends on preferred shares have been paid, unless asset coverage (as defined in the Investment Company Act) with respect to preferred shares would be at least 200% after giving effect to the distributions and unless certain other requirements imposed by any rating agencies rating the preferred shares have been met. See “Description of Shares — Preferred Shares” in the Statement of Additional Information. All common shares are equal as to dividends, assets and voting privileges and have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. The Trust will send annual and semi-annual reports, including financial statements, to all holders of its shares.
 
The Trust has no present intention to offer preferred shares. Any additional offering of common shares will be subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act, which provides that shares may not be issued at a price below the then current net asset value, exclusive of sales load, except in connection with an offering to existing holders of common shares or with the consent of a majority of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities.
 
The Trust’s common shares have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “BBN.”
 
The Trust’s net asset value per share generally increases when interest rates decline and decreases when interest rates rise, and these changes are likely to be greater because the Trust intends to have a leveraged capital structure. The value of a shareholder’s investment in the Trust will be reduced immediately following the offering of common shares by the amount of the sales load and organizational and offering expenses paid by the Trust. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Unlike open-end funds, closed-end funds like the Trust do not continuously offer shares and do not provide daily redemptions. Rather, if a shareholder determines to buy additional common shares or sell shares already held, the shareholder may do so by trading through a broker on the NYSE or otherwise. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade on an exchange at prices lower than net asset value. Shares of closed-end investment companies like the Trust that invest predominantly in investment grade municipal securities have during some periods traded at prices higher than net asset value and during other periods have traded at prices lower than net asset value. Because the market value of the common shares may be influenced by such factors as dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), call protection on its portfolio securities, dividend stability, portfolio credit quality, net asset value, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Trust, the Trust cannot assure you that common shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than net asset value in the future. The common shares are designed primarily for long-term investors and you should not purchase the common shares if you intend to sell them soon after purchase. See “Leverage” in this Prospectus and “Repurchase of Common Shares” in the Statement of Additional Information.


61


Table of Contents

Preferred Shares
 
Under the Investment Company Act, the Trust is not permitted to issue preferred shares unless immediately after such issuance the value of the Trust’s total assets is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding preferred shares (i.e., the liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the Trust’s total assets). In addition, the Trust is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its common shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Trust’s total assets is at least 200% of such liquidation value. If the Trust issues preferred shares, it may be subject to restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for preferred shares issued by the Trust. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Trust by the Investment Company Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines would impede the Advisor from managing the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies. Please see the Trust’s Statement of Additional Information for more information. The Trust has no current intention of issuing preferred shares.


62


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN PROVISIONS IN THE AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
 
The Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or to change the composition of its board of trustees. This could have the effect of depriving shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control over the Trust. Such attempts could have the effect of increasing the expenses of the Trust and disrupting the normal operation of the Trust. The board of trustees is divided into three classes, with the terms of one class expiring at each annual meeting of shareholders. At each annual meeting, one class of trustees is elected to a three-year term. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the board of trustees. A trustee may be removed from office for cause only, and only by the action of a majority of the remaining trustees followed by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the respective trustee.
 
In addition, the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the Trust’s board of trustees followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions with 5% or greater holders of a class or series of shares and their associates, unless the transaction has been approved by at least 80% of the trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust shall be required. For purposes of these provisions, a 5% or greater holder of a class or series of shares (a “Principal Shareholder”) refers to any person who, whether directly or indirectly and whether alone or together with its affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of all outstanding classes or series of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust.
 
The 5% holder transactions subject to these special approval requirements are:
 
  •  the merger or consolidation of the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust with or into any Principal Shareholder;
 
  •  the issuance of any securities of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder for cash (other than pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan);
 
  •  the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 2% of the total assets of the Trust, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period; or
 
  •  the sale, lease or exchange to the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust, in exchange for securities of the Trust, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 2% of the total assets of the Trust, aggregating for purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period.
 
To convert the Trust to an open-end investment company, the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the board of the trustees followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of shares of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, unless such amendment has been approved by at least 80% of the trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust shall be required. The foregoing vote would satisfy a separate requirement in the Investment Company Act that any conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company be approved by the shareholders. If approved in the foregoing manner, we anticipate conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company might not occur until 90 days after the shareholders’ meeting at which such conversion was approved and would also require at least 10 days’ prior notice to all shareholders. Conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company would require the redemption of any outstanding preferred shares, which could eliminate or alter the leveraged capital structure of the Trust with respect to the common shares. Following any such conversion, it is


63


Table of Contents

also possible that certain of the Trust’s investment policies and strategies would have to be modified to assure sufficient portfolio liquidity. In the event of conversion, the common shares would cease to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or other national securities exchanges or market systems. Shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time, except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the Investment Company Act, at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. The Trust expects to pay all such redemption requests in cash, but reserves the right to pay redemption requests in a combination of cash or securities. If such partial payment in securities were made, investors may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash. If the Trust were converted to an open-end fund, it is likely that new shares would be sold at net asset value plus a sales load. The board of trustees believes, however, that the closed-end structure is desirable in light of the Trust’s investment objectives and policies. Therefore, you should assume that it is not likely that the board of trustees would vote to convert the Trust to an open-end fund.
 
For the purposes of calculating “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” under the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, each class and series of the Trust shall vote together as a single class, except to the extent required by the Investment Company Act or the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust with respect to any class or series of shares. If a separate vote is required, the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series, voting as a separate class or series, also will be required.
 
The board of trustees has determined that provisions with respect to the board of trustees and the shareholder voting requirements described above, which voting requirements are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law or the Investment Company Act, are in the best interests of shareholders generally. Reference should be made to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the full text of these provisions.


64


Table of Contents

 
CLOSED-END FUND STRUCTURE
 
The Trust is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history (commonly referred to as a closed-end fund). Closed-end funds differ from open-end funds (which are generally referred to as mutual funds) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a stock exchange and do not redeem their shares at the request of the shareholder. This means that if you wish to sell your shares of a closed-end fund you must trade them on the market like any other stock at the prevailing market price at that time. In a mutual fund, if the shareholder wishes to sell shares of the fund, the mutual fund will redeem or buy back the shares at “net asset value.” Also, mutual funds generally offer new shares on a continuous basis to new investors, and closed-end funds generally do not. The continuous inflows and outflows of assets in a mutual fund can make it difficult to manage the Trust’s investments. By comparison, closed-end funds are generally able to stay more fully invested in securities that are consistent with their investment objective, and also have greater flexibility to make certain types of investments, and to use certain investment strategies, such as financial leverage and investments in illiquid securities.
 
Shares of closed-end funds frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. Because of this possibility and the recognition that any such discount may not be in the interest of shareholders, the Trust’s board of trustees might consider from time to time engaging in open-market repurchases, tender offers for shares or other programs intended to reduce the discount. We cannot guarantee or assure, however, that the Trust’s board of trustees will decide to engage in any of these actions. Nor is there any guarantee or assurance that such actions, if undertaken, would result in the shares trading at a price equal or close to net asset value per share. The board of trustees might also consider converting the Trust to an open-end mutual fund, which would also require a vote of the shareholders of the Trust.
 
REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES
 
Shares of closed-end investment companies often trade at a discount to their net asset values, and the Trust’s common shares may also trade at a discount to their net asset value, although it is possible that they may trade at a premium above net asset value. The market price of the Trust’s common shares will be determined by such factors as relative demand for and supply of such common shares in the market, the Trust’s net asset value, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Trust. See “Net Asset Value.” Although the Trust’s common shareholders will not have the right to redeem their common shares, the Trust may take action to repurchase common shares in the open market or make tender offers for its common shares. This may have the effect of reducing any market discount from net asset value.
 
There is no assurance that, if action is undertaken to repurchase or tender for common shares, such action will result in the common shares’ trading at a price which approximates their net asset value. Although share repurchases and tenders could have a favorable effect on the market price of the Trust’s common shares, you should be aware that the acquisition of common shares by the Trust will decrease the capital of the Trust and, therefore, may have the effect of increasing the Trust’s expense ratio and decreasing the asset coverage with respect to any preferred shares outstanding. Any share repurchases or tender offers will be made in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Investment Company Act and the principal stock exchange on which the common shares are traded.


65


Table of Contents

 
TAX MATTERS
 
Federal Tax Matters
 
The following is a description of certain U.S. Federal income tax consequences to a shareholder of acquiring, holding and disposing of common shares of the Trust. The discussion reflects applicable tax laws of the United States as of the date of this prospectus, which tax laws may be changed or subject to new interpretations by the courts or the IRS retroactively or prospectively. No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS regarding any matter discussed herein. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position different from any of the tax aspects set forth below. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. Federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns affecting the Trust and its shareholders (including shareholders owning large positions in the Trust). The discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice. Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the tax consequences to them of investing in the Trust.
 
The Trust intends to elect to be treated as, and to qualify each year for special tax treatment afforded to, a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify as a regulated investment company, the Trust must, among other things, satisfy income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. As long as it so qualifies, the Trust will not be subject to U.S. Federal income tax to the extent that it distributes its investment company taxable income and net recognized capital gains. The Trust intends to distribute at least annually substantially all of such income.
 
The Trust primarily invests in taxable municipal securities whose income is subject to U.S. Federal income tax. Thus, distributions paid to you by the Trust from its investment company taxable income (including the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital losses) are generally taxable to you as ordinary income to the extent of the Trust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. The Trust does not expect that its ordinary income dividends will be treated as “qualified dividend income,” which is eligible for taxation at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains in the case of individual shareholders, or that a corporate shareholder will be able to claim a dividends received reduction with respect to Trust distributions.
 
Distributions made to you from an excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss (“capital gain dividends”), including capital gain dividends credited to you but retained by the Trust, are taxable to you as long-term capital gain if they have been properly designated by the Trust, regardless of the length of time you have owned Trust shares. For individuals, long-term capital gain is generally taxed at a reduced maximum rate.
 
If, for any calendar year, the Trust’s total distributions exceed both the current taxable year’s earnings and profits and accumulated earnings and profits from prior years, the excess will generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in the common shares, reducing that basis accordingly. Such distributions exceeding the shareholder’s basis will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of the shares. When you sell your shares in the Trust, the amount, if any, by which your sales price exceeds your basis in the shares is gain subject to tax. Because a return of capital reduces your basis in the shares, it will increase the amount of your gain or decrease the amount of your loss when you sell the shares. Generally, on or before February 15th of each year, you will be provided with a written notice designating the amount of ordinary dividend income, capital gain dividends and other distributions (if relevant).
 
The sale or other disposition of shares of the Trust will generally result in capital gain or loss to you (provided that the shares were held as a capital asset), which will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year at the time of sale. Any loss upon the sale or exchange of Trust shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) by you. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange of shares of the Trust will be disallowed if other


66


Table of Contents

substantially identical shares are acquired (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition of the shares. In such case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Present law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain will currently be taxed at the U.S. Federal income tax rates applicable to ordinary income, while long-term capital gain generally will be taxed at a reduced maximum U.S. Federal income tax rate.
 
The IRS currently requires that a regulated investment company that has two or more classes of stock allocate to each such class proportionate amounts of each type of its income (such as ordinary income and net capital gain) based upon the percentage of total dividends paid to each class for the tax year. Accordingly, if the Trust issues preferred shares, then the Trust intends each year to allocate its ordinary income, net capital gain and other relevant items (if any) between its common shares and preferred shares in proportion to the total dividends paid to each class with respect to such tax year.
 
Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to shareholders. If the Trust pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December to shareholders of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for tax purposes as being paid by the Trust and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.
 
The Trust is required in certain circumstances to withhold, for U.S. Federal backup withholding purposes, on taxable dividends and certain other payments paid to non-exempt holders of the Trust’s shares who do not furnish the Trust with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, their social security number) and certain certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made to you may be refunded or credited against your U.S. Federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. In addition, the Trust may be required to withhold on distributions to non-U.S. Shareholders.
 
The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Trust and its shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative, judicial or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. A more complete discussion of the tax rules applicable to the Trust and its shareholders can be found in the Statement of Additional Information that is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding specific questions as to U.S. Federal, foreign, state, local income or other taxes .


67


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC and Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. are acting as the representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of the final Prospectus, each underwriter named below has agreed to purchase, and the Trust has agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of common shares set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.
 
         
    Number of
 
Underwriters
  Common Shares  
 
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
       
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
       
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 
       
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
       
UBS Securities LLC
       
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. 
       
Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 
       
RBC Capital Markets Corporation
       
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
       
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC
       
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
       
Maxim Group LLC
       
Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc. 
       
Wedbush Securities Inc.
       
Wunderlich Securities, Inc.
                       
         
Total
       
         
 
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the common shares included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the common shares (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) shown above if any of the common shares are purchased.
 
The underwriters propose to offer some of the common shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of the common shares to dealers at the public offering price less a concession not to exceed $      per share. The sales load the Trust will pay of $0.90 per share is equal to 4.5% of the initial offering price. If all of the common shares are not sold at the initial offering price, the representatives may change the public offering price and other selling terms. Investors must pay for any common shares purchased on or before          , 2010. The representatives have advised the Trust that the underwriters do not intend to confirm any sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
 
Additional Compensation
 
The Advisor (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay to each of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc. from its own assets, a structuring fee for advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Trust as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Trust’s common shares in the amount of $     , $     , $     , $     , $      and $     , respectively. If the over-allotment option is not exercised, the structuring fees paid to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc. will not exceed     %,     %,     %,     %,     % and     %, respectively, of the total public offering price.


68


Table of Contents

The Advisor (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay to UBS Securities LLC, from its own assets, a structuring fee for certain financial advisory services in assisting the Advisor in structuring and organizing the Trust in the amount of $          . If the over-allotment option is not exercised, the structuring fee paid to UBS Securities LLC will not exceed     % of the total public offering price.
 
The Advisor (and not the Trust) may pay certain qualifying underwriters a structuring fee, sales incentive fee or additional compensation in connection with the offering.
 
The total amount of the underwriters’ additional compensation payments by the Advisor described above will not exceed 4.5% of the total public offering price of the common shares offered hereby. The sum total of all compensation to the underwriters in connection with this public offering of common shares, including sales load and all forms of additional compensation or structuring or sales incentive fee payments, if any, to the underwriters and other expenses, will be limited to not more than 9.0% of the total public offering price of the common shares sold in this offering.
 
The Trust has granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to           additional common shares at the public offering price less the sales load. The underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent such option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional common shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment.
 
The Trust, the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor have agreed, for a period of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus, that they will not, without the prior written consent of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, with certain exceptions, dispose of or hedge any common shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for common shares, provided that the Trust may issue and sell common shares pursuant to the Trust’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan.
 
To meet the NYSE distribution requirements for trading, the underwriters have undertaken to sell common shares in a manner such that common shares are held by a minimum of 400 beneficial owners in lots of 100 or more, the minimum stock price will be at least $4.00 at the time of listing on the NYSE, at least 1,100,000 common shares will be publicly held in the United States and the aggregate market value of publicly held shares in the United States will be at least $60 million. The Trust’s common shares have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “BBN.”
 
The following table shows the sales load that the Trust will pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common shares.
 
                 
    Paid by the Trust
    No Exercise   Full Exercise
 
Per Common Share
  $           0.90     $           0.90  
                 
Total
               
                 
 
The Trust, the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.
 
Certain underwriters may make a market in the common shares after trading in the common shares has commenced on the NYSE. No underwriter is, however, obligated to conduct market-making activities and any such activities may be discontinued at any time without notice, at the sole discretion of the underwriters. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of, or the trading market for, the common shares as a result of any market-making activities undertaken by any underwriter. This Prospectus is to be used by any underwriter in connection with the offering and, during the period in which a prospectus must be delivered, with offers and sales of the common shares in market-making transactions in the over-the-counter market at negotiated prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of the sale.


69


Table of Contents

 
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell the common shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve syndicate sales of common shares in excess of the number of common shares to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. “Covered” short sales are sales of common shares made in an amount up to the number of common shares represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option. In determining the source of common shares to close out the covered syndicate short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of common shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase common shares through the over-allotment option.
 
Transactions to close out the covered syndicate short position involve either purchases of common shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed or the exercise of the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also make “naked” short sales of common shares in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing common shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of common shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for or purchases of common shares in the open market while the offering is in progress.
 
The underwriters may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids allow the underwriting syndicate to reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing common shares in this offering if the syndicate repurchases common shares to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the purchase price of the common shares.
 
Any of these activities may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of common shares. They may also cause the price of common shares to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE or in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.
 
A Prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters. Other than this Prospectus in electronic format, the information on any such underwriter’s website is not part of this Prospectus. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of common shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The representatives will allocate common shares to underwriters that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, common shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell common shares to online brokerage account holders.
 
The Trust anticipates that, from time to time, certain underwriters may act as brokers or dealers in connection with the execution of the Trust’s portfolio transactions after they have ceased to be underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, may act as brokers while they are underwriters.
 
Certain underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with or perform investment banking and advisory services for the Advisor and Sub-Advisor and their affiliates in the ordinary course of business, for which such underwriters have received, and may expect to receive, customary fees and expenses.
 
Prior to the public offering of common shares, the Advisor or an affiliate will purchase common shares from the Trust in an amount satisfying the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the Investment Company Act.
 
The principal business address of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC is 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10152. The principal business address of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated is One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036. The principal business address of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013. The principal business address of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated is 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036. The principal business address of UBS Securities LLC is 299 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10171. The principal business address of Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. is 707 2nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402.


70


Table of Contents

 
CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT
 
The Custodian of the assets of the Trust is State Street Bank and Trust Company. The Custodian performs custodial, Trust accounting and portfolio accounting services. Computershare Trust Company, N.A., will serve as the Trust’s Transfer Agent with respect to the common shares.
 
LEGAL OPINIONS
 
Certain legal matters in connection with the common shares will be passed upon for the Trust by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, and for the Underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP may rely as to certain matters of Delaware law on the opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP.
 
PRIVACY PRINCIPLES OF THE TRUST
 
The Trust is committed to maintaining the privacy of its current and former shareholders and to safeguarding their non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information the Trust collects, how the Trust protects that information and why, in certain cases, the Trust may share such information with select parties.
 
The Trust obtains or verifies personal non-public information from and about you from different sources, including the following: (i) information the Trust receives from you or, if applicable, your financial intermediary, on applications, forms or other documents; (ii) information about your transactions with the Trust, its affiliates or others; (iii) information the Trust receives from a consumer reporting agency; and (iv) from visits to the Trust’s or its affiliates’ websites.
 
The Trust does not sell or disclose to non-affiliated third parties any non-public personal information about its current and former shareholders, except as permitted by law or as is necessary to respond to regulatory requests or to service shareholder accounts. These non-affiliated third parties are required to protect the confidentiality and security of this information and to use it only for its intended purpose.
 
The Trust may share information with its affiliates to service your account or to provide you with information about other BlackRock products or services that may be of interest to you. In addition, the Trust restricts access to non-public personal information about its current and former shareholders to those BlackRock employees with a legitimate business need for the information. The Trust maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards that are designed to protect the non-public personal information of its current and former shareholders, including procedures relating to the proper storage and disposal of such information.
 
If you are located in a jurisdiction where specific laws, rules or regulations require the Trust to provide you with additional or different privacy-related rights beyond what is set forth above, then the Trust will comply with those specific laws, rules or regulations.


71


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
         
    Page
 
Use of Proceeds
    A-2  
Investment Objectives and Policies
    A-2  
Investment Policies and Techniques
    A-4  
Other Investment Policies and Techniques
    A-10  
Additional Risk Factors
    A-13  
Management of the Trust
    A-15  
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage
    A-31  
Conflicts of Interest
    A-32  
Description of Shares
    A-39  
Repurchase of Common Shares
    A-40  
Tax Matters
    A-41  
Independent Auditors’ Report
    F-1  
Financial Statements
    F-2  
Appendix A Ratings of Investments
    A-1  
Appendix B Proxy Voting Procedures
    B-1  
Appendix C Strategic Transactions
    C-1  


72


Table of Contents

(This page intentionally left blank)


73


Table of Contents

 
Until          , 2010 (25 days after the date of this Prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade the common shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a Prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligations to deliver a Prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
          Shares
 
(BLACKROCK LOGO)
 
BlackRock Build America Bond Trust
 
Common Shares
$20.00 per Share
 
 
PROSPECTUS
          , 2010
 
Wells Fargo Securities
BofA Merrill Lynch
Citi
Morgan Stanley
UBS Investment Bank
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
Raymond James
RBC Capital Markets
Stifel Nicolaus Weisel
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC
Janney Montgomery Scott
Maxim Group LLC
Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc.
Wedbush Securities Inc.
Wunderlich Securities
 
 
BBN-PR-0710


 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 25, 2010
 
BlackRock Build America Bond Trust
 
(BLACKROCK LOGO)
 
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
BlackRock Build America Bond Trust (the “Trust”) is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. This Statement of Additional Information relating to common shares does not constitute a Prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus relating thereto dated August   , 2010. This Statement of Additional Information, which is not a Prospectus, does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing common shares, and investors should obtain and read the Prospectus prior to purchasing such shares. A copy of the Prospectus may be obtained without charge by calling (800) 882-0052. You may also obtain a copy of the Prospectus on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website (http://www.sec.gov). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Statement of Additional Information have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
 
Use of Proceeds
    A-2  
Investment Objectives and Policies
    A-2  
Investment Policies and Techniques
    A-4  
Other Investment Policies and Techniques
    A-10  
Additional Risk Factors
    A-13  
Management of the Trust
    A-15  
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage
    A-31  
Conflicts of Interest
    A-32  
Description of Shares
    A-39  
Repurchase of Common Shares
    A-40  
Tax Matters
    A-41  
Independent Auditors’ Report
    F-1  
Financial Statements
    F-2  
Appendix A Ratings of Investments
    A-1  
Appendix B Proxy Voting Procedures
    B-1  
Appendix C Strategic Transactions
    C-1  
 
This Statement of Additional Information is dated          , 2010.


A-1


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
Pending investment in securities that meet the Trust’s investment objectives and policies, the net proceeds of this offering will be invested in short-term debt securities of the type described below under “Investment Policies and Techniques — Short-Term Taxable Fixed Income Securities” and/or “— Short-Term Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Securities.” If necessary to invest fully the net proceeds of this offering immediately, the Trust may also purchase, as temporary investments, securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies that invest primarily in securities of the type in which the Trust may invest directly. We currently anticipate that the Trust will be able to invest all of the net proceeds in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies within approximately three months after the completion of this offering.
 
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
 
Investment Restrictions
 
Except as described below, the Trust, as a fundamental policy, may not, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common shares and preferred shares, if any, voting together as a single class, and of the holders of a majority of the outstanding preferred shares, if any, voting as a separate class:
 
(1) invest 25% or more of the value of its Managed Assets in any one industry, provided that this limitation does not apply to securities of the U.S. Government, any state government or their respective agencies, or instrumentalities and securities backed by the credit of any federal or state governmental entity;
 
(2) issue senior securities or borrow money other than as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”) or pledge its assets other than to secure such issuances or in connection with hedging transactions, short sales, when-issued and forward commitment transactions and similar investment strategies;
 
(3) make loans of money or property to any person, except through loans of portfolio securities, the purchase of fixed income securities consistent with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies or the entry into repurchase agreements;
 
(4) underwrite the securities of other issuers, except to the extent that in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities or the sale of its own securities the Trust may be deemed to be an underwriter;
 
(5) purchase or sell real estate or interests therein other than municipal securities secured by real estate or interests therein, provided that the Trust may hold and sell any real estate acquired in connection with its investment in portfolio securities; or
 
(6) purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts for any purposes except as, and to the extent, permitted by applicable law without the Trust becoming subject to registration with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) as a commodity pool.
 
When used above with respect to particular shares of the Trust, “majority of the outstanding” means (i) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the shares, whichever is less.
 
For purposes of applying the limitation set forth in subparagraph (1) above, securities of the U.S. Government, any state government or their respective agencies, or instrumentalities and securities backed by the credit of any federal or state governmental entity are not considered to represent industries. However, obligations backed only by the assets and revenues of non-governmental issuers may for this purpose be deemed to be issued by such non-governmental issuers. Thus, the 25% limitation would apply to such obligations. It is nonetheless possible that the Trust may invest more than 25% of


A-2


Table of Contents

its total assets in a broader economic sector of the market for municipal obligations, such as revenue obligations of hospitals and other health care facilities or electrical utility revenue obligations.
 
For the purpose of applying the limitation set forth in subparagraph (1) above, a governmental issuer shall be deemed the sole issuer of a security when its assets and revenues are separate from other governmental entities and its securities are backed only by its assets and revenues. Similarly, in the case of a non-governmental issuer, such as an industrial corporation or a privately owned or operated hospital, if the security is backed only by the assets and revenues of the non-governmental issuer, then such non-governmental issuer would be deemed to be the sole issuer. Where a security is backed by the enforceable obligation of a superior or unrelated governmental entity, it will be included in the computation of securities owned that are issued by such governmental entity. When a security is backed by the enforceable obligation of a superior or unrelated non-governmental entity (other than a bond insurer), it will also be included in the computation of securities owned that are issued by such non-governmental entity. Where a security is guaranteed by a governmental entity or some other facility, such as a bank guarantee or letter of credit, such a guarantee or letter of credit would be considered a separate security and would be treated as an issue of such government, other entity or bank. When a municipal security is insured by bond insurance, it shall not be considered a security that is issued or guaranteed by the insurer; instead, the issuer of such municipal security will be determined in accordance with the principles set forth above. The foregoing restrictions do not limit the percentage of the Trust’s assets that may be invested in municipal securities insured by any given insurer.
 
Under the Investment Company Act, the Trust may invest up to 10% of its total assets in the aggregate in shares of other investment companies and up to 5% of its total assets in any one investment company, provided the investment does not represent more than 3% of the voting stock of the acquired investment company at the time such shares are purchased. The Trust may invest a greater percentage of its assets in money market funds to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act or the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
In addition to the foregoing fundamental investment policies, the Trust is also subject to the following non-fundamental restrictions and policies, which may be changed by the board of trustees (the “Board”). The Trust may not:
 
(1) make any short sale of securities except in conformity with applicable laws, rules and regulations and unless after giving effect to such sale, the market value of all securities sold short does not exceed 25% of the value of the Trust’s total assets and the Trust’s aggregate short sales of a particular class of securities does not exceed 25% of the then outstanding securities of that class. The Trust may also make short sales “against the box” without respect to such limitations. In this type of short sale, at the time of the sale, the Trust owns or has the immediate and unconditional right to acquire at no additional cost the identical security;
 
(2) purchase securities of open-end or closed-end investment companies except in compliance with the Investment Company Act or any regulations promulgated or exemptive relief obtained thereunder; or
 
(3) purchase securities of companies for the purpose of exercising control.
 
The restrictions and other limitations set forth in the Trust’s Prospectus and in this Statement of Additional Information will apply only at the time of purchase of securities and will not be considered violated unless an excess or deficiency occurs or exists immediately after and as a result of the acquisition of securities. Any investment policy or restriction described in the Prospectus or in this Statement of Additional information is deemed to be a non-fundamental policy or restriction of the Trust, unless otherwise stated.
 
In addition, to comply with Federal tax requirements for qualification as a “regulated investment company,” the Trust’s investments will be limited in a manner such that at the close of each quarter of each taxable year, (a) no more than 25% of the value of the Trust’s total assets are invested in the securities (other than United States government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of


A-3


Table of Contents

a single issuer or two or more issuers controlled by the Trust and engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses and (b) with regard to at least 50% of the Trust’s total assets, no more than 5% of its total assets are invested in the securities (other than United States government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of a single issuer and such securities do not represent more than 10 percent of the voting securities of such issuer. These tax-related limitations may be changed by the trustees to the extent appropriate in light of changes to applicable tax requirements.
 
If the Trust offers preferred shares, it may apply for ratings for such preferred shares from Moody’s, S&P and/or Fitch. In order to obtain and maintain the required ratings, the Trust may be required to comply with investment quality, diversification and other guidelines established by Moody’s, S&P and/or Fitch. Such guidelines may be more restrictive than the restrictions set forth above. The Trust does not anticipate that such guidelines would have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s holders of common shares or its ability to achieve its investment objectives. The Trust presently anticipates that any preferred shares issued would be initially given the highest ratings by Moody’s (Aaa) or by S&P or Fitch (AAA), but no assurance can be given that such ratings will be obtained. No minimum rating is required for the issuance of preferred shares by the Trust. Moody’s, S&P and Fitch receive fees in connection with their ratings issuances.
 
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
 
The following information supplements the discussion of the Trust’s investment objectives, policies and techniques that are described in the Prospectus.
 
Portfolio Investments
 
Municipal Securities
 
Municipal security bonds are either general obligation or revenue bonds and typically are issued to finance public projects, such as roads or public buildings, to pay general operating expenses or to refinance outstanding debt. Municipal security bonds may also be issued for private activities, such as housing, medical and educational facility construction or for privately owned industrial development and pollution control projects. General obligation bonds are backed by the full faith and credit, or taxing authority, of the issuer and may be repaid from any revenue source. Revenue bonds may be repaid only from the revenues of a specific facility or source.
 
Issuers of securities rated Ba/BB or below are regarded as having current capacity to make principal and interest payments but are subject to business, financial or economic conditions which could adversely affect such payment capacity. Municipal securities rated Baa/BBB or better are considered “investment grade” securities; municipal securities rated Baa are considered medium grade obligations which lack outstanding investment characteristics and have speculative characteristics, while municipal securities rated BBB are regarded as having adequate capacity to pay principal and interest. Municipal securities rated AAA in which the Trust may invest may have been so rated on the basis of the existence of insurance guaranteeing the timely payment, when due, of all principal and interest. Municipal securities rated below investment grade quality (Ba/BB or lower) are obligations of issuers that are considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal according to the terms of the obligation and, therefore, carry greater investment risk, including the possibility of issuer default and bankruptcy and increased market price volatility. Municipal securities rated below investment grade tend to be less marketable than higher-quality securities because the market for them is less broad. The market for unrated municipal securities is even narrower. During periods of thin trading in these markets, the spread between bid and ask prices is likely to increase significantly and the Trust may have greater difficulty selling its portfolio securities. The Trust will be more dependent on the research and analysis of BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “Advisor” or “BlackRock Advisors”), the Trust’s investment advisor, and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (the “Sub-Advisor” or “BlackRock Investment Management”), the Trust’s sub-advisor, when investing in these lower-rated securities. We sometimes refer to the Advisor and Sub-Advisor collectively as the “Advisors.”


A-4


Table of Contents

A general description of Moody’s, S&P’s and Fitch’s ratings of municipal securities is set forth in Appendix A hereto. The ratings of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch represent their opinions as to the quality of the municipal securities they rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, municipal securities with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while obligations of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield.
 
The Trust will opportunistically manage the maturity and/or duration of its securities and the average weighted maturity and/or duration may be shortened or lengthened from time to time depending on market conditions. As a result, the Trust’s portfolio at any given time may include both long-term and intermediate-term municipal securities. Moreover, during temporary defensive periods (e.g., times when, in the Advisors’ opinion, temporary imbalances of supply and demand or other temporary dislocations in the municipal securities market adversely affect the price at which long-term or intermediate-term municipal securities are available), and in order to keep cash on hand fully invested, including the period during which the net proceeds of the offering of common shares or securities in connection with leverage, if any, are being invested, the Trust may invest any percentage of its assets in short-term investments including high quality, short-term securities which may be either tax-exempt or taxable and securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies that invest primarily in municipal securities of the type in which the Trust may invest directly.
 
Obligations of issuers of municipal securities are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 2005. In addition, the obligations of such issuers may become subject to the laws enacted in the future by Congress, state legislatures or referenda extending the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations or upon municipalities to levy taxes. There is also the possibility that, as a result of legislation or other conditions, the power or ability of any issuer to pay, when due, the principal of and interest on its municipal securities may be materially affected.
 
Short-Term Taxable Fixed Income Securities
 
For temporary defensive purposes or to keep cash on hand fully invested, the Trust may invest up to 100% of its Managed Assets in cash equivalents and short-term taxable fixed income securities. The Trust may also invest in these instruments to achieve its investment objectives. Short-term taxable fixed income investments are defined to include, without limitation, the following:
 
(1) U.S. Government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. Government agencies or instrumentalities. U.S. Government securities include securities issued by (a) the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, and Government National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; (b) the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; (c) the Federal National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and (d) the Student Loan Marketing Association, whose securities are supported only by its credit. While the U.S. Government provides financial support to such U.S. Government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it always will do so since it is not so obligated by law. The U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities. Consequently, the value of such securities may fluctuate.
 
(2) Certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return, and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited


A-5


Table of Contents

plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Certificates of deposit purchased by the Trust may not be fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
 
(3) Repurchase agreements, which involve purchases of debt securities. At the time the Trust purchases securities pursuant to a repurchase agreement, it simultaneously agrees to resell and redeliver such securities to the seller, who also simultaneously agrees to buy back the securities at a fixed price and time. This assures a predetermined yield for the Trust during its holding period, since the resale price is always greater than the purchase price and reflects an agreed-upon market rate. Such actions afford an opportunity for the Trust to invest temporarily available cash. The Trust may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to obligations of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities; certificates of deposit; or bankers’ acceptances in which the Trust may invest. Repurchase agreements may be considered loans to the seller, collateralized by the underlying securities. The risk to the Trust is limited to the ability of the seller to pay the agreed-upon sum on the repurchase date; in the event of default, the repurchase agreement provides that the Trust is entitled to sell the underlying collateral. If the value of the collateral declines after the agreement is entered into, and if the seller defaults under a repurchase agreement when the value of the underlying collateral is less than the repurchase price, the Trust could incur a loss of both principal and interest. The Advisor monitors the value of the collateral at the time the action is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement. The Advisor does so in an effort to determine that the value of the collateral always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price to be paid to the Trust. If the seller were to be subject to a Federal bankruptcy proceeding, the ability of the Trust to liquidate the collateral could be delayed or impaired because of certain provisions of the bankruptcy laws.
 
(4) Commercial paper, which consists of short-term unsecured promissory notes, including variable rate master demand notes issued by corporations to finance their current operations. Master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the Trust and a corporation. There is no secondary market for such notes. However, they are redeemable by the Trust at any time. The Advisor will consider the financial condition of the corporation (e.g., earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios) and will continuously monitor the corporation’s ability to meet all of its financial obligations, because the Trust’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand. Investments in commercial paper will be limited to commercial paper rated in the highest categories by a major rating agency and which mature within one year of the date of purchase or carry a variable or floating rate of interest.
 
Short-Term Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Securities
 
For temporary defensive purposes or to keep cash on hand fully invested, the Trust may invest up to 100% of its Managed Assets in cash equivalents and short-term tax-exempt fixed income securities. The Trust may also invest in these instruments to achieve its investment objectives. Short-term tax-exempt fixed income securities are securities that are exempt from regular Federal income tax and mature within three years or less from the date of issuance. Short-term tax-exempt fixed income securities are defined to include, without limitation, the following:
 
Bond Anticipation Notes (“BANs”) are usually general obligations of state and local governmental issuers which are sold to obtain interim financing for projects that will eventually be funded through the sale of long-term debt obligations or bonds. The ability of an issuer to meet its obligations on its BANs is primarily dependent on the issuer’s access to the long-term municipal bond market and the likelihood that the proceeds of such bond sales will be used to pay the principal and interest on the BANs.
 
Tax Anticipation Notes (“TANs”) are issued by state and local governments to finance the current operations of such governments. Repayment is generally to be derived from specific future tax revenues. TANs are usually general obligations of the issuer. A weakness in an issuer’s capacity to raise taxes due to, among other things, a decline in its tax base or a rise in delinquencies could adversely affect the issuer’s ability to meet its obligations on outstanding TANs.


A-6


Table of Contents

Revenue Anticipation Notes (“RANs”) are issued by governments or governmental bodies with the expectation that future revenues from a designated source will be used to repay the notes. In general, they also constitute general obligations of the issuer. A decline in the receipt of projected revenues, such as anticipated revenues from another level of government, could adversely affect an issuer’s ability to meet its obligations on outstanding RANs. In addition, the possibility that the revenues would, when received, be used to meet other obligations could affect the ability of the issuer to pay the principal and interest on RANs.
 
Construction Loan Notes are issued to provide construction financing for specific projects. Frequently, these notes are redeemed with funds obtained from the Federal Housing Administration.
 
Bank Notes are notes issued by local government bodies and agencies such as those described above to commercial banks as evidence of borrowings. The purposes for which the notes are issued are varied but they are frequently issued to meet short-term working capital or capital-project needs. These notes may have risks similar to the risks associated with TANs and RANs.
 
Tax-Exempt Commercial Paper (“municipal paper”) represents very short-term unsecured, negotiable promissory notes, issued by states, municipalities and their agencies. Payment of principal and interest on issues of municipal paper may be made from various sources, to the extent the funds are available therefrom. Maturities on municipal paper generally will be shorter than the maturities of TANs, BANs or RANs. There is a limited secondary market for issues of municipal paper.
 
Certain municipal securities may carry variable or floating rates of interest whereby the rate of interest is not fixed but varies with changes in specified market rates or indices, such as a bank prime rate or tax-exempt money market indices.
 
While the various types of notes described above as a group represent the major portion of the tax-exempt note market, other types of notes are available in the marketplace and the Trust may invest in such other types of notes to the extent permitted under its investment objective, policies and limitations. Such notes may be issued for different purposes and may be secured differently from those mentioned above.
 
Strategic Transactions and Other Management Techniques
 
Consistent with its investment objectives and policies set forth herein, the Trust may also enter into certain hedging and risk management transactions or transactions to enhance total return. In particular, the Trust may purchase and sell futures contracts, exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and call options on securities, financial indices and futures contracts, forward foreign currency contracts, and may enter into various interest rate transactions (collectively, “Strategic Transactions”). Strategic Transactions may be used to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of the Trust’s portfolio resulting from fluctuations in the debt securities markets and changes in interest rates, to protect the Trust’s unrealized gains in the value of its portfolio securities, to facilitate the sale of such securities for investment purposes and to establish a position in the securities markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing particular securities. Any or all of these Strategic Transactions may be used at any time whether for hedging and risk management or to enhance total return. There is no particular strategy that requires use of one technique rather than another. Use of any Strategic Transaction is a function of market conditions. The Strategic Transactions that the Trust may use are described below. The ability of the Trust to hedge them successfully will depend on the Advisors’ ability to predict pertinent market movements as well as sufficient correlation among the instruments, which cannot be assured.
 
Interest Rate Transactions.   The Trust may enter into interest rate swaps and purchase or sell interest rate caps and floors primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio as a duration management technique or to protect against any increase in the


A-7


Table of Contents

price of securities the Trust anticipates purchasing at a later date. The Trust intends to use these transactions for duration and risk management purposes and not as a speculative investment. The Trust will not sell interest rate caps or floors that it does not own. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Trust with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments with respect to a notional amount of principal. The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate floor.
 
The Trust may enter into interest rate swaps, caps and floors on either an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending on whether it is offsetting volatility with respect to its assets or liabilities, and will usually enter into interest rate swaps on a net basis, i.e., the two payment streams are netted out, with the Trust receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments on the payment dates. In as much as these Strategic Transactions are entered into for good faith risk management purposes, the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor and the Trust believe such obligations do not constitute senior securities and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to its borrowing restrictions. The Trust will accrue the net amount of the excess, if any, of the Trust’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate swap on a daily basis and will designate on its books and records with a custodian an amount of cash or liquid high grade securities having an aggregate net asset value at all times at least equal to the accrued excess. The Trust will not enter into any interest rate swap, cap or floor transaction unless the unsecured senior debt or the claims-paying ability of the other party thereto is rated in the highest rating category of at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization at the time of entering into such transaction. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Trust will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. Caps and floors are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been developed and, accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps.
 
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts.   In connection with its hedging and other risk management strategies, the Trust may also enter into contracts for the purchase or sale for future delivery (“futures contracts”) of debt securities, aggregates of debt securities or indices or prices thereof, other financial indices and U.S. Government debt securities or options on the above. The Trust primarily intends to engage in such transactions for bona fide hedging or risk management and other portfolio management purposes.
 
Calls on Securities, Indices and Futures Contracts.   In order to enhance income or reduce fluctuations on net asset value, the Trust may sell or purchase call options (“calls”) on municipal securities and indices based upon the prices of futures contracts and debt securities that are traded on U.S. and foreign securities exchanges and in the over-the-counter markets. A call option gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and obligates the seller to sell, the underlying security, futures contract or index at the exercise price at any time or at a specified time during the option period. All such calls sold by the Trust must be “covered” as long as the call is outstanding (i.e., the Trust must own the instrument subject to the call or other securities or assets acceptable for applicable segregation and coverage requirements). A call sold by the Trust exposes the Trust during the term of the option to possible loss of opportunity to realize appreciation in the market price of the underlying security, index or futures contract and may require the Trust to hold an instrument which it might otherwise have sold. The purchase of a call gives the Trust the right to buy a security, futures contract or index at a fixed price. Calls on futures on municipal securities must also be covered by assets or instruments acceptable under applicable segregation and coverage requirements.
 
Puts on Securities, Indices and Futures Contracts.   As with calls, the Trust may purchase put options (“puts”) that relate to municipal securities (whether or not it holds such securities in its portfolio),


A-8


Table of Contents

indices or futures contracts. For the same purposes, the Trust may also sell puts on municipal securities, indices or futures contracts on such securities if the Trust’s contingent obligations on such puts are secured by segregated assets consisting of cash or liquid high grade debt securities having a value not less than the exercise price. The Trust will not sell puts if, as a result, more than 50% of the Trust’s total assets would be required to cover its potential obligations under its hedging and other investment transactions. In selling puts, there is a risk that the Trust may be required to buy the underlying security at a price higher than the current market price.
 
Credit Derivatives.   The Trust may engage in credit derivative transactions. There are two broad categories of credit derivatives: default price risk derivatives and market spread derivatives. Default price risk derivatives are linked to the price of reference securities or loans after a default by the issuer or borrower, respectively. Market spread derivatives are based on the risk that changes in market factors, such as credit spreads, can cause a decline in the value of a security, loan or index. There are three basic transactional forms for credit derivatives: swaps, options and structured instruments. The use of credit derivatives is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. If the Advisor is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, market spreads or other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Trust would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. Moreover, even if the Advisor is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that a credit derivative position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being hedged. There is no limit on the amount of credit derivative transactions that may be entered into by the Trust. The Trust’s risk of loss in a credit derivative transaction varies with the form of the transaction. For example, if the Trust purchases a default option on a security, and if no default occurs with respect to the security, the Trust’s loss is limited to the premium it paid for the default option. In contrast, if there is a default by the grantor of a default option, the Trust’s loss will include both the premium that it paid for the option and the decline in value of the underlying security that the default option hedged.
 
Municipal Market Data Rate Locks.   The Trust may purchase and sell Municipal Market Data Rate Locks (“MMD Rate Locks”). An MMD Rate Lock permits the Trust to lock in a specified municipal interest rate for a portion of its portfolio to preserve a return on a particular investment or a portion of its portfolio as a duration management technique or to protect against any increase in the price of securities to be purchased at a later date. The Trust will ordinarily use these transactions as a hedge or for duration or risk management although it is permitted to enter into them to enhance income or gain. An MMD Rate Lock is a contract between the Trust and an MMD Rate Lock provider pursuant to which the parties agree to make payments to each other on a notional amount, contingent upon whether the Municipal Market Data AAA General Obligation Scale is above or below a specified level on the expiration date of the contract. For example, if the Trust buys an MMD Rate Lock and the Municipal Market Data AAA General Obligation Scale is below the specified level on the expiration date, the counterparty to the contract will make a payment to the Trust equal to the specified level minus the actual level, multiplied by the notional amount of the contract. If the Municipal Market Data AAA General Obligation Scale is above the specified level on the expiration date, the Trust will make a payment to the counterparty equal to the actual level minus the specified level, multiplied by the notional amount of the contract. In entering into MMD Rate Locks, there is a risk that municipal yields will move in the direction opposite of the direction anticipated by the Trust. The Trust will not enter into MMD Rate Locks if, as a result, more than 50% of its total assets would be required to cover its potential obligations under its hedging and other investment transactions.
 
New Products.   The financial markets continue to evolve and financial products continue to be developed. The Trust reserves the right to invest in new financial products as they are developed or become more widely accepted. As with any new financial product, these products will entail risks, including risks to which the Trust currently is not subject.
 
Appendix C contains further information about the characteristics, risks and possible benefits of Strategic Transactions and the Trust’s other policies and limitations (which are not fundamental policies) relating to investment in futures contracts and options. The principal risks relating to the use of futures


A-9


Table of Contents

contracts and other Strategic Transactions are: (a) less than perfect correlation between the prices of the instrument and the market value of the securities in the Trust’s portfolio; (b) possible lack of a liquid secondary market for closing out a position in such instruments; (c) losses resulting from interest rate or other market movements not anticipated by the Advisor; and (d) the obligation to meet additional variation margin or other payment requirements, all of which could result in the Trust being in a worse position than if such techniques had not been used.
 
Certain provisions of the Code may restrict or affect the ability of the Trust to engage in Strategic Transactions. See “Tax Matters.”
 
Short Sales
 
The Trust may make short sales of municipal securities and other securities. A short sale is a transaction in which the Trust sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. The Trust may make short sales to hedge positions, for duration and risk management, in order to maintain portfolio flexibility or to enhance income or gain.
 
When the Trust makes a short sale, it must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the broker-dealer through which it made the short sale as collateral for its obligation to deliver the security upon conclusion of the sale. The Trust may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and is often obligated to pay over any payments received on such borrowed securities.
 
The Trust’s obligation to replace the borrowed security will be secured by collateral deposited with the broker-dealer, usually cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid securities. The Trust will also be required to designate on its books and records similar collateral with its custodian to the extent, if any, necessary so that the aggregate collateral value is at all times at least equal to the current market value of the security sold short. Depending on arrangements made with the broker-dealer from which it borrowed the security regarding payment over of any payments received by the Trust on such security, the Trust may not receive any payments (including interest) on its collateral deposited with such broker-dealer.
 
If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Trust replaces the borrowed security, the Trust will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Trust will realize a gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. Although the Trust’s gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is theoretically unlimited.
 
The Trust will not make a short sale if, after giving effect to such sale, the market value of all securities sold short exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets or the Trust’s aggregate short sales of a particular class of securities exceeds 25% of the outstanding securities of that class. The Trust may also make short sales “against the box” without respect to such limitations. In this type of short sale, at the time of the sale, the Trust owns or has the immediate and unconditional right to acquire at no additional cost the identical security.
 
OTHER INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
 
Restricted and Illiquid Securities
 
Certain of the Trust’s investments may be illiquid. Illiquid securities are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on disposition or lack an established secondary trading market. The sale of restricted and illiquid securities often requires more time and results in higher brokerage charges or dealer discounts and other selling expenses than does the sale of securities eligible for trading on national securities exchanges or in the over-the- counter markets. Restricted securities may sell at a price lower than similar securities that are not subject to restrictions on resale.


A-10


Table of Contents

Reverse Repurchase Agreements
 
The Trust may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with respect to its portfolio investments subject to the investment restrictions set forth herein and in the Prospectus. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by the Trust with an agreement by the Trust to repurchase the securities at an agreed upon price, date and interest payment. At the time the Trust enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may designate on its books and records liquid instruments having a value not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest). If the Trust establishes and maintains such a segregated account, a reverse repurchase agreement will not be considered a borrowing by the Trust; however, under certain circumstances in which the Trust does not establish and maintain such a segregated account, such reverse repurchase agreement will be considered a borrowing for the purpose of the Trust’s limitation on borrowings. The use by the Trust of reverse repurchase agreements involves many of the same risks of leverage since the proceeds derived from such reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities acquired in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the price of the securities the Trust has sold but is obligated to repurchase. Also, reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale by the Trust in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline in price.
 
If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce the Trust’s obligation to repurchase the securities, and the Trust’s use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision. Also, the Trust would bear the risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement are less than the value of the securities subject to such agreement.
 
Repurchase Agreements
 
As temporary investments, the Trust may invest in repurchase agreements. A repurchase agreement is a contractual agreement whereby the seller of securities agrees to repurchase the same security at a specified price on a future date agreed upon by the parties. The agreed-upon repurchase price determines the yield during the Trust’s holding period. Repurchase agreements are considered to be loans collateralized by the underlying security that is the subject of the repurchase contract. The Trust will only enter into repurchase agreements with registered securities dealers or domestic banks that, in the opinion of the Advisor, present minimal credit risk. The risk to the Trust is limited to the ability of the issuer to pay the agreed-upon repurchase price on the delivery date; however, although the value of the underlying collateral at the time the transaction is entered into always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price, if the value of the collateral declines there is a risk of loss of both principal and interest. In the event of default, the collateral may be sold but the Trust might incur a loss if the value of the collateral declines, and might incur disposition costs or experience delays in connection with liquidating the collateral. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, realization upon the collateral by the Trust may be delayed or limited. The Advisor will monitor the value of the collateral at the time the transaction is entered into and at all times subsequent during the term of the repurchase agreement in an effort to determine that such value always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price. In the event the value of the collateral declines below the repurchase price, the Advisor will demand additional collateral from the issuer to increase the value of the collateral to at least that of the repurchase price, including interest.
 
Lending of Securities
 
The Trust may lend its portfolio securities to banks or dealers which meet the creditworthiness standards established by the Board (“Qualified Institutions”). By lending its portfolio securities, the Trust attempts to increase its income through the receipt of interest on the loan. Any gain or loss in the market price of the securities loaned that may occur during the term of the loan will be for the account


A-11


Table of Contents

of the Trust. The Trust may lend its portfolio securities so long as the terms and the structure of such loans are not inconsistent with requirements of the Investment Company Act, which currently require that (i) the borrower pledge and maintain with the Trust collateral consisting of cash, a letter of credit issued by a domestic U.S. Bank, or securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government having a value at all times not less than 100% of the value of the securities loaned, (ii) the borrower add to such collateral whenever the price of the securities loaned rises (i.e., the value of the loan is “marked to the market” on a daily basis), (iii) the loan be made subject to termination by the Trust at any time and (iv) the Trust receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may include the Trust’s investing any cash collateral in interest bearing short term investments), any distributions on the loaned securities and any increase in their market value. The Trust will not lend portfolio securities if, as a result, the aggregate of such loans exceeds 33 1 / 3 % of the value of the Trust’s total assets (including such loans). Loan arrangements made by the Trust will comply with all other applicable regulatory requirements, including the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, which rules presently require the borrower, after notice, to redeliver the securities within the normal settlement time of five business days. All relevant facts and circumstances, including the creditworthiness of the Qualified Institution, will be monitored by the Advisor, and will be considered in making decisions with respect to lending securities, subject to review by the Board.
 
The Trust may pay reasonable negotiated fees in connection with loaned securities, so long as such fees are set forth in a written contract and approved by the Board. In addition, voting rights may pass with the loaned securities, but if a material event were to occur affecting such a loan, the loan must be called and the securities voted.
 
High Yield Securities
 
The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities rated below investment grade, such as those rated Ba or below by Moody’s or BB or below by S&P or Fitch or securities comparably rated by other rating agencies or in unrated securities determined by the Advisor or Sub-Advisor to be of comparable quality. Securities rated Ba and below by Moody’s and Fitch are judged to have speculative elements, their future cannot be considered as well assured and often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate. Securities rated BB by S&P are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics and, while such obligations have less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative grade debt, they face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions, which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.
 
Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The retail secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that of higher rated securities; adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trust’s net asset value.
 
The prices of debt securities generally are inversely related to interest rate changes; however, the price volatility caused by fluctuating interest rates of securities also is inversely related to the coupons of such securities. Accordingly, below investment grade securities may be relatively less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher quality securities of comparable maturity because of their higher coupon. This higher coupon is what the investor receives in return for bearing greater credit risk. The higher credit risk associated with below investment grade securities potentially can have a greater effect on the value of such securities than may be the case with higher quality issues of comparable maturity.
 
Lower grade securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession could severely disrupt the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could


A-12


Table of Contents

adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such securities.
 
The ratings of Moody’s, S&P and other rating agencies represent their opinions as to the quality of the obligations which they undertake to rate. Ratings are relative and subjective and, although ratings may be useful in evaluating the safety of interest and principal payments, they do not evaluate the market value risk of such obligations. Although these ratings may be an initial criterion for selection of portfolio investments, the Advisor also will independently evaluate these securities and the ability for the issuers of such securities to pay interest and principal. To the extent that the Trust invests in lower grade securities that have not been rated by a rating agency, the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives will be more dependent on the Advisor’s credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities.
 
ADDITIONAL RISK FACTORS
 
Risk Factors in Strategic Transactions and Derivatives
 
In addition to Appendix C, the following contains risk factors associated with derivatives. Derivatives are volatile and involve significant risks, including:
 
The Trust’s use of derivatives may reduce its returns and/or increase volatility. Volatility is defined as the characteristic of a security, an index or a market to fluctuate significantly in price within a short time period. A risk of the Trust’s use of derivatives is that the fluctuations in their values may not correlate perfectly with the overall securities markets. Derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligation. In addition, some derivatives are more sensitive to interest rate changes and market price fluctuations than other securities. The possible lack of a liquid secondary market for derivatives and the resulting inability of the Trust to sell or otherwise close a derivatives position could expose the Trust to losses and could make derivatives more difficult for the Trust to value accurately. The Trust could also suffer losses related to its derivative positions as a result of unanticipated market movements, which losses are potentially unlimited. Finally, the Advisors may not be able to predict correctly the direction of securities prices, interest rates and other economic factors, which could cause the Trust’s derivatives positions to lose value. When a derivative is used as a hedge against a position that the Trust holds, any loss generated by the derivative generally should be substantially offset by gains on the hedged investment, and vice versa. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the underlying security, and there can be no assurance that the Trust’s hedging transactions will be effective. The income from certain derivatives may be subject to Federal income tax. Swap agreements involve the risk that the party with whom the Trust has entered into the swap will default on its obligation to pay the Trust and the risk that the Trust will not be able to meet its obligations to pay the other party to the agreement. Credit default swaps involve special risks in addition to those mentioned above because they are difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty). Forward foreign currency exchange contracts do not eliminate fluctuations in the value of non-U.S. Securities but rather allow the Trust to establish a fixed rate of exchange for a future point in time. This strategy can have the effect of reducing returns and minimizing opportunities for gain.
 
Credit Risk  — the risk that the counterparty in a derivative transaction will be unable to honor its financial obligation to the Trust, or the risk that the reference entity in a credit default swap or similar derivative will not be able to honor its financial obligations.


A-13


Table of Contents

Leverage Risk  — the risk associated with certain types of investments or trading strategies (such as, for example, borrowing money to increase the amount of investments) that relatively small market movements may result in large changes in the value of an investment. Certain investments or trading strategies that involve leverage can result in losses that greatly exceed the amount originally invested.
 
Liquidity Risk  — the risk that certain securities may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time that the seller would like or at the price that the seller believes the security is currently worth.
 
Correlation Risk  — the risk that changes in the value of a derivative will not match the changes in the value of the portfolio holdings that are being hedged or of the particular market or security to which the Trust seeks exposure.
 
Index Risk  — If the derivative is linked to the performance of an index, it will be subject to the risks associated with changes in that index. If the index changes, the Trust could receive lower interest payments or experience a reduction in the value of the derivative to below what that Trust paid. Certain indexed securities, including inverse securities (which move in an opposite direction to the index), may create leverage, to the extent that they increase or decrease in value at a rate that is a multiple of the changes in the applicable index.
 
There can be no assurance that, at any specific time, either a liquid secondary market will exist for a derivative or the Trust will otherwise be able to sell such instrument at an acceptable price. It may, therefore, not be possible to close a position in a derivative without incurring substantial losses, if at all. Certain transactions in derivatives (such as futures transactions or sales of put options) involve substantial leverage risk and may expose the Trust to potential losses that exceed the amount originally invested by the Trust. When the Trust engages in such a transaction, the Trust will deposit in a segregated account liquid assets with a value at least equal to the Trust’s exposure, on a mark-to-market basis, to the transaction (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission). Such segregation will ensure that the Trust has assets available to satisfy its obligations with respect to the transaction, but will not limit the Trust’s exposure to loss.
 
Risks Associated with Options.   There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities and indexes. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. In addition, a liquid secondary market for particular options, whether traded over-the-counter or on a national securities exchange (“Exchange”) may be absent for reasons which include the following: there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions may be imposed by an Exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities; unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an Exchange; the facilities of an Exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or one or more Exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that Exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that Exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.
 
Risks Associated with Futures.   The primary risks associated with the use of futures contracts and options are (a) the imperfect correlation between the change in market value of the instruments held by the Trust and the price of the futures contract or option; (b) possible lack of a liquid secondary market for a futures contract and the resulting inability to close a futures contract when desired; (c) losses caused by unanticipated market movements, which are potentially unlimited; (d) the Advisor’s inability to predict correctly the direction of securities prices, interest rates,


A-14


Table of Contents

currency exchange rates and other economic factors; and (e) the possibility that the counterparty will default in the performance of its obligations.
 
Additional Risk Factors of OTC Transactions; Limitations on the Use of OTC Derivatives.   Certain derivatives traded in OTC markets, including indexed securities, swaps and OTC options, involve substantial liquidity risk. The absence of liquidity may make it difficult or impossible for the Trust to sell such instruments promptly at an acceptable price. The absence of liquidity may also make it more difficult for the Trust to ascertain a market value for such instruments. The Trust will, therefore, acquire illiquid OTC instruments (i) if the agreement pursuant to which the instrument is purchased contains a formula price at which the instrument may be terminated or sold, or (ii) for which the Advisor anticipates the Trust can receive on each business day at least two independent bids or offers, unless a quotation from only one dealer is available, in which case that dealer’s quotation may be used. Because derivatives traded in OTC markets are not guaranteed by an exchange or clearing corporation and generally do not require payment of margin, to the extent that the Trust has unrealized gains in such instruments or has deposited collateral with its counterparties the Trust is at risk that its counterparties will become bankrupt or otherwise fail to honor its obligations. The Trust will attempt to minimize these risks by engaging in transactions in derivatives traded in OTC markets only with financial institutions that have substantial capital or that have provided the Trust with a third-party guaranty or other credit enhancement.
 
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
 
Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisor
 
BlackRock Advisors acts as the Trust’s investment advisor and BlackRock Investment Management acts as the Trust’s investment sub-advisor. BlackRock Advisors, located at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, and BlackRock Investment Management, located at 55 East 52nd Street, New York, New York 10055, are wholly owned subsidiaries of BlackRock Inc. (“BlackRock”), which is a leader in investment management, risk management and advisory services for institutional and retail clients worldwide. At June 30, 2010, BlackRock’s assets under management was $3.151 trillion.
 
BlackRock participated in the first BAB issuance and currently manages approximately $4.5 billion in BABs across its entire fixed income platform, as of June 30, 2010. BlackRock has over 20 years of experience managing closed-end funds and, as of June 30, 2010, advised a registered closed-end fund family of 95 exchange-listed active funds with approximately $36.6 billion in assets. In addition, BlackRock advised 3 non-exchange-listed closed end funds with approximately $815 million in assets.
 
BlackRock offers products that span the risk spectrum to meet clients’ needs, including active, enhanced and index strategies across markets and asset classes. Products are offered in a variety of structures including separate accounts, mutual funds, iShares ® (exchange traded funds), and other pooled investment vehicles. BlackRock also offers risk management, advisory and enterprise investment system services to a broad base of institutional investors through BlackRock Solutions ® . Headquartered in New York City, as of June 30, 2010, the firm has approximately 8,500 employees in 24 countries and a major presence in key global markets, including North and South America, Europe, Asia, Australia and the Middle East and Africa.
 
Investment Management Agreement
 
Although BlackRock Advisors intends to devote such time and effort to the business of the Trust as is reasonably necessary to perform its duties to the Trust, the services of BlackRock Advisors are not exclusive and BlackRock Advisors provides similar services to other investment companies and other clients and may engage in other activities.
 
The Investment Management Agreement also provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations thereunder, BlackRock Advisors is not liable to the Trust or any of the Trust’s shareholders for any act or omission by BlackRock Advisors in


A-15


Table of Contents

the supervision or management of its respective investment activities or for any loss sustained by the Trust or the Trust’s shareholders and provides for indemnification by the Trust of BlackRock Advisors, its directors, officers, employees, agents and control persons for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to the Trust, subject to certain limitations and conditions.
 
The Investment Management Agreement was approved by the Trust’s Board at an in-person meeting of the Board held on July 16, 2010, including a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the agreement or interested persons of any such party (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act). This agreement provides for the Trust to pay a Management Fee at an annual rate equal to 0.55% of the average daily value of the Trust’s Managed Assets. “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust (including any assets attributable to money borrowed for investment purposes) minus the sum of the Trust’s accrued liabilities (other than money borrowed for investment purposes).
 
The Investment Management Agreement was approved by the sole common shareholder of the Trust as of July 20, 2010. The Investment Management Agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date, and if not sooner terminated, will continue in effect for successive periods of 12 months thereafter, provided that each continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (1) the vote of a majority of the Board or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) and (2) by the vote of a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the investment management agreement or interested persons (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Investment Management Agreement may be terminated as a whole at any time by the Trust, without the payment of any penalty, upon the vote of a majority of the Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust or by BlackRock Advisors, on 60 days’ written notice by either party to the other which can be waived by the non-terminating party. The Investment Management Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder).
 
Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement
 
BlackRock Investment Management is a wholly owned subsidiary of BlackRock. Pursuant to the sub-investment advisory agreement, BlackRock Advisors has appointed BlackRock Investment Management, one of its affiliates, to perform certain of the day-to-day investment management of the Trust. BlackRock Investment Management will receive a portion of the management fee paid by the Trust to BlackRock Advisors. From the management fees, BlackRock Advisors will pay BlackRock Investment Management for serving as Sub-Advisor, a fee equal to 50% of the monthly management fees received by BlackRock Advisors; provided thereafter that the Sub-Advisor may be compensated at cost for any services rendered to the Trust at the request of BlackRock Advisors and approved of by the Board.
 
The sub-investment advisory agreement also provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations thereunder, the Trust will indemnify BlackRock Investment Management, its directors, officers, employees, agents, associates and control persons for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to the Trust, subject to certain limitations.
 
Although BlackRock Investment Management intends to devote such time and effort to the business of the Trust as is reasonably necessary to perform its duties to the Trust, the services of BlackRock Investment Management are not exclusive and BlackRock Investment Management provides similar services to other investment companies and other clients and may engage in other activities.
 
The sub-investment advisory agreement was approved by the Board at an in-person meeting of the Board held on July 16, 2010, including a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the agreement or interested persons of any such party (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act).
 
The sub-investment advisory agreement was approved by the sole common shareholder of the Trust as of July 20, 2010. The sub-investment advisory agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date, and if not sooner terminated, will continue in effect for successive


A-16


Table of Contents

periods of 12 months thereafter, provided that each continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (1) the vote of a majority of the Board or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and (2) by the vote of a majority of the trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The sub-investment advisory agreement may be terminated as a whole at any time by the Trust without the payment of any penalty, upon the vote of a majority of the Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust, or by BlackRock Advisors or BlackRock Investment Management, on 60 days’ written notice by either party to the other. The sub-investment advisory agreement will also terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder).
 
Matters Considered by the Board
 
A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the respective initial and successor investment management and sub-investment advisory agreements by the Board will be available in the Trust’s first report sent to shareholders.
 
Trustees and Officers
 
The Board consists of ten individuals (the “Trustees”), eight of whom are not “interested persons” of the Trust as defined in the Investment Company Act (the “Independent Trustees”). The registered investment companies advised by the Advisors or their affiliates (the “BlackRock-Advised Funds”) are organized into one complex of closed-end funds (the “Closed-End Complex”), two complexes of open-end funds (the “Equity-Liquidity Complex,” and the “Equity-Bond Complex”) and one complex of exchange-traded funds (the “Exchange-Traded Complex”; each such complex, a “BlackRock Fund Complex”). The Trust is part of the Closed-End Complex. The Trustees also oversee as Board members the operations of the other closed-end registered investment companies included in the Closed-End Complex.
 
The Board has overall responsibility for the oversight of the Trust. The Chair of the Board is an Independent Trustee, and the Chair of each Board committee (each, a “Committee”) is an Independent Trustee. The Board has five standing Committees: an Audit Committee, a Governance and Nominating Committee, a Compliance Committee, a Performance Oversight Committee and an Executive Committee. The Board also has one ad hoc committee, the Joint Product Pricing Committee. The Chair of the Board’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board, and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys, and other Trustees generally between meetings. The Chair of each Committee performs a similar role with respect to such Committee. The Chair of the Board or a Committee may also perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board or the Committee from time to time. The Independent Trustees meet regularly outside the presence of the Trust’s management, in executive session or with other service providers to the Trust. The Board has regular meetings five times a year, including a meeting to consider the approval of the Trust’s investment advisory agreements, and may hold special meetings if required before its next regular meeting. Each Committee meets regularly to conduct the oversight functions delegated to that Committee by the Board and reports its findings to the Board. The Board and each standing Committee conduct annual assessments of their oversight function and structure. The Board has determined that the Board’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise independent judgment over management and to allocate areas of responsibility among Committees and the full Board to enhance effective oversight.
 
The Board has engaged the Advisors to manage the Trust on a day-to-day basis. The Board is responsible for overseeing the Advisors, other service providers, the operations of the Trust and associated risk in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act, state law, other applicable laws, the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, and the Trust’s investment objectives and strategies. The Board reviews, on an ongoing basis, the Trust’s performance, operations, and investment strategies and techniques. The Board also conducts reviews of the Advisors and their role in running the operations of the Trust.


A-17


Table of Contents

Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Trust is the responsibility of the Advisors or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk), subject to the supervision of the Advisors. The Trust is subject to a number of risks, including investment, compliance, operational and valuation risks, among others. While there are a number of risk management functions performed by the Advisors or other service providers, as applicable, it is not possible to eliminate all of the risks applicable to the Trust. Risk oversight is part of the Board’s general oversight of the Trust and is addressed as part of various Board and Committee activities. The Board, directly or through a Committee, also reviews reports from, among others, management, the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust, subadvisers, and internal auditors for the investment adviser or its affiliates, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by the Trust and management’s or the service provider’s risk functions. The Committee system facilitates the timely and efficient consideration of matters by the Trustees, and facilitates effective oversight of compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and of the Trust’s activities and associated risks. The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer, who oversees the implementation and testing of the Trust’s compliance program and reports to the Board regarding compliance matters for the Trust and its service providers. The Independent Trustees have engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities.
 
The members of the Audit Committee are Karen P. Robards (Chair), Frank J. Fabozzi, James T. Flynn and W. Carl Kester, all of whom are Independent Trustees. The principal responsibilities of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to the accounting and financial reporting polices and practices of the Trust. The Audit Committee’s responsibilities include, without limitation, (i) approving the selection, retention, termination and compensation of the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm (the “independent auditors”) and evaluating the independence and objectivity of the independent auditors; (ii) approving all audit engagement terms and fees for the Trust; (iii) reviewing the conduct and results of each audit and discussing the Trust’s audited and unaudited financial statements; (iv) reviewing any issues raised by the independent auditor or management regarding the accounting or financial reporting policies and practices of the Trust, its internal controls, and, as appropriate, the internal controls of certain service providers and management’s response to any such issues; (v) reviewing and discussing the Trust’s audited financial statements and disclosure in the Trust’s shareholder reports relating to the Trust’s performance; (vi) assisting the Board in considering the performance of the Trust’s internal audit function provided by its investment adviser, administrator, pricing agent or other service provider; and (vii) resolving any disagreements between Trust management and the independent auditors regarding financial reporting. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee.
 
The members of the Governance and Nominating Committee (the “Governance Committee”) are R. Glenn Hubbard (Chair), Richard E. Cavanagh, Kathleen F. Feldstein and Jerrold B. Harris, all of whom are Independent Trustees. The principal responsibilities of the Governance Committee are to (i) identifying individuals qualified to serve as Independent Trustees of the Trust and recommending Independent Trustee nominees for election by shareholders or appointment by the Board; (ii) advising the Board with respect to Board composition, procedures and committees (other than the Audit Committee); (iii) overseeing periodic self-assessments of the Board and committees of the Board (other than the Audit Committee); (iv) reviewing and making recommendations in respect of Independent Trustee compensation; (v) monitoring corporate governance matters and making recommendations in respect thereof to the Board; and (vi) acting as the administrative committee with respect to Board policies and procedures, committee policies and procedures (other than the Audit Committee) and codes of ethics as they relate to the Independent Trustees. The Governance Committee of the Board seeks to identify individuals to serve on the Board who have a diverse range of viewpoints, qualifications, experiences, backgrounds and skill sets so that the Board will be better suited to fulfill its responsibility of overseeing the Trust’s activities. In so doing, the Governance Committee reviews the size of the Board, the ages of the current Board members and their tenure on the Board, and the skills, background and experiences of the Board members in light of the issues facing the Trust in determining whether one or more new directors should be added to the Board. The Governance Committee believes that the Board members as a group possess the array of skills, experiences and backgrounds necessary to guide the Trust. The Governance Committee may consider


A-18


Table of Contents

nominations for the office of Trustee made by Trust shareholders as it deems appropriate. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send a recommendation to the Secretary of the Trust that includes all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Board members or is required by the advance notice provision of the Trust’s By-Laws. For a candidate to be considered by the Governance Committee, a shareholder must submit the recommendation in writing and must include:
 
  •  the name and record address of the shareholder, the class or series and number of shares of the Trust which are owned beneficially or of record by the shareholder, a description of all arrangements or understandings between the shareholder and each proposed candidate and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the nomination(s) made by the shareholder, a representation that the shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its recommendation and any other information relating to the shareholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors/trustees pursuant to Section 14 of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and
 
  •  the name, age, business address and residential address of the candidate(s), the principal occupation or employment of the candidate(s), the class or series and number of shares of the Trust which are owned beneficially or of record by the candidate(s), if any, and any other information relating to the candidate(s) that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors/trustees pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act.
 
Such recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed candidate to being named as a nominee and to serve as a Trustee if elected. The Governance Committee may take into consideration the number of shares held by the recommending shareholder and the length of time that such shares have been held.
 
The members of the Compliance Committee are Kathleen F. Feldstein (Chair), Richard E. Cavanagh, Jerrold B. Harris and R. Glenn Hubbard, all of whom are Independent Trustees. The Compliance Committee’s purpose is to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility with respect to the oversight of regulatory and fiduciary compliance matters involving the Trust, the fund-related activities of BlackRock, and any subadvisor and the Trust’s other third party service providers. The Compliance Committee’s responsibilities include, without limitation, to (i) overseeing the compliance policies and procedures of the Trust and its service providers; (ii) reviewing information on and, where appropriate, recommending policies concerning the Trust’s compliance with applicable law; (iii) reviewing information on any significant correspondence with or other actions by regulators or governmental agencies with respect to the Trust and any employee complaints or published reports that raise concerns regarding compliance matters; and (iv) reviewing reports from and making certain recommendations in respect of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer, including, without limitation, determining the amount and structure of the Chief Compliance Officer’s compensation. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Compliance Committee.
 
The members of the Performance Oversight Committee (the “Performance Oversight Committee”) are Frank J. Fabozzi (Chair), Richard E. Cavanagh, Kathleen F. Feldstein, James T. Flynn, Jerrold B. Harris, R. Glenn Hubbard, W. Carl Kester and Karen P. Robards, all of whom are Independent Trustees. The Performance Oversight Committee’s purpose is to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility to oversee the Trust’s investment performance relative to the Trust’s investment objectives, policies and practices. The Performance Oversight Committee’s responsibilities include, without limitation, to (i) reviewing the Trust’s investment objectives, policies and practices; (ii) recommending to the Board any required action in respect of changes in fundamental and non-fundamental investment restrictions; (iii) reviewing information on appropriate benchmarks and competitive universes; (iv) reviewing the Trust’s investment performance relative to such benchmarks; (v) reviewing information on unusual or exceptional investment matters;


A-19


Table of Contents

(vi) reviewing whether the Trust has complied with its investment polices and restrictions; and (vii) overseeing policies, procedures and controls regarding valuation of the Fund’s investments. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Performance Oversight Committee.
 
The members of the Executive Committee are Richard E. Cavanagh (Chair) and Karen P. Robards, both of whom are Independent Trustees, and Richard S. Davis, who serves as an interested Trustee. The principal responsibilities of the Executive Committee include, without limitation, (i) acting on routine matters between meetings of the Board; (ii) acting on such matters as may require urgent action between meetings of the Board; and (iii) exercising such other authority as may from time to time be delegated to the Executive Committee by the Board. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Executive Committee.
 
The Boards of the Equity-Liquidity Complex, the Equity-Bond Complex and the Closed-End Complex, established the ad hoc Joint Product Pricing Committee (the “Product Pricing Committee”) comprised of nine members drawn from the members serving on the Boards of these BlackRock Fund Complexes. Karen P. Robards and Jerrold B. Harris are members of the Product Pricing Committee representing the Closed-End Complex. Five independent board members representing the Equity-Bond Complex and two independent board members representing the Equity-Liquidity Complex, serve on the Product Pricing Committee. The Product Pricing Committee is chaired by John F. O’Brien. The purpose of the Product Pricing Committee is to review the components and pricing structure of the non-money market funds in the BlackRock Fund Complexes. The Product Pricing Committee was formed on June 4, 2009.
 
As the Trust is a closed-end investment company with no prior investment operations, no meetings of the above committees have been held in the fiscal year, except that the Audit Committee met in connection with the organization of the Trust to select the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm.
 
Prior to this offering, all of the outstanding common shares of the Trust were owned by an affiliate of the Advisors.
 
The Independent Trustees have adopted a statement of policy that describes the experience, qualifications, skills and attributes that are necessary and desirable for potential Independent Trustee candidates (the “Statement of Policy”). The Board believes that each Independent Trustee satisfied, at the time he or she was initially elected or appointed a Trustee, and continues to satisfy, the standards contemplated by the Statement of Policy. Furthermore, in determining that a particular Trustee was and continues to be qualified to serve as a Trustee, the Board has considered a variety of criteria, none of which, in isolation, was controlling. The Board believes that, collectively, the Trustees have balanced and diverse experience, skills, attributes and qualifications, which allow the Board to operate effectively in governing the Trust and protecting the interests of shareholders. Among the attributes common to all Trustees are their ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the Advisors, other service providers, counsel and independent auditors, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties as Trustees. Each Trustee’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively is evidenced by his or her educational background or professional training; business, consulting, public service or academic positions; experience from service as a board member of the Trust or the other funds in the BlackRock Fund Complexes (and any predecessor funds), other investment funds, public companies, or non-profit entities or other organizations; ongoing commitment and participation in Board and committee meetings, as well as their leadership of standing and ad hoc committees throughout the years; or other relevant life experiences. Information about the specific experience, skills, attributes and qualifications of each Trustee, which in each case led to the Board’s conclusion that the Trustee should serve (or continue to serve) as a trustee of the Trust, is provided below in “Biographical Information.”


A-20


Table of Contents

Biographical Information
 
Certain biographical and other information relating to the Trustees is set forth below, including their address and year of birth, their principal occupations for at least the last five years, the length of time served, the total number of investment companies and portfolios overseen in the BlackRock-Advised funds and any public directorships held during the past five years.
 
                     
                Number of BlackRock-
  Other Public
                Advised Registered
  Company or
                Investment Companies
  Investment
                (“RICs”) Consisting of
  Company
    Position(s)
  Length of
      Investment Portfolios
  Directorships Held
Name, Address
  Held with
  Time
  Principal Occupation(s)
  (“Portfolios”)
  During Past
and Year of Birth
  Registrant   Served*   During Past Five Years   Overseen**   Five Years***
 
Non-Interested Trustees                
Richard E. Cavanagh
55 East 52nd Street
New York,
NY 10055

1946
  Trustee and Chair of the Board   Since inception   Trustee, Aircraft Finance Trust from 1999 to 2009; Director, The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America since 1998; Trustee, Educational Testing Service from 1997 to 2009 and Chairman thereof from 2005 to 2009; Senior Advisor, the Freemont Group since 2008 and Director thereof since 1996; Adjunct Lecturer, Harvard University since 2007; President and Chief Executive Officer, The Conference Board, Inc. (global business research organization) from 1995 to 2007.   99 RICs
consisting of
97 Portfolios
  Arch Chemical (chemical and allied products)
Karen P. Robards
55 East 52nd Street
New York,
NY 10055

1950
  Trustee, Vice Chair of the Board and Chair of the Audit Committee   Since inception   Partner of Robards & Company, LLC (financial advisory firm) since 1987; Co-founder and Director of the Cooke Center for Learning and Development (a not-for-profit organization) since 1987; Director of Enable Medical Corp. from 1996 to 2005; Investment Banker at Morgan Stanley from 1976 to 1987.   99 RICs
consisting of
97 Portfolios
  AtriCure, Inc. (medical devices); Care Investment Trust, Inc. (health care REIT)
Frank J. Fabozzi
55 East 52nd Street
New York,
NY 10055

1948
  Trustee and Member of the Audit Committee   Since inception   Consultant/Editor of The Journal of Portfolio Management since 2006; Professor in the Practice of Finance and Becton Fellow, Yale University, School of Management since 2006; Adjunct Professor of Finance and Becton Fellow, Yale University from 1994 to 2006.   99 RICs
consisting of
97 Portfolios
  None


A-21


Table of Contents

                     
                Number of BlackRock-
  Other Public
                Advised Registered
  Company or
                Investment Companies
  Investment
                (‘‘RICs”) Consisting of
  Company
    Position(s)
  Length of
      Investment Portfolios
  Directorships Held
Name, Address
  Held with
  Time
  Principal Occupation(s)
  (‘‘Portfolios”)
  During Past
and Year of Birth
  Registrant   Served*   During Past Five Years   Overseen**   Five Years***
 
Kathleen F. Feldstein
55 East 52nd Street
New York,
NY 10055

1941
  Trustee   Since inception   President of Economics Studies, Inc. (private economic consulting firm) since 1987; Chair, Board of Trustees, McLean Hospital from 2000 to 2008 and Trustee Emeritus since 2008; Member of the Board of Partners Community Healthcare, Inc. from 2005 to 2009; Member of the Corporation of Partners HealthCare since 1995; Trustee, Museum of Fine Arts, Boston since 1992; Member of the Visiting Committee to the Harvard University Art Museum since 2003; Director, Catholic Charities of Boston since 2009.   99 RICs
consisting of
97 Portfolios
  The McClatchy Company (publishing); Knight Ridder (publishing)
James T. Flynn
55 East 52nd Street
New York,
NY 10055

1939
  Trustee and Member of the Audit Committee   Since inception   Chief Financial Officer of JPMorgan & Co., Inc. from 1990 to 1995.   99 RICs
consisting of
97 Portfolios
  None
Jerrold B. Harris
55 East 52nd Street
New York,
NY 10055

1942
  Trustee   Since inception   Trustee, Ursinus College since 2000; Director, Troemner LLC (scientific equipment) since 2000; Director of Delta Waterfowl Foundation since 2001; President and Chief Executive Officer, VWR Scientific Products Corporation from 1990 to 1999.   99 RICs
consisting of
97 Portfolios
  BlackRock - Kelso Capital Corp. (business development company)
R. Glenn Hubbard
55 East 52nd Street
New York,
NY 10055

1958
  Trustee   Since inception   Dean, Columbia Business School since 2004; Columbia faculty member since 1988; Co-Director, Columbia Business School’s Entrepreneurship Program from 1997 to 2004; Chairman, U.S. Council of Economic Advisers under the President of the United States from 2001 to 2003; Chairman Economic Policy Committee of the OECD from 2001 to 2003.   99 RICs
consisting of
97 Portfolios
  ADP (data and information services); KKR Financial Corporation (finance); Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (insurance)

A-22


Table of Contents

                     
                Number of BlackRock-
  Other Public
                Advised Registered
  Company or
                Investment Companies
  Investment
                (‘‘RICs”) Consisting of
  Company
    Position(s)
  Length of
      Investment Portfolios
  Directorships Held
Name, Address
  Held with
  Time
  Principal Occupation(s)
  (‘‘Portfolios”)
  During Past
and Year of Birth
  Registrant   Served*   During Past Five Years   Overseen**   Five Years***
 
W. Carl Kester
55 East 52nd Street
New York,
NY 10055

1951
  Trustee and Member of the Audit Committee   Since inception   George Fisher Baker Jr. Professor of Business Administration, Harvard Business School; Deputy Dean for Academic Affairs since 2006; Unit Head, Finance, Harvard Business School from 2005 to 2006; Senior Associate Dean and Chairman of the MBA Program of Harvard Business School from 1999 to 2005; Member of the Faculty of Harvard Business School since 1981; Independent Consultant since 1978.   99 RICs
consisting of
97 Portfolios
  None
Interested Trustees †
               
Richard S. Davis
55 East 52nd Street
New York,
NY 10055

1945
  Trustee   Since inception   Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. since 2005; Chief Executive Officer, State Street Research & Management Company from 2000 to 2005; Chairman of the Board of Trustees, State Street Research Mutual Funds from 2000 to 2005; Chairman, SSR Realty from 2000 to 2004.   169 RICs
consisting of
292 Portfolios
  None
Henry Gabbay
55 East 52nd Street
New York,
NY 10055

1947
  Trustee   Since inception   Consultant, BlackRock, Inc. from 2007 to 2008; Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. from 1989 to 2007; Chief Administrative Officer, BlackRock Advisors, LLC from 1998 to 2007; President of BlackRock Funds and BlackRock Bond Allocation Target Shares from 2005 to 2007; Treasurer of certain closed-end funds in the Closed-End Complex from 1989 to 2006.   169 RICs
consisting of
292 Portfolios
  None
 
 
* Trustees serve until their resignation, removal or death, or until December 31 of the year in which they turn 72.
 
** For purposes of this chart, “RICs” refers to the legal investment companies into which investors invest and “Portfolios” refers to the investment programs of the funds. The Closed-End Complex is comprised of 99 RICs. Some of the RICs have the same investment program because they invest through a master-feeder structure, which results in the smaller number of Portfolios than RICs. The Trust is not included in these numbers.
 
*** Directorships disclosed under this column do not include directorships disclosed under the column “Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years.”
 
Messrs. Davis and Gabbay are “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust by virtue of their current or former positions with BlackRock Advisors, LLC, BlackRock Capital Management, Inc. or BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., each a wholly owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc., and their ownership of BlackRock, Inc. and The PNC Financial Service Group, Inc. securities.

A-23


Table of Contents

 
Officers
 
Certain biographical and other information relating to the officers is set forth below.
 
             
Name, Address and
  Position(s) Held with
  Length of Time
   
Year of Birth
  Fund*   Served   Principal Occupations(s) During Past 5 Years
 
Anne F. Ackerley
55 East 52nd Street
New York,
NY 10055

1962
  President and Chief Executive Officer   Since inception   Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2000; Vice President of the BlackRock-advised funds from 2007 to 2009; Chief Operating Officer of BlackRock’s Global Client Group since 2009; Chief Operating Officer of BlackRock’s U.S. Retail Group from 2006 to 2009; Head of BlackRock’s Mutual Fund Group from 2000 to 2006.
Brendan Kyne
55 East 52nd Street
New York,
NY 10055

1977
  Vice President   Since inception   Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2010; Director of BlackRock, Inc. from 2008 to 2009; Head of Product Development and Management for BlackRock’s U.S. Retail Group since 2009; Co-head of Product Development and Management for BlackRock’s U.S. Retail Group from 2007 to 2009; Vice President of BlackRock, Inc. from 2005 to 2008.
Neal J. Andrews
55 East 52nd Street
New York,
NY 10055

1966
  Chief Financial Officer   Since inception   Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2006; Senior Vice President and Line of Business Head of Fund Accounting and Administration at PNC Global Investment Servicing (US) Inc. from 1992 to 2006.
Jay M. Fife
55 East 52nd Street
New York,
NY 10055

1970
  Treasurer   Since inception   Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2007 and Director in 2006; Assistant Treasurer of the Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P. (“MLIM”) and Fund Asset Management L.P. advised Funds from 2005 to 2006; Director of MLIM Fund Services Group from 2001 to 2006.
Brian P. Kindelan
55 East 52nd Street
New York,
NY 10055

1959
  Chief Compliance Officer   Since inception   Chief Compliance Officer of the BlackRock-advised Funds since 2007; Managing Director and Senior Counsel of BlackRock, Inc. since 2005.
Howard B. Surloff
55 East 52nd Street
New York,
NY 10055

1965
  Secretary   Since inception   Managing Director and General Counsel of U.S. Funds of BlackRock, Inc. since 2006; General Counsel (U.S.) of Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. from 1993 to 2006.
 
 
* Officers of the Trust serve at the pleasure of the Board.


A-24


Table of Contents

 
Share Ownership
 
         
        Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
    Dollar Range of Equity
  Securities Overseen by Trustees in
    Securities in the
  the Family of Registered
Name of Trustee
  Trust(*)   Investment Companies
 
Independent Trustees
       
Richard E. Cavanagh
  $0   over $100,000
Frank J. Fabozzi
  $0   $50,001-100,000
Kathleen F. Feldstein
  $0   $10,001-50,000
James T. Flynn
  $0   over $100,000
Jerrold B. Harris
  $0   $50,001-100,000
R. Glenn Hubbard
  $0   $50,001-100,000
W. Carl Kester
  $0   over $100,000
Karen P. Robards
  $0   $50,001-100,000
Interested Trustees
       
Richard S. Davis
  $0   over $100,000
Henry Gabbay
  $0   over $100,000
 
 
* As of December 31, 2009. The Trustees could not own shares in the Trust as of this date because the Trust had not yet begun investment operations. The term “Family of Registered Investment Companies” refers to all registered investment companies advised by the Advisors or an affiliate thereof.
 
Compensation of Trustees
 
Each Trustee who is an Independent Trustee is paid an annual retainer of $250,000 per year for his or her services as a Board member of the Closed-End Complex, including the Trust, and each Independent Trustee may also receive a $10,000 board meeting fee for special unscheduled meetings or meetings in excess of six Board meetings held in a calendar year, together with out-of-pocket expenses in accordance with a Board policy on travel and other business expenses relating to attendance at meetings. In addition, the Chair and Vice-Chair of the Board are paid an additional annual retainer of $120,000 and $40,000, respectively. The Chair of the Audit Committee, Compliance Committee, Governance Committee, and Performance Oversight Committee are paid an additional annual retainer of $35,000, $20,000, $10,000, and $20,000, respectively. Each Audit Committee member is paid an additional annual retainer of $25,000.
 
Dr. Gabbay is an interested Trustee of the Trust and serves as an interested Board member of the other BlackRock-Advised Funds which compose the Closed-End Complex, Equity-Liquidity Complex, and the Equity-Bond Complex. Dr. Gabbay receives for his services as a Board member of each of the three BlackRock Fund Complexes, (i) an annual retainer of $487,500 allocated to the funds in the these three BlackRock Fund Complexes, including the Trust, based on their net assets and (ii) with respect to each of the two open-end BlackRock Fund Complexes, a Board meeting fee of $3,750 (with respect to meetings of the Equity-Liquidity Complex) and $18,750 (with respect to meetings of the Equity-Bond Complex) to be paid for attendance at each Board meeting up to five Board meetings held in a calendar year by each such Complex (compensation for meetings in excess of this number to be determined on a case-by-case basis). Dr. Gabbay will also be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses in accordance with a Board policy on travel and other business expenses relating to attendance at meetings. Dr. Gabbay’s compensation for serving on the boards of the funds in these BlackRock Fund Complexes (including the Trust) is equal to 75% of each retainer and, as applicable, of each meeting fee (without regard to additional fees paid to Board and Committee chairs) received by the Independent Trustees serving on such boards. The Board of the Trust or of any other fund in a BlackRock Fund Complex may modify the trustees’ compensation from time to time depending on market conditions and Dr. Gabbay’s compensation would be impacted by those modifications.


A-25


Table of Contents

 
The following table sets forth the estimated compensation that each of the Trustees would have earned from the Trust for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2010 and the aggregate compensation paid to them by all funds in the Closed-End Complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2009.
 
                 
        Aggregate
        Compensation from
    Aggregate
  the Trust and other
    Compensation from
  BlackRock-Advised
Name
  the Trust   Funds(1)(2)
 
Richard E. Cavanagh
  $ 3,338     $ 370,448 (3)
Frank J. Fabozzi
  $ 2,661     $ 295,538 (4)(5)
Kathleen F. Feldstein
  $ 2,436     $ 270,046 (6)
James T. Flynn
  $ 2,481     $ 275,000 (4)
Jerrold B. Harris
  $ 2,255     $ 250,000  
R. Glenn Hubbard
  $ 2,346     $ 263,824 (7)
W. Carl Kester
  $ 2,481     $ 275,000 (4)
Karen P. Robards
  $ 3,158     $ 350,000 (4)(8)
 
 
(1) Of these amounts, Trustees Cavanagh, Fabozzi, Feldstein, Flynn, Harris, Kester, and Robards deferred a portion of compensation paid in calendar year 2009, pursuant to the Fund Complex’s deferred compensation plan.
 
(2) The Trust shall pay a pro rata portion quarterly (based on the relative net assets) of the above director/trustee fees paid by all of the funds in the Fund Complex for which they serve.
 
(3) Mr. Cavanagh serves as Chair of each board of directors/trustees in the Fund Complex. For his services as Chair, Mr. Cavanagh receives $120,000 per annum by the Fund Complex.
 
(4) Includes compensation for service on the Audit Committee. Ms. Robards receives $35,000 per annum for her service as Chair of the Audit Committee and all directors/trustees on the Audit Committee, including Ms. Robards, receive $25,000 per annum for their service on the Audit Committee.
 
(5) Dr. Fabozzi receives $20,000 per annum for his service as Chair of the Performance Oversight Committee.
 
(6) Dr. Feldstein receives $20,000 per annum for her service as Chair of the Compliance Committee.
 
(7) Dr. Hubbard receives $10,000 per annum for his service as Chair of the Governance and Nominating Committee.
 
(8) Ms. Robards serves as Vice-Chair of each board of directors/trustees in the Fund Complex. For her services as Vice-Chair of the Board, Ms. Robards receives $40,000 per annum by the Fund Complex.
 
The Independent Trustees have agreed that a maximum of 50% of each Independent Trustee’s total compensation paid by the Supervised Funds may be deferred pursuant to the Supervised Funds’ deferred compensation plan. Under the deferred compensation plan, deferred amounts earn a return for the Independent Trustees as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in common shares of certain Supervised Funds selected by the Independent Trustee. This has approximately the same economic effect for the Independent Trustee as if they had invested the deferred amounts in such funds. The deferred compensation plan is not funded and obligations thereunder represent general unsecured claims against the general assets of a fund. A fund may, however, elect to invest in common shares of those funds in the Closed-End Complex selected by the Independent Trustee in order to match its deferred compensation obligation.
 
Independent Trustee Ownership of Securities
 
As of July 23, 2010, the Independent Trustees (and their respective immediate family members) did not beneficially own securities of the Advisors, or an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Advisors (not including registered investment companies). As of July 23, 2010, as a


A-26


Table of Contents

group, Trustees and officers owned less than 1% of the outstanding common shares in the Trust because the Trust is commencing its offering coincident with the date of the Prospectus.
 
Proxy Voting Policies
 
The Board has delegated the voting of proxies for Trust securities to the Advisors pursuant to the Advisors’ proxy voting guidelines. Under these guidelines, the Advisors will vote proxies related to Trust securities in the best interests of the Trust and its shareholders. A copy of the Advisors’ proxy voting policy is attached as Appendix B to this Statement of Additional Information. Information regarding how the Trust voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available (i) without charge, upon request, by calling (800) 441-7762; and (ii) on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov .
 
Codes of Ethics
 
The Trust and the Advisors have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act. These codes permit personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Trust. These codes can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at (202) 551-8090. These codes of ethics are available on the EDGAR Database on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website (http://www.sec.gov), and copies of these codes may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.
 
Other Information
 
BlackRock is independent in ownership and governance, with no single majority stockholder and a majority of independent directors. As of March 31, 2010, Bank of America Corporation (“Bank of America”), through its subsidiary Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc., Barclays Bank Plc (“Barclays”), and The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (“PNC”) owned 3.7%, 4.7% and 34.4%, respectively, of the voting shares of BlackRock. In addition, Bank of America, Barclays, and PNC held economic interests in BlackRock of 33.8%, 19.6% and 24.2%, respectively. Bank of America and PNC are the ultimate parent companies of one or more underwriters who may participate in the Trust’s offering of common shares.


A-27


Table of Contents

 
Portfolio Manager Assets Under Management
 
The following table sets forth information about funds and accounts other than the BlackRock Build America Bond Trust for which the portfolio managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management as of June 30, 2010.
 
                                                 
        Number of Other Accounts and
    Number of Other Accounts Managed
  Assets for Which Advisory Fee is
    and Assets by Account Type   Performance-Based
    Other
  Other
      Other
       
    Registered
  Pooled
      Registered
  Other Pooled
   
Name of
  Investment
  Investment
  Other
  Investment
  Investment
  Other
Portfolio Manager
  Companies   Vehicles   Accounts   Companies   Vehicles   Accounts
 
Peter Hayes
    1       1       37       0       0       0  
    $ 1.14 Billion     $ 29.9 Million     $ 12.5 Billion     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Theodore R. Jaeckel, Jr. 
    73       0       0       0       0       0  
    $ 19.99 Billion     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
James Pruskowski
    0       4       211       0       0       0  
    $ 0     $ 222 Million     $ 53.4 Billion     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Michael Kalinoski
    7       0       0       0       0       0  
    $ 3.19 Billion     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
 
Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview
 
BlackRock’s financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of factors. The principal components of compensation include a base salary, a performance-based discretionary bonus, participation in various benefits programs and one or more of the incentive compensation programs established by BlackRock such as its Long-Term Retention and Incentive Plan and Restricted Stock Program.
 
Base Compensation.   Generally, portfolio managers receive base compensation based on their seniority and/or their position with the firm. Senior portfolio managers who perform additional management functions within the portfolio management group or within BlackRock may receive additional compensation for serving in these other capacities.
 
Discretionary Incentive Compensation.   Discretionary incentive compensation is a function of several components: the performance of BlackRock, Inc., the performance of the portfolio manager’s group within BlackRock, the investment performance, including risk-adjusted returns, of the firm’s assets under management or supervision by that portfolio manager relative to predetermined benchmarks, and the individual’s seniority, role within the portfolio management team, teamwork and contribution to the overall performance of these portfolios and BlackRock. In most cases, including for the portfolio managers of the Trust, these benchmarks are the same as the benchmark or benchmarks against which the performance of the Trust or other accounts managed by the portfolio managers are measured. BlackRock’s Chief Investment Officers determine the benchmarks against which the performance of funds and other accounts managed by each portfolio manager is compared and the period of time over which performance is evaluated. With respect to the portfolio managers, such benchmarks for the Trust include a combination of market-based indices (e.g. Barclays Capital Municipal Bond Index), certain customized indices and certain fund industry peer groups.
 
BlackRock’s Chief Investment Officers make a subjective determination with respect to the portfolio managers’ compensation based on the performance of the funds and other accounts managed by each portfolio manager relative to the various benchmarks noted above. Performance is measured on both a pre-tax and after-tax basis over various time periods including 1, 3, 5 and 10-year periods, as applicable.


A-28


Table of Contents

 
Distribution of Discretionary Incentive Compensation.   Discretionary incentive compensation is distributed to portfolio managers in a combination of cash and BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units which vest ratably over a number of years. The BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units, if properly vested, will be settled in BlackRock, Inc. common stock. Typically, the cash bonus, when combined with base salary, represents more than 60% of total compensation for the portfolio managers. Paying a portion of annual bonuses in stock puts compensation earned by a portfolio manager for a given year “at risk” based on BlackRock’s ability to sustain and improve its performance over future periods.
 
Long-Term Retention and Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)  — From time to time long-term incentive equity awards are granted to certain key employees to aid in retention, align their interests with long-term shareholder interests and motivate performance. Equity awards are generally granted in the form of BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units that, once vested, settle in BlackRock, Inc. common stock. Messrs. Hayes, Jaeckel and Pruskowski have each received awards under the LTIP.
 
Deferred Compensation Program  — A portion of the compensation paid to eligible BlackRock employees may be voluntarily deferred into an account that tracks the performance of certain of the firm’s investment products. Each participant in the deferred compensation program is permitted to allocate his deferred amounts among the various investment options. Messrs. Hayes, Jaeckel, Pruskowski and Kalinoski have each participated in the deferred compensation program.
 
Other Compensation Benefits.   In addition to base compensation and discretionary incentive compensation, portfolio managers may be eligible to receive or participate in one or more of the following:
 
Incentive Savings Plans  — BlackRock, Inc. has created a variety of incentive savings plans in which BlackRock employees are eligible to participate, including a 401(k) plan, the BlackRock Retirement Savings Plan (“RSP”), and the BlackRock Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). The employer contribution components of the RSP include a company match equal to 50% of the first 6% of eligible pay contributed to the plan capped at $4,000 per year, and a company retirement contribution equal to 3-5% of eligible compensation. The RSP offers a range of investment options, including registered investment companies managed by the firm. BlackRock contributions follow the investment direction set by participants for their own contributions or, absent employee investment direction, are invested into a balanced portfolio. The ESPP allows for investment in BlackRock common stock at a 5% discount on the fair market value of the stock on the purchase date. Annual participation in the ESPP is limited to the purchase of 1,000 shares or a dollar value of $25,000. Each portfolio manager is eligible to participate in these plans.
 
Potential Material Conflicts of Interest
 
Real, potential or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day portfolio management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund or account.
 
BlackRock has built a professional working environment, firm-wide compliance culture and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect against potential incentives that may favor one account over another. BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all client accounts are treated equitably over time. Nevertheless, BlackRock furnishes investment management and advisory services to numerous clients in addition to the Trust, and BlackRock may, consistent with applicable law, make investment recommendations to other clients or accounts (including accounts which are hedge funds or have performance or higher fees paid to BlackRock, or in which portfolio managers have a personal interest in the receipt of such fees), which may be the same as or different from those made to the Trust. In addition, BlackRock, its affiliates and significant shareholders and any officer, director, stockholder or employee may or may not have an interest in the securities whose purchase and sale BlackRock recommends to the Trust. BlackRock, or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders, or any officer, director, stockholder, employee or any member of their families may take different actions than those


A-29


Table of Contents

recommended to the Trust by BlackRock with respect to the same securities. Moreover, BlackRock may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of BlackRock’s (or its affiliates’ or significant shareholders’) officers, directors or employees are directors or officers, or companies as to which BlackRock or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders or the officers, directors and employees of any of them has any substantial economic interest or possesses material non-public information. Each portfolio manager also may manage accounts whose investment strategies may at times be opposed to the strategy utilized for a fund. In this connection, it should be noted that a portfolio manager may currently manage certain accounts that are subject to performance fees. In addition, a portfolio manager may assist in managing certain hedge funds and may be entitled to receive a portion of any incentive fees earned on such funds and a portion of such incentive fees may be voluntarily or involuntarily deferred. Additional portfolio managers may in the future manage other such accounts or funds and may be entitled to receive incentive fees.
 
As a fiduciary, BlackRock owes a duty of loyalty to its clients and must treat each client fairly. When BlackRock purchases or sells securities for more than one account, the trades must be allocated in a manner consistent with its fiduciary duties. BlackRock attempts to allocate investments in a fair and equitable manner among client accounts, with no account receiving preferential treatment. To this end, BlackRock has adopted policies that are intended to ensure that investment opportunities are allocated fairly and equitably among client accounts over time. These policies also seek to achieve reasonable efficiency in client transactions and provide BlackRock with sufficient flexibility to allocate investments in a manner that is consistent with the particular investment discipline and client base, as appropriate.


A-30


Table of Contents

 
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
 
The Advisor and the Sub-Advisor are responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Trust, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions and the negotiation of prices and any brokerage commissions. The securities in which the Trust invests are traded principally in the over-the-counter market. In the over-the-counter market, securities are generally traded on a “net” basis with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of such securities usually includes a mark-up to the dealer. Securities purchased in underwritten offerings generally include, in the price, a fixed amount of compensation for the manager(s), underwriter(s) and dealer(s). The Trust may also purchase certain money market instruments directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid. Purchases and sales of bonds on a stock exchange are effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services.
 
The Advisor and the Sub-Advisor are responsible for effecting securities transactions of the Trust and will do so in a manner deemed fair and reasonable to shareholders of the Trust and not according to any formula. The Advisor’s and the Sub-Advisor’s primary considerations in selecting the manner of executing securities transactions for the Trust will be prompt execution of orders, the size and breadth of the market for the security, the reliability, integrity and financial condition and execution capability of the firm, the difficulty in executing the order, and the best net price. There are many instances when, in the judgment of the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor, more than one firm can offer comparable execution services. In selecting among such firms, consideration is given to those firms which supply research and other services in addition to execution services. Consideration may also be given to the sale of shares of the Trust. However, it is not the policy of BlackRock, absent special circumstances, to pay higher commissions to a firm because it has supplied such research or other services.
 
The Advisor and the Sub-Advisor are able to fulfill their obligation to furnish a continuous investment program to the Trust without receiving research or other information from brokers; however, each considers access to such information to be an important element of financial management. Although such information is considered useful, its value is not determinable, as it must be reviewed and assimilated by the Advisor and/or the Sub-Advisor, and does not reduce the Advisor’s and/or the Sub-Advisor’s normal research activities in rendering investment advice under the investment management agreement or the sub-investment advisory agreement. It is possible that the Advisor’s and/or the Sub-Advisor’s expenses could be materially increased if it attempted to purchase this type of information or generate it through its own staff.
 
One or more of the other investment companies or accounts which the Advisor and/or the Sub-Advisor manages may own from time to time some of the same investments as the Trust. Investment decisions for the Trust are made independently from those of such other investment companies or accounts; however, from time to time, the same investment decision may be made for more than one company or account. When two or more companies or accounts seek to purchase or sell the same securities, the securities actually purchased or sold will be allocated among the companies and accounts on a good faith equitable basis by the Advisor and/or the Sub-Advisor in their discretion in accordance with the accounts’ various investment objectives. In some cases, this system may adversely affect the price or size of the position obtainable for the Trust. In other cases, however, the ability of the Trust to participate in volume transactions may produce better execution for the Trust. It is the opinion of the Trust’s Board that this advantage, when combined with the other benefits available due to the Advisor’s or the Sub-Advisor’s organization, outweighs any disadvantages that may be said to exist from exposure to simultaneous transactions.
 
It is not the Trust’s policy to engage in transactions with the objective of seeking profits from short-term trading. However, the annual portfolio turnover rate of the trust may be greater than 100%. Because it is difficult to predict accurately portfolio turnover rates, actual turnover may be higher or lower. Higher portfolio turnover results in increased Trust costs, including brokerage commissions, dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and on the reinvestment in other securities.


A-31


Table of Contents

 
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
The Bank of America Corporation (“BAC”), through its subsidiary Merrill Lynch & Co, Inc. (“Merrill Lynch”), Barclays PLC (“Barclays”) and The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (“PNC”) each have a significant economic interest in BlackRock, Inc., the parent of the Advisors. PNC is considered to be an affiliate of BlackRock, Inc. under the Investment Company Act. Certain activities of the Advisors, BlackRock, Inc. and their affiliates (collectively, “BlackRock”) and PNC and its affiliates (collectively, “PNC” and together with BlackRock, “Affiliates”), and those of BAC, Merrill Lynch and their affiliates (collectively, the “BAC Entities”) and Barclays and its affiliates (collectively, the “Barclays Entities”) (BAC Entities and Barclays Entities, collectively, the “BAC/Barclays Entities”), with respect to the Trust and/or other accounts managed by BlackRock, PNC or BAC/Barclays Entities, may give rise to actual or perceived conflicts of interest such as those described below.
 
BlackRock is one of the world’s largest asset management firms. BAC is a national banking corporation which through its affiliates and subsidiaries, including Merrill Lynch, provides a full range of financial services. Merrill Lynch is a full service investment banking, broker-dealer, asset management and financial services organization. PNC is a diversified financial services organization spanning the retail, business and corporate markets. Barclays is a major global financial services provider engaged in a range of activities including retail and commercial banking, credit cards, investment banking, and wealth management. BlackRock and PNC are affiliates of one another under the Investment Company Act. BlackRock, BAC, Merrill Lynch, PNC, Barclays and their respective affiliates (including, for these purposes, their directors, partners, trustees, managing members, officers and employees), including the entities and personnel who may be involved in the investment activities and business operations of the Trust, are engaged worldwide in businesses, including equity, fixed income, cash management and alternative investments, and have interests other than that of managing the Trust. These are considerations of which investors in the Trust should be aware, and which may cause conflicts of interest that could disadvantage the Trust and its shareholders. These activities and interests include potential multiple advisory, transactional, financial and other interests in securities and other instruments, and companies that may be purchased or sold by the Trust.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates, as well as the BAC/Barclays Entities, have proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of the Trust and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Trust. One or more Affiliates and BAC/Barclays Entities are also major participants in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case both on a proprietary basis and for the accounts of customers. As such, one or more Affiliates or BAC/Barclays Entities are or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which a the Trust may invest. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Trust invests, which could have an adverse impact on the Trust’s’ performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or customer accounts, will be executed independently of the Trust’s transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Trust.
 
When BlackRock and its Affiliates or the BAC/Barclays Entities seek to purchase or sell the same assets for their managed accounts, the assets actually purchased or sold may be allocated among the accounts on a basis determined in their good faith discretion to be equitable. In some cases, this system may adversely affect the size or price of the assets purchased or sold for the Trust. In addition, transactions in investments by one or more other accounts managed by BlackRock or its Affiliates or a BAC/Barclays Entity may have the effect of diluting or otherwise disadvantaging the values, prices or investment strategies of the Trust, particularly, but not limited to, with respect to small capitalization, emerging market or less liquid strategies. This may occur when investment decisions regarding the Trust are based on research or other information that is also used to support decisions for other accounts. When BlackRock or its Affiliates or a BAC/Barclays Entity implements a portfolio decision or strategy on behalf of another account ahead of, or contemporaneously with, similar decisions or strategies for the


A-32


Table of Contents

Trust, market impact, liquidity constraints, or other factors could result in the Trust receiving less favorable trading results and the costs of implementing such decisions or strategies could be increased or the Trust could otherwise be disadvantaged. BlackRock or it Affiliates or a BAC/Barclays Entity may, in certain cases, elect to implement internal policies and procedures designed to limit such consequences, which may cause the Trust to be unable to engage in certain activities, including purchasing or disposing of securities, when it might otherwise be desirable for it to do so.
 
Conflicts may also arise because portfolio decisions regarding the Trust may benefit other accounts managed by BlackRock or its Affiliates or a BAC/Barclays Entity. For example, the sale of a long position or establishment of a short position by the Trust may impair the price of the same security sold short by (and therefore benefit) one or more Affiliates or BAC/Barclays Entities or their other accounts, and the purchase of a security or covering of a short position in a security by the Trust may increase the price of the same security held by (and therefore benefit) one or more Affiliates or BAC/Barclays Entities or their other accounts.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates or a BAC/Barclays Entity and their clients may pursue or enforce rights with respect to an issuer in which the Trust has invested, and those activities may have an adverse effect on the Trust. As a result, prices, availability, liquidity and terms of the Trust’s investments may be negatively impacted by the activities of BlackRock or its Affiliates or a BAC/Barclays Entity or their clients, and transactions for the Trust may be impaired or effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than would otherwise have been the case.
 
The results of the Trust’s investment activities may differ significantly from the results achieved by BlackRock and its Affiliates or the BAC/Barclays Entities for their proprietary accounts or other accounts (including investment companies or collective investment vehicles) managed or advised by them. It is possible that one or more Affiliate- or BAC/Barclays Entity-managed accounts and such other accounts will achieve investment results that are substantially more or less favorable than the results achieved by the Trust. Moreover, it is possible that the Trust will sustain losses during periods in which one or more Affiliates or BAC/Barclays Entity-managed accounts achieve significant profits on their trading for proprietary or other accounts. The opposite result is also possible. The investment activities of one or more Affiliates or BAC/Barclays Entities for their proprietary accounts and accounts under their management may also limit the investment opportunities for the Trust in certain emerging and other markets in which limitations are imposed upon the amount of investment, in the aggregate or in individual issuers, by affiliated foreign investors.
 
From time to time, the Trust’s activities may also be restricted because of regulatory restrictions applicable to one or more Affiliates or BAC/Barclays Entities, and/or their internal policies designed to comply with such restrictions. As a result, there may be periods, for example, when BlackRock, and/or one or more Affiliates or BAC/Barclays Entities, will not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions in certain securities or instruments with respect to which BlackRock and/or one or more Affiliates or BAC/Barclays Entities are performing services or when position limits have been reached.
 
In connection with its management of the Trust, BlackRock may have access to certain fundamental analysis and proprietary technical models developed by one or more Affiliates or BAC/Barclays Entities. BlackRock will not be under any obligation, however, to effect transactions on behalf of the Trust in accordance with such analysis and models. In addition, neither BlackRock nor any of its Affiliates, nor any BAC/Barclays Entity, will have any obligation to make available any information regarding their proprietary activities or strategies, or the activities or strategies used for other accounts managed by them, for the benefit of the management of the Trust and it is not anticipated that BlackRock will have access to such information for the purpose of managing the Trust. The proprietary activities or portfolio strategies of BlackRock and its Affiliates and the BAC/Barclays Entities, or the activities or strategies used for accounts managed by them or other customer accounts could conflict with the transactions and strategies employed by BlackRock in managing the Trust.
 
In addition, certain principals and certain employees of BlackRock are also principals or employees of BlackRock or another Affiliate. As a result, the performance by these principals and employees of their


A-33


Table of Contents

obligations to such other entities may be a consideration of which investors in the Trust should be aware.
 
BlackRock may enter into transactions and invest in securities, instruments and currencies on behalf of the Trust in which customers of BlackRock or its Affiliates or a BAC/Barclays Entity, or, to the extent permitted by the SEC, BlackRock or another Affiliate or a BAC/Barclays Entity, serves as the counterparty, principal or issuer. In such cases, such party’s interests in the transaction will be adverse to the interests of the Trust, and such party may have no incentive to assure that the Trust obtains the best possible prices or terms in connection with the transactions. In addition, the purchase, holding and sale of such investments by the Trust may enhance the profitability of BlackRock or its Affiliates or a BAC/Barclays Entity. One or more Affiliates or BAC/Barclays Entities may also create, write or issue derivatives for their customers, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments of which may be those in which the Trust invests or which may be based on the performance of the Trust. The Trust may, subject to applicable law, purchase investments that are the subject of an underwriting or other distribution by one or more Affiliates or BAC/Barclays Entities and may also enter into transactions with other clients of an Affiliate or BAC/Barclays Entity where such other clients have interests adverse to those of the Trust.
 
At times, these activities may cause departments of BlackRock or its Affiliates or a BAC/Barclays Entity to give advice to clients that may cause these clients to take actions adverse to the interests of the Trust. To the extent affiliated transactions are permitted, the Trust will deal with BlackRock and its Affiliates or BAC/Barclays Entities on an arms-length basis. BlackRock or its Affiliates or a BAC/Barclays Entity may also have an ownership interest in certain trading or information systems used by the Trust. The Trust’s use of such trading or information systems may enhance the profitability of BlackRock and its Affiliates or BAC/Barclays Entities.
 
One or more Affiliates or one of the BAC/Barclays Entities may act as broker, dealer, agent, lender or adviser or in other commercial capacities for the Trust. It is anticipated that the commissions, mark-ups, mark-downs, financial advisory fees, underwriting and placement fees, sales fees, financing and commitment fees, brokerage fees, other fees, compensation or profits, rates, terms and conditions charged by an Affiliate or BAC/Barclays Entity will be in its view commercially reasonable, although each Affiliate or BAC/Barclays Entity, including its sales personnel, will have an interest in obtaining fees and other amounts that are favorable to the Affiliate or BAC/Barclays Entity and such sales personnel.
 
Subject to applicable law, the Affiliates and BAC/Barclays Entities (and their personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to retain fees and other amounts that they receive in connection with their service to the Trust as broker, dealer, agent, lender, adviser or in other commercial capacities and no accounting to the Trust or its shareholders will be required, and no fees or other compensation payable by the Trust or its shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by an Affiliate or BAC/Barclays Entity of any such fees or other amounts.
 
When an Affiliate or BAC/Barclays Entity acts as broker, dealer, agent, adviser or in other commercial capacities in relation to the Trust, the Affiliate or BAC/Barclays Entity may take commercial steps in its own interests, which may have an adverse effect on the Trust. The Trust will be required to establish business relationships with its counterparties based on the Trust’s own credit standing. Neither BlackRock nor any of the Affiliates, nor any BAC/Barclays Entity, will have any obligation to allow their credit to be used in connection with the Trust’s establishment of its business relationships, nor is it expected that the Trust’s counterparties will rely on the credit of BlackRock or any of the Affiliates or BAC/Barclays Entities in evaluating the Trust’s creditworthiness.
 
Purchases and sales of securities for the Trust may be bunched or aggregated with orders for other BlackRock client accounts. BlackRock and its Affiliates and the BAC/Barclays Entities, however, are not required to bunch or aggregate orders if portfolio management decisions for different accounts are made separately, or if they determine that bunching or aggregating is not practicable, required or with cases involving client direction.


A-34


Table of Contents

Prevailing trading activity frequently may make impossible the receipt of the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities purchased or sold. When this occurs, the various prices may be averaged, and the Trust will be charged or credited with the average price. Thus, the effect of the aggregation may operate on some occasions to the disadvantage of the Trust. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Trust will not be charged the same commission or commission equivalent rates in connection with a bunched or aggregated order.
 
BlackRock may select brokers (including, without limitation, Affiliates or BAC/Barclays Entities) that furnish BlackRock, the Trust, other BlackRock client accounts or other Affiliates or BAC/Barclays Entities or personnel, directly or through correspondent relationships, with research or other appropriate services which provide, in BlackRock’s view, appropriate assistance to BlackRock in the investment decision-making process (including with respect to futures, fixed price offerings and over-the-counter transactions). Such research or other services may include, to the extent permitted by law, research reports on companies, industries and securities; economic and financial data; financial publications; proxy analysis; trade industry seminars; computer data bases; research-oriented software and other services and products.
 
Research or other services obtained in this manner may be used in servicing the Trust and other BlackRock client accounts, including in connection with BlackRock client accounts other than those that pay commissions to the broker relating to the research or other service arrangements. Such products and services may disproportionately benefit other BlackRock client accounts relative to the Trust based on the amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Trust and such other BlackRock client accounts. For example, research or other services that are paid for through one client’s commissions may not be used in managing that client’s account. In addition, other BlackRock client accounts may receive the benefit, including disproportionate benefits, of economies of scale or price discounts in connection with products and services that may be provided to the Trust and to such other BlackRock client accounts. To the extent that BlackRock uses soft dollars, it will not have to pay for those products and services itself.
 
BlackRock may receive research that is bundled with the trade execution, clearing, and/or settlement services provided by a particular broker-dealer. To the extent that BlackRock receives research on this basis, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist. For example, the research effectively will be paid by client commissions that also will be used to pay for the execution, clearing, and settlement services provided by the broker-dealer and will not be paid by BlackRock.
 
BlackRock may endeavor to execute trades through brokers who, pursuant to such arrangements, provide research or other services in order to ensure the continued receipt of research or other services BlackRock believes are useful in its investment decision-making process. BlackRock may from time to time choose not to engage in the above described arrangements to varying degrees. BlackRock may also enter into commission sharing arrangements under which BlackRock may execute transactions through a broker-dealer, including, where permitted, an Affiliate or BAC/Barclays Entity, and request that the broker-dealer allocate a portion of the commissions or commission credits to another firm that provides research to BlackRock. To the extent that BlackRock engages in commission sharing arrangements, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist.
 
BlackRock may utilize certain electronic crossing networks (“ECNs”) in executing client securities transactions for certain types of securities. These ECNs may charge fees for their services, including access fees and transaction fees. The transaction fees, which are similar to commissions or markups/markdowns, will generally be charged to clients and, like commissions and markups/markdowns, would generally be included in the cost of the securities purchased. Access fees may be paid by BlackRock even though incurred in connection with executing transactions on behalf of clients, including the Trust. In certain circumstances, ECNs may offer volume discounts that will reduce the access fees typically paid by BlackRock. This would have the effect of reducing the access fees paid by BlackRock. BlackRock will only utilize ECNs consistent with its obligation to seek to obtain best execution in client transactions.


A-35


Table of Contents

BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions that it makes on behalf of advisory clients, including the Trust, and to help ensure that such decisions are made in accordance with BlackRock’s fiduciary obligations to its clients. Nevertheless, notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decisions of BlackRock may have the effect of favoring the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of BlackRock and/or its Affiliates or a BAC/Barclays Entity, provided that BlackRock believes such voting decisions to be in accordance with its fiduciary obligations. For a more detailed discussion of these policies and procedures, see “Management of the Trust — Proxy Voting Policies.”
 
It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock or its Affiliates or a BAC/Barclays Entity may, although they are not required to, purchase and hold shares of the Trust. Increasing the Trust’s assets may enhance investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Trust’s expense ratio.
 
It is possible that the Trust may invest in securities of companies with which an Affiliate or a BAC/Barclays Entity has or is trying to develop investment banking relationships as well as securities of entities in which BlackRock or its Affiliates or a BAC/Barclays Entity has significant debt or equity investments or in which an Affiliate or BAC/Barclays Entity makes a market. The Trust also may invest in securities of companies to which an Affiliate or a BAC/Barclays Entity provides or may some day provide research coverage. Such investments could cause conflicts between the interests of the Trust and the interests of other clients of BlackRock or its Affiliates or a BAC/Barclays Entity. In making investment decisions for the Trust, BlackRock is not permitted to obtain or use material non-public information acquired by any division, department or Affiliate of BlackRock or of a BAC/Barclays Entity in the course of these activities. In addition, from time to time, the activities of an Affiliate or a BAC/Barclays Entity may limit the Trust’s flexibility in purchases and sales of securities. When an Affiliate is engaged in an underwriting or other distribution of securities of an entity, BlackRock may be prohibited from purchasing or recommending the purchase of certain securities of that entity for the Trust.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates and the BAC/Barclays Entities, their personnel and other financial service providers have interests in promoting sales of the Trust. With respect to BlackRock and its Affiliates and BAC/Barclays Entities and their personnel, the remuneration and profitability relating to services to and sales of the Trust or other products may be greater than remuneration and profitability relating to services to and sales of certain funds or other products that might be provided or offered. BlackRock and its Affiliates or BAC/Barclays Entities and their sales personnel may directly or indirectly receive a portion of the fees and commissions charged to the Trust or their shareholders. BlackRock and its advisory or other personnel may also benefit from increased amounts of assets under management. Fees and commissions may also be higher than for other products or services, and the remuneration and profitability to BlackRock or its Affiliates or a BAC/Barclays Entity and such personnel resulting from transactions on behalf of or management of the Trust may be greater than the remuneration and profitability resulting from other funds or products.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates or a BAC/Barclays Entity and their personnel may receive greater compensation or greater profit in connection with an account for which BlackRock serves as an adviser than with an account advised by an unaffiliated investment adviser. Differentials in compensation may be related to the fact that BlackRock may pay a portion of its advisory fee to its Affiliate or to a BAC/Barclays Entity, or relate to compensation arrangements, including for portfolio management, brokerage transactions or account servicing. Any differential in compensation may create a financial incentive on the part of BlackRock or its Affiliates or BAC/Barclays Entities and their personnel to recommend BlackRock over unaffiliated investment advisers or to effect transactions differently in one account over another.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates or a BAC/Barclays Entity may provide valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain securities or other investments and the valuation recommendations made for their clients’ accounts may differ from the valuations for the same securities or investments assigned


A-36


Table of Contents

by the Trust’s pricing vendors, especially if such valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data sources unavailable to the Trust’s pricing vendors. While BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information or determinations to the Trust’s pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Trust’s pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.
 
As disclosed in more detail in “Net Asset Value”, when market quotations of direct investments are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, the Trust’s investments may be valued at fair value by BlackRock, pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board. When determining an asset’s “fair value,” BlackRock seeks to determine the price that the Trust might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset in an arm’s-length transaction. The price generally may not be determined based on what the Trust might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset at a later time or if it holds the asset to maturity. While fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that BlackRock deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third party valuation models, fair value represents only a good faith approximation of the value of a security. The fair value of one or more securities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining the Trust’s NAV. As a result, the Trust’s sale or repurchase of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued by BlackRock (pursuant to Board-adopted procedures) at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.
 
To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trust may invest all or some of its short term cash investments in any money market fund or similarly-managed private fund or exchange-traded fund advised or managed by BlackRock. In connection with any such investments, the Trust, to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act, may pay its share of expenses of a money market fund in which it invests, which may result in the Trust bearing some additional expenses.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates or a BAC/Barclays Entity and their directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts, and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of the Trust. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers, employees and Affiliates of BlackRock or by BAC/Barclays Entities that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Trust. To lessen the possibility that the Trust will be adversely affected by this personal trading, the Trust and BlackRock each have adopted a Code of Ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the Investment Company Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the Trust’s portfolio transactions.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates will not purchase securities or other property from, or sell securities or other property to, the Trust, except that the Trust may in accordance with rules adopted under the Investment Company Act engage in transactions with accounts that are affiliated with the Trust as a result of common officers, directors, or investment advisers or pursuant to exemptive orders granted to the Trust and/or BlackRock by the Securities and Exchange Commission. These transactions would be affected in circumstances in which BlackRock determined that it would be appropriate for the Trust to purchase and another client of BlackRock to sell, or the Trust, to sell and another client of BlackRock to purchase, the same security or instrument on the same day. From time to time, the activities of the Trust may be restricted because of regulatory requirements applicable to BlackRock or its Affiliates or a BAC/Barclays Entity and/or BlackRock’s internal policies designed to comply with, limit the applicability of, or otherwise relate to such requirements. A client not advised by BlackRock would not be subject to some of those considerations. There may be periods when BlackRock may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit their advice in certain securities or instruments issued by or related to companies for which an Affiliate or a BAC/Barclays Entity is performing investment banking, market making or other services or has proprietary positions. For example, when an


A-37


Table of Contents

Affiliate is engaged in an underwriting or other distribution of securities of, or advisory services for, a company, the Trust may be prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities of that company. Similar situations could arise if personnel of BlackRock or its Affiliates or a BAC/Barclays Entity serve as directors of companies the securities of which the Trust wishes to purchase or sell. However, if permitted by applicable law, the Trust may purchase securities or instruments that are issued by such companies or are the subject of an underwriting, distribution, or advisory assignment by an Affiliate or a BAC/Barclays Entity, or in cases in which personnel of BlackRock or its Affiliates or of BAC/Barclays Entities are directors or officers of the issuer. The investment activities of one or more Affiliates or BAC/Barclays Entities for their proprietary accounts and for client accounts may also limit the investment strategies and rights of the Trust. For example, in regulated industries, in certain emerging or international markets, in corporate and regulatory ownership definitions, in certain futures and derivative transactions, and to comply with certain provisions of the Investment Company Act that prohibit affiliated transactions, there may be limits on the aggregate amount of investment by affiliated investors that may not be exceeded without the grant of a license or other regulatory or corporate consent or, if exceeded, may cause BlackRock, the Trust or other client accounts to suffer disadvantages or business restrictions. These limitations may cause the Trust to invest in different portfolios than other BlackRock funds which may result in the Trust investing on less advantageous terms that such other funds or in different types of securities, such as non-voting securities, in order to comply with regulatory requirements.
 
If certain aggregate ownership thresholds are reached or certain transactions undertaken, the ability of BlackRock on behalf of clients (including the Trust) to purchase or dispose of investments, or exercise rights or undertake business transactions, may be restricted by regulation or otherwise impaired. As a result, BlackRock, on behalf of clients (including the Trust), may limit purchases, sell existing investments, or otherwise restrict or limit the exercise of rights (including voting rights) when BlackRock, in its sole discretion, deems it appropriate.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates and BAC/Barclays Entities may maintain securities indices as part of their product offerings. Index based funds seek to track the performance of securities indices and may use the name of the index in the fund name. Index providers, including BlackRock and its Affiliates and BAC/Barclays Entities may be paid licensing fees for use of their index or index name. BlackRock and its Affiliates and BAC/Barclays Entities will not be obligated to license their indices to BlackRock, and BlackRock cannot be assured that the terms of any index licensing agreement with BlackRock and its Affiliates and BAC/Barclays Entities will be as favorable as those terms offered to other index licensees.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates and BAC/Barclays Entities may serve as Authorized Participants in the creation and redemption of exchange traded funds, including funds advised by affiliates of BlackRock. BlackRock and its Affiliates and BAC/Barclays Entities may therefore be deemed to be participants in a distribution of such exchange traded funds, which could render them statutory underwriters.
 
Custody arrangements may lead to potential conflicts of interest with BlackRock where BlackRock has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap expenses of the Trust. This is because the custody arrangements with the Trust’s custodian may have the effect of reducing custody fees when the Trust leave cash balances uninvested. When a fund’s actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the fund. This could be viewed as having the potential to provide BlackRock an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for funds with expense caps in order to offset fund custody fees that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse. However, BlackRock’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance.
 
Present and future activities of BlackRock and its Affiliates and BAC/Barclays Entities, including BlackRock Advisors, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.


A-38


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES
 
Common Shares
 
The Trust intends to hold annual meetings of shareholders so long as the common shares are listed on a national securities exchange and such meetings are required as a condition to such listing.
 
Preferred Shares
 
The terms of preferred shares, if any, issued by the Trust, including their dividend rate, voting rights, liquidation preference and redemption provisions, would be determined by the Board (subject to applicable law and the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust) if and when it authorizes a preferred shares offering.
 
If the Board determines to proceed with an offering of preferred shares, the terms of the preferred shares may be the same as, or different from, the terms described below, subject to applicable law and the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust. The Board, without the approval of the holders of common shares, may authorize an offering of preferred shares or may determine not to authorize such an offering, and may fix the terms of the preferred shares to be offered.
 
Liquidation Preference
 
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Trust, the holders of any preferred shares then outstanding would be entitled to receive a preferential liquidating distribution, which is expected to equal the original purchase price per preferred share plus accrued and unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, before any distribution of assets is made to holders of common shares. After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distribution to which they are entitled, the holders of preferred shares would not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Trust.
 
Voting Rights
 
The Investment Company Act requires that the holders of any preferred shares, voting separately as a single class, have the right to elect at least two trustees at all times. The remaining trustees will be elected by holders of common shares and preferred shares, voting together as a single class. In addition, subject to the prior rights, if any, of the holders of any other class of senior securities outstanding, the holders of any preferred shares have the right to elect a majority of the trustees of the Trust at any time two years’ dividends on any preferred shares are unpaid. The Investment Company Act also requires that, in addition to any approval by shareholders that might otherwise be required, the approval of the holders of a majority of any outstanding preferred shares, voting separately as a class, would be required to (1) adopt any plan of reorganization that would adversely affect the preferred shares, and (2) take any action requiring a vote of security holders under Section 13(a) of the Investment Company Act, including, among other things, changes in the Trust’s subclassification as a closed-end investment company or changes in its fundamental investment restrictions. See “Certain Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust” in the Trust’s Prospectus. As a result of these voting rights, the Trust’s ability to take any such actions may be impeded to the extent that there are any preferred shares outstanding. The Board anticipates that, except as otherwise indicated in the Prospectus and except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of preferred shares will have equal voting rights with holders of common shares (one vote per share, unless otherwise required by the Investment Company Act) and will vote together with holders of common shares as a single class.
 
The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding preferred shares, voting as a separate class, will be required to amend, alter or repeal any of the preferences, rights or powers of holders of preferred shares so as to affect materially and adversely such preferences, rights or powers, or to increase or decrease the authorized number of preferred shares. The class vote of holders of preferred


A-39


Table of Contents

shares described above will in each case be in addition to any other vote required to authorize the action in question.
 
Redemption, Purchase and Sale of Preferred Shares by the Trust
 
The terms of any preferred shares that may be offered are expected to provide that (1) they are redeemable by the Trust in whole or in part at the original purchase price per share plus accrued dividends per share, (2) the Trust may tender for or purchase preferred shares and (3) the Trust may subsequently resell any shares so tendered for or purchased. Any redemption or purchase of preferred shares by the Trust will reduce the leverage applicable to the common shares, while any resale of shares by the Trust will increase that leverage.
 
Other Shares
 
The Board (subject to applicable law and the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust) may authorize an offering, without the approval of the holders of common shares and, depending on their terms, any preferred shares outstanding at that time, of other classes of shares, or other classes or series of shares, as they determine to be necessary, desirable or appropriate, having such terms, rights, preferences, privileges, limitations and restrictions as the Board sees fit. The Trust currently does not expect to issue any other classes of shares, or series of shares, except for the common shares.
 
REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES
 
The Trust is a closed-end management investment company and as such its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Trust to redeem their shares. Instead, the Trust’s common shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of several factors, including dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), net asset value, call protection, dividend stability, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors. Because shares of a closed-end investment company may frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value, the Board may consider action that might be taken to reduce or eliminate any material discount from net asset value in respect of common shares, which may include the repurchase of such shares in the open market or in private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares, or the conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company. The Board may decide not to take any of these actions. In addition, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tender offers, if undertaken, will reduce market discount.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time when the Trust has preferred shares outstanding, the Trust may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its common shares unless (1) all accrued preferred shares dividends have been paid and (2) at the time of such purchase, redemption or acquisition, the net asset value of the Trust’s portfolio (determined after deducting the acquisition price of the common shares) is at least 200% of the liquidation value of any outstanding preferred shares (expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon). Any service fees incurred in connection with any tender offer made by the Trust will be borne by the Trust and will not reduce the stated consideration to be paid to tendering shareholders.
 
Subject to its investment restrictions, the Trust may borrow to finance the repurchase of shares or to make a tender offer. Interest on any borrowings to finance share repurchase transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Trust in anticipation of share repurchases or tenders will reduce the Trust’s net income. Any share repurchase, tender offer or borrowing that might be approved by the Board would have to comply with the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.
 
Although the decision to take action in response to a discount from net asset value will be made by the Board at the time it considers such issue, it is the board’s present policy, which may be changed by the Board, not to authorize repurchases of common shares or a tender offer for such shares if: (1) such


A-40


Table of Contents

transactions, if consummated, would (a) result in the delisting of the common shares from the New York Stock Exchange, or (b) impair the Trust’s status as a regulated investment company under the Code, (which would make the Trust a taxable entity, causing the Trust’s income to be taxed at the corporate level in addition to the taxation of shareholders who receive dividends from the Trust) or as a registered closed-end investment company under the Investment Company Act; (2) the Trust would not be able to liquidate portfolio securities in an orderly manner and consistent with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies in order to repurchase shares; or (3) there is, in the Board’s judgment, any (a) material legal action or proceeding instituted or threatened challenging such transactions or otherwise materially adversely affecting the Trust, (b) general suspension of or limitation on prices for trading securities on the New York Stock Exchange, (c) declaration of a banking moratorium by Federal or state authorities or any suspension of payment by United States or New York banks, (d) material limitation affecting the Trust or the issuers of its portfolio securities by Federal or state authorities on the extension of credit by lending institutions or on the exchange of foreign currency, (e) commencement of war, armed hostilities or other international or national calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States, or (f) other event or condition which would have a material adverse effect (including any adverse tax effect) on the Trust or its shareholders if shares were repurchased. The Board may in the future modify these conditions in light of experience.
 
The repurchase by the Trust of its shares at prices below net asset value will result in an increase in the net asset value of those shares that remain outstanding. However, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tender offers at or below net asset value will result in the Trust’s shares trading at a price equal to their net asset value. Nevertheless, the fact that the Trust’s shares may be the subject of repurchase or tender offers from time to time, or that the Trust may be converted to an open-end investment company, may reduce any spread between market price and net asset value that might otherwise exist.
 
In addition, a purchase by the Trust of its common shares will decrease the Trust’s Managed Assets which would likely have the effect of increasing the Trust’s expense ratio. Any purchase by the Trust of its common shares at a time when preferred shares are outstanding will increase the leverage applicable to the outstanding common shares then remaining.
 
Before deciding whether to take any action if the common shares trade below net asset value, the Board would likely consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Trust’s portfolio, the impact of any action that might be taken on the Trust or its shareholders and market considerations. Based on these considerations, even if the Trust’s shares should trade at a discount, the Board may determine that, in the interest of the Trust and its shareholders, no action should be taken.
 
TAX MATTERS
 
The following discussion is a brief summary of certain U.S. Federal income tax considerations affecting the Trust and its shareholders. The discussion reflects applicable tax laws of the United States as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information, which tax laws may be changed or subject to new interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) retroactively or prospectively. No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS regarding any matter discussed herein. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position different from any of the tax aspects set forth below. This discussion assumes that the Trust’s shareholders hold their common shares as capital assets for U.S. Federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investment). No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. Federal income tax concerns affecting the Trust and its shareholders (including shareholders owning a large position in the Trust), and the discussions set forth here and in the prospectus do not constitute tax advice. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors with any specific questions relating to federal, state, local and foreign taxes.


A-41


Table of Contents

Taxation of the Trust
 
The Trust intends to elect to be, and to qualify for special tax treatment afforded to, a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. As long as it so qualifies, in any taxable year in which it meets the distribution requirements described below, the Trust (but not its shareholders) will not be subject to U.S. Federal income tax to the extent that it distributes its investment company taxable income and net recognized capital gains.
 
In order to qualify to be taxed as a regulated investment company, the Trust must, among other things: (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a) dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities, or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and (b) net income derived from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in clause (a) above (each a “Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership”); and (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year (a) at least 50% of the value of the Trust’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Trust’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Trust’s total assets is invested in the securities of (I) any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and the securities of other regulated investment companies), (II) any two or more issuers (other than regulated investment companies) that the Trust controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships.
 
As a regulated investment company, the Trust generally is not subject to U.S. Federal income tax on income and gains that it distributes each taxable year to its shareholders, provided that in such taxable year it distributes at least 90% of the sum of (i) its investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss and other taxable income, other than net capital gain (as defined below), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends and distributions paid and (ii) its net tax-exempt interest income (the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest income over certain disallowed deductions). The Trust intends to distribute annually all or substantially all of such income.
 
The Trust may retain for investment its net capital gain (which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss). However, if the Trust retains any net capital gain or any investment company taxable income, it will be subject to a tax on such amount at regular corporate tax rates. If the Trust retains any net capital gain, it expects to designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders, each of whom, if subject to U.S. Federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. Federal income tax purposes its share of such undistributed net capital gain, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Trust against its U.S. Federal income tax liability, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its tax basis in its common shares by the excess of the amount described in clause (i) over the amount described in clause (ii).
 
Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% U.S. Federal excise tax at the Trust level. To avoid the excise tax, the Trust must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year, (ii) 98% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year, and (iii) certain undistributed amounts from previous years on which the Trust paid no U.S. Federal income tax. While the Trust intends to distribute any income and capital gain in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% federal


A-42


Table of Contents

excise tax, there can be no assurance that sufficient amounts of the Trust’s taxable income and capital gains will be distributed to avoid entirely the imposition of the tax. In that event, the Trust will be liable for the tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
 
Dividends and distributions will be treated as paid during the calendar year if they are paid during the calendar year or declared by the Trust in October, November or December of the year, payable to shareholders of record on a date during such a month and paid by the Trust during January of the following year. Any such dividend or distribution paid during January of the following year will be deemed to be received by the Trust’s shareholders on December 31 of the year the dividend or distribution was declared, rather than when the dividend or distribution is actually received.
 
If the Trust were unable to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement or otherwise were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to the Trust’s shareholders would not be deductible by the Trust in computing its taxable income. In such case, distributions generally would be eligible (i) for treatment as qualified dividend income in the case of individual shareholders and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. To qualify again to be taxed as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year, the Trust would be required to distribute to its shareholders its accumulated earnings and profits attributable to non-regulated investment company years reduced by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Trust as an additional tax. In addition, if the Trust failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, then, in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year, the Trust would be required to elect to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Trust had been liquidated) or, alternatively, be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years.
 
The Trust intends to utilize leverage through borrowings, and thus may be restricted by loan covenants with respect to the declaration and payment of dividends in certain circumstances. Limits on the Trust’s payment of dividends may prevent the Trust from satisfying the 90% distribution requirement and may therefore jeopardize the Trust’s qualification for taxation as a regulated investment company and/or may subject the Trust to the nondeductible 4% U.S. Federal excise tax. The Trust will endeavor to avoid restrictions on its ability to make dividend payments.
 
Gain or loss on the sale of securities by the Trust will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the securities have been held by the Trust for more than one year. Gain or loss on the sale of securities held for one year or less will be short-term capital gain or loss.
 
Certain of the Trust’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. Federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains and qualified dividend income into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert ordinary loss or a deduction into capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Trust to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash (e.g., under the original issue discount rules), (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the 90% annual gross income requirement described above. For example, gain derived by the Trust from the disposition of any securities with market discount (i.e., an amount generally equal to the excess of the stated redemption price or revised issue price of the security over the basis of such security immediately after it was acquired) will be taxed as ordinary income to the extent of the accrued market discount, unless the Trust makes an election to accrue market discount on a current basis. If this election is not made, all or a portion of any deduction for interest expense incurred to purchase or carry a market discount security may be deferred until such security is sold or otherwise disposed of. The Trust will monitor its transactions and may make certain


A-43


Table of Contents

tax elections and may be required to borrow money or dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Trust as a regulated investment company.
 
If the Trust invests in foreign securities, its income from such securities may be subject to non-U.S. Taxes. The Trust will not be eligible to elect to “pass through” to shareholders of the Trust the ability to use the foreign tax deduction or foreign tax credit for foreign taxes paid with respect to qualifying taxes.
 
Taxation of Shareholders
 
Distributions paid by the Trust from its investment company taxable income, which includes the excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses (together referred to hereinafter as “ordinary income dividends”), whether paid in cash or reinvested in Trust shares, are generally taxable to you as ordinary income to the extent of the Trust’s earnings and profits. Ordinary income dividends paid by the Trust generally will not be eligible for the reduced rates applicable to “qualified dividend income” and will not be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction.
 
Distributions made from net capital gain, which is the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses (“capital gain dividends”), including capital gain dividends credited to a shareholder but retained by the Trust, are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains if they have been properly designated by the Trust, regardless of the length of time the shareholder has owned common shares of the Trust. Net long-term capital gain of individuals is generally taxed at a reduced maximum rate. For corporate taxpayers, net long-term capital gain is taxed at ordinary income rates.
 
The IRS currently requires that a regulated investment company that has two or more classes of stock allocate to each such class proportionate amounts of each type of its income (such as ordinary income and net capital gain) based upon the percentage of total dividends paid to each class for the tax year. Accordingly, if the Trust issues preferred shares, then the Trust intends each year to allocate its ordinary income, net capital gain and other relevant items (if any) between its common shares and preferred shares in proportion to the total dividends paid to each class with respect to such tax year.
 
If, for any calendar year, the Trust’s total distributions exceed both current earnings and profits and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in the common shares, reducing that basis accordingly. Such distributions exceeding the shareholder’s basis will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of the shares. When you sell your shares in the Trust, the amount, if any, by which your sales price exceeds your basis in the Trust’s common shares is gain subject to tax. Because a return of capital reduces your basis in the shares, it will increase the amount of your gain or decrease the amount of your loss when you sell the shares, all other things being equal.
 
Generally, not later than 60 days after the close of its taxable year, the Trust will provide its shareholders with a written notice designating the amount of any ordinary income dividends or capital gain dividends and other distributions.
 
The Trust does not intend to invest in tax credit BABs. If, contrary to its expectation, the Trust invests in tax credit BABs or certain other bonds generating tax credits, it may make an election to pass through the credits to its shareholders. If such an election is made, the Trust will be required to (i) include in gross income for the tax year, as interest income, an amount equal to the amount that the Trust would have included in gross income relating to the credits if the election had not been made and (ii) increase the amount of its dividends paid deduction for the tax year by the amount of the income. In addition, each shareholder of the Trust (a) will be required to include in gross income as taxable ordinary income an amount equal to the shareholder’s proportionate share of the interest income attributable to the credits and (b) will be permitted to take its proportionate share of the credits against its taxes. If the Trust makes this election, it will inform shareholders concerning their allocable share of tax credits as part of its annual reporting to shareholders. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors concerning their ability to use such allocated tax credits.


A-44


Table of Contents

The sale or other disposition of common shares of the Trust will generally result in capital gain or loss to shareholders measured by the difference between the sale price and the shareholder’s tax basis in its shares. Generally, a shareholder’s gain or loss will be long-term gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year. Any loss upon the sale or exchange of Trust common shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain) by the shareholder. Any loss a shareholder realizes on a sale or exchange of common shares of the Trust will be disallowed if the shareholder acquires other common shares of the Trust (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shareholder’s sale or exchange of the common shares. In such case, the basis of the common shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Present law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gains of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income.
 
Shareholders may be entitled to offset their capital gain distributions with capital losses. There are a number of statutory provisions affecting when capital losses may be offset against capital gain, and limiting the use of losses from certain investments and activities. Accordingly, shareholders with capital losses are urged to consult their tax advisers.
 
An investor should be aware that if Trust common shares are purchased shortly before the record date for any taxable distribution (including a capital gain dividend), the purchase price likely will reflect the value of the distribution and the investor then would receive a taxable distribution likely to reduce the trading value of such Trust common shares, in effect resulting in a taxable return of some of the purchase price.
 
Dividends are taxable to shareholders. Ordinary income distributions and capital gain distributions also may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes. Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding specific questions about U.S. Federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Trust.
 
A shareholder that is a nonresident alien individual or a foreign corporation (a “foreign investor”) generally will be subject to U.S. Federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% (or possibly a lower rate provided by an applicable tax treaty) on ordinary income dividends (except as discussed below). Different tax consequences may result if the foreign investor is engaged in a trade or business in the United States or, in the case of an individual, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met. Foreign investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of investing in the Trust’s common shares.
 
In addition, after December 31, 2012, the Trust will be required to withhold at a rate of 30 percent on dividends in respect of, and gross proceeds from the sale of, our common stock held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to shares in, and accounts maintained by, the institution to the extent such shares or accounts are held by certain United States persons or by certain non-U.S. Entities that are wholly or partially owned by United States persons. Accordingly, the entity through which our common stock is held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect of, and gross proceeds from the sale of, our common stock held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. Entity will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30 percent, unless such entity either (i) certifies to us that such entity does not have any “substantial United States owners” or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners,” which we will in turn provide to the Secretary of the Treasury. Foreign investors are encouraged to consult with their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of the legislation on their investment in our common stock.
 
Assuming applicable disclosure and certification requirements are met, U.S. Federal withholding tax will generally not apply to any gain or income realized by a foreign investor in respect of any distributions of net capital gain or upon the sale or other disposition of common shares of the Trust.


A-45


Table of Contents

Under a legislative bill pending in Congress, but not yet enacted into law, properly designated dividends paid in 2010 would generally be exempt from U.S. Federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the Trust’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the Trust’s U.S.-source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Trust is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the Trust’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the Trust’s net short-term capital gain over the Trust’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). However, even if such pending bill were enacted, the Trust may designate all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding (if enacted), a foreign investor would need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. Status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute Form). In the case of common shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Trust designates the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Foreign investors should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules (if enacted) to their accounts. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Trust’s distributions would qualify for favorable treatment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gains if such pending bill were enacted. No assurance can be given that the above rules will be enacted into law.
 
Backup Withholding
 
The Trust is required in certain circumstances to withhold, for U.S. Federal backup withholding purposes, on taxable dividends or distributions and certain other payments paid to non-exempt holders of the Trust’s common shares who do not furnish the Trust with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, their social security number) and certain certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made to a shareholder may be refunded or credited against such shareholder’s U.S. Federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
 
The foregoing is a general summary of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Trust and its shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative, judicial or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. Ordinary income and capital gain dividends may also be subject to state, local and foreign taxes. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding specific questions as to U.S. Federal, state, local and foreign income or other taxes.


A-46


Table of Contents

 
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT
 
To the Shareholder and Board of Trustees of
BlackRock Build America Bond Trust
 
 
We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of BlackRock Build America Bond Trust (the “Trust”) as of July 16, 2010, and the statements of operations and changes in net assets for the period June 7, 2010 (date of inception) to July 16, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Trust’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Trust is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Trust’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the statement of assets and liabilities referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of BlackRock Build America Bond Trust as of July 16, 2010, and the results of its operations and changes in its net assets for the period June 7, 2010 to July 16, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/   DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
Princeton, New Jersey
July 23, 2010
 
See Notes to Financial Statements


F-1


Table of Contents

 
BlackRock Build America Bond Trust (BBN)
 
Statement of Assets and Liabilities
July 16, 2010
 
         
ASSETS:
       
Cash
  $ 133,012  
         
LIABILITIES:        
Payable for organization costs
    33,000  
         
NET ASSETS:
  $ 100,012  
         
NET ASSETS CONSIST OF:
       
Paid-in capital (Note 1)
  $ 133,012  
Accumulated net investment loss
    (33,000 )
         
Net Assets, July 16, 2010
  $ 100,012  
         
Net asset value per common share:
       
Equivalent to 6,964 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, par $0.001, unlimited shares authorized
  $ 14.36  
         
 
See Notes to Financial Statements.


F-2


Table of Contents

 
BlackRock Build America Bond Trust (BBN)
 
Statement of Operations
For the period June 7, 2010 (date of inception) to July 16, 2010
 
         
Investment income
  $  
Expenses
       
Organization expenses
    33,000  
         
Net investment loss
  $ (33,000 )
         
 
See Notes to Financial Statements.


F-3


Table of Contents

 
BlackRock Build America Bond Trust (BBN)
 
Statement of Changes in Net Assets
For the period June 7, 2010 (date of inception) to July 16, 2010
 
         
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN NET ASSETS
       
Operations
       
Net investment loss
  $ (33,000 )
         
Net decrease in net assets resulting from operations
    (33,000 )
         
Capital Share Transactions
       
Net proceeds from the issuance of common shares
    133,012  
         
Total increase
    100,012  
Net Assets
       
Beginning of period
     
         
End of period (including accumulated net investment loss of $33,000)
  $ 100,012  
         
 
See Notes to Financial Statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Note 1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies:
 
BlackRock Build America Bond Trust (BBN) (the “Trust”) was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on June 7, 2010, and is registered as a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The Trust had no operations other than a sale to BlackRock Holdco. 2, Inc. of 6,964 shares of common stock for $133,012 ($19.10 per share). The Trust’s financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which may require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Valuation:   The Trust’s policy is to fair value its financial instruments at market value using independent dealers or pricing services selected under the supervision of the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”). Municipal investments (including commitments to purchase such investments on a “when-issued” basis) are valued on the basis of prices provided by dealers or pricing services. In determining the value of a particular investment, pricing services may use certain information with respect to transactions in such investments, quotations from dealers, pricing matrixes, market transactions in comparable investments and information with respect to various relationships between investments. Short-term securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less may be valued at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.
 
In the event that application of these methods of valuation results in a price for an investment which is deemed not to be representative of the market value of such investment or is not available, the investment will be valued by a method approved by the Board as reflecting fair value (“Fair Value Assets”). When determining the price for Fair Value Assets, the investment advisor and/or the sub-advisor seeks to determine the price that the Trust might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset in an arm’s-length transaction. Fair value determinations shall be based upon all available factors that the investment advisor and/or sub-advisor deems relevant. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets is subsequently reported to the Board or a committee thereof.
 
Income Taxes:   It is the Trust’s policy to comply with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, applicable to regulated investment companies and to distribute substantially all of its taxable income to its shareholders. Therefore, no federal income tax provision is required.
 
Note 2. Investment Advisory Arrangements:
 
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (“PNC”), Bank of America Corporation (“BAC”) and Barclays Bank PLC (“Barclays”) are the largest stockholders of BlackRock, Inc. (“BlackRock”). Due to the ownership structure, PNC is an affiliate of the Trust for 1940 Act purposes, but BAC and Barclays are not.
 
The Trust entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement with BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “Manager”), the Trust’s investment advisor, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of BlackRock, to provide investment advisory and administration services. The Manager is responsible for the management of the Trust’s portfolio and provides the necessary personnel, facilities, equipment and certain other services necessary to the operations of the Trust. For such services, the Trust pays the Manager a monthly fee at the annual rate of 0.55% of the average daily value of the Trust’s Managed Assets. “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust, minus the sum of its accrued liabilities (other than Trust liabilities incurred for the express purpose of creating leverage).
 
The Manager entered into a separate sub-advisory agreement with BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (“BIM”), an affiliate of the Manager. The Manager pays BIM for services it provides, a monthly fee that is a percentage of the investment advisory fees paid by the Trust to the Manager.


F-5


Table of Contents

 
Note 3. Organization Expenses and Offering Costs:
 
Organization expenses of $33,000 incurred by the Trust have been expensed. Offering costs, estimated to be approximately $1,232,034, limited to $0.04 per share, will be charged to paid-in capital at the time common shares are sold.
 
Note 4. Subsequent Event:
 
Management has evaluated the impact of all subsequent events on the Trust through the date the financial statements were issued and has determined that there were no subsequent events requiring adjustment or additional disclosure in the financial statements.


F-6


Table of Contents

 
 
APPENDIX A
 
Ratings of Investments
 
Standard & Poor’s Corporation —  A brief description of the applicable Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“S&P”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by S&P) follows:
 
A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.
 
Issue credit ratings can be either long term or short term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days — including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.
 
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings
 
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P’s analysis of the following considerations:
 
  •  Likelihood of payment — capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
 
  •  Nature of and provisions of the obligation;
 
  •  Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.
 
Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
 
AAA An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
 
AA An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
 
A An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
 
BBB An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations


A-1


Table of Contents

 
will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
 
BB An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
B An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
CCC An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
CC An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
 
C A ‘C’ rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the ‘C’ rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
 
D An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
 
NR This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that S&P does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.
 
The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
 
Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings
 
A-1 A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
 
A-2 A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
 
A-3 A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.


A-2


Table of Contents

 
B A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
B-1 A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
 
B-2 A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
 
B-3 A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
 
C A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
D A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
 
Active Qualifiers (Currently Applied and/or Outstanding)
 
i This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.
 
L Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.
 
p This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.
 
pi Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and therefore may be based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.
 
prelim Preliminary ratings, with the ‘prelim’ qualifier, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a


A-3


Table of Contents

 
final rating is conditional on the receipt by S&P of appropriate documentation. S&P reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.
 
  •  Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions.
 
  •  Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies.
 
  •  Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or postbankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s).
 
  •  Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in S&P’s opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to these entities’ obligations.
 
  •  Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, S&P would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings.
 
  •  A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating.
 
t This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.
 
uns(...) Unsolicited ratings are those credit ratings assigned at the initiative of S&P and not at the request of the issuer or its agents.
 
Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings Definitions
 
A Standard & Poor’s U.S. Municipal note rating reflects S&P’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P’s analysis will review the following considerations:
 
  •  Amortization schedule — the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and
 
  •  Source of payment — the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.
 
Note rating symbols are as follows:
 
SP-1 Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.


A-4


Table of Contents

 
SP-2 Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
 
SP-3 Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
 
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.  — A brief description of the applicable Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows:
 
Long-Term Obligation Ratings
 
Moody’s long-term ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings use Moody’s Global Scale and reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.
 
Aaa Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.
 
Aa Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
 
A Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
 
Baa Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
 
Ba Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.
 
B Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
 
Caa Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
 
Ca Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
 
C Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
 
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
 
Short-Term Obligation Ratings
 
Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted. Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
 
P-1 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
 
P-2 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
 
P-3 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
 
NP Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.


A-5


Table of Contents

 
US Municipal Short-Term Obligation Ratings
 
There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels — MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.
 
MIG1 This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
 
MIG2 This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
 
MIG3 This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
 
SG This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.
 
Other Ratings Symbols
 
Expected Ratings.   To address market demand for timely information on particular types of credit ratings, Moody’s has licensed to certain third parties the right to generate “Expected Ratings.” Expected Ratings are designated by an “e” after the rating code, and are intended to anticipate Moody’s forthcoming rating assignments based on reliable information from third party sources (such as the issuer or underwriter associated with the particular securities) or established Moody’s rating practices (i.e., medium term notes are typically, but not always, assigned the same rating as the note’s program rating). Expected Ratings will exist only until Moody’s confirms the Expected Rating, or issues a different rating for the relevant instrument. Moody’s encourages market participants to contact Moody’s Ratings Desk or visit www.moodys.com if they have questions regarding Expected Ratings, or wish Moody’s to confirm an Expected Rating.
 
(P)  Provisional Ratings.   As a service to the market and at the request of an issuer, Moody’s will often assign a provisional rating when the assignment of a final rating is subject to the fulfillment of contingencies, but it is highly likely that the rating will become definitive after all documents are received or an obligation is issued into the market. A provisional rating is denoted by placing a (P) in front of the rating. Such ratings are typically assigned to shelf registrations under SEC rule 415 or transaction-based structures that require investor education. When a transaction uses a well-established structure and the transaction’s structure and terms are not expected to change prior to sale in a manner that would affect the rating, a definitive rating may be assigned directly.
 
Refundeds.   Issues that are secured by escrowed funds held in trust, reinvested in direct, non-callable US government obligations or non-callable obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the US Government or Resolution Funding Corporation are identified with a # (hatch mark) symbol, e.g., #Aaa.
 
WR  Withdrawn.   When Moody’s no longer rates an obligation on which it previously maintained a rating, the symbol WR is employed. Please see Moody’s Guidelines for the Withdrawal of Ratings, available on www.moodys.com.
 
NR  Not Rated.   NR is assigned to an unrated issuer, obligation and/or program.
 
NAV  Not Available.   An issue that Moody’s has not yet rated is denoted by the NAV symbol.
 
TWR Terminated Without Rating.   The symbol TWR applies primarily to issues that mature or are redeemed without having been rated.


A-6


Table of Contents

 
Fitch IBCA, Inc.  — A brief description of the applicable Fitch IBCA, Inc. (“Fitch”) ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:
 
Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, sovereigns and insurance companies, are generally assigned Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs). IDRs opine on an entity’s relative vulnerability to default on financial obligations. The “threshold” default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts, although the agency recognizes that issuers may also make pre-emptive and therefore voluntary use of such mechanisms.
 
In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agency’s view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default. For historical information on the default experience of Fitch-rated issuers, please consult the transition and default performance studies available from the Fitch Ratings website.
 
Long-Term Credit Ratings Scales
 
AAA Highest Credit Quality.   ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
 
AA Very High Credit Quality.   ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
 
High Credit Quality.   ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
 
BBB  Good Credit Quality.   ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
 
BB  Speculative.   ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.
 
Highly Speculative.   ‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.
 
CCC  Substantial Credit Risk.   Default is a real possibility.
 
CC  Very High Levels of Credit Risk.   Default of some kind appears probable.
 
Exceptionally High Levels of Credit Risk.   Default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:
 
a. The issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;
 
b. The issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; or
 
c. Fitch Ratings otherwise believes a condition of ‘RD’ or ‘D’ to be imminent or inevitable, including through the formal announcement of a coercive debt exchange.
 
RD Restricted Default.   ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but


A-7


Table of Contents

 
which has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased business. This would include:
 
a. The selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;
 
b. The uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;
 
c. The extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; or
 
d. Execution of a coercive debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.
 
Default.   ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.
 
Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a coercive debt exchange.
 
“Imminent” default typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is all but inevitable. This may, for example, be where an issuer has missed a scheduled payment, but (as is typical) has a grace period during which it may cure the payment default. Another alternative would be where an issuer has formally announced a coercive debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.
 
In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.
 
Note: The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-Term IDR category, or to Long-Term IDR categories below ‘B’.
 
Specific limitations relevant to the structured, project and public finance obligation rating scale include:
 
  •  The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.
 
  •  The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.
 
  •  The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.
 
  •  The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an obligation default.
 
  •  The ratings do not opine on any quality related to a transaction’s profile other than the agency’s opinion on the relative vulnerability to default of each rated tranche or security.
 
Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience.


A-8


Table of Contents

 
Short-Term Ratings Assigned to Obligations in Corporate, Public and Structured Finance
 
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. Public finance markets.
 
F1  Highest Short-Term Credit Quality.   Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
 
F2  Good Short-Term Credit Quality.   Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
 
F3  Fair Short-Term Credit Quality.   The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
 
Speculative Short-Term Credit Quality.   Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
 
High Short-Term Default Risk.   Default is a real possibility.
 
RD  Restricted Default.   Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Applicable to entity ratings only.
 
Default.   Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a specific short-term obligation.
 
Specific limitations relevant to the Short-Term Ratings scale include:
 
  •  The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.
 
  •  The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.
 
  •  The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.
 
  •  The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an obligation default.
 
  •  The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer or transaction’s profile other than the agency’s opinion on the relative vulnerability to default of the rated issuer or obligation.
 
  •  Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience.
 
Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience.


A-9


 

 
 
APPENDIX B

Proxy Voting Policies

For The BlackRock-Advised Funds

December, 2009
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                 
  I.     Introduction     B-2  
  II.     Proxy Voting Policies     B-3  
        A.  Boards of Directors     B-3  
        B.  Auditors     B-3  
        C.  Compensation and Benefits     B-3  
        D.  Capital Structure     B-3  
        E.  Corporate Charter and By-Laws     B-3  
        F.  Environmental and Social Issues     B-3  
  III.     Conflicts Management     B-4  
  IV.     Reports to the Board     B-4  


B-1


Table of Contents

 
I. Introduction
 
The Trustees/Directors (“Directors”) of the BlackRock-Advised Funds (the “Funds”) have the responsibility for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities of the Funds, and have determined that it is in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders to delegate that responsibility to BlackRock Advisors, LLC and its affiliated U.S. Registered investment advisers (“BlackRock”), the investment adviser to the Funds, as part of BlackRock’s authority to manage, acquire and dispose of account assets. The Directors hereby direct BlackRock to vote such proxies in accordance with this Policy, and any proxy voting guidelines that the Adviser determines are appropriate and in the best interests of the Funds’ shareholders and which are consistent with the principles outlined in this Policy. The Directors have authorized BlackRock to utilize an unaffiliated third-party as its agent to vote portfolio proxies in accordance with this Policy and to maintain records of such portfolio proxy voting.
 
Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 requires, among other things, that an investment adviser that exercises voting authority over clients’ proxy voting adopt policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interests of clients, discloses to its clients information about those policies and procedures and also discloses to clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser has voted their proxies.
 
BlackRock has adopted separate but substantially similar guidelines and procedures that are consistent with the principles of this Policy. BlackRock’s Corporate Governance Committee (the “Committee”), addresses proxy voting issues on behalf of BlackRock and its clients, including the Funds. The Committee is comprised of senior members of BlackRock’s Portfolio Management and Administration Groups and is advised by BlackRock’s Legal and Compliance Department.
 
BlackRock votes (or refrains from voting) proxies for each Fund in a manner that BlackRock, in the exercise of its independent business judgment, concludes are in the best economic interests of such Fund. In some cases, BlackRock may determine that it is in the best economic interests of a Fund to refrain from exercising the Fund’s proxy voting rights (such as, for example, proxies on certain non-U.S. Securities that might impose costly or time-consuming in-person voting requirements). With regard to the relationship between securities lending and proxy voting, BlackRock’s approach is also driven by our clients’ economic interests. The evaluation of the economic desirability of recalling loans involves balancing the revenue producing value of loans against the likely economic value of casting votes. Based on our evaluation of this relationship, BlackRock believes that the likely economic value of casting a vote generally is less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by BlackRock recalling loaned securities in order to ensure they are voted. Periodically, BlackRock analyzes the process and benefits of voting proxies for securities on loan, and will consider whether any modification of its proxy voting policies or procedures are necessary in light of any regulatory changes.
 
BlackRock will normally vote on specific proxy issues in accordance with BlackRock’s proxy voting guidelines. BlackRock’s proxy voting guidelines provide detailed guidance as to how to vote proxies on certain important or commonly raised issues. BlackRock may, in the exercise of its business judgment, conclude that the proxy voting guidelines do not cover the specific matter upon which a proxy vote is requested, or that an exception to the proxy voting guidelines would be in the best economic interests of a Fund. BlackRock votes (or refrains from voting) proxies without regard to the relationship of the issuer of the proxy (or any shareholder of such issuer) to the Fund, the Fund’s affiliates (if any), BlackRock or BlackRock’s affiliates. When voting proxies, BlackRock attempts to encourage companies to follow practices that enhance shareholder value and increase transparency and allow the market to place a proper value on their assets.


B-2


Table of Contents

 
II. Proxy Voting Policies
 
A.   Boards of Directors
 
The Funds generally support the board’s nominees in the election of directors and generally supports proposals that strengthen the independence of boards of directors. As a general matter, the Funds believe that a company’s board of directors (rather than shareholders) is most likely to have access to important, nonpublic information regarding a company’s business and prospects, and is therefore best-positioned to set corporate policy and oversee management. The Funds therefore believe that the foundation of good corporate governance is the election of responsible, qualified, independent corporate directors who are likely to diligently represent the interests of shareholders and oversee management of the corporation in a manner that will seek to maximize shareholder value over time. In individual cases, consideration may be given to a director nominee’s history of representing shareholder interests as a director of the company issuing the proxy or other companies, or other factors to the extent deemed relevant by the Committee.
 
B.   Auditors
 
These proposals concern those issues submitted to shareholders related to the selection of auditors. As a general matter, the Funds believe that corporate auditors have a responsibility to represent the interests of shareholders and provide an independent view on the propriety of financial reporting decisions of corporate management. While the Funds anticipate that BlackRock will generally defer to a corporation’s choice of auditor, in individual cases, consideration may be given to an auditors’ history of representing shareholder interests as auditor of the company issuing the proxy or other companies, to the extent deemed relevant.
 
C.   Compensation and Benefits
 
These proposals concern those issues submitted to shareholders related to management compensation and employee benefits. As a general matter, the Funds favor disclosure of a company’s compensation and benefit policies and oppose excessive compensation, but believe that compensation matters are normally best determined by a corporation’s board of directors, rather than shareholders. Proposals to “micro-manage” a company’s compensation practices or to set arbitrary restrictions on compensation or benefits should therefore generally not be supported.
 
D.   Capital Structure
 
These proposals relate to various requests, principally from management, for approval of amendments that would alter the capital structure of a company, such as an increase in authorized shares. As a general matter, the Funds expect that BlackRock will support requests that it believes enhance the rights of common shareholders and oppose requests that appear to be unreasonably dilutive.
 
E.   Corporate Charter and By-Laws
 
These proposals relate to various requests for approval of amendments to a corporation’s charter or by-laws. As a general matter, the Funds generally vote against anti-takeover proposals and proposals that would create additional barriers or costs to corporate transactions that are likely to deliver a premium to shareholders.
 
F.   Environmental and Social Issues
 
These are shareholder proposals addressing either corporate social and environmental policies or requesting specific reporting on these issues. The Funds generally do not support proposals on social issues that lack a demonstrable economic benefit to the issuer and the Fund investing in such issuer. BlackRock seeks to make proxy voting decisions in the manner most likely to protect and promote the long-term economic value of the securities held in client accounts. We intend to support economically


B-3


Table of Contents

 
advantageous corporate practices while leaving direct oversight of company management and strategy to boards of directors. We seek to avoid micromanagement of companies, as we believe that a company’s board of directors is best positioned to represent shareholders and oversee management on shareholders behalf. Issues of corporate social and environmental responsibility are evaluated on a case-by-case basis within this framework.
 
III. Conflicts Management
 
BlackRock maintains policies and procedures that are designed to prevent any relationship between the issuer of the proxy (or any shareholder of the issuer) and a Fund, a Fund’s affiliates (if any), BlackRock or BlackRock’s affiliates, from having undue influence on BlackRock’s proxy voting activity. In certain instances, BlackRock may determine to engage an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard against potential conflicts of interest or as otherwise required by applicable law. The independent fiduciary may either vote such proxies or provide BlackRock with instructions as to how to vote such proxies. In the latter case, BlackRock votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination.
 
IV. Reports To the Board
 
BlackRock will report to the Directors on proxy votes it has made on behalf of the Funds at least annually.


B-4


Table of Contents

 
 
APPENDIX C

General Characteristics and Risks
of Strategic Transactions
 
In order to manage the risk of its securities portfolio, or to enhance income or gain as described in the Prospectus, the Trust may engage in Strategic Transactions. The Trust may engage in such activities in the Advisor’s or Sub-Advisor’s discretion, and may not necessarily be engaging in such activities when movements in interest rates that could affect the value of the assets of the Trust occur. The Trust’s ability to pursue certain of these strategies may be limited by applicable regulations of the CFTC. Certain Strategic Transactions may give rise to taxable income.
 
Put and Call Options on Securities and Indices
 
The Trust may purchase and sell put and call options on securities and indices. A put option gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell and the writer the obligation to buy the underlying security at the exercise price during the option period. The Trust may also purchase and sell options on bond indices (“index options”). Index options are similar to options on securities except that, rather than taking or making delivery of securities underlying the option at a specified price upon exercise, an index option gives the holder the right to receive cash upon exercise of the option if the level of the bond index upon which the option is based is greater, in the case of a call, or less, in the case of a put, than the exercise price of the option. The purchase of a put option on a debt security could protect the Trust’s holdings in a security or a number of securities against a substantial decline in the market value. A call option gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy and the seller the obligation to sell the underlying security or index at the exercise price during the option period or for a specified period prior to a fixed date. The purchase of a call option on a security could protect the Trust against an increase in the price of a security that it intended to purchase in the future. In the case of either put or call options that it has purchased, if the option expires without being sold or exercised, the Trust will experience a loss in the amount of the option premium plus any related commissions. When the Trust sells put and call options, it receives a premium as the seller of the option. The premium that the Trust receives for selling the option will serve as a partial hedge, in the amount of the option premium, against changes in the value of the securities in its portfolio. During the term of the option, however, a covered call seller has, in return for the premium on the option, given up the opportunity for capital appreciation above the exercise price of the option if the value of the underlying security increases, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. Conversely, a secured put seller retains the risk of loss should the market value of the underlying security decline be low the exercise price of the option, less the premium received on the sale of the option. The Trust is authorized to purchase and sell exchange-listed options and over-the-counter options (“OTC Options”) which are privately negotiated with the counterparty. Listed options are issued by the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to such options.
 
The Trust’s ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an exchange-listed put or call option is dependent upon the existence of a liquid secondary market on option exchanges. Among the possible reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange are: (i) insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities; (iv) interruption of the normal operations on an exchange; (v) inadequacy of the facilities of an exchange or OCC to handle current trading volume; or (vi) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange that had been listed by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would generally continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. OTC Options are purchased from or sold to dealers, financial institutions or other counterparties which have entered into direct agreements with the Trust. With OTC Options, such variables as expiration date, exercise price and premium will be agreed upon between the Trust and the counterparty, without the


C-1


Table of Contents

 
intermediation of a third party such as the OCC. If the counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the securities underlying an option it has written, or otherwise settle the transaction in accordance with the terms of that option as written, the Trust would lose the premium paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. As the Trust must rely on the credit quality of the counterparty rather than the guarantee of the OCC, it will only enter into OTC Options with counterparties with the highest long-term credit ratings, and with primary United States government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
 
The hours of trading for options on debt securities may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the option markets.
 
Futures Contracts and Related Options
 
Characteristics.   The Trust may sell financial futures contracts or purchase put and call options on such futures as a hedge against anticipated interest rate changes or other market movements. The sale of a futures contract creates an obligation by the Trust, as seller, to deliver the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specified future time for a specified price. Options on futures contracts are similar to options on securities except that an option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right in return for the premium paid to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put).
 
Margin Requirements.   At the time a futures contract is purchased or sold, the Trust must allocate cash or securities as a deposit payment (“initial margin”). It is expected that the initial margin that the Trust will pay may range from approximately 1% to approximately 5% of the value of the securities or commodities underlying the contract. In certain circumstances, however, such as periods of high volatility, the Trust may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment. Additionally, initial margin requirements may be increased generally in the future by regulatory action. An outstanding futures contract is valued daily and the payment in case of “variation margin” may be required, a process known as “marking to the market.” Transactions in listed options and futures are usually settled by entering into an offsetting transaction, and are subject to the risk that the position may not be able to be closed if no offsetting transaction can be arranged.
 
Limitations on Use of Futures and Options on Futures.   The Trust’s use of futures and options on futures will in all cases be consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and in particular the rules and regulations of the CFTC. Under such regulations the Trust currently may enter into such transactions without limit for bona fide hedging purposes, including risk management and duration management and other portfolio strategies. The Trust may also engage in transactions in futures contracts or related options for non-hedging purposes to enhance income or gain provided that the Trust will not enter into a futures contract or related option (except for closing transactions) for purposes other than bona fide hedging, or risk management including duration management if, immediately thereafter, the sum of the amount of its initial deposits and premiums on open contracts and options would exceed 5% of the Trust’s liquidation value, i.e., net assets (taken at current value); provided, however, that in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of the purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating the 5% limitation. The above policies are non-fundamental and may be changed by the Trust’s board of trustees at any time. Also, when required, an account of cash equivalents designated on the books and records will be maintained and marked to market on a daily basis in an amount equal to the market value of the contract. The Trust reserves the right to comply with such different standard as may be established from time to time by CFTC rules and regulations with respect to the purchase or sale of futures contracts or options thereon.
 
Segregation and Cover Requirements.   Futures contracts, interest rate swaps, caps, floors and collars, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls, and listed or OTC options on securities, indices and futures contracts sold by the Trust are generally subject to earmarking and


C-2


Table of Contents

 
coverage requirements of either the CFTC or the SEC, with the result that, if the Trust does not hold the security or futures contract underlying the instrument, the Trust will be required to designate on its books and records an ongoing basis, cash, U.S. Government securities, or other liquid high grade debt obligations in an amount at least equal to the Trust’s obligations with respect to such instruments. Such amounts fluctuate as the obligations increase or decrease. The earmarking requirement can result in the Trust maintaining securities positions it would otherwise liquidate, segregating assets at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so or otherwise restrict portfolio management.
 
Strategic Transactions Present Certain Risks.   With respect to hedging and risk management, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of hedging instruments and price movements in the position being hedged create the possibility that losses on the hedge may be greater than gains in the value of the Trust’s position. The same is true for such instruments entered into for income or gain. In addition, certain instruments and markets may not be liquid in all circumstances. As a result, in volatile markets, the Trust may not be able to close out a transaction without incurring losses substantially greater than the initial deposit. Although the contemplated use of these instruments predominantly for hedging should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the position, at the same time they tend to limit any potential gain which might result from an increase in the value of such position. The ability of the Trust to successfully utilize Strategic Transactions will depend on the Advisor’s and the Sub-Advisor’s ability to predict pertinent market movements and sufficient correlations, which cannot be assured. Finally, the daily deposit requirements in futures contracts that the Trust has sold create an on going greater potential financial risk than do options transactions, where the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium. Losses due to the use of Strategic Transactions will reduce net asset value.
 
Regulatory Considerations.   The Trust has claimed an exclusion from the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act.


C-3


Table of Contents

PART C
 
Other Information
 
Item 25.   Financial Statements And Exhibits
 
(1) Financial Statements
 
Part A — None
 
Part B — Statement of Assets and Liabilities(3)
 
(2) Exhibits
 
The agreements included or incorporated by reference as exhibits to this registration statement contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (i) were not intended to be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (ii) may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement; (iii) may apply contract standards of “materiality” that are different from “materiality” under the applicable securities laws; and (iv) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement.
 
The Trust acknowledges that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, it is responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosures of material information regarding material contractual provisions are required to make the statements in this registration statement not misleading.
 
(a)  Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust(2)
 
(b)  By-Laws(1)
 
(c)  Inapplicable
 
(d)  Form of Specimen Certificate(3)
 
(e)  Dividend Reinvestment Plan(3)
 
(f)  Inapplicable
 
  (g)  (1)  Investment Management Agreement(3)
 
  (g)  (2)  Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement(3)
 
  (h)  (1)  Form of Underwriting Agreement(3)
 
  (h)  (2)  Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC(3)
 
  (h)  (3)  Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated(3)
 
  (h)  (4)  Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Citigroup Global Markets Inc.(3)
 
  (h)  (5)  Form of Marketing and Structuring Fee Agreement with Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated(3)
 
  (h)  (6)  Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with UBS Securities LLC(3)
 
  (h)  (7)  Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.(3)
 
  (h)  (8)  Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Raymond James & Associates, Inc.(3)


C-1


Table of Contents

 
  (i)   Form of the BlackRock Closed-End Funds Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan(3)
 
  (j)   Custodian Agreement(3)
 
  (k)  (1)  Transfer Agency Agreement(3)
 
  (k)  (2)  Administrative Services Agreement(3)
 
  (l)   Opinion and Consent of Counsel to the Trust(3)
 
  (m)  Inapplicable
 
  (n)   Consent of Independent Public Accountants(3)
 
  (o)   Inapplicable
 
  (p)   Initial Subscription Agreement(3)
 
  (q)   Inapplicable
 
  (r)  (1)  Code of Ethics of Trust(3)
 
  (r)  (2)  Code of Ethics of Advisor and Sub-Advisor(3)
 
  (s)   (1) Powers of Attorney(2)
 
  (2)  Certified Resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Trust Regarding Powers of Attorney(2)
 
 
(1) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 10, 2010.
 
(2) Previously filed as an exhibit to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 28, 2010.
 
(3) Filed herewith.
 
Item 26.   Marketing Arrangements
 
Reference is made to the Form of Underwriting Agreement for the Registrant’s shares of beneficial interest, Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with UBS Securities LLC, Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. and Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Raymond James & Associates, Inc., filed with this registration statement.
 
Item 27.   Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution
 
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement:
 
         
Registration fee
  $ 85,560  
NYSE listing fee
  $ 40,000  
Printing (other than certificates)
  $ 565,000  
Engraving and printing certificates
  $ 1,000  
Accounting fees and expenses
  $ 8,000  
Legal fees and expenses
  $ 365,000  
FINRA fee
  $ 75,500  
Miscellaneous
  $ 750,000  
Total
  $ 1,890,060  


C-2


Table of Contents

Item 28.   Persons Controlled By Or Under Common Control With The Registrant
 
None.
 
Item 29.   Number Of Holders Of Shares
 
As of August 24, 2010
 
     
Title Of Class
 
Number of Record Holders
 
Shares of Beneficial Interest
  1
 
Item 30.   Indemnification
 
Article V of the Registrant’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides as follows:
 
5.1  No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc.   No Shareholder of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person in connection with Trust Property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Trust. Shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability as is extended to stockholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. No Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, save only liability to the Trust or its Shareholders arising from bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his duty to such Person; and, subject to the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust. If any Shareholder, Trustee or officer, as such, of the Trust, is made a party to any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability, subject to the foregoing exception, he shall not, on account thereof, be held to any personal liability. Any repeal or modification of this Section 5.1 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Trustee or officer of the Trust existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.
 
5.2  Mandatory Indemnification.   (a) The Trust hereby agrees to indemnify each person who at any time serves as a Trustee or officer of the Trust (each such person being an “indemnitee”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and reasonable counsel fees reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which he may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which he may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth in this Article V by reason of his having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall not have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Trust or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which he shall have had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful, provided, however, that no indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to any person or any expense of such indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence, or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “disabling conduct”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee (1) was authorized by a majority of the Trustees or (2) was instituted by the indemnitee to enforce his or her rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the indemnitee is found to be entitled to such indemnification. The rights to indemnification set forth in this Declaration shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Trustee or officer of the Trust and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. No amendment or restatement of this Declaration or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate any of the benefits provided to any person who at any time is or was a


C-3


Table of Contents

Trustee or officer of the Trust or otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of any act or omission that occurred prior to such amendment, restatement or repeal.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be made hereunder unless there has been a determination (i) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification hereunder was brought that such indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or, (ii) in the absence of such a decision, by (1) a majority vote of a quorum of those Trustees who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”), that the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, or (2) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable, if such majority so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion concludes that the indemnitee should be entitled to indemnification hereunder. All determinations to make advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and made in accordance with the immediately succeeding paragraph (c) below.
 
(c) The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation by the indemnitee of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standards of conduct necessary for indemnification have been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that the indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if a majority of the Trustees determine that the applicable standards of conduct necessary for indemnification appear to have been met. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (i) the indemnitee shall provide adequate security for his undertaking, (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees, or if a majority vote of such quorum so direct, independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall conclude, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is substantial reason to believe that the indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
 
(d) The rights accruing to any indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Declaration, the By-Laws of the Trust, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or Trustees who are “disinterested persons” (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) or any other right to which he or she may be lawfully entitled.
 
(e) Subject to any limitations provided by the 1940 Act and this Declaration, the Trust shall have the power and authority to indemnify and provide for the advance payment of expenses to employees, agents and other Persons providing services to the Trust or serving in any capacity at the request of the Trust to the full extent corporations organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law may indemnify or provide for the advance payment of expenses for such Persons, provided that such indemnification has been approved by a majority of the Trustees.
 
5.3  No Bond Required of Trustees.   No Trustee shall, as such, be obligated to give any bond or other security for the performance of any of his duties hereunder.
 
5.4  No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments, etc.   No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the Trustees or with any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, undertaking, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees under this Declaration or in their capacity as officers, employees or agents of the Trust. The Trustees may maintain insurance for the protection of the Trust Property, the


C-4


Table of Contents

Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.
 
5.5  Reliance on Experts, etc.   Each Trustee and officer or employee of the Trust shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust by any of the Trust’s officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Trustee.
 
Reference is made to Section 6 of the underwriting agreement attached as Exhibit (h), which is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be terminated to Trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Trust, pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the Trust has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a Trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such Trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
Item 31.   Business And Other Connections Of Investment Advisor
 
Not Applicable
 
Item 32.   Location Of Accounts And Records
 
The Registrant’s accounts, books and other documents are currently located at the offices of the Registrant, c/o BlackRock Advisors, Inc., 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 and at the offices of State Street Bank and Trust Company, the Registrant’s Custodian, and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., the Registrant’s Transfer Agent.
 
Item 33.   Management Services
 
Not Applicable
 
Item 34.   Undertakings
 
(1) The Registrant hereby undertakes to suspend the offering of its units until it amends its Prospectus if (a) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than 10 percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the Registration Statement or (b) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the Prospectus.
 
(2) Not applicable
 
(3) Not applicable
 
(4) Not applicable


C-5


Table of Contents

(5) (a) For the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of a registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of Prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(6) The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information.


C-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Trust has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the 25 th  day of August 2010.
 
BLACKROCK BUILD AMERICA BOND TRUST
 
  By: 
/s/   ANNE F. ACKERLEY
Anne F. Ackerley
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities below and on the 25 th  day of August 2010.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/   ANNE F. ACKERLEY

Anne F. Ackerley
  President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/   NEAL J. ANDREWS

Neal J. Andrews
  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
     
/s/   RICHARD E. CAVANAGH*

Richard E. Cavanagh
  Trustee
     
/s/   RICHARD S. DAVIS*

Richard S. Davis
  Trustee
     
/s/   FRANK J. FABOZZI*

Frank J. Fabozzi
  Trustee
     
/s/   KATHLEEN F. FELDSTEIN*

Kathleen F. Feldstein
  Trustee
     
/s/   JAMES T. FLYNN*

James T. Flynn
  Trustee
     
/s/   HENRY GABBAY*

Henry Gabbay
  Trustee
     
/s/   JERROLD B. HARRIS*

Jerrold B. Harris
  Trustee
     
/s/   R. GLENN HUBBARD*

R. Glenn Hubbard
  Trustee


Table of Contents

         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/   W. CARL KESTER*

W. Carl Kester
  Trustee
     
/s/   KAREN P. ROBARDS*

Karen P. Robards
  Trustee
By:* 
/s/   ANNE F. ACKERLEY
 
Anne F. Ackerley, as Attorney-in-Fact


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
(d)  Form of Specimen Certificate
 
(e)  Dividend Reinvestment Plan
 
  (g)  (1)  Investment Management Agreement
 
  (g)  (2)  Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement
 
  (h)  (1)  Form of Underwriting Agreement
 
  (h)  (2)  Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
 
  (h)  (3)  Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
 
  (h)  (4)  Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
 
  (h)  (5)  Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
 
  (h)  (6)  Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with UBS Securities LLC
 
  (h)  (7)  Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
 
  (h)  (8)  Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
 
  (i)   Form of the BlackRock Closed-End Funds Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan
 
  (j)   Custodian Agreement
 
  (k)  (1)  Transfer Agency Agreement
 
  (k)  (2)  Administrative Services Agreement
 
(l)  Opinion and Consent of Counsel to the Trust
 
  (n)   Consent of Independent Public Accountants
 
  (p)   Subscription Agreement
 
  (r)  (1)  Code of Ethics of Trust
 
  (r)  (2)  Code of Ethics of Advisor and Sub-Advisor

Exhibit. (d)
(GRAPHIC)
DELAWARE Company Name Here 1996 THIS CERTIFIES THAT is the owner of CUSIP DATED COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, By AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK OF The Sample Company (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, as amended, and the By-Laws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. COMMON STOCK PAR VALUE $.01 COMMON STOCK THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN CANTON, MA, JERSEY CITY, NJ AND NEW YORK, NY SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS Certificate Number Shares . THE SAMPLE COMPANY INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME President Secretary 016570| 003590|127C|RESTRICTED||4|057-423 XXXXXX XX X <<Month Day, Year>> * * 600620* * * * * * * * * 600620* * * * * * * * * 600620* * * * * * * * * 600620* * * * * * * * * 600620* * ** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Sample **** Mr. Sample **600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620** Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares*** *600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**S hares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares**** 600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Sh ares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****6 00620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Sha res****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****6 0 0620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shar es****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600 620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Share s***600620**Shares****600620**Shares****60062 0**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares* ***600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620 **Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares** **600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620* *Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares*** *600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620** Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares**** 600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**S hares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****6 00620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Sh * * * SIX HUNDRED THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED AND TWENTY* * * MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE & MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE NNNNN ZQ 000??? Certificate Numbers 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 Total Transaction Num/No. 123456 Denom. 123456 Total 1234567 MR A SAMPLE DESIGNATION (IF ANY) ADD 1 ADD 2 ADD 3 ADD 4 The Sample Company PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004 CUSIP XXXXXX XX X Holder ID XXXXXXXXXX Insurance Value 1,000,000.00 Number of Shares 123456 DTC 12345678 123456789012345

 


 

(GRAPHIC)
THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM — as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT- Custodian TEN ENT — as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act JT TEN — as joint tenants with right of survivorship UNIF TRF MIN ACT Custodian (until age ) and not as tenants in common (Cust) (Minor) under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto Shares Attorney Dated: 20 Signature: Signature: Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever. (Cust) (Minor) (State) PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE) of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises. . SAMPLE COMPANY THIS CERTIFICATE ALSO EVIDENCES AND ENTITLES THE HOLDER HEREOF TO CERTAIN RIGHTS AS SET FORTH IN A RIGHTS AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE SAMPLE COMPANY AND COMPUTERSHARE INVESTOR SERVICES, LLC, DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 17, 2000, AND AS SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE AMENDED (THE “RIGHTS AGREEMENT”), THE TERMS OF WHICH ARE HEREBY INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE AND A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICES OF THE SAMPLE COMPANY UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, AS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, SUCH RIGHTS WILL BE EVIDENCED BY SEPARATE CERTIFICATES AND WILL NO LONGER BE EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE. THE SAMPLE COMPANY WILL MAIL TO THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE A COPY OF THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT WITHOUT CHARGE AFTER RECEIPT OF A WRITTEN REQUEST THEREFOR. UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, AS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, RIGHTS ISSUED TO, OR HELD BY, AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR ANY AFFILIATE OR ASSOCIATE THEREOF (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT), WHETHER HELD BY SUCH PERSON OR ANY SUBSEQUENT HOLDER, SHALL BECOME NULL AND VOID. Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

 

BLACKROCK BUILD AMERICA BOND TRUST
AUTOMATIC DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
     Pursuant to this Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”) of the undersigned BlackRock Closed-End Trust (the “Trust”), unless a holder (a “Shareholder”) of the Trust’s common shares of beneficial interest (the “Common Shares”) otherwise elects, all dividends and distributions on such Shareholder’s Common Shares will be automatically reinvested by Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (“Computershare”), as agent for Shareholders in administering the Plan (the “Plan Agent”), in additional Common Shares of the Trust. Shareholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all dividends and other distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to the Shareholder of record (or, if the Common Shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by Computershare as the Dividend Disbursing Agent. Participants may elect not to participate in the Plan and to receive all dividends and distributions in cash by sending written instructions to Computershare, as the Dividend Disbursing Agent, at the address set forth below. Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by written notice if received by the Plan Agent prior to the dividend record date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or distribution.
     The Plan Agent will open an account for each Shareholder under the Plan in the same name in which such Shareholder’s Common Shares are registered. Whenever the Trust declares a dividend or a distribution (collectively referred to as “dividends”) payable in cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive the equivalent in Common Shares. The Common Shares will be acquired by the Plan Agent for the participants’ accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through receipt of additional unissued but authorized Common Shares from the respective Trust (“newly issued Common Shares”) or (ii) by purchase of outstanding Common Shares on the open market (“open-market purchases”) on the New York Stock Exchange, the primary national securities exchange on which the common shares are traded, or elsewhere.
     If, on the payment date for any dividend, the closing market price per Common Share plus estimated brokerage commissions is equal to or greater than the net asset value per Common Share (such condition being referred to herein as “market premium”), the Plan Agent will invest the dividend amount in newly issued Common Shares, on behalf of the participants. The number of newly issued Common Shares to be credited to each participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the dividend by the net asset value per Common Share on the payment date; provided that, if the net asset value per Common Share is less than or equal to 95% of the market price per Common Share on the payment date, the dollar amount of the dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price per Common Share on the payment date.

1


 

     If, on the payment date for any dividend, the net asset value per Common Share is greater than the market value per Common Share plus estimated brokerage commissions (such condition being referred to herein as “market discount”), the Plan Agent will invest the dividend amount in Common Shares acquired on behalf of the participants in open-market purchases.
     In the event of a market discount on the payment date for any dividend, the Plan Agent will have until the last business day before the next date on which the Common Shares trade on an “ex-dividend” basis or 30 days after the payment date for such dividend, whichever is sooner (the “last purchase date”), to invest the dividend amount in Common Shares acquired in open-market purchases. It is contemplated that the Trust will pay monthly dividends. Therefore, the period during which open-market purchases can be made will exist only from the payment date of each dividend through the date before the next “ex-dividend” date which typically will be approximately ten days. If, before the Plan Agent has completed its open-market purchases, the market price of a Common Share exceeds the net asset value per Common Share, the average per Common Share purchase price paid by the Plan Agent may exceed the net asset value of the Common Shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer Common Shares than if the dividend had been paid in newly issued Common Shares on the dividend payment date. Because of the foregoing difficulty with respect to open market purchases, if the Plan Agent is unable to invest the full dividend amount in open market purchases during the purchase period or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Plan Agent may cease making open-market purchases and may invest the uninvested portion of the dividend amount in newly issued Common Shares at the net asset value per Common Share at the close of business on the last purchase date; provided that, if the net asset value per Common Share is less than or equal to 95% of the market price per Common Share of the then current market price per Common Share; the dollar amount of the dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price per Common Share on the payment date.
     The Plan Agent will maintain all Shareholders’ accounts in the Plan and furnish written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by Shareholders for tax records. Common Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Agent on behalf of the Plan participant.
     In the case of Shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees that hold Common Shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified from time to time by the record Shareholder and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.
     There will be no brokerage charges with respect to Common Shares issued directly by the Trust as a result of dividends or capital gains distributions payable either in Common Shares or in cash. The Plan Agent’s fees for the handling of the reinvestment of dividends and distributions will be paid by the Trust. However, each participant will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred with respect to the Plan Agent’s open-market purchases in connection with the reinvestment of dividends.
     For the avoidance of doubt, no Common Shares will be issued under the Plan at a price less than net asset value or under any circumstance that may violate the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or any rules issued thereunder.

2


 

     VOTING
     Each Shareholder proxy will include those Common Shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Agent will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for Common Shares held pursuant to the Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.
     TAXATION
     The automatic reinvestment of dividends will not relieve participants of any federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such dividends.
     AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN
     The Plan may be amended or terminated by the Trust. There is no direct service charge to participants in the Plan; however, the Trust reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants. Notice will be sent to Plan participants of any amendments as soon as practicable after such action by the Trust.
     INQUIRIES REGARDING THE PLAN
     All correspondence concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Agent at P.O. Box 43078, Providence, Rhode Island, 02940-3078, or by telephone at (800) 699-1236 or overnight correspondence should be directed to the Plan Agent at 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021.
     APPLICABLE LAW
     These terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions.
     EXECUTION
     To record the adoption of the Plan as of July 16, 2010, the Trust has caused this Plan to be executed in the name and on behalf of each Trust by a duly authorized officer.

3


 

         
  By and on behalf of
BLACKROCK BUILD AMERICA BOND TRUST
 
 
  /s/ Brendan Kyne   
  By:   Brendan Kyne    
  Title: Vice President   
       
 

4

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
     AGREEMENT, dated August 19, 2010, between BlackRock Build America Bond Trust (the “ Trust ”), a Delaware statutory trust, and BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “ Advisor ”), a Delaware limited liability company.
     WHEREAS, the Advisor has agreed to furnish investment advisory services to the Trust, a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”);
     WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Advisor is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
     1.  In General . The Advisor agrees, all as more fully set forth herein, to act as investment advisor to the Trust with respect to the investment of the Trust’s assets and to supervise and arrange for the day-to-day operations of the Trust and the purchase of securities for and the sale of securities held in the investment portfolio of the Trust.
     2.  Duties and Obligations of the Advisor with Respect to Investment of Assets of the Trust . Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section and subject to the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the Advisor shall (i) act as investment advisor for and supervise and manage the investment and reinvestment of the Trust’s assets and in connection therewith have complete discretion in purchasing and selling securities and other assets for the Trust and in voting, exercising consents and exercising all other rights appertaining to such securities and other assets on behalf of the Trust; (ii) supervise continuously the investment program of the Trust and the composition of its investment portfolio; (iii) arrange, subject to the provisions of paragraph 4 hereof, for the purchase and sale of securities and other assets held in the investment portfolio of the Trust; and (iv) provide investment research to the Trust.
     3. Duties and Obligations of Advisor with Respect to the Administration of the Trust . The Advisor also agrees to furnish office facilities and equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and administrative services (other than such services, if any, provided by the Trust’s custodian, transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent and other service providers) for the Trust. To the extent requested by the Trust, the Advisor agrees to provide the following administrative services:

 


 

     (a) Oversee the determination and publication of the Trust’s net asset value in accordance with the Trust’s policy as adopted from time to time by the Board of Trustees;
     (b) Oversee the maintenance by the Trust’s custodian, transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent of certain books and records of the Trust as required under Rule 31a-1(b)(4) of the 1940 Act and maintain (or oversee maintenance by such other persons as approved by the Board of Trustees) such other books and records required by law or for the proper operation of the Trust;
     (c) Oversee the preparation and filing of the Trust’s federal, state and local income tax returns and any other required tax returns;
     (d) Review the appropriateness of and arrange for payment of the Trust’s expenses;
     (e) Prepare for review and approval by officers of the Trust, financial information for the Trust’s semi-annual and annual reports, proxy statements and other communications with shareholders required or otherwise to be sent to Trust shareholders, and arrange for the printing and dissemination of such reports and communications to shareholders;
     (f) Prepare for review by an officer of the Trust the Trust’s periodic financial reports required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) on Form N-SAR, Form N-CSR, Form N-PX, Form N-Q, and such other reports, forms and filings, as may be mutually agreed upon;
     (g) Prepare such reports relating to the business and affairs of the Trust as may be mutually agreed upon and not otherwise appropriately prepared by the Trust’s custodian, counsel or auditors;
     (h) Prepare such information and reports as may be required by any stock exchange or exchanges on which the Trust’s shares are listed;
     (i) Make such reports and recommendations to the Board of Trustees concerning the performance of the independent accountants as the Board of Trustees may reasonably request or deems appropriate;
     (j) Make such reports and recommendations to the Board of Trustees concerning the performance and fees of the Trust’s custodian, transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent as the Board of Trustees may reasonably request or deems appropriate;
     (k) Oversee and review calculations of fees paid to the Trust’s service providers;
     (l) Oversee the Trust’s portfolio and perform necessary calculations as required under Section 18 of the 1940 Act;

2


 

     (m) Consult with the Trust’s officers, independent accountants, legal counsel, custodian, accounting agent, transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent in establishing the accounting policies of the Trust and monitor financial and shareholder accounting services;
     (n) Review implementation of any share purchase programs authorized by the Board of Trustees;
     (o) Determine the amounts available for distribution as dividends and distributions to be paid by the Trust to its shareholders; prepare and arrange for the printing of dividend notices to shareholders; and provide the Trust’s dividend disbursing agent and custodian with such information as is required for such parties to effect the payment of dividends and distributions and to implement the Trust’s dividend reinvestment plan;
     (p) Prepare such information and reports as may be required by any banks from which the Trust borrows funds;
     (q) Provide such assistance to the custodian and the Trust’s counsel and auditors as generally may be required to properly carry on the business and operations of the Trust;
     (r) Assist in the preparation and filing of Forms 3, 4, and 5 pursuant to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 30(f) of the 1940 Act for the Trustees and officers of the Trust, such filings to be based on information provided by those persons;
     (s) Respond to or refer to the Trust’s officers or transfer agent, any shareholder (including any potential shareholder) inquiries relating to the Trust; and
     (t) Supervise any other aspects of the Trust’s administration as may be agreed to by the Trust and the Advisor.
     All services are to be furnished through the medium of any trustees, officers or employees of the Advisor or its affiliates as the Advisor deems appropriate in order to fulfill its obligations hereunder. The Advisor may from time to time, in its sole discretion to the extent permitted by applicable law, appoint one or more sub-advisors, including, without limitation, affiliates of the Advisor, to perform investment advisory services with respect to the Trust, or assign all or a portion of this agreement to any of its affiliates. The Advisor may terminate any or all sub-advisors in its sole discretion at any time to the extent permitted by applicable law.
     The Trust will reimburse the Advisor or its affiliates for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with the performance of the administrative services described in this paragraph 3.

3


 

     4.  Covenants . (a) In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Advisor shall at all times conform to, and act in accordance with, any requirements imposed by: (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and all applicable Rules and Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission; (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objectives and policies of the Trust as set forth in its Registration Statement on Form N-2; and (v) any policies and determinations of the Board of Trustees of the Trust; and
     (b) In addition, the Advisor will:
     (i) place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer. Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Advisor will attempt to obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders. In placing orders, the Advisor will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency. Consistent with this obligation, the Advisor may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and other clients of the Advisor. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Advisor hereunder. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Advisor determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Advisor to the Trust and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term. In no instance, however, will the Trust’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Advisor, or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by the SEC or by applicable law;
     (ii) maintain a policy and practice of conducting its investment advisory services hereunder independently of the commercial banking operations of its affiliates. When the Advisor makes investment recommendations for the Trust, its investment advisory personnel will not inquire or take into consideration whether the issuer of securities proposed for purchase or sale for the Trust’s account are customers of the commercial department of its affiliates; and
     (iii) treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and other information relative to the Trust, and the Trust’s prior, current or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Trust, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Advisor may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to

4


 

comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Trust.
     5.  Services Not Exclusive . Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Advisor or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment advisor for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Advisor or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided, however, that the Advisor will undertake no activities which, in its judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
     6.  Books and Records . In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Advisor hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust any such records upon the Trust’s request. The Advisor further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.
     7.  Agency Cross Transactions . From time to time, the Advisor or brokers or dealers affiliated with it may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “ Account ”) securities which the Advisor’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy. Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Advisor or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from one or both parties to the transaction without the advisory client’s consent. This is because in a situation where the Advisor is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Advisor or an affiliate is receiving commissions from both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Advisor’s part regarding the advisory client. The SEC has adopted a rule under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”), which permits the Advisor or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance. By execution of this Agreement, the Trust authorizes the Advisor or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account. The Trust may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Advisor.
     8.  Expenses . During the term of this Agreement, the Advisor will bear all costs and expenses of its employees and any overhead incurred in connection with its duties hereunder and shall bear the costs of any salaries or Trustees fees of any officers or Trustees of the Trust who are affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Advisor; provided that the Board of Trustees of the Trust may approve reimbursements to the Advisor of the pro rata portion of the salaries, bonuses, health insurance, retirement benefits and all similar employment costs for the time spent on Trust operations (including, without limitation, compliance matters) (other than the provision of investment advice and administrative services required to be provided

5


 

hereunder) of all personnel employed by the Advisor who devote substantial time to Trust operations or the operations of other investment companies advised by the Advisor.
     9.  Compensation of the Advisor . (a) The Trust agrees to pay to the Advisor and the Advisor agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered by the Advisor as such, a monthly fee in arrears at an annual rate equal to 0.55% of the average daily value of the Trust’s Managed Assets. “ Managed Assets ” means the total assets of the Trust (including any assets attributable to money borrowed for investment purposes) minus the sum of the Trust’s accrued liabilities (other than money borrowed for investment purposes). For any period less than a month during which this Agreement is in effect, the fee shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to a full month of 28, 29, 30 or 31 days, as the case may be.
     (b) For purposes of this Agreement, the net assets of the Trust shall be calculated pursuant to the procedures adopted by resolutions of the Trustees of the Trust for calculating the value of the Trust’s assets or delegating such calculations to third parties.
     10.  Indemnity . (a) The Trust may, with the prior consent of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act), indemnify the Advisor, and each of the Advisor’s trustees, officers, employees, agents, associates and controlling persons and the trustees, partners, members, officers, employees and agents thereof (including any individual who serves at the Advisor’s request as trustee, officer, partner, member, trustee or the like of another entity) (each such person being an “ Indemnitee ”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees (all as provided in accordance with applicable state law) reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which such Indemnitee may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such Indemnitee may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth herein or thereafter by reason of such Indemnitee having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which such Indemnitee shall have been adjudicated not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Trust and furthermore, in the case of any criminal proceeding, so long as such Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful; provided, however, that (1) no Indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to the Trust or its shareholders or any expense of such Indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Indemnitee’s position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “ disabling conduct ”), (2) as to any matter disposed of by settlement or a compromise payment by such Indemnitee, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification either for said payment or for any other expenses shall be provided unless there has been a determination that such settlement or compromise is in the best interests of the Trust and that such Indemnitee

6


 

appears to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Trust and did not involve disabling conduct by such Indemnitee and (3) with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any Indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such Indemnitee was authorized by a majority of the full Board of Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act).
     (b) The Trust may make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that such Indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if the Trustees of the Trust determine that the facts then known to them would not preclude indemnification. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (A) the Indemnitee shall provide security for such Indemnitee undertaking, (B) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any unlawful advance, or (C) a majority of a quorum consisting of Trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“ Disinterested Non-Party Trustees ”) or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
     (c) All determinations with respect to the standards for indemnification hereunder shall be made (1) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought that such Indemnitee is not liable or is not liable by reason of disabling conduct, or (2) in the absence of such a decision, by (i) a majority vote of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees of the Trust, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, if a majority vote of such quorum so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion. All determinations that advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and shall be made in accordance with the immediately preceding clause (2) above.
     The rights accruing to any Indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right to which such Indemnitee may be lawfully entitled.
     11. Limitation on Liability . (a) The Advisor will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by Advisor or by the Trust in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.

7


 

     (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, as provided in Section 5.1 of Article V of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, this Agreement is executed by the Trustees and/or officers of the Trust, not individually but as such Trustees and/or officers of the Trust, and the obligations hereunder are not binding upon any of the Trustees or shareholders individually but bind only the estate of the Trust.
     12.  Duration and Termination . This Agreement shall become effective on the date hereof and, unless sooner terminated with respect to the Trust as provided herein, shall continue in effect for a period of two years. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Trust for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (a) the vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any party to this Agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon giving the Advisor 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Advisor), provided that such termination by the Trust shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Advisor on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust). This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. (As used in this Agreement, the terms “ majority of the outstanding voting securities ,” “ interested person ” and “ assignment ” shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act.)
     13.  Notices . Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.
     14.  Amendment of this Agreement . No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.
     15.  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York for contracts to be performed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.
     16.  Use of the Name BlackRock . The Advisor has consented to the use by the Trust of the name or identifying word “BlackRock” in the name of the Trust. Such consent is conditioned upon the employment of the Advisor as the investment

8


 

advisor to the Trust. The name or identifying word “BlackRock” may be used from time to time in other connections and for other purposes by the Advisor and any of its affiliates. The Advisor may require the Trust to cease using “BlackRock” in the name of the Trust if the Trust ceases to employ, for any reason, the Advisor, any successor thereto or any affiliate thereof as investment advisor of the Trust.
     17.  Miscellaneous . The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.
     18.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.

9


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the foregoing instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and the year first above written.
         
  BLACKROCK BUILD AMERICA BOND TRUST
 
 
  By:   /s/ Brendan Kyne  
    Name:   Brendan Kyne   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Neal Andrews  
    Name:   Neal Andrews   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 

10

SUB-INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT
          AGREEMENT dated August 19, 2010, among BlackRock Build America Bond Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “ Trust ”), BlackRock Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Advisor ”), and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Sub-Advisor ”).
          WHEREAS, the Advisor has agreed to furnish investment advisory services to the Trust, a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”);
          WHEREAS, the Advisor wishes to retain the Sub-Advisor to provide it with certain sub-advisory services as described below in connection with Advisor’s advisory activities on behalf of the Trust;
          WHEREAS, the investment management agreement between the Advisor and the Trust, dated [ ] (such agreement or the most recent successor agreement between such parties relating to advisory services to the Trust is referred to herein as the “ Advisory Agreement ”), contemplates that the Advisor may appoint a sub-adviser to perform investment advisory services with respect to the Trust; and
          WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Sub-Advisor is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
          1. Appointment . The Advisor hereby appoints the Sub-Advisor to act as sub-advisor with respect to the Trust and the Sub-Advisor accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth for the compensation herein provided.
          2. Services of the Sub-Advisor . Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section, the oversight and supervision of the Advisor and the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the Sub-Advisor will perform certain of the day-to-day operations of the Trust, which may include one or more of the following services, at the request of the Advisor: (a) acting as investment advisor for and managing the investment and reinvestment of those assets of the Trust as the Advisor may from time to time request and in connection therewith have complete discretion in purchasing and selling such securities and other assets for the Trust and in voting, exercising consents and exercising all other rights appertaining to such securities and other assets on behalf of the Trust; (b) arranging, subject to the provisions of paragraph 3 hereof, for the purchase and sale of securities and other assets of the Trust; (c) providing investment research and credit analysis concerning the Trust’s investments, (d) assist the Advisor in determining what portion of the Trust’s assets will be invested in cash, cash equivalents and money market instruments, (e) placing orders for all purchases and sales of such investments

 


 

made for the Trust, and (f) maintaining the books and records as are required to support Trust investment operations. At the request of the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor will also, subject to the oversight and supervision of the Advisor and the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, provide to the Advisor or the Trust any of the facilities and equipment and perform any of the services described in Section 3 of the Advisory Agreement. In addition, the Sub-Advisor will keep the Trust and the Advisor informed of developments materially affecting the Trust and shall, on its own initiative, furnish to the Trust from time to time whatever information the Sub-Advisor believes appropriate for this purpose. The Sub-Advisor will periodically communicate to the Advisor, at such times as the Advisor may direct, information concerning the purchase and sale of securities for the Trust, including: (a) the name of the issuer, (b) the amount of the purchase or sale, (c) the name of the broker or dealer, if any, through which the purchase or sale is effected, (d) the CUSIP number of the instrument, if any, and (e) such other information as the Advisor may reasonably require for purposes of fulfilling its obligations to the Trust under the Advisory Agreement. The Sub-Advisor will provide the services rendered by it under this Agreement in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions (as currently in effect and as they may be amended or supplemented from time to time) as stated in the Trust’s Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and the resolutions of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
          3. Covenants . (a) In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Sub-Advisor shall at all times conform to, and act in accordance with, any requirements imposed by: (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”), and all applicable Rules and Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”); (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objectives and policies of the Trust as set forth in its Registration Statement on Form N-2; and (v) any policies and determinations of the Board of the Trustees of the Trust.
               (b) In addition, the Sub-Advisor will:
               (i) place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer. Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Sub-Advisor will attempt to obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders. In placing orders, the Sub-Advisor will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency. Consistent with this obligation, the Sub-Advisor may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and other clients of the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Sub-Advisor hereunder. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided

 


 

that the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor to the Trust’s and their other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term. In no instance, however, will the Trust’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by the SEC or by applicable law. Subject to the foregoing and the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and other applicable provisions of law, the Sub-Advisor may select brokers and dealers with which it or the Trust is affiliated;
               (ii) maintain books and records with respect to the Trust’s securities transactions and will render to the Advisor and the Trust’s Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports as they may request;
               (iii) maintain a policy and practice of conducting its investment advisory services hereunder independently of the commercial banking operations of its affiliates. When the Sub-Advisor makes investment recommendations for the Trust, its investment advisory personnel will not inquire or take into consideration whether the issuer of securities proposed for purchase or sale for the Trust’s account are customers of the commercial department of its affiliates; and
               (iv) treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and other information relative to the Trust, and the Trust’s prior, current or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Trust, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Sub-Advisor may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Trust.
          4. Services Not Exclusive . Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Sub-Advisor or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment advisor for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Sub-Advisor or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided, however, that the Sub-Advisor will undertake no activities which, in its judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
          5. Books and Records . In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Sub-Advisor hereby agrees that all records which it

 


 

maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust any such records upon the Trust’s request. The Sub-Advisor further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act (to the extent such books and records are not maintained by the Advisor).
          6. Agency Cross Transactions . From time to time, the Sub-Advisor or brokers or dealers affiliated with it may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “ Account ”) securities which the Sub-Advisor’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy. Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Advisor or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from both parties to the transaction without the advisory client’s consent. This is because in a situation where the Sub-Advisor is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Sub-Advisor or an affiliate is receiving commissions from one or both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Sub-Advisor’s part regarding the advisory client. The SEC has adopted a rule under the Advisers Act which permits the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance. By execution of this Agreement, the Trust authorizes the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account. The Trust may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Sub-Advisor.
          7. Expenses . During the term of this Agreement, the Sub-Advisor will bear all costs and expenses of its employees and any overhead incurred by the Sub-Advisor in connection with its duties hereunder; provided that the Board of Trustees of the Trust may approve reimbursement to the Sub-Advisor of the pro-rata portion of the salaries, bonuses, health insurance, retirement benefits and all similar employment costs for the time spent on Trust operations (including, without limitation, compliance matters) (other than the provision of investment advice and administrative services required to be provided hereunder) of all personnel employed by the Sub-Advisor who devote substantial time to the Trust operations or the operations of other investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Sub-Advisor.
          8. Compensation .
               (a) The Advisor agrees to pay to the Sub-Advisor and the Sub-Advisor agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered by the Sub-Advisor as such, a monthly fee in arrears at an annual rate equal to 50% of the monthly advisory fees received by the Advisor. For any period less than a month during which this Agreement is in effect, the fee shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to a full month of 28, 29, 30 or 31 days, as the case may be.
               (b) For purposes of this Agreement, the net assets of the Trust shall be calculated pursuant to the procedures adopted by resolutions of the Trustees of

 


 

the Trust for calculating the value of the Trust’s assets or delegating such calculations to third parties.
          9. Indemnity .
          (a) The Trust may, with the prior consent of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the trustees of the Trust that are not “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act), indemnify the Sub-Advisor and each of the Sub-Advisor’s directors, officers, employees, agents, associates and controlling persons and the directors, partners, members, officers, employees and agents thereof (including any individual who serves at the Sub-Advisor’s request as director, officer, partner, member, trustee or the like of another entity) (each such person being an “ Indemnitee ”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees (all as provided in accordance with applicable state law) reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which such Indemnitee may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such Indemnitee may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth herein or thereafter by reason of such Indemnitee having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which such Indemnitee shall have been adjudicated not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Trust and furthermore, in the case of any criminal proceeding, so long as such Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful; provided, however, that (1) no Indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to the Trust or its shareholders or any expense of such Indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Indemnitee’s position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “ disabling conduct ”), (2) as to any matter disposed of by settlement or a compromise payment by such Indemnitee, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification either for said payment or for any other expenses shall be provided unless there has been a determination that such settlement or compromise is in the best interests of the Trust and that such Indemnitee appears to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Trust and did not involve disabling conduct by such Indemnitee and (3) with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any Indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such Indemnitee was authorized by a majority of the full Board of Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the trustees of the Trust who are not “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act).
          (b) The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a

 


 

written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that such Indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if the trustees of the Trust determine that the facts then known to them would not preclude indemnification. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (A) the Indemnitee shall provide a security for such Indemnitee-undertaking, (B) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any unlawful advance, or (C) a majority of a quorum consisting of trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“ Disinterested Non-Party Trustees ”) or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
                (c) All determinations with respect to indemnification hereunder shall be made (1) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought that such Indemnitee is not liable by reason of disabling conduct, or (2) in the absence of such a decision, by (i) a majority vote of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees of the Trust, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or even, if obtainable, if a majority vote of such quorum so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion. All determinations that advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized shall be made in accordance with the immediately preceding clause (2) above.
          The rights accruing to any Indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right to which such Indemnitee may be lawfully entitled.
          10. Limitation on Liability .
               (a) The Sub-Advisor will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Advisor or by the Trust in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.
               (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, as provided in Section 5.1 of Article V of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, this Agreement is executed by the Trustees and/or officers of the Trust, not individually but as such Trustees and/or officers of the Trust, and the obligations hereunder are not binding upon any of the Trustees or Shareholders individually but bind only the estate of the Trust.
          11. Duration and Termination . This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and, unless sooner terminated with respect to the Trust as provided herein, shall continue in effect for a period of two years. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Trust for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both

 


 

(a) the vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees, who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust or the Advisor at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon giving the Sub-Advisor 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Sub-Advisor), provided that such termination by the Trust or the Advisor shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Sub-Advisor on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust and the Advisor), and will terminate automatically upon any termination of the Advisory Agreement between the Trust and the Advisor. This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. (As used in this Agreement, the terms “ majority of the outstanding voting securities ,” “ interested person ” and “ assignment ” shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act.)
          12. Notices . Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.
          13. Amendment of this Agreement . No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.
          14. Miscellaneous . The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.
          15. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York for contracts to be performed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.
          16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.
         
  BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Neal Andrews  
    Name:   Neal Andrews   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
  BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Neal Andrews  
    Name:   Neal Andrews   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
         
  BLACKROCK BUILD AMERICA BOND TRUST
 
 
  By:   /s/ Brendan Kyne  
    Name:   Brendan Kyne   
    Title:   Vice President   

 

Exhibit. (h)(1)
BLACKROCK BUILD AMERICA BOND TRUST
                     Common Shares of Beneficial Interest
$20.00 per Share
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
Dated: August [ ], 2010

 


 

Table of Contents
             
        Page
SECTION 1.
  Representations and Warranties     3  
SECTION 2.
  Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing     17  
SECTION 3.
  Covenants of the Trust and the Advisers     19  
SECTION 4.
  Payment of Expenses     21  
SECTION 5.
  Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations     22  
SECTION 6.
  Indemnification     27  
SECTION 7.
  Contribution     29  
SECTION 8.
  Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery     31  
SECTION 9.
  Termination of Agreement     31  
SECTION 10.
  Default by One or More of the Underwriters     31  
SECTION 11.
  Notices     32  
SECTION 12.
  Parties     32  
SECTION 13.
  GOVERNING LAW     33  
SECTION 14.
  Effect of Headings     33  
SECTION 15.
  Definitions     33  
SECTION 16.
  Absence of Fiduciary Relationship     35  
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A — Initial Securities to be Sold
Exhibit B — Form of Opinion of Trust Counsel
Exhibit C — Form of Opinion of Adviser Counsel
Exhibit D — Form of Opinion of Subadviser Counsel
Exhibit E — Price-Related Information

i


 

BLACKROCK BUILD AMERICA BOND TRUST
[ ] Shares of Beneficial Interest
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
August [ ], 2010
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                Incorporated
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
UBS Securities LLC
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
As Representatives of the several Underwriters
listed on Exhibit A hereto
c/o Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
375 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10152
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     BlackRock Build America Bond Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “ Trust ”), BlackRock Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Adviser ”) and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Subadviser, ” and together with the Adviser, the “ Advisers ”), confirm their respective agreements with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (“ Wells Fargo ”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Exhibit A hereto (collectively, the “ Underwriters ,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom Wells Fargo, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC and Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc., are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “ Representatives ”), with respect to the issue and sale by the Trust of a total of [ ] common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Initial Securities ”), and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of Initial Securities set forth in said Exhibit A hereto, and with respect to the grant by the Trust to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [ ] additional common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Option Securities ”), to cover over-allotments, if any. The Initial Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the Option Securities are hereinafter called, collectively, the “ Securities .” Certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 15 hereof.
     The Trust understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.

1


 

     The Trust has entered into (i) an Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser dated as of [ ], 2010, (ii) a Custodian Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company dated as of [ ], 2010, (iii) an Administrative Services Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company dated as of [ ], 2010, (iv) a Transfer Agency Agreement with Computershare Trust Company, N.A. dated as of [ ], 2010, (v) an Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with the Adviser and Subadviser dated as of [ ], 2010 and such agreements are herein referred to as the “ Investment Advisory Agreement ,” the “ Custodian Agreement ”, the “ Administrative Agreement” , the “ Transfer Agency Agreement, ” and the “ Sub-Advisory Agreement” , respectively. Collectively, the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Custodian Agreement, the Administrative Agreement, the Transfer Agency Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement are herein referred to as the “Trust Agreements.” The Adviser has entered into a Structuring Fee Agreement with Wells Fargo dated as of August [ ], 2010, a Structuring Fee Agreement with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated dated as of August [ ], 2010, a Structuring Fee Agreement with Citigroup Global Markets Inc. dated as of August [ ], 2010, a Marketing and Structuring Fee Agreement with Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated dated as of August [ ], 2010, a Structuring Fee Agreement with UBS Securities LLC dated as of August [ ], 2010, a Structuring Fee Agreement with Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. dated as of August [ ], 2010, and a Structuring Fee Agreement with Raymond James & Associates, Inc. dated as of August [ ], 2010, such agreements are herein referred to as and the “ Fee Agreements .” In addition, the Trust has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan pursuant to which holders of common shares of beneficial interest shall have their dividends automatically reinvested in additional common shares of beneficial interest of the Trust unless they elect to receive such dividends in cash, and such plan is herein referred to as the “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan .”
     The Trust has prepared and filed with the Commission a registration statement (File Nos. 333-167434 and 811-22426) on Form N-2, including a related preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), for registration under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act of the offering and sale of the Securities. The Trust may have filed one or more amendments thereto, including a related preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), each of which has previously been made available or furnished to you.
     The Trust will next file with the Commission one of the following: either (1) prior to the effective date of the registration statement, a further amendment to the registration statement (including the form of final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein)) or (2) after the effective date of the registration statement, a final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) in accordance with Rules 430A and 497. In the case of clause (2), the Trust has included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, as amended at the effective date, all information (other than Rule 430A Information) required by the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations to be included in the registration statement and the Prospectus. As filed, such amendment and form of final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), or such final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), shall contain all Rule 430A Information, together with all other such required information, and, except to the extent the Representatives shall agree in writing (including email) to a modification, shall be in all substantive respects in the form furnished to you prior to the Applicable Time or, to the extent not completed at the Applicable Time, shall contain only such specific additional information and other changes (beyond that contained in the latest preliminary prospectus) as the Trust has advised you, prior to the Applicable Time, will be included or made therein.

2


 

SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties.
     (a)  Representations and Warranties by the Trust and the Advisers. The Trust and the Advisers, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Closing Date referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Option Closing Date (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, and agree with each Underwriter, as follows:
     (1) Compliance with Registration Requirements . The Securities have been duly registered under the 1933 Act, pursuant to the Registration Statement. Each of the Initial Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has become effective under the 1933 Act and has been filed under the 1940 Act, and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has been issued under the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act, and no proceedings for any such purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Trust or the Advisers, are contemplated by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information has been complied with. The Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus complied when filed with the Commission in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations. The Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities each was substantially identical to the electronically transmitted copy thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
     At the respective times the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto became or becomes effective and at the Closing Date (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the applicable Option Closing Date), the Initial Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement will, and the 1940 Act Notification when originally filed with the Commission and any amendments and supplements thereto did or will when filed, comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendments or supplements thereto, as of its date, at the Closing Date (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the applicable Option Closing Date), and at any time when a prospectus is required by applicable law to be delivered in connection with sales of Securities, included or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Preliminary Prospectus and the information included on Exhibit D hereto, all considered together (collectively, the “ General Disclosure Package ”) did not or will not as of their respective dates contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that neither the Trust nor the Advisors make any representations or warranties as to the information contained in or omitted from

3


 

the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Trust by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 6(b) hereof.
     The Trust’s registration statement on Form 8-A under the 1934 Act is effective.
     (2) Independent Accountants . Deloitte & Touche LLP who certified and audited the financial statements and supporting schedules, if any, included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations.
     (3) Financial Statements . The financial statements of the Trust included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules (if any) and notes, present fairly the financial position of the Trust at the dates indicated; and all such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP and comply in all material respects with all applicable accounting requirements under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations. The supporting schedules, if any, included in the Registration Statement present fairly, in accordance with GAAP, the information required to be stated therein, and the other financial and statistical information and data included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, if any, are accurately derived from such financial statements and the books and records of the Trust.
     (4) No Material Adverse Change in Business . Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no Trust Material Adverse Effect and (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Trust which are material with respect to the Trust other than those in the ordinary course of its business as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.
     (5) Good Standing of the Trust . The Trust has been duly formed and is validly existing in good standing as a statutory trust under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the full statutory trust power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Trust Agreements; and the Trust is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or to be in good standing would not have a Trust Material Adverse Effect.
     (6) No Subsidiaries . The Trust has no subsidiaries.
     (7) Investment Company Status. The Trust is duly registered as a closed-end, non-diversified management investment company under the 1940 Act and the 1940 Act

4


 

Rules and Regulations, and the 1940 Act Notification has been duly filed with the Commission. The Trust has not received any notice from the Commission pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act with respect to the 1940 Act Notification or the Registration Statement.
     (8) Officers and Trustees . No person is serving or acting as an officer, trustee or investment adviser of the Trust except in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations and the Advisers Act. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, no trustee of the Trust is (A) an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust or (B) an “affiliated person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any Underwriter. For purposes of this Section 1(a)(8), the Trust and the Advisers shall be entitled to rely on representations from such officers and trustees.
     (9) Capitalization . The authorized, issued and outstanding common shares of beneficial interest of the Trust are as set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and in the Prospectus. All issued and outstanding common shares of beneficial interest of the Trust have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable (except as set forth in Section 3.8 of the Declaration of Trust) and have been offered and sold or exchanged by the Trust in compliance with all applicable laws (including, without limitation, federal and state securities laws); none of the outstanding common shares of beneficial interest of the Trust was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Trust; the Securities have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, will be fully paid and nonassessable (except as set forth in Section 3.8 Declaration of Trust); the certificates for the Securities, if any, are in valid and sufficient form.
     (10) Power and Authority . The Trust has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Trust Agreements; the execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Trust of its obligations under this Agreement and the Trust Agreements have been duly and validly authorized by the Trust; and this Agreement and the Trust Agreements have been duly executed and delivered by the Trust and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, constitute the valid and legally binding agreements of the Trust, enforceable against the Trust in accordance with their terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by federal or state securities laws and subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Trust’s obligations hereunder and thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
     (11) Approval of Investment Advisory Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement . The Trust’s Board of Trustees and the Trust’s sole shareholder have approved the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement in accordance with Sections 15(a) and (c) of the 1940 Act.

5


 

     (12) Agreements’ Compliance with Law . This Agreement and each of the Trust Agreements comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations, the Advisers Act and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations.
     (13) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts . The Trust is not (i) in violation of its Declaration of Trust or bylaws, (ii) in breach or default in the performance of the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, declaration of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which it is a party or bound or to which its property is subject or (iii) in violation of any law, ordinance, administrative or governmental rule or regulation applicable to the Trust or of any decree of the Commission, FINRA, any state securities commission, any foreign securities commission, any national securities exchange, any arbitrator, any court or any other governmental, regulatory, self-regulatory or administrative agency or any official having jurisdiction over the Trust, except in the cases of clauses (ii) and (iii) for such breaches, defaults, or violations that individually or in the aggregate would not have a Trust Material Adverse Effect.
     (14) Absence of Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Trust, expressly threatened, against or affecting the Trust which is required to be disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus (other than as disclosed therein), or that could reasonably be expected to result in a Trust Material Adverse Effect, or that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or assets of the Trust or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Trust of its obligations under this Agreement or the Trust Agreements; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Trust is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Trust Material Adverse Effect.
     (15) Accuracy of Descriptions and Exhibits . The statements set forth under the headings “Description of Shares,” “Certain Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust” and “Tax Matters” in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and “Tax Matters” in the Statement of Additional Information, insofar as such statements purport to summarize certain provisions of the 1940 Act, the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, the Trust’s Declaration of Trust, U.S. federal income tax law and regulations or legal conclusions with respect thereto, fairly and accurately summarize such provisions in all material respects; all descriptions in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus of any Trust documents are accurate in all material respects; and there are no franchises, contracts, indentures, mortgages, deeds of trust, loan or credit agreements, bonds, notes, debentures, evidences of indebtedness, leases or other instruments or agreements required to be described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the

6


 

Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations which have not been so described and filed as required.
     (16) Absence of Further Requirements . (A) No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign, and (B) no authorization, approval, vote or other consent of any other person or entity, is necessary or required for the performance by the Trust of its obligations under this Agreement or the Trust Agreements, for the offering, issuance, sale or delivery of the Securities hereunder, or for the consummation of any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Trust Agreements, in each case on the terms contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except such as have been already obtained under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations, and the rules and regulations of FINRA and the NYSE and such as may be required under state securities laws.
     (17) Non-Contravention . Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement and the Trust Agreements nor the consummation by the Trust of the transactions herein or therein contemplated (i) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of the Declaration of Trust or bylaws of the Trust, (ii) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of or a default under, any agreement, indenture, lease or other instrument to which the Trust is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or (iii) violates or will violate any statute, law, regulation or filing or judgment, injunction, order or decree applicable to the Trust or any of its properties or will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Trust pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Trust is a party or by which the Trust may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Trust is subject, except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) for such conflicts, breaches, defaults, violations or creations or impositions that individually or in the aggregate would not have a Trust Material Adverse Effect.
     (18) Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Trust has such licenses, permits, and authorizations of governmental or regulatory authorities (“Permits”), if any, as are necessary to own its property and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except to the extent that the failure to have any such permit would not have a Trust Material Adverse Effect; the Trust has fulfilled and performed all its material obligations with respect to such Permits and no event has occurred which allows or, after notice or lapse of time, would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the Trust under any such Permit, subject in each case to such qualification as may be set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; and, except as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, none of such Permits contains any restriction that is materially burdensome to the Trust.

7


 

     (19) Distribution of Offering Material . The Trust has not distributed and, prior to the later to occur of (i) the Closing Date and (ii) completion of the distribution of the Securities, will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Sales Material (as defined below) or other materials permitted by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations.
     (20) Absence of Registration Rights . There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities (debt or equity) (A) registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement or (B) otherwise registered by the Trust under the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act. There are no persons with tag-along rights or other similar rights to have any securities (debt or equity) included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement or sold in connection with the sale of Securities by the Trust pursuant to this Agreement.
     (21) NYSE . The Securities are duly listed and admitted and authorized for trading, subject to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution, on the NYSE.
     (22) FINRA Matters . All of the information provided to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters by the Trust, its officers and trustees in connection with letters, filings or other supplemental information provided to FINRA pursuant to FINRA’s conduct rules is true, complete and correct in all material respects.
     (23) Tax Returns . The Trust has filed all tax returns, if any, that are required to be filed and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except for any such tax, assessment, fine or penalty that is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate actions and except for such taxes, assessments, fines or penalties the nonpayment of which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Trust Material Adverse Effect.
     (24) Subchapter M . The Trust intends to comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code and intends to direct the investment of the net proceeds of the offering of the Securities in such a manner as to comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code.
     (25) Insurance . The Trust is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which it is engaged and which the Trust deems adequate; all policies of insurance insuring the Trust or its business, assets, employees, officers and trustees, including its fidelity bond required by Rule 17g-1 of the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations and the Trust’s trustees and officers/errors and omissions insurance policy, are in full force and effect; the Trust is in compliance with the terms of such fidelity bond and policy in all material respects; and there are no claims by the Trust under any such fidelity bond or policy as to which any insurance company is denying liability or

8


 

defending under a reservation of rights clause; the Trust has not been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Trust has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Trust Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).
     (26) Accounting Controls and Disclosure Controls . The Trust maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations and with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Trust and the applicable requirements of the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations and the Code; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP, to calculate net asset value, to maintain accountability for assets and to maintain material compliance with the books and records requirements under the 1940 Act and the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Trust employs “internal control over financial reporting” (as such term is defined in Rule 30a-3 under the 1940 Act) and such internal control over financial reporting is and shall be effective as required by the 1940 Act and the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations. The Trust is not aware of any material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting. The Trust employs “disclosure controls and procedures” (as such term is defined in Rule 30a-3 under the 1940 Act); such disclosure controls and procedures are effective.
     (27) Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. There is and has been no failure on the part of the Trust or any of the Trust’s trustees or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, including Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications, except where such breach or violations could not reasonably be expected to result in a Trust Material Adverse Effect.
     (28) Trust Compliance with Policies and Procedures . The Trust has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Federal Securities Laws (as that term is defined in Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act) by the Trust, including policies and procedures that provide oversight of compliance for each investment adviser, administrator and transfer agent of the Trust.
     (29) Absence of Manipulation . The Trust has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and the Trust is not aware of any such action taken or to be taken by any affiliates of the Trust, other than (i) such actions as taken by the Underwriters that are affiliates of the Trust and (ii) tender offers, share repurchases and

9


 

the issuance or purchase of shares pursuant to the Trust’s dividend reinvestment plan that may be effected following the date on which the distributions of Initial Securities is completed, so long as such actions are in compliance with all applicable law.
     (30) Statistical, Demographic or Market-Related Data . Any statistical, demographic or market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, if any, is based on or derived from sources that the Trust believes to be reliable and accurate and all such data included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus accurately reflects the materials upon which it is based or from which it was derived.
     (31) Advertisements . All advertising, sales literature or other promotional material (including “prospectus wrappers”, “broker kits”, “road show slides” and “road show scripts”), whether in printed or electronic form, authorized in writing by or prepared by or at the direction of the Trust or the Advisers for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities (collectively, “Sales Material”) complied and comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations and the rules and interpretations of FINRA and if required to be filed with FINRA under FINRA’s conduct rules were so filed and provided to Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters. No Sales Material contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
     (32) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Trust nor, to the knowledge of the Trust, any trustee, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Trust is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that has resulted or would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA, and the Trust and, to the knowledge of the Trust, its other affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.
     (33) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Trust are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, and the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar applicable rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or

10


 

governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Trust with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Trust, threatened.
     (34) OFAC . Neither the Trust nor, to the knowledge of the Trust, any trustee, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Trust is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Trust will not directly or indirectly use any of the proceeds received by the Trust from the sale of Securities contemplated by this Agreement, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available any such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
     (b)  Representations and Warranties by the Adviser . The Adviser represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Closing Date and as of each Option Closing Date (if any), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:
     (1) Adviser Status . The Adviser is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations or the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations from acting under the Investment Advisory Agreement or the Fee Agreements as contemplated by the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.
     (2) Capitalization . The Adviser has the financial resources available to it necessary for the performance of its services and obligations as contemplated in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and under this Agreement and the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Fee Agreements.
     (3) No Material Adverse Change in Business . Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no Adviser Material Adverse Effect and (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Adviser which are material with respect to the Adviser other than those in the ordinary course of its business as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.
     (4) Good Standing . The Adviser has been duly formed and is validly existing in good standing as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Trust Agreements and the Fee Agreements; and the Adviser is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would not result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect.
     (5) Power and Authority . The Adviser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Fee Agreements; the execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Adviser of its obligations under

11


 

this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Fee Agreements have been duly and validly authorized by the Adviser; and this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Fee Agreements have been duly executed and delivered by the Adviser and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, constitute the valid and legally binding agreements of the Adviser, enforceable against the Adviser in accordance with their terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by federal or state securities laws and subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Adviser’s obligations hereunder and thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
     (6) Description of the Adviser . The description of the Adviser and its business and the statements attributable to the Adviser in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus complied and comply in all material respects with the provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
     (7) Non-Contravention . Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement or the Fee Agreements nor the consummation by the Trust or the Adviser of the transactions herein or therein contemplated (i) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of the Organizational Documents of the Adviser, (ii) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of or a default under, any agreement, indenture, lease or other instrument to which the Adviser is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or (iii) violates or will violate any statute, law, regulation or filing or judgment, injunction, order or decree applicable to the Adviser or any of its properties or will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Adviser pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Adviser is a party or by which the Adviser may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Adviser is subject, except in the case of (ii) and (iii) above, where such conflict, breach, default, violation or creation or imposition would not have a Adviser Material Adverse Effect.
     (8) Agreements’ Compliance with Laws . This Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Fee Agreements comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations, the Advisers Act, and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations.
     (9) Absence of Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Adviser, threatened, against or affecting the Adviser which is required to be disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus (other than as disclosed therein), or that could reasonably be expected to result

12


 

in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect, or that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or assets thereof or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Adviser of its obligations under this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement or the Fee Agreements; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Adviser is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect.
     (10) Absence of Further Requirements . (A) No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign, and (B) no authorization, approval, vote or other consent of any other person or entity, is necessary or required for the performance by the Adviser of its obligations under this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement or the Fee Agreements, except such as have been already obtained under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations, the rules and regulations of FINRA and the NYSE and such as may be required under state securities laws.
     (11) Possession of Permits . The Adviser has such Permits, if any, as are necessary to own its property and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except to the extent that the failure to have any such permit would not have an Adviser Material Adverse Effect; the Adviser has fulfilled and performed all its material obligations with respect to such Permits and no event has occurred which allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the Adviser under any such Permit.
     (12) Adviser Compliance with Policies and Procedures . The Adviser has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures under Rule 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Advisers Act and the Advisers Act Rules by the Adviser and its supervised persons.
     (13) Absence of Manipulation . The Adviser has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and the Adviser is not aware of any such action taken or to be taken by any affiliates of the Adviser, other than (i) such actions as taken by the Underwriters that are affiliates of the Adviser and (ii) tender offers, share repurchases and the issuance or purchase of shares pursuant to the Trust’s dividend reinvestment plan that may be effected following the date on which the distributions of Initial Securities is completed, so long as such actions are in compliance with all applicable law.
     (14) Promotional Materials . In the event that the Trust or the Adviser makes available any promotional materials related to the Securities or the transactions contemplated hereby intended for use only by registered broker-dealers and registered

13


 

representatives thereof by means of an Internet web site or similar electronic means, the Adviser will install and maintain, or will cause to be installed and maintained, pre-qualification and password-protection or similar procedures which are reasonably designed to effectively prohibit access to such promotional materials by persons other than registered broker-dealers and registered representatives thereof.
     (15) Internal Controls . The Adviser maintains a system of internal controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions effectuated by it under the Investment Advisory Agreement are executed in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization; and (ii) access to the Trust’s assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization.
     (16) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Adviser and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable Money Laundering Laws and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Adviser or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Adviser, threatened.
     (c)  Representations and Warranties by the Subadviser . The Subadviser represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Closing Date and as of each Option Closing Date (if any), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:
     (1) Subadviser Status . The Subadviser is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations or the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations from acting under the Sub-Advisory Agreement as contemplated by the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.
     (2) Capitalization . The Subadviser has the financial resources available to it necessary for the performance of its services and obligations as contemplated in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and under this Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement.
     (3) No Material Adverse Change in Business . Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no Subadviser Material Adverse Effect and (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Subadviser which are material with respect to the Subadviser other than those in the ordinary course of its business as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.
     (4) Good Standing . The Subadviser has been duly formed and is validly existing in good standing as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this

14


 

Agreement and the Sub-Advisory; and the Subadviser is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Subadviser Material Adverse Effect.
     (5) Power and Authority . The Subadviser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement; the execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Subadviser of its obligations under this Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by the Subadviser; and this Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement have been duly executed and delivered by the Subadviser and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, constitute the valid and legally binding agreements of the Subadviser, enforceable against the Subadviser in accordance with their terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by federal or state securities laws and subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Subadviser’s obligations hereunder and thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is considered in equity or at law).
     (6) Description of the Subadviser . The description of the Subadviser and its business and the statements attributable to the Subadviser in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus complied and comply in all material respects with the provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
     (7) Non-Contravention . Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or the Sub-Advisory Agreement nor the consummation by the Trust or the Subadviser of the transactions herein or therein contemplated (i) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of the Organizational Documents of the Subadviser, (ii) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of or a default under, any agreement, indenture, lease or other instrument to which the Subadviser is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or (iii) violates or will violate any statute, law, regulation or filing or judgment, injunction, order or decree applicable to the Subadviser or any of its properties or will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Subadviser pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Subadviser is a party or by which the Subadviser may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Subadviser is subject, except in the case of (ii) and (iii) above, where such conflict, breach, default, violation or creation or imposition would not have a Subadviser Material Adverse Effect.
     (8) Agreements’ Compliance with Laws . This Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the

15


 

1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations, the Advisers Act, and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations.
     (9) Absence of Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Subadviser, threatened, against or affecting the Subadviser which is required to be disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus (other than as disclosed therein), or that could reasonably be expected to result in an Subadviser Material Adverse Effect, or that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or assets thereof or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Subadviser of its obligations under this Agreement or the Sub-Advisory Agreement; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Subadviser is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in an Subadviser Material Adverse Effect.
     (10) Absence of Further Requirements . (A) No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign, and (B) no authorization, approval, vote or other consent of any other person or entity, is necessary or required for the performance by the Subadviser of its obligations under this Agreement or the Sub-Advisory Agreement, except such as have been already obtained under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations, the rules and regulations of FINRA and the NYSE and such as may be required under state securities laws.
     (11) Possession of Permits . The Subadviser has such Permits, if any, as are necessary to own its property and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except to the extent that the failure to have any such Permit would not have a Subadviser Material Adverse Effect; the Subadviser has fulfilled and performed all its material obligations with respect to such Permits and no event has occurred which allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the Subadviser under any such Permit.
     (12) Subadviser Compliance with Policies and Procedures . The Subadviser has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures under Rule 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Advisers Act and the Advisers Act Rules by the Subadviser and its supervised persons.
     (13) Absence of Manipulation . The Subadviser has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and the Subadviser is not aware of any such action taken or to be taken by any affiliates of the Subadviser, other than (i) such actions as taken by the Underwriters that are affiliates of the Subadviser and (ii) tender

16


 

offers, share repurchases and the issuance or purchase of shares pursuant to the Trust’s dividend reinvestment plan that may be effected following the date on which the distributions of Initial Securities is completed, so long as such actions are in compliance with all applicable law.
     (14) Promotional Materials . In the event that the Trust or the Subadviser makes available any promotional materials related to the Securities or the transactions contemplated hereby intended for use only by registered broker-dealers and registered representatives thereof by means of an Internet web site or similar electronic means, the Subadviser will install and maintain, or will cause to be installed and maintained, pre-qualification and password-protection or similar procedures which are reasonably designed to effectively prohibit access to such promotional materials by persons other than registered broker-dealers and registered representatives thereof.
     (15) Internal Controls . The Subadviser maintains a system of internal controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions effectuated by it under the Sub-Advisory Agreement are executed in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization; and (ii) access to the Trust’s assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization.
     (16) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Subadviser and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable Money Laundering Laws and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Subadviser or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Subadviser, threatened.
     (d)  Certificates. Any certificate signed by any officer of the Trust or the Advisers and delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Trust or the Advisers, as the case may be, to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.
               SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .
     (a)  Initial Securities. On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Trust agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Trust, at a purchase price of $             per share, the amount of the Initial Securities set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Exhibit A hereto. The Trust is advised that the Underwriters intend to (i) make a public offering of their respective portions of the Securities as soon after the Applicable Time as is advisable and (ii) initially to offer the Securities upon the terms set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.
     (b)  Option Securities. Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Trust hereby grants an option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to ___Option Securities at the same purchase price per share as the Underwriters shall pay for the Initial Securities. Said option may

17


 

be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the sale of the Initial Securities by the Underwriters. Said option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the 45th day after the date of the Prospectus upon written or telegraphic notice by the Representatives to the Trust setting forth the number of shares of the Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are exercising the option and the settlement date. The number of Option Securities to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the same percentage of the total number of shares of the Option Securities to be purchased by the several Underwriters as such Underwriter is purchasing of the Initial Securities, subject to such adjustments as you in your absolute discretion shall make to eliminate any fractional shares. Any such time and date of delivery (an “ Option Closing Date ”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but shall not be earlier than the second full business day after the date on which the option is exercised nor later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Date, as hereinafter defined.
     (c)  Payment. Payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities, and delivery of the related closing certificates therefor, shall be made at the offices of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Trust, at 9:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on August 31, 2010 (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Trust (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “ Closing Date ”).
     In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Trust, on each Option Closing Date as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Trust.
     Delivery of the Securities shall be made to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Trust by Federal Funds wire transfer payable in same-day funds to an account specified by the Trust. Delivery of the Initial Securities and the Option Securities shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct. Wells Fargo, individually and not as Representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

18


 

     (d)  Denominations; Registration. Certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, shall be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request in writing at least one full business day before the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, will be made available for examination and packaging by the Representatives in The City of New York not later than noon (Eastern time) on the business day prior to the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be.
               SECTION 3. Covenants of the Trust and the Advisers . The Trust and the Advisers, jointly and severally, covenant with each Underwriter as follows:
     (a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests. The Trust, subject to Section 3(a)(ii), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A and will notify the Representatives immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective, or any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes, or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Trust becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Trust will use its commercially reasonable efforts in connection with the offering of the Securities to prevent the issuance of any stop order or the suspension of any such qualification and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.
     (b) Filing of Amendments. The Trust will give the Representatives notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)) or any amendment, supplement or revision to either the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective or to the Prospectus, whether pursuant to the 1933 Act or otherwise, or will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents within a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall object.
     (c) Delivery of Registration Statements. The Trust has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be substantially identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

19


 

     (d) Delivery of Prospectuses. The Trust has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus prepared prior to the date of this Agreement as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Trust hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Trust will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, such number of copies of the documents constituting the General Disclosure Package prepared on or after the date of this Agreement and the Prospectus (and any amendments or supplements thereto) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters is or will be, as the case may be, substantially identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
     (e) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. The Trust will comply in all material respects with the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus is required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities (including, without limitation, pursuant to Rule 172), any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Trust, to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order that the Prospectus will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be necessary, in the opinion of such counsel, at any such time to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations, the Trust will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3(b) hereof, such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement or the Prospectus comply with such requirements, and the Trust will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request.
     (f) Blue Sky Qualifications. The Trust will use its best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify, if necessary, the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of states of the United States, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect for a period of not less than one year from the date of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Trust shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.
     (g) Rule 158. The Trust will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its security holders as soon as

20


 

practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.
     (h) Use of Proceeds . The Trust will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”
     (i) Reporting Requirements. The Trust, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations within the time periods required by the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations.
     (j) Subchapter M. The Trust will use its best efforts to comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code.
     (k) Absence of Manipulation . The Trust and the Advisers have not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and the Trust and the Advisers are not aware of any such action taken or to be taken by any affiliates of the Trust or the Advisers, other than (i) such actions as taken by the Underwriters that are affiliates of the Trust or the Advisers and (ii) tender offers, share repurchases and the issuance or purchase of shares pursuant to the Trust’s dividend reinvestment plan that may be effected following the date on which the distributions of Initial Securities is completed, so long as such actions are in compliance with all applicable law.
     (l) Restriction on Sale of Securities. The Trust will not, without the prior written consent of Wells Fargo, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Trust or any affiliate of the Trust or any person in privity with the Trust, directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation in the filing) of a registration statement with the Commission in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the 1934 Act, any other Securities or any securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, Securities; or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction for a period of 180 days following the Applicable Time, provided , however , that the Trust may issue and sell Securities pursuant to any dividend reinvestment plan of the Trust in effect at the Applicable Time.
               SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses .
     (a)  Expenses. The Trust will pay all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and of

21


 

each amendment thereto, (ii) the word processing, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of this Agreement, any Agreement among Underwriters and such other documents as may be required in connection with the offering, purchase, sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates or evidence of book-entry notation for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the reasonable fees and disbursements of the counsel, accountants and other advisors to the Trust, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(f) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplements thereto, (vi) the printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, the documents constituting the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus and the 1940 Act Notification, any Sales Material and any amendments or supplements thereto, (vii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplements thereto, (viii) the fees and expenses of the custodian and the transfer agent and registrar for the Securities, (ix) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities, (x) the transportation and other expenses incurred by or on behalf of Trust representatives in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the Securities, (xi) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the NYSE and (xii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance by the Trust of its obligations hereunder. To the extent that the foregoing costs and expenses incidental to the performance of the obligations of the Trust under this Agreement (other than sales load) exceed $0.04 per share, the Adviser will pay all such costs and expenses.
     (b)  Termination of Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 or Section 9(a)(i) hereof, the Trust and the Advisers, jointly and severally, agree that they shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their accountable out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.
               SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, as the case may be, shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Trust and the Advisers contained herein as of the Applicable Time, the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date pursuant to Section 4 hereof, to the accuracy of the statements of the Trust and the Advisers made in any certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof as of the times stated in such certificates, to the performance by the Trust and the Advisers of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:
     (a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement. The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and at the Closing Date (or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the 1933 Act or any notice objecting to its use or order pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act shall have been issued and proceedings therefor initiated or, to the knowledge of the Trust or the Advisers, threatened by the Commission, and any request on the part

22


 

of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriters. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 497 or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed and declared effective in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.
     (b) Opinion of Counsel for Trust. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the Trust (“ Trust Counsel ”), in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request. The opinion of Trust Counsel shall state that Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, may rely on such opinion as to matters of Delaware law for the purposes of rendering its opinion referenced in Section 5(c).
     (c) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives. Insofar as the opinion expressed above relates to or is dependent upon matters governed by Delaware Statutory Trust Act, Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP will be permitted to rely on the opinion of Trust Counsel.
     (d) Certificate of the Trust. At the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement), any Trust Material Adverse Effect, and, at the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the President, the Chief Executive Officer or Vice President of the Trust or such other authorized officer as is acceptable to the Underwriters and of the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer or such other authorized officer as is acceptable to the Underwriters of the Trust, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Trust Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Trust in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Date, (iii) the Trust has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date under or pursuant to this Agreement (to the extent not waived by the Representatives), and (iv) to their knowledge, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or order of suspension or revocation of registration pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act has been issued, and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, are contemplated by the Commission.
     (e) Opinion of Counsel for the Adviser. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date,

23


 

  of Janey Ahn, Esq., counsel for the Adviser, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit C hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.
     (f) Certificate of the Adviser . At the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement), any Adviser Material Adverse Effect, and, at the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the President, the Chief Executive Officer or Vice President or such other authorized officer as is acceptable to the Underwriters of the Adviser and of the Chief Financial Officer of Chief Accounting Officer or such other authorized officer as is acceptable to the Underwriters of the Adviser, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Adviser Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Adviser in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Date, (iii) the Adviser has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date under or pursuant to this Agreement (to the extent not waived by the Representatives), and (iv) to their knowledge, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or order of suspension or revocation of registration pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, are contemplated by the Commission .
     (g) Opinion of Counsel for the Subadviser. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of Janey Ahn, Esq., counsel for the Subadviser, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit D hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.
     (h) Certificate of the Subadviser . At the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement), any Subadviser Material Adverse Effect, and, at the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the President, the Chief Executive Officer or Vice President or such other authorized officer as is acceptable to the Underwriters of the Subadviser and of the Chief Financial Officer of Chief Accounting Officer or such other authorized officer as is acceptable to the Underwriters of the Subadviser, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Subadviser Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Subadviser in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Date, (iii) the Subadviser has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed

24


 

or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date under or pursuant to this Agreement (to the extent not waived by the Representatives), and (iv) to their knowledge, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or order of suspension or revocation of registration pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, are contemplated by the Commission .
     (i) Accountant’s Comfort Letter. At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from Deloitte & Touche LLP a letter, dated the date of this Agreement and in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information of the Trust contained in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus.
     (j) Bring-down Comfort Letter. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received from Deloitte & Touche LLP a letter, dated as of the Closing Date and in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (i) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Date.
     (k) Fee Agreements. At the Applicable Time, the Adviser shall deliver to each of the other parties to the Fee Agreements copies of the Fee Agreements, executed by the Adviser and dated the date of this Agreement, together with reproduced copies of such agreements executed by the Adviser for each of the other parties thereto.
     (l) No Objection. Prior to the date of this Agreement, FINRA shall have confirmed that it has no objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.
     (m) Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities. In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities on any Option Closing Date that is after the Closing Date, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the applicable Option Securities shall be subject to the conditions specified in the introductory paragraph of this Section 5 and to the further condition that, at the applicable Option Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received:
     (1) Officers’ Certificate of the Trust . A certificate, dated such Option Closing Date, to the effect set forth in, and signed by two of the officers specified in, Section 5(d) hereof, except that the references in such certificate to the Closing Date shall be changed to refer to such Option Closing Date.
     (2) Opinion of Counsel for Trust . The favorable opinion of Trust Counsel in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated

25


 

such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b) hereof.
     (3) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . The favorable opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.
     (4) Opinion of Counsel for the Adviser . The favorable opinion of of Janey Ahn, Esq., counsel for the Adviser, dated such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(e) hereof.
     (5) Certificate of the Adviser . A certificate, dated such Option Closing Date, to the effect set forth in, and signed by two of the officers specified in, Section 5(f) hereof, except that the references in such certificate to the Closing Date shall be changed to refer to such Option Closing Date.
     (6) Opinion of Counsel for the Subadviser . The favorable opinion of of Janey Ahn, Esq., counsel for the Subadviser, dated such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(g) hereof.
     (7) Certificate of the Subadviser . A certificate, dated such Option Closing Date, to the effect set forth in, and signed by two of the officers specified in, Section 5(h) hereof, except that the references in such certificate to the Closing Date shall be changed to refer to such Option Closing Date.
     (8) Bring-down Comfort Letter . A letter from Deloitte & Touche LLP, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Option Closing Date, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(j) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than five days prior to such Option Closing Date.
     (n) Additional Documents. At the Closing Date and at each Option Closing Date, counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, contained in this Agreement; and all proceedings taken by the Trust and the Advisers in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and in connection with the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

26


 

     (o) Delivery of Documents . The documents required to be delivered by this Section 5 shall be delivered at the office of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, at 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, or via email, on the Closing Date and at each Option Closing Date.
     (p) Termination of Agreement. If any condition specified in this Section 5 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on an Option Closing Date which is after the Closing Date, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Trust.
               SECTION 6. Indemnification .
     (a)  Indemnification by the Trust and the Advisers. The Trust and the Advisers, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, affiliates of each Underwriter that are directly involved in selling the Securities and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:
     (i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, any Sales Material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
     (ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Trust and the Advisers; and
     (iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by Wells Fargo), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above,

27


 

provided , however , that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Trust or the Advisers by any Underwriter through Wells Fargo expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or in any preliminary prospectus, any Sales Material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto). The parties acknowledge that the provisions of this Section 6 shall be subject to the requirements and limitations of Section 17(i) of the 1940 Act.
     (b)  Indemnification by the Underwriters . Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each of the Trust and the Advisers, each of their directors, trustees, members, each of their officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Trust or the Advisers within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section 6, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or any preliminary prospectus, any Sales Material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Trust or the Advisers by such Underwriter through Wells Fargo expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such preliminary prospectus, any Sales Material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto). The Trust and the Advisers acknowledge that the statements set forth in the last paragraph of the cover page regarding the expected delivery of the Securities and, under the heading “Underwriting”, (i) the list of Underwriters and their respective participation in the sale of the Securities, (ii) the sentences related to concessions and reallowances, (iii) the paragraphs related to stabilization, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids and (iv) the paragraph related to the electronic format of the prospectus and online brokerage accounts in any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the several Underwriters for inclusion in any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus.
     (c)  Actions against Parties; Notification. Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. Counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected as follows: counsel to the Underwriters and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall be selected by Wells Fargo; counsel to the Trust, its directors, trustees, members, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Trust within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall be selected by the Trust; and counsel to the Adviser and each person, if any, who controls such Adviser within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall be selected by the Adviser and counsel to the Subadviser and each person, if any, who controls such Subadviser within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall be selected by the Subadviser. An indemnifying party may participate at its

28


 

own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for the Underwriters and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, treating all such persons as a single group, the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for the Trust, each of their directors, trustees, members, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Trust within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, treating all such persons as a single group, the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for the Adviser, the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in additional to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for the Subadviser, and the fees and expenses of more than one counsel, in each case in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
     (d)  Settlement Without Consent if Failure to Reimburse. If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses reasonably incurred by counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 75 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 45 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.
     (e)  Other Agreements with Respect to Indemnification and Contribution . The provisions of this Section 6 and in Section 7 hereof shall not affect any agreements among the Trust and the Advisers with respect to indemnification of each other or contribution between themselves.
               SECTION 7. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Trust and the Advisers on the one

29


 

hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Trust and the Advisers on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.
     The relative benefits received by the Trust and the Advisers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Trust and the Advisers and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on such cover.
     The relative fault of the Trust and the Advisers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Trust, by the Advisers or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
     The Trust, the Advisers and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.
     Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.
     No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
     For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each trustee, officer, employee and agent of an Underwriter shall have the same rights to contributions as such

30


 

Underwriters, and each person who controls the Trust or the Advisers within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, each officer, employee or agent of the Trust and the Advisers and each trustee, director or member of the Trust and the Advisers shall have the same rights to contribution as the Trust and the Advisers. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Exhibit A hereto and not joint.
               SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery . All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Trust or signed by or on behalf of the Advisers submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or controlling person, or by or on behalf of the Trust, or by or on behalf of the Advisers, and shall survive delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters.
               SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement .
     (a)  Termination; General. The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Trust or the Advisers, at any time on or prior to the Closing Date (and, if any Option Securities are to be purchased on an Option Closing Date which occurs after the Closing Date, the Representatives may terminate the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase such Option Securities, by notice to the Trust, at any time on or prior to such Option Closing Date) (i) if there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package, any Trust Material Adverse Effect, Adviser Material Adverse Effect or Subadviser Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to market the Securities or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Trust has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the NYSE, or if trading generally on the NYSE or in the Nasdaq National Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.
     (b)  Liabilities. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 9, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7 and 8 hereof shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.
               SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters . If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date to purchase the

31


 

Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “ Defaulted Securities ”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:
     (a) if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters; or
     (b) if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Option Closing Date which occurs after the Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Trust to sell the Option Securities that were to have been purchased and sold on such Option Closing Date, shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.
     No action taken pursuant to this Section 10 shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.
     In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of an Option Closing Date which is after the Closing Date, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Trust to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, the Representatives shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.
               SECTION 11. Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to the Representatives at Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10152, Attention: Equity Syndicate; notices to the Trust, the Adviser shall be directed to them at [___], [ ], Attention: President and the Subadviser shall be directed to them at [___], [ ], Attention: President.
               SECTION 12. Parties . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, the Trust and the Advisers and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters, the Trust and the Advisers and their respective successors and the controlling persons and directors, officers, members and trustees referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained.

32


 

This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters, the Trust and the Advisers and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and trustees and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.
               SECTION 13. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
               SECTION 14. Effect of Headings . The Section and Exhibit headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
               SECTION 15. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:
     “ Advisers Act ” means the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.
     “ Advisers Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Advisers Act.
     “ Adviser Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Adviser, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.
     “ Applicable Time ” means the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto.
     “ Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “ Declaration of Trust ” means the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of BlackRock Build America Bond Trust dated as of June 7, 2010, and any amendments thereto.
     “ EDGAR ” means the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System.
     “ FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.
     “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles.
     “ Initial Registration Statement ” means the Trust’s registration statement (File Nos. 333-167434 and 811-22426) on Form N-2 (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), as amended (if applicable), at the time it became effective, including the Rule 430A Information.
     “ NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.

33


 

     “ Organizational Documents ” means (a) in the case of a corporation, its charter and by-laws; (b) in the case of a limited or general partnership, its partnership certificate, certificate of formation or similar organizational document and its partnership agreement; (c) in the case of a limited liability company, its articles of organization, certificate of formation or similar organizational documents and its operating agreement, limited liability company agreement, membership agreement or other similar agreement; (d) in the case of a trust, its declaration of trust, certificate of formation or similar organizational document and its trust agreement or other similar agreement; and (e) in the case of any other entity, the organizational and governing documents of such entity.
     “ preliminary prospectus ” means any prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) used in connection with the offering of the Securities that was so used before the Initial Registration Statement became effective, or that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or that omitted the Rule 430A Information or that was captioned “Subject to Completion”.
     “ Preliminary Prospectus ” shall mean the preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) dated [ ], 2010 and any preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) included in the Registration Statement at the Applicable Time that omits Rule 430A Information.
     “ Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) relating to the Securities that is first filed pursuant to Rule 497 after the Applicable Time.
     “ Registration Statement ” means the Initial Registration Statement; provided that, if a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement is filed with the Commission, then the term “Registration Statement” shall also include such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.
     “ Rule 172 ,” “ Rule 497 ,” “ Rule 430A ,” “ Rule 433 ” and “ Rule 462(b) ” refer to such rules under the 1933 Act.
     “ Rule 430A Information ” means the information included in the Prospectus that was omitted from the Initial Registration Statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be a part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A.
     “ Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ” means a registration statement filed by the Trust pursuant to Rule 462(b) for the purpose of registering any of the Securities under the 1933 Act, including the Rule 430A Information.
     “ Rules and Regulations ” means, collectively, the 1933 Act Rules and Regulations and the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations.
     “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof.

34


 

     “ Subadviser Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Subadviser, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.
     “ Trust Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Trust, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.
     “ 1933 Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     “ 1933 Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act.
     “ 1934 Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     “ 1934 Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1934 Act.
     “ 1940 Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
     “ 1940 Act Notification ” means a notification of registration of the Trust as an investment company under the 1940 Act on Form N-8A, as the 1940 Act Notification may be amended from time to time.
     “ 1940 Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1940 Act.
     All references in this Agreement to the Registration Statement, the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR.
               SECTION 16. Absence of Fiduciary Relationship . Each of the Trust and the Advisers acknowledges and agrees that:
     (a) Each of the Underwriters is acting solely as an underwriter in connection with the public offering of the Securities and no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Trust or the Advisers, on the one hand, and any of the Underwriters, on the other hand, has been or will be created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, irrespective of whether or not any of the Underwriters have advised or is advising the Trust or the Advisers on other matters and none of the Underwriters has any obligation to the Trust or the Advisers with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement;
     (b) the public offering price of the Securities and the price to be paid by the Underwriters for the Securities set forth in this Agreement were established by the Trust following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Representatives;

35


 

     (c) it is capable of evaluating and understanding, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
     (d) in connection with each transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the process leading to such transactions, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as principal and not as fiduciary, advisor or agent of the Trust or the Adviser or any of their respective affiliates; provided however, that in its capacity as an independent contractor, an Underwriter may be providing advice to the Adviser as to the structure, design and organization of the Trust pursuant to the Fee Agreements;
     (e) none of the Underwriters has provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice to the Trust or the Advisers with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and it has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisers to the extent it has deemed appropriate;
     (f) it is aware that the Underwriters and their respective affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Trust and the Advisers, and that none of the Underwriters has any obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Trust or the Advisers by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and
     (g) it waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against any of the Underwriters for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agrees that none of the Underwriters shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract, tort or otherwise) to it in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on its behalf or on behalf of the Trust or the Advisers.
[Signature Page Follows]

36


 

     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Trust, the Adviser and the Subadviser a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters, the Trust, the Adviser and the Subadviser in accordance with its terms.
         
    Very truly yours,
 
       
    BLACKROCK BUILD AMERICA BOND TRUST
 
       
 
  By    
 
       
 
      Name:
 
      Title:
 
       
    BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
       
 
  By    
 
       
 
      Name:
 
      Title:
 
       
    BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC
 
       
 
  By    
 
       
 
      Name:
 
      Title:

37


 

         
CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED, as of the    
     date first above written:    
 
       
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC    
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH    
                               INCORPORATED    
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.    
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED    
UBS SECURITIES LLC    
AMERIPRISE FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.    
 
       
By:
  WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC    
 
       
By:
       
         
 
  Authorized Signatory    
For themselves and as Representatives of the Underwriters named in Exhibit A hereto.

38


 

EXHIBIT A
         
Name of Underwriter   Number of Initial Securities  
 
       
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
       
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                 Incorporated
       
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
       
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
       
UBS Securities LLC
       
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
       
 
       
[other Underwriters]
       
 
     
 
       
Total
       
 
     

A-1

Exhibit 99.(h)(2)
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
August [ ], 2010
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
375 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10152
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated [ ], 2010 (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), by and among BlackRock Build America Bond Trust (the “ Fund ”), BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “ Adviser ”), BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (the “ Subadviser ”) and each of the Underwriters named therein, severally, with respect to the issue and sale of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Shares ”) (the “ Offering ”), as described therein. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.
     1.  Fee .
     In consideration of your services assisting the Adviser with respect to the structure and design of the Fund and the organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares, the Adviser shall pay a fee to you in the aggregate amount of $[ ] (the “ Fee ”). The Fee shall be paid on or before [ ], 2010. The Fee shall be paid by wire transfer to the order of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.
     In the event that the Adviser (or the Fund or the Subadviser or any person or entity affiliated with the Adviser or the Fund or the Subadviser or acting on behalf of or at the direction of any of the foregoing) compensates or agrees to compensate any other broker or dealer participating in the Offering (each, an “ Other Broker ”) for any services or otherwise in connection with the Offering or with respect to the Fund or its Common Shares (excluding for this purpose any compensation paid directly to the entire underwriting syndicate, as a group, pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement), and whether such compensation be denominated a fee, an expense reimbursement, a set-off, a credit or otherwise (such compensation with respect to any Other Broker, such Other Broker’s “ Other Compensation ”), then the amount of the Fee shall be increased as and to the extent necessary so that the Fee payable to you hereunder, expressed as a percentage of the aggregate price to the public of the Common Shares sold by you in the Offering (including any Common Shares over-allotted by you in the Offering regardless of whether the over-allotment option in the Offering is exercised), is no less than the Other Compensation, expressed as a percentage of the aggregate price to the public of the Common Shares sold by such Other Broker in the Offering subject to any limitations imposed by FINRA.
     2.  Term . This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof.
     3.  Indemnification .

 


 

     The Adviser agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
     4.  Not an Investment Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty . The Adviser acknowledges that you are not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of you, and you are not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. The Adviser hereby acknowledges that your engagement under this Agreement is as an independent contractor and not in any other capacity, including as a fiduciary. Furthermore, the Adviser agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgments in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Adviser on related or other matters).
     5.  Not Exclusive . Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment advisers).
     6.  Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by any party without prior written consent of the other party.
     7.  Amendment; Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
     8.  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
     9.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

2


 

     This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.
         
  BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:    Neal Andrews  
    Title:    Managing Director  
 
         
  Agreed and Accepted:


WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Jerry Raio   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
[Structuring Fee Agreement]

 


 

Indemnification Agreement
August [ ], 2010
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
375 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10152
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     In connection with the engagement of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (the “ Bank ”) to assist the undersigned, BlackRock Advisors, LLC (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, the “ Company ”) with respect to the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated [ ], 2010 between the Company and the Bank (the “ Agreement ”), in the event that the Bank, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling the Bank or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (the Bank and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “ Indemnified Party ”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “ Proceeding ”) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including the fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. The Indemnification provided hereunder shall not extend to those matters indemnified under the Underwriting Agreement, dated August [ ] 2010, by and among BlackRock Build America Bond Trust, the Company, BlackRock Investment Management, LLC and each of the Underwriters named therein. In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for its legal and other expenses actually incurred and documented (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith. Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have other than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. The Company shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the Company’s choice at the Company’s expense to represent the Indemnified Parties in any Proceeding for which indemnification is sought (in which case the Company shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the Indemnified Parties or parties except as set forth below); provided , however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Parties. Notwithstanding the Company’s election to appoint counsel to represent the Indemnified Parties in a Proceeding, the Indemnified Parties shall have the right to employ one separate counsel (in addition to any local

 


 

counsel), in its sole discretion, and the Company shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the Company to represent the Indemnified Parties would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such Proceeding include all of the Indemnified Parties and the Company and the Indemnified Parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to them and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the Company, (iii) the Company shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Parties to represent the Indemnified Parties within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such Proceeding or (iv) the Company shall authorize the Indemnified Parties to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Company. In no event shall the Company be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for the Indemnified Parties and/or the other Underwriters (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) (taken as a group) that have entered into a structuring fee agreement, an additional compensation agreement or similar agreement pursuant to which the Company pays additional compensation to the respective Underwriter in connection with the offering contemplated in the Underwriting Agreement, in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.
     If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its stockholders or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which the Bank has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to the Bank under the Agreement; provided , that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by the Bank pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or

5


 

omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by the Bank, on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not an Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without the Bank’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.
     The Company agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.
     THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“ CLAIM ”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST THE BANK OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

6


 

     The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Bank’s engagement under the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.
         
  Very truly yours,

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  Agreed and Accepted:

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Jerry Raio   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
[Indemnification Agreement]

 

Exhibit 99.(h)(3)
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
     STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of August [ ], 2010 between Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”) and BlackRock Advisors, LLC (“BlackRock Advisors”).
     WHEREAS, BlackRock Build America Bond Trust (the “Fund”) is a newly-organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and certain shares of its common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;
     WHEREAS, BlackRock Advisors is the investment adviser of the Fund;
     WHEREAS, Merrill Lynch is acting as an underwriter in an offering of the Fund’s Common Stock; and
     WHEREAS, BlackRock Advisors desires to provide additional compensation to Merrill Lynch for providing the advice and services described below;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual terms and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.   In consideration of Merrill Lynch’s providing advice relating to the structure and design and the organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Stock, BlackRock Advisors shall pay Merrill Lynch a fee in the aggregate amount of $[ ], which is equal to [ ]% of the total price to the public of the Fund’s Common Stock sold by Merrill Lynch pursuant to the prospectus dated August [ ], 2010 (the “Prospectus”) (the “Fee”). The Fee shall be paid within 30 days of the Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement, dated August [ ], 2010, by and among the Fund, BlackRock Advisors, BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (“Black Rock IM”) and each of the Underwriters named therein (the “Underwriting Agreement”)).The fee hereunder shall not exceed [ ]% of the total price to the public of the Fund’s Common Stock issued by the Fund pursuant to the Prospectus. The sum total of this Fee, plus the structuring fees and sales incentive fee paid to certain other underwriters in connection with this offering, plus the underwriters’ counsel fees paid by the Fund and commissions paid to certain registered personnel of its broker-dealer affiliates shall not exceed 9.0% of the total price of the Fund’s Common Stock sold by the Fund pursuant to the Prospectus.
 
2.   BlackRock Advisors acknowledges that Merrill Lynch did not provide and is not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of Merrill Lynch, and Merrill Lynch is not hereby agreeing, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to

 


 

    perform any such similar services in connection with the transactions contemplated herein.
 
3.   Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting Merrill Lynch or its affiliates from providing similar or other services to any other clients (including other registered investment companies or other investment advisers).
 
4.   This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without common shares having been delivered and paid for.
 
5.   BlackRock Advisors has furnished Merrill Lynch with such information as Merrill Lynch believes appropriate to its assignment hereunder (all such information so furnished being the “Information”). BlackRock Advisors recognizes and confirms that Merrill Lynch (a) has used and relied primarily on the Information and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified the same and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Information and such other information. To the best of BlackRock Advisors’ knowledge, the Information furnished by BlackRock Advisors, when delivered, was true and correct in all material respects and did not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading. BlackRock Advisors will promptly notify Merrill Lynch if it learns of any material inaccuracy or misstatement in, or material omission from, any Information delivered to Merrill Lynch. Merrill Lynch agrees to keep such Information confidential to the extent permitted by law.
 
6.   BlackRock Advisors agrees that Merrill Lynch shall have no liability to BlackRock Advisors, BlackRock IM or the Fund for any act or omission to act by Merrill Lynch in the course of its performance under this Agreement, in the absence of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Merrill Lynch. BlackRock Advisors agrees to the terms set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
 
7.   This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“Claim”) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
 
8.   No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and BlackRock Advisors and Merrill Lynch consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto. Each of Merrill Lynch and BlackRock Advisors waives all right to trial by jury in any proceeding (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement. BlackRock Advisors and Merrill Lynch agree that a final judgment in any proceeding or counterclaim brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon BlackRock Advisors and Merrill Lynch and may be

 


 

    enforced in any other courts to the jurisdiction of which BlackRock Advisors and Merrill Lynch are or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.
 
9.   This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.
 
10.   This Agreement (including the attached Indemnification Agreement) embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination will not affect such provision in any other respect or any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect. This Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by both Merrill Lynch and BlackRock Advisors.
 
11.   All notices required or permitted to be sent under this Agreement shall be sent, if to BlackRock Advisors:
 
    BlackRock Advisers, LLC
100 Bellevue Parkway
Wilmington, DE 19809
Attention: Robert P. Connolly, Esq.
 
    or if to Merrill Lynch:
 
    Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
 
                 Incorporated
 
    4 World Financial Center
 
    New York, New York 10080
 
    Attention: Anthony Fitzgibbon, Director, Closed-End Funds
 
    or such other name or address as may be given in writing to the other parties. Any notice shall be deemed to be given or received on the third day after deposit in the U.S. mail with certified postage prepaid or when actually received, whether by hand, express delivery service or facsimile transmission, whichever is earlier.
 
12.   This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Structuring Fee Agreement as of the date first above written.
                     
BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC       MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH    
 
              INCORPORATED    
 
By:
          By:        
 
 
 
Name: Neal Andrews
         
 
Name:
   
 
  Title: Managing Director           Title:    

 


 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
Indemnification Agreement
August [ ], 2010
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
               Incorporated
4 World Financial Center
New York, New York 10080
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     In connection with the engagement of Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”) to advise and assist the undersigned, BlackRock Advisors, LLC, (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, referred to as the “Company”) with respect to the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated August [ ], 2010 between the Company and Merrill Lynch (the “Agreement”), in the event that Merrill Lynch becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) with respect to services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Merrill Lynch harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses with respect to services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted solely from bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of Merrill Lynch. In addition, in the event that Merrill Lynch becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company will reimburse Merrill Lynch for its reasonable legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are actually incurred and accounted for by Merrill Lynch in connection therewith, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such legal and other expenses resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful conduct of Merrill Lynch or Merrill Lynch is otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder. The indemnification provided hereunder shall not extend to these matters indemnified under the Underwriting Agreement, dated August [ ], 2010, by and among BlackRock Build America Bond Trust (the “Fund”), BlackRock Advisors, LLC, BlackRock Investment Management, LLC and each of the underwriters named therein. Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by Merrill Lynch of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Merrill Lynch will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure to so notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. Counsel to Merrill Lynch shall be selected by Merrill Lynch. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of Merrill Lynch) also be counsel to Merrill Lynch. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not Merrill Lynch is an actual or potential party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of Merrill Lynch from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not

 


 

include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of Merrill Lynch. If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and Merrill Lynch, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its stockholders or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which Merrill Lynch has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to Merrill Lynch under the Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that Merrill Lynch is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by Merrill Lynch pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by Merrill Lynch, on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, Merrill Lynch shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that Merrill Lynch was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not Merrill Lynch is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without Merrill Lynch’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). For purposes of this Indemnification Agreement, Merrill Lynch shall include Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling Merrill Lynch or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons. The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any indemnified party may have at common law or otherwise.
     The Company agrees that neither Merrill Lynch nor any of its affiliates, directors, agents, employees or controlling persons shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted solely from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of Merrill Lynch in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.

 


 

     THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND MERRILL LYNCH CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST MERRILL LYNCH. EACH OF MERRILL LYNCH AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF MERRILL LYNCH AND THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON MERRILL LYNCH AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH MERRILL LYNCH AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

 


 

     The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of Merrill Lynch’s engagement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.
         
  Very truly yours,

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name: Neal Andrews  
    Title:      
 
 

Accepted and agreed to as of
the date first written above:

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
                  INCORPORATED
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 

Exhibit 99.(h)(4)
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
August [ ], 2010
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated August [ ], 2010 (the “Underwriting Agreement”), by and among BlackRock Build America Bond Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Fund”), BlackRock Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”), BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company , and each of the Underwriters named in Schedule I therein, severally, with respect to the issue and sale of the Fund’s Securities (the “Offering”), as described therein. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.
     1.  Fee. In consideration of your services in offering advice relating to the structure and design of the Fund and the organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Securities, which services may be completed by your affiliates in your sole discretion, the Adviser shall pay a fee to you in the aggregate amount of $[ ] (the “Fee”). The sum total of this Fee, plus the structuring fees and sales incentive fee paid to certain other underwriters in connection with this offering, plus the underwriters’ counsel fees paid by the Fund and commissions paid to certain registered personnel of its broker-dealer affiliates shall not exceed 9.0% of the total price of the Securities sold by the Fund pursuant to the Prospectus. The fee shall be paid within 30 days of the Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement). The payment shall be made by wire transfer to the order of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. The Adviser acknowledges that the Fee is in addition to any compensation you earn in connection with your role as an underwriter to the Fund in the Offering, which services are distinct from and in addition to the marketing and structuring services described above.
     2.  Term. This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without common shares having been delivered and paid for.
     3.  Indemnification. The Adviser agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
     4.  Not an Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty. The Adviser acknowledges that you are not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of you, and you are not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. The Adviser hereby acknowledges that your engagement under this Agreement is as an independent contractor and not in any other capacity, including as a fiduciary. Furthermore, the Adviser agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgments in connection with the matters covered by this

 


 

Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Adviser on related or other matters). In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to constitute you as the agent or employee of the Adviser or the Adviser as your agent or employee, and neither party shall make any representation to the contrary. It is understood that you are engaged hereunder solely to provide the services described above to the Adviser and that you are not acting as an agent or fiduciary of, and you shall not have any duties or liability to, the current or future partners, members or equity owners of the Adviser or any other third party in connection with its engagement hereunder, all of which are hereby expressly waived to the extent the Adviser has the authority to waive such duties and liabilities.
     5.  Not Exclusive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers). Neither this Agreement nor the performance of the services contemplated hereunder shall be considered to constitute a partnership, association or joint venture between you and the Adviser.
     6.  Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.
     7.  Amendment; Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
     8.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
     9.  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
[END OF TEXT]

2


 

     This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.
         
  BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Neal Andrews   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
Agreed and Accepted:
         
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
 
 
By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
Citigroup Structuring Fee Agreement

 


 

Indemnification Agreement
August [ ], 2010
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     In connection with the engagement of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (the “Bank”) to advise and assist the undersigned, BlackRock Advisors, LLC (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, referred to as the “Company”) with respect to the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated [ ], 2010 between the Company and the Bank (the “Agreement”), in the event that the Bank, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling the Bank or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (the Bank and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “Indemnified Party”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. The indemnification provided hereunder shall not extend to those matters indemnified under the Underwriting Agreement, dated August [ ], 2010, by and among BlackRock Build America Bond Trust (the “Fund”), BlackRock Advisors, LLC, BlackRock Investment Management, LLC and each of the underwriters named therein. In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for reasonable legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred and accounted for by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith. Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. Counsel to the Indemnified Parties shall be selected by the Bank. The Company may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the Company shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties) also be counsel to the Indemnified Parties. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body,

1


 

commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.
     If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received by or paid to or contemplated to be received by or paid to the Company or its stockholders or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which the Bank has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to the Bank under the Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by the Bank pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by the Bank, on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not an Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without the Bank’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.
     The Company agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.

2


 

     THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST THE BANK OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT. EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

3


 

     The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Bank’s engagement under the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.
         
  Very truly yours,

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Neal Andrews   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
Agreed and Accepted:
         
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
 
 
By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
Citigroup Indemnification Agreement

Exhibit 99.(h)(5)
MARKETING AND STRUCTURING
FEE AGREEMENT
August [ ], 2010
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     This agreement is between BlackRock Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”) and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (“ Morgan Stanley ”) with respect to BlackRock Build America Bond Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “ Fund ”).
     1.  Fee . (a) In consideration of advice to the Company relating to, but not limited to, the design and structuring of, and marketing assistance with respect to, the Fund and the distribution of its common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Shares ”), the Company shall pay a fee to Morgan Stanley in the aggregate amount of $[ ] (the “ Fee ”). Subject to paragraph (b), the sum total of this Fee, plus the structuring fees and sales incentive fee paid to certain other underwriters in connection with this offering, plus the underwriters’ counsel fees paid for by the Fund and commissions paid to certain registered personnel of its broker-dealer affiliates shall not exceed 9.0% of the total price of the Shares sold by the Fund pursuant to the Prospectus.
     (b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a), in the event that the Company (or the Fund or any person or entity affiliated with the Company, the Fund or any subadviser to the Fund or acting on behalf of or at the direction of any of the foregoing) compensates or agrees to compensate any other broker or dealer participating in the Offering (each, an “ Other Broker ”) for any services or otherwise in connection with the Offering or with respect to the Fund or its Shares (excluding for this purpose any compensation paid directly to the entire underwriting syndicate, as a group, pursuant to the principal underwriting agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) relating to the Offering), whether such compensation be denominated as a fee, an expense reimbursement, a set-off, a credit or otherwise (such compensation with respect to any Other Broker, such Other Broker’s “ Other Compensation ”), then the amount of the Fee shall be increased as and to the extent necessary so that the Fee payable to Morgan Stanley hereunder, expressed as a percentage of the aggregate price to the public of the Shares sold by Morgan Stanley in the Offering (including any Shares over-allotted by Morgan Stanley in the Offering regardless of whether the over-allotment option in the Offering is exercised), is no less than the Other Compensation, expressed as a percentage of the aggregate price to the public of the Shares sold by such Other Broker in the Offering. For purposes of this paragraph (b), the number of Shares sold by Morgan Stanley shall be deemed to include one half of the number of Shares sold by Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. shall be deemed to have sold the other half.
     (c) The Company shall pay the Fee to Morgan Stanley on or before [ ], 2010 by wire transfer to the order of Morgan Stanley. The Company acknowledges that the Fee is in addition to any compensation Morgan Stanley earns in connection with its role as an underwriter to the

1


 

Fund in the Offering, which services are distinct from and in addition to the marketing and structuring services described above.
     2.  Term . This Agreement shall terminate upon payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without common shares having been delivered and paid for.
     3.  Indemnification . The Company agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
     4.  Not an Advisor . The Company acknowledges that Morgan Stanley is not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of Morgan Stanley, and Morgan Stanley is not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to constitute Morgan Stanley as the agent or employee of the Company or the Company as the agent or employee of Morgan Stanley, and neither party shall make any representation to the contrary. It is understood that Morgan Stanley is engaged hereunder solely to provide the services described above to the Company and that Morgan Stanley is not acting as an agent or fiduciary of, and Morgan Stanley shall not have any duties or liability to, the current or future partners, members or equity owners of the Company or any other third party in connection with its engagement hereunder, all of which are hereby expressly waived to the extent the Company has the authority to waive such duties and liabilities.
     5.  Not Exclusive . Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting Morgan Stanley or its affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial advisor or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers). Neither this Agreement nor the performance of the services contemplated hereunder shall be considered to constitute a partnership, association or joint venture between Morgan Stanley and the Company.
     6.  Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.
     7.  Amendment; Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
     8.  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that state.
     9.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

2


 

     This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.
         
  Very truly yours,

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Neal Andrews  
    Title:   Managing Director  
 
       
Accepted and agreed to as of the date first
above written:

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
 
 
By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
[Marketing and Structuring Fee Agreement]

 


 

         
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
August [ ], 2010
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     In connection with the engagement of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (“ Morgan Stanley ”) to advise and assist the undersigned (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, referred to as the “ Company ”) with the matters set forth in the Marketing and Structuring Fee Agreement dated August [ ], 2010 between the Company and Morgan Stanley (the “ Marketing and Structuring Fee Agreement ”), in the event that Morgan Stanley becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Marketing and Structuring Fee Agreement, the Company has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless Morgan Stanley and Morgan Stanley’s affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents and each other person, if any, controlling Morgan Stanley or any of Morgan Stanley’s affiliates (Morgan Stanley and each such other person being an “ Indemnified Person ”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities related to, arising out of or in connection with the activities (the “ Activities ”) performed by any Indemnified Person in connection with, or arising out of, or based upon, the Marketing and Structuring Fee Agreement and/or any action taken by any Indemnified Person in connection therewith (including, without limitation, any presentation given by the Company and an Indemnified Person relating to the shares of common stock (the “ Shares ”) of BlackRock Build America Bond Trust (the “ Fund ”)), and will reimburse each Indemnified Person for all reasonable expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel) actually incurred and accounted for in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry related to, arising out of or in connection with the Activities, whether or not pending or threatened and whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party. The Company will not, however, be responsible for any losses, claims, damages, liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of any Indemnified Person. The Company also agrees that no Indemnified Person shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract or tort or otherwise) to the Company for or in connection with the Activities, except for any such liability for losses, claims, damages or liabilities incurred by the Company that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of such Indemnified Person. The indemnification provided hereunder shall not extend to those matters indemnified under the Underwriting Agreement, dated August [ ], 2010, by and among BlackRock Build America Bond Trust (the “Fund”), BlackRock Advisors, LLC, BlackRock Investment Management, LLC and each of the underwriters named therein.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company be responsible for any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to any Indemnified Person arising from any such claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry in excess of the gross proceeds received by the Fund from the initial public offering of the common share of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share, of the Fund (the “ Offering ”); provided, however, that the Company shall, as set forth above, indemnify and be responsible for, regardless of the gross proceeds received by the Fund from the Offering, all expenses (including fees and

1


 

expenses of counsel) actually incurred and accounted for in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry related to, arising out of or in connection with the Activities, whether or not pending or threatened and whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party, as set forth above.
     The Company will not, without Morgan Stanley’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination includes a release of each Indemnified Person from any liabilities arising out of such claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry. No Indemnified Person seeking indemnification, reimbursement or contribution under this agreement (the “ Indemnification Agreement ”) will, without the Company’s prior written consent, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry referred to in the first paragraph of this Indemnification Agreement.
     Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Person of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, the Indemnified Person will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than an account of this Indemnification Agreement.
     If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its partners and affiliates, on the one hand, and Morgan Stanley, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Marketing and Structuring Fee Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its partners and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its partners and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received by or paid to or contemplated to be received by or paid to the Company or its partners or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which Morgan Stanley has been retained to perform financial services bears to the fees paid to Morgan Stanley under the Marketing and Structuring Fee Agreement; provided that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that Morgan Stanley is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by Morgan Stanley pursuant to the Marketing and Structuring Fee Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by Morgan Stanley, on the other hand.
     This Indemnification Agreement, together with the Marketing and Structuring Fee Agreement, any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this agreement) that relate to the Offering, represents the

2


 

entire agreement between the Company and the Indemnified Parties with respect to the marketing and structuring fee paid to Morgan Stanley under the Marketing and Structuring Fee Agreement.
     The Company acknowledges that in connection with the Offering: (i) Morgan Stanley has acted at arms length, is not an agent of, and owes no fiduciary duties to, the Company, the Fund or any person affiliated with the Fund or the Company, (ii) Morgan Stanley owes the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Indemnification Agreement and (iii) Morgan Stanley may have interests that differ from those of the Company. The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims any of the Company, the Fund or any person affiliated with the Company or the Fund may have against Morgan Stanley arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares.
     The provisions of this Indemnification Agreement shall apply to the Activities and any modification thereof and shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any termination or the completion of Morgan Stanley’s services under the Marketing and Structuring Fee Agreement.
     This Indemnification Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party. No provision of this Indemnification Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Indemnification Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
     THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXECUTED IN AND TO BE PERFORMED IN THAT STATE. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND THE INDEMNIFIED PERSONS CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST THE BANK OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PERSON. EACH INDEMNIFIED PERSON AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT. EACH INDEMNIFIED PERSON AND THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE INDEMNIFIED PERSON AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE INDEMNIFIED PERSON AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

3


 

         
  Very truly yours,

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
       
Accepted and agreed to as of the date first
above written:

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
 
 
By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
[Indemnification Agreement]

 

Exhibit 99.(h)(6)
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
August [ ], 2010
UBS Securities LLC
299 Park Avenue
New York, New York
10171
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     This agreement is between BlackRock Advisors, LLC (including any successor or assign by merger or otherwise, the “Company”) and UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”) with respect to BlackRock Build America Bond Trust (the “Fund”).
     1. Fee. In consideration of certain financial advisory services that UBS has provided to the Company in assisting the Company in structuring and organizing the Fund, which may but need not necessarily include views from an investor market and distribution perspective on (i) diversification, proportion and concentration approaches for the Fund’s investments in light of current market conditions, (ii) marketing issues with respect to the Fund’s investment policies and proposed investments, (iii) the proportion of the Fund’s assets to invest in the Fund’s strategies, (iv) the overall marketing and positioning thesis for the Fund’s initial public offering, the Company shall pay a fee to UBS in the aggregate amount of $[ ] (the “Fee”). In the event the offering does not proceed, UBS will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to UBS pursuant to Section 4(b) of the Underwriting Agreement. The Fee shall be paid within 30 days of the closing of the purchase and sale of the common shares pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement or as otherwise agreed to by the parties. The sum total of this Fee, plus the structuring fees and sales incentive fee paid to certain other underwriters in connection with this offering, plus the underwriters’ counsel fee paid by the Fund and commissions paid to certain registered personnel of its broker-dealer affiliates shall not exceed 9.0% of the total price of the Fund's common shares sold by the Fund pursuant to the Prospectus.
     2. Term. This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without common shares having been delivered and paid for. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 4, 5, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
     3. Indemnification. The Company agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
     4. Confidential Advice. None of (i) the name of UBS, (ii) any advice rendered by UBS to the Company, or (iii) the terms of this Agreement or any communication from UBS in connection with the services performed by UBS pursuant to this Agreement will be quoted or referred to orally or in writing, or in the case of (ii) and (iii), reproduced or disseminated, by the Company or any of its affiliates or any of their agents, without UBS’ prior written consent, except (i) the Company may promptly disclose the foregoing to any regulatory authority in response to a regulatory proceeding, process, inquiry or request provided the Company shall give UBS prompt notice of such request and disclosure if it is legally able to do so, (ii) to the extent otherwise required by law, judicial process or applicable regulation (after consultation with, and approval (not to be unreasonably withheld) as to form and substance by UBS and its counsel, unless such consultation is prohibited by law, order or regulation) and (iii) on a confidential need-to-know and non-reliance basis, to the Company and its officers, directors, legal counsel and auditors.

 


 

     5. Information. The Company recognizes and confirms that UBS (a) has used and relied primarily on the information provided by the Company and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having assumed responsibility for independently verifying the same, (b) has not assumed responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of such information and (c) has not made an appraisal of any assets or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of the Fund. The information provided by the Company, when delivered, was true and correct in all material respects and did not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading. The Company will promptly notify UBS if it learns of any material inaccuracy or misstatement in, or material omission from, any information provided by the Company to UBS pursuant to this Section 5.
     For a period of two years from the date of this Agreement, UBS will keep confidential any material non-public information of the Company made available to UBS by the Company in connection with its engagement hereunder; provided, such confidential information shall not include (1) any information already available to or in the possession of UBS prior to the date of its disclosure to UBS by the Company, (2) any information that is or becomes generally available to the public, or (3) any information which becomes available to UBS on a non-confidential basis from a third party who is not known by UBS to be bound by a confidentiality obligation to the Company; and provided further, that such confidential information may be disclosed (a) to UBS’ affiliates, partners, employees, agents, advisors and representatives in connection with its engagement hereunder who shall be informed of the confidential nature of the information and that such information is subject to a confidentiality agreement; (b) to any person with the consent of the Company; (c) if UBS is required to disclose such information pursuant to law, judicial or administrative process, or regulatory demand or request of any body having jurisdiction over UBS; or (d) if such disclosure is deemed necessary by UBS in litigation or any other proceeding in which it or any of its current or former directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, affiliates or any person who controls UBS is, or is threatened to be made, a party. In the event that UBS is requested or required by law to disclose any such confidential information, UBS shall provide the Company with prompt written notice, to the extent legally permissible, of any such request or requirement so that the Company may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy; provided that no such prior notification shall be required in respect of any disclosure to regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over UBS. This subparagraph supersedes any prior agreement between the Company and UBS respecting confidentiality.
     6. Not an Investment Advisor. The Company acknowledges that you have not provided any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. The Company acknowledges and agrees that UBS has been retained to act solely as an advisor to the Company, and the Company’s engagement of UBS is not intended to confer rights upon any person (including the Fund or any shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company or the Fund) not a party hereto as against UBS or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents, successors, or assigns. UBS has acted as an independent contractor under this Agreement, and not in any other capacity including as a fiduciary, and any duties arising out of its engagement shall be owed solely to the Company.
     7. Not Exclusive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial advisor or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers).
     8. Amendment; Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
     9. Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“Claim”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and the Company and UBS consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto. EACH OF UBS AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.
     10. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and UBS and their respective successors and assigns and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Company’s or UBS’ respective businesses and/or assets.
     11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

2


 

     This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.
         
  BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Neal Andrews  
    Title:   Managing Director  
 
         
  Agreed and Accepted:
UBS SECURITIES LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Structuring Fee Agreement]

 


 

Indemnification Agreement
August [ ], 2010
UBS Securities LLC
299 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10171
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     In connection with the engagement of UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”) to advise and assist the undersigned (including any successor or assign by merger or otherwise, the “Company”) with the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated August [ ], 2010 between the Company and UBS (the “Agreement”), in the event that UBS becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) in connection with any matter in relating to or arising out of the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold UBS harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in connection with any such Proceeding, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence of UBS. The indemnification provided hereunder shall not extend to those matters indemnified under the Underwriting Agreement, dated August [ ], 2010, by and among BlackRock Build America Bond Trust (the “Fund”), BlackRock Advisers, LLC, BlackRock Investment Management, LLC and each of the underwriters named therein. In addition, in the event that UBS becomes involved in any capacity in any such Proceeding, the Company will reimburse UBS for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by UBS in connection therewith, provided that such expenses will be promptly refunded to the Company to the extent incurred in connection with a Proceeding as to which there has been a final judicial determination that UBS is not entitled to indemnification pursuant to the express terms of the first sentence of this paragraph.
     Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by UBS of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding with respect to which indemnity is sought hereunder, UBS will notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; provided that the failure to so notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. The Company may assume the defense of any such Proceeding, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to UBS. UBS shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of UBS, unless (i) the Company shall have failed promptly to assume the defense thereof and employ counsel as provided above or (ii) the named parties to any such Proceeding (including impleaded parties) include UBS and the Company, and UBS shall have been advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Company, provided that the Company shall not in any event be responsible hereunder for the fees and expenses of more than one firm of separate counsel in connection with any Proceeding in the same jurisdiction, in addition to any local counsel.
     If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and UBS, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received by or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received by or paid to or contemplated to be received by or paid to the Company or its stockholders or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which UBS has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to UBS under the Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that UBS is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by UBS pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the

1


 

Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by UBS, on the other hand. The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not UBS is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without UBS’ prior written consent. For purposes of this Indemnification Agreement, UBS shall include UBS Securities LLC, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling UBS Securities LLC or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons. The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any indemnified party may have at common law or otherwise.
     The Company agrees that UBS shall not have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company in connection with or as a result of either UBS’ engagement under the Agreement or any matter referred to in the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence of UBS in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.
     THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND UBS CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST UBS OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH OF UBS AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF UBS AND THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON UBS AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH UBS AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

2


 

     The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of UBS’ engagement. This Indemnification Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and UBS and their respective successors and assigns and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Company’s or UBS’ respective businesses and/or assets. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

3


 

         
  Very truly yours,

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Neal Andrews  
    Title:   Managing Director  
 
         
  Agreed and Accepted:
UBS SECURITIES LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Indemnification Agreement]

 

Exhibit 99.(h)(7)
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
August [ ], 2010
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
707 2nd Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated August [ ], 2010 (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), by and among BlackRock Build America Bond Trust (the “ Fund ”), BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “ Adviser ”), BlackRock Investment Management, LLC and each of the Underwriters named therein, severally, with respect to the issue and sale of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Shares ”) (the “ Offering ”), as described therein. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.
     1.  Fee . In consideration of your services as a co-manager assisting the Adviser with respect to the structure and design of the Fund and the organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares, the Adviser shall pay a fee to you in the aggregate amount of $[ ] (the “Fee”). The sum total of this Fee, plus the structuring fees and sales incentive fee paid to certain other underwriters in connection with this offering, plus the underwriters’ counsel fees paid by the Fund and commissions paid to certain registered personnel of its broker-dealer affiliates shall not exceed 9.0% of the total price of the Fund’s Common Stock sold by the Fund pursuant to the Prospectus. The Fee shall be paid within 30 days of the [Closing Date], 2010. The Fee shall be paid by wire transfer to the order of Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
     In the event that the Adviser (or the Fund or any person or entity affiliated with the Adviser or the Fund or acting on behalf of or at the direction of any of the foregoing) compensates or agrees to compensate any other broker or dealer participating in the Offering (each, an “ Other Broker ”) for any services or otherwise in connection with the Offering or with respect to the Fund or its Common Shares (excluding for this purpose any compensation paid directly to the entire underwriting syndicate, as a group, pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement), and whether such compensation be denominated a fee, an expense reimbursement, a set-off, a credit or otherwise (such compensation with respect to any Other Broker, such Other Broker’s “ Other Compensation ”), then the amount of the Fee shall be increased as and to the extent necessary so that the Fee payable to you hereunder, expressed as a percentage of the aggregate price to the public of the Common Shares sold by you in the Offering (including any Common Shares over-allotted by you in the Offering regardless of whether the over-allotment option in the Offering is exercised), is no less than the Other Compensation, expressed as a percentage of the aggregate price to the public of the Common Shares sold by such Other Broker in the Offering.

 


 

     2.  Term . This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without the Common Shares having been delivered and paid for.
     3.  Indemnification . The Adviser agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
     4.  Information. The Adviser has furnished you with such information as you believe appropriate to your assignment hereunder (all such information so furnished being the “Information”). The Adviser recognizes and confirms that you (a) have used and relied primarily on the Information and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified the same and (b) do not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Information and such other information. To the best of the Adviser’s knowledge, the Information furnished by the Adviser, when delivered, was true and correct in all material respects and did not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading. The Adviser will promptly notify you if it learns of any material inaccuracy or misstatement in, or material omission from, any Information delivered to you. You agree to keep such Information confidential to the extent permitted by law.
     5.  Not an Investment Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty . The Adviser acknowledges that you are not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of you, and you are not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. The Adviser hereby acknowledges that your engagement under this Agreement is as an independent contractor and not in any other capacity, including as a fiduciary. Furthermore, the Adviser agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgments in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Adviser on related or other matters).
     6.  Not Exclusive.  Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers), so long as your services to the Adviser are not impaired thereby.
     7.  Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by any party without prior written consent of the other party.
     8.  Amendment; Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

2


 

     9.  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
     10.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

3


 

     This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.
         
  BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Neal Andrews  
    Title:   Managing Director  
 
  Agreed and Accepted:

AMERIPRISE FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Structuring Fee Agreement]

 


 

Indemnification Agreement
     
 
  August [ ], 2010
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
707 2nd Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     In connection with the engagement of Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. (the “ Bank ”) to assist the undersigned, BlackRock Advisors, LLC (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, the “ Company ”) with respect to the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated August [ ], 2010 between the Company and the Bank (the “ Agreement ”), in the event that the Bank, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling the Bank or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors and employees, or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (the Bank and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “ Indemnified Party ”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “ Proceeding ”) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including the fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. The indemnification provided hereunder shall not extend to those matters indemnified under the Underwriting Agreement, dated August [ ], 2010, by and among BlackRock Build America Bond Trust (the “ Fund ”), BlackRock Advisors, LLC, BlackRock Investment Management, LLC and each of the underwriters named therein. In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such legal and other expenses resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Party or the Indemnified Party is not otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder. Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. Counsel to the Indemnified Parties shall be selected by the Bank. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided , however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties) also be counsel to the Indemnified Party. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or

 


 

contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.
     If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received by or paid to or contemplated to be received by or paid to by the Company or its stockholders or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which the Bank has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to the Bank under the Agreement; provided , that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by the Bank pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by the Bank, on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not an Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without the Bank’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.
     Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, the Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement.
     The Company agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.

6


 

     THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“ CLAIM ”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST THE BANK OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

7


 

     The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Bank’s engagement under the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.
         
  Very truly yours,

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  Agreed and Accepted:

AMERIPRISE FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Indemnification Agreement]

 

Exhibit 99.(h)(8)
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
     STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of [ ], 2010, between Raymond James & Associates, Inc. (“Qualifying Underwriter”) and BlackRock Advisors, LLC (“BlackRock Advisors”).
     WHEREAS, BlackRock Build America Bond Trust (including any successor by merger or otherwise, the “Fund”) is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and its common shares of beneficial interest (“common shares”) are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;
     WHEREAS, the Fund, BlackRock Advisors and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, the Fund’s subadviser, have entered into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”), dated [ ], 2010 with each of the underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”);
     WHEREAS, BlackRock Advisors is the adviser of the Fund;
     WHEREAS, Qualifying Underwriter is acting as a co-manager in an offering of the Fund’s common shares; and
     WHEREAS, BlackRock Advisors desires to provide a structuring fee (the “Fee”) to Qualifying Underwriter for services assisting BlackRock Advisors with respect to the structure and design of the Fund and the organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s common shares;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual terms and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.   In consideration of the services noted above, BlackRock Advisors shall pay to the Qualifying Underwriter a Fee of [ ]% of the aggregate purchase price of the common shares sold in the offering by Qualifying Underwriter; provided that the total amount of the Fee shall not exceed [ ]% of the total price to the public of the Fund’s common shares offered by the prospectus dated [ ], 2010 (the “Prospectus”) (including all Initial Securities and Option Securities as such terms are described in the Underwriting Agreement). The Fee shall be paid at the same time as the delivery of the common shares to the underwriters in the offering and shall be made by wire transfer to the order of Qualifying Underwriter.
 
2.   This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without common shares having been delivered and paid for.
 
3.   This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“Claim”) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
 
4.   No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and BlackRock Advisors and Qualifying Underwriter consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto. Each of Qualifying Underwriter and BlackRock Advisors waives all right to trial by

 


 

    jury in any proceeding (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each of BlackRock Advisors and Qualifying Underwriter agrees that a final judgment in any proceeding or counterclaim brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon BlackRock Advisors and Qualifying Underwriter, as the case may be, and may be enforced in any other courts to the jurisdiction of which BlackRock Advisors and Qualifying Underwriter, as the case may be, is or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.
 
5.   This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.
 
6.   This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination will not affect such provision in any other respect or any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect. This Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by both Qualifying Underwriter and BlackRock Advisors.
 
7.   All notices required or permitted to be sent under this Agreement shall be sent, if to BlackRock Advisors:
BlackRock Advisors, LLC
[ ]
or if to Qualifying Underwriter:
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
880 Carillon Parkway
Tower 3, 5th Floor
St. Petersburg, FL 33716
Attention: John Critchlow
  or such other name or address as may be given in writing to the other parties. Any notice shall be deemed to be given or received on the third day after deposit in the U.S. mail with certified postage prepaid or when actually received, whether by hand, express delivery service or facsimile transmission, whichever is earlier.
8.   This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

2


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Structuring Fee Agreement as of the date first above written.
     
BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
  RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOCIATES, INC.
                 
By:
          By:    
 
               
 
  Name:           Name: Loren Moody
 
  Title:           Title: Managing Director

 


 

Indemnification Agreement
[ ], 2010
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
880 Carillon Parkway
Tower 3, 5 th Floor
St. Petersburg, FL 33716
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     In connection with the engagement of Raymond James & Associates, Inc. (“Qualifying Underwriter”) to advise and assist the undersigned (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, referred to as the “Company”) with the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated [ ], 2010 between the Company and Qualifying Underwriter (the “Agreement”), in the event that Qualifying Underwriter becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement (other than those services provided under the Underwriting Agreement), the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Qualifying Underwriter harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement (other than those services provided under the Underwriting Agreement), except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Qualifying Underwriter. In addition, in the event that Qualifying Underwriter becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement (other than those services provided under the Underwriting Agreement), the Company will reimburse Qualifying Underwriter for its reasonable legal and other expenses incurred in connection therewith, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such legal and other expenses resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Qualifying Underwriter or Qualifying Underwriter is not otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder. If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and Qualifying Underwriter, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its stockholders or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the Agreement bears to the fees paid to Qualifying Underwriter under the Agreement; provided, that in no

 


 

event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that Qualifying Underwriter is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by Qualifying Underwriter pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by Qualifying Underwriter, on the other hand. The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not Qualifying Underwriter is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without Qualifying Underwriter’ prior written consent. The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected by Qualifying Underwriter without its prior written consent. For purposes of this Indemnification Agreement, Qualifying Underwriter shall include Qualifying Underwriter, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling Qualifying Underwriter or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons. The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any indemnified party may have at common law or otherwise.
     The Company agrees that neither Qualifying Underwriter nor any of its affiliates, directors, agents, employees or controlling persons shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company in connection with or as a result of either Qualifying Underwriter’s engagement under the Agreement or any matter referred to in the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement (other than those services provided under the Underwriting Agreement), except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Qualifying Underwriter in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement. Nothing in this Indemnification Agreement shall be read or construed to limit any liability or obligations of any party arising under or in connection with the Underwriting Agreement.
     THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND QUALIFYING UNDERWRITER CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST QUALIFYING UNDERWRITER OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH OF QUALIFYING UNDERWRITER AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF QUALIFYING UNDERWRITER AND THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON QUALIFYING UNDERWRITER AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH QUALIFYING UNDERWRITER AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

2


 

     The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.
         
  Very truly yours,

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  Accepted and agreed to as of
the date first above written:

RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOCIATES, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Loren Moody   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 

 

Exhibit 99.(i)
THE BLACKROCK CLOSED-END COMPLEX
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
     The Board of the BlackRock Closed-End Complex established the BlackRock Closed-End Complex Deferred Compensation Plan, effective as of February 24, 2000. The BlackRock Closed-End Complex Deferred Compensation Plan was amended and restated effective as of September 27, 2002 and subsequently amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008 (as amended and restated, the “ Plan ”). The purpose of the Plan is to provide eligible trustees of Participating Funds the opportunity to defer the receipt of all or a portion of the amounts payable to them as compensation for services rendered as members of the Board of the respective funds. The terms and conditions applicable to Deferred Compensation that is not Grandfathered Deferred Compensation shall be governed by the terms of Appendix A attached hereto.
1. DEFINITIONS
          1.1 Definitions. Unless a different meaning is plainly implied by the context, the following terms as used in the Plan shall have the following meanings:
          The term “ Administrator ” shall mean BlackRock Advisors, LLC, in its capacity as the administrator of the Plan on behalf of the Participating Funds; provided, that, BlackRock Advisors, LLC may hire consultants or other third parties to provide administrative services in connection with the Plan.
          The term “ Advisor ” shall mean BlackRock Advisors, LLC and its affiliates.
          The term “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Trustees or Board of Directors of each respective Participating Fund.
          The term “ Deferral Share Account ” shall mean a book entry account maintained to reflect the number and value of shares of Eligible Investments that the Administrator determines could have been purchased with an Eligible Trustee’s Deferred Compensation as provided in this Plan and any earnings thereon.
          The term “ Eligible Investment ” shall mean a fund managed by the Advisor and designated by the Participating Funds from time to time as an investment medium that may be chosen by an Eligible Trustee in which such Trustee’s Deferred Compensation may be deemed to be invested, provided that any Eligible Investment that is also the Participating Fund from which an Eligible Trustee’s deferred compensation is paid, is not an Eligible Investment that may be chosen by such Trustee as an investment medium for such deferred compensation.


 

          The term “ Eligible Trustee ” shall mean a member of the Board who is not an “interested person” of a Participating Fund or the Adviser, as such term is defined under Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”).
          The term “ Exchange ” shall mean the principal stock exchange on which common shares of an Eligible Investment trade.
          The term “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean, with respect to a date, on a per share basis, the closing price of an Eligible Investment, as reported on the consolidated tape of the Exchange on such date or, if the Exchange is closed on such date, the next succeeding date on which it is open.
          The term “ Grandfather Deferred Compensation ” shall mean all Deferred Compensation amounts which were earned and vested under the Plan as of December 31, 2004.
          The term “ Participating Funds ” shall mean those registered investment management companies for which the Advisor serves or will serve in the future as investment manager, whether existing at the time of adoption of the Plan or established at a later date, designated by each respective Board as a fund from which compensation may be deferred by an Eligible Trustee. Participating Funds shall be listed on Schedule A to the Plan from time to time, provided that failure to list a Participating Fund on Schedule A shall not affect its status as a Participating Fund.
          The term “ Valuation Date ” shall mean the last business day of each calendar quarter and any other day upon which the Participating Fund makes valuations of the Deferral Share Accounts.
          1.2 Trustees and Directors. Where appearing in the Plan, “ Trustee ” shall also refer to “ Director ” and “ Board of Trustees ” shall also refer to “ Board of Directors .”
          1.3 Separate Plan for each Participating Fund. The Plan is drafted, and shall be construed, as a separate Plan between each Eligible Trustee and each Participating Fund.
2. DEFERRALS
          2.1 Deferral Elections.
               (a) An Eligible Trustee that elects to participate in the Plan (a “ Participant ”) may defer receipt of up to 50% of all annual compensation (including fees for attending meetings) earned by such Eligible Trustee for serving as a member of the

2


 

Board or as a member of any committee (or subcommittee of such committee) of the Board of which such Eligible Trustee from time to time may be a member (the “ Deferred Compensation ”). Expenses of attending meetings of the Board, committees of the Board or subcommittees of such committees or other reimbursable expenses may not be deferred.
               (b) Deferred Compensation shall be withheld from each payment of compensation by the Participating Fund to the Participant based upon the percentage amount elected by the Participant under Section 2.3 hereof and pursuant to the Participant’s Election Form.
          2.2 Manner of Election.
               (a) An Eligible Trustee shall elect to participate in the Plan and defer compensation by completing, signing and filing with the Participating Funds an election to defer in such written form as may be prescribed (the “ Election ”). The Election shall include:
               (i) The percentage of compensation to be deferred;
               (ii) The method of payment of Deferred Compensation (i.e., in a lump sum or the number of installments);
               (iii) The time or times of payment of the Deferred Compensation; and
               (iv) Any beneficiary(ies) designated by the Participant pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Plan.
               (b) Each Participant’s receipt of compensation shall be deferred until the first to occur of any of the following events:
               (i) The date which such Participant ceases to be a Trustee of the Participating Fund;
               (ii) A date selected by such Participant as specified on the Participant ‘s Election;
               (iii) A date on which some future event occurs which is not within the Participant’s control, as specified on the Participant’s Election;
               (iv) Upon the death of the Participant;

3


 

               (v) In the sole discretion of the Participating Fund, upon disability or financial hardship of the Participant;
               (vi) The effective date of the sale or liquidation of the Participating Fund or to comply with applicable law; or
               (vii) Upon termination of the Plan in accordance with Section 4.5 hereof.
          2.3 Period of Deferrals.
               (a) Any Election by an Eligible Trustee pursuant to the Plan shall be irrevocable from and after the date on which such Election is filed with the Participating Fund and shall be effective to defer compensation of an Eligible Trustee as follows:
               (i) As to any Eligible Trustee in office on the original effective date of the Plan (prior to any amendments or restatements) who files an Election no later than thirty (30) days after such effective date, such Election shall be effective to defer any compensation which is earned by the Eligible Trustee after the date of the filing of the Election, or such effective date of the Plan, if later;
               (ii) As to any individual who becomes an Eligible Trustee after the original effective date of the Plan and who files an Election within thirty (30) days of becoming an Eligible Trustee, such Election shall be effective to defer any compensation which is earned by the Eligible Trustee after the date of the filing of the Election, or the effective date of the Plan, if later;
               (iii) As to any other Eligible Trustee, the Election shall be effective to defer any compensation that is earned from and after the first day of the calendar year next succeeding the calendar year in which the Election is filed; and
               (iv) Any Elections in effect on the date this Plan is amended and restated shall remain in effect so that a Participant need not execute new a Election.
               (b) A Participant may revoke such Participant’s Election at any time by filing a written notice of termination with the Participating Fund. Any compensation earned by the Participant after receipt of the notice by the Participating Fund shall be paid currently and no longer deferred as provided in the Plan.

4


 

               (c) A Participant who has filed a notice to terminate deferral of compensation may thereafter again file a new Election pursuant to Section 2.2(a) hereof effective for any calendar year subsequent to the calendar year in which the new Election is filed.
          2.4 Valuation of Deferral Share Account.
               (a) Deferred Compensation will be deferred on the date it otherwise would have been paid to a Participant (the “ Deferral Date ”). Participating Funds from which Compensation will be deferred will establish a Deferral Share Account for each Participant that will be credited with all or a portion of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation from time to time in accordance with this Plan. The specific Participating Funds that maintain Deferral Share Accounts will be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. The amount initially credited to a Participant’s Deferral Share Account in connection with each Deferred Compensation amount shall be determined by reference to the number of whole shares of Eligible Investments selected by the Participant that the Deferred Compensation could have purchased at the Fair Market Value per share of such Eligible Investments on a date on or about the Deferral Date (less any brokerage fees payable upon the acquisition of shares of such in the open market). Deferred Compensation shall be credited to the Deferral Share Account as soon as reasonably practicable after the Deferral Date, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. Deferred Compensation not credited to the Deferral Share Account on or about the Deferral Date ( e.g. , because the remaining amount is not sufficient to purchase an additional whole share of Eligible Investments selected by the Participant or for any other reason) shall be credited to the Deferral Share Account as soon as reasonably practicable, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion ( i.e. , as soon as such amount, when taken together with other uncredited amounts, is sufficient to purchase a whole share of an Eligible Investment as selected by the Participant).
               (b) On each Valuation Date, each Deferral Share Account will be credited or debited with the amount of gain or loss that would have been recognized had the Deferral Share Account been invested in the Eligible Investments designated by the Participant. Each Deferral Share Account will be credited with the Fair Market Value of shares that would have been acquired through reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributed as if the amount of Deferred Compensation represented by such Deferral Share Account had been invested and reinvested in shares of the Eligible Investments designated by the Participant. Each Participating Fund shall, from time to time, further adjust the Participant’s Deferral Share Account to reflect the value which would have been earned as if the amount of Deferred Compensation credited to such Deferral Share Account had been invested and reinvested in shares of the Eligible Investments designated by the Participant, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion in accordance with this Plan.

5


 

               (c) The Deferral Share Account shall be debited to reflect any distributions as of the date such distributions are made in accordance with Section 3 of the Plan.
          2.5 Investment of Deferral Share Account.
               (a) The Participating Funds shall from time to time designate one or more funds eligible for investment. A Participant’s deferred amounts shall be allocated equally among the Eligible Investments. If, as the result of the requirement that notional purchases of Eligible Investments be made in whole shares as set forth in Section 2.4 or for any other reason, not all of a Participant’s Deferred Compensation has been credited to the Deferral Share Account, the cash balance of such Deferred Compensation shall be held until the next Valuation Date on which the Administrator determines, in its sole discretion, that it is reasonably practicable to make a notional purchase (debiting the cash balance of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation) of one or more Eligible Investments then selected by the Participant.
               (b) Participating Funds may, from time to time, remove any fund from or add any fund to the list of Eligible Investments. If the Participating Funds discontinue an Eligible Investment, the Administrator will redirect amounts deferred in the discontinued Eligible Investment to other Eligible Investments currently in effect.
3. DISTRIBUTIONS FROM DEFERRAL SHARE ACCOUNT
          3.1 Distribution Election.
          The aggregate value of a Participant’s Deferral Share Account and any Deferred Compensation held in cash and not yet credited to a Participant’s Deferral Share Account will be paid in a lump sum or in ten (10) or fewer annual installments, as specified in the Participant’s Election (or Elections). Distributions will be made as of the first business day of January of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant ceases being a Trustee or on such other dates as the Participant may specify in such Election (or Elections), which shall not be earlier than six (6) months following the Election.
               (a) If a Participant elects installment payments, the unpaid balance in the Participant’s Deferral Share Account shall continue to accrue earnings and dividend equivalents, computed in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.4, and shall be prorated and paid over the installment period. The amount of the first payment shall be a fraction of the then Fair Market Value of such Participant’s Deferral Share Account, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is the total number of installments; provided that cash not yet credited to a Participant’s Deferral

6


 

Share Account, if any, will be added to such amount as a part of the first payment. The amount of each subsequent payment shall be a fraction of the then Fair Market Value of the Participant’s Deferral Share Account remaining after the prior payment, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the total number of installments elected minus the number of installments previously paid.
               (b) All payments shall be in cash; provided, however, if a lump sum payment is elected, the Participant may elect to receive payment in full and fractional shares of the Eligible Investments selected by such Participant at Fair Market Value at the time of payment of the amounts credited to the Participant’s Deferral Share Account; provided, further, that any Deferred Compensation held in cash will be distributed in cash. Any such election shall be filed in writing by the Participant with the Participating Fund at least ten (10) business days prior to the date which such payment is to be made.
               (c) A Participant may at any time, and from time to time, change any distribution election applicable to such Participant’s Deferral Share Account, provided that no election to change the timing of any distribution shall be effective unless it is made in writing and received by the Participating Fund at least six (6) months prior to the earlier of (i) the time at which the Participant ceases to be a Trustee or (ii) the time such distribution shall commence.
          3.2 Death Prior to Complete Distribution. In the event of a Participant’s death prior to distribution of all amounts in such Participant’s Deferral Share Account, notwithstanding any Election made by the Participant and notwithstanding any other provision set forth herein, the value of such Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash shall be paid in a lump sum in accordance with the provisions of the Plan as soon as reasonably possible to the Participant’s designated beneficiary(ies) (the “ Beneficiary ”) or, if such Beneficiary(ies) does not survive the Participant or no beneficiary is designated, to such Participant’s estate. Any Beneficiary(ies) so designated by a Participant may be changed at any time by notice in writing from such Participant to the Participating Fund. All payments under this Section 3.2 shall otherwise be paid in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof.
          3.3 Payment in Discretion of Participating Funds.
          Amounts deferred hereunder, based on the then adjusted value of the Participant’s Deferral Share Account as of the Valuation Date next following plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash, may become payable to the Participant in the discretion of the Participating Fund:
               (a) Disability. If the Participating Fund finds on the basis of medical evidence satisfactory to it that the Participant is prevented from engaging in any

7


 

suitable gainful employment or occupation and that such disability will be permanent and continuous during the remainder of such Participant’s life, the Participating Fund shall distribute the amounts in the Participant’s Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash in a lump sum or in the number of installments previously selected by the Participant.
               (b) Financial Hardship. If the Participant requests and if the Participant provides evidence of financial hardship, the Participating Fund may, in its sole and absolute discretion, permit a distribution of all or a portion of the Participant’s Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash prior to the date on which payments would have commenced under Section 3.1.
          3.4 Acceleration of Payments.
               (a) In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of a Participating Fund or the distribution of all or substantially all of a Participating Fund’s assets and property to its shareholders (for this purpose a sale, conveyance or transfer of a Participating Fund’s assets to a trust, partnership, association or another corporation in exchange for cash, shares or other securities with the transfer being made subject to, or with the assumption by the transferee of, the liabilities of such Participating Fund shall not be deemed a termination of such Participating Fund or such a distribution), the entire unpaid balance of the Participant’s Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash of such Participating Fund shall be paid in a lump sum as of the effective date thereof.
               (b) The Participating Funds are empowered to accelerate the payment of deferred amounts to all Participants and Beneficiaries in the event that there is a change in law which would have the effect of adversely affecting such persons’ rights and benefits under the Plan if acceleration did not occur.
4. MISCELLANEOUS
          4.1 Statements of Account.
          The Participating Funds will furnish each Participant with a statement setting forth the value of such Participant’s Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash as of the end of each calendar year and all credits and debits of such Deferral Share Account or to any Deferred Compensation held in cash during such year. Such statements will be furnished no later than sixty (60) days after the end of each calendar year.

8


 

          4.2 Rights in Deferral Share Account.
          Credits to the Deferral Share Accounts or to any Deferred Compensation held in cash shall (i) remain part of the general assets of the Participating Funds, (ii) at all times be the sole and absolute property of the Participating Funds and (iii) in no event be deemed to constitute a fund, trust or collateral security for the payment of the Deferred Compensation to which Participants are entitled. The right of the Participant or any Beneficiary or estate to receive future payment of Deferred Compensation under the provisions of the Plan shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Participating Funds, if any, available at the time of payment. A Participating Fund shall not reserve or set aside funds for the payment of its obligations hereunder by any form of trust, escrow, or similar arrangement. The arrangement described in this Plan shall be “unfunded” for U.S. federal income tax purposes and for purposes of the Employee Retirement Security Income Act of 1974, as amended.
          4.3 Non-Assignability.
          The rights and benefits of Participants under the Plan and any other person or persons to whom payments may be made pursuant to the Plan shall not be subject to alienation, assignment, pledge, transfer or other disposition, except as otherwise provided by law.
          4.4 Interpretation and Administration.
          The Participating Funds shall have the general authority to interpret, construe and implement provisions of the Plan and to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as shall be from time to time, deemed advisable. Any determination by the Participating Funds shall be final and conclusive.
          4.5 Amendment and Termination.
          The Participating Funds may in their sole discretion amend or terminate the Plan at any time. No amendment or termination shall adversely affect any then existing deferred amounts or rights under the Plan. Upon termination of the Plan, the remaining balance of the Participant’s Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash shall be paid to the Participant (or to a beneficiary, as the case may be), in a lump sum as soon as practicable but no more than thirty (30) days following termination of the Plan.
          4.6 Incapacity.
          If the Participating Funds shall receive satisfactory evidence that the Participant or any Beneficiary entitled to receive any benefit under the Plan is, at the time

9


 

when such benefit becomes payable, a minor, or is physically or mentally incompetent to receive such benefit and to give a valid release therefor, and that another person or an institution is then maintaining or has custody of the Participant or Beneficiary and that no guardian, committee or other representative of the estate of the Participant or Beneficiary shall have been duly appointed, the Participating Funds may make payment of such benefit otherwise payable to the Participant or Beneficiary to such other person or institution and the release of such other person or institution shall be a valid and complete discharge for the payment of such benefit.
          4.7 Payments Due Missing Persons.
          The Participating Funds shall make a reasonable effort to locate all persons entitled to benefits under the Plan. However, notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, if, after a period of five (5) years from the date such benefit shall be due, any such persons entitled to benefits have not been located, their rights under the Plan shall stand suspended. Before this provision becomes operative, the Participating Funds shall send a certified letter to all such persons to their last known address advising them that their benefits under the Plan shall be suspended. Any such suspended amounts shall be held by the Participating Funds for a period of three (3) additional years (or a total of eight (8) years from the time the benefits first become payable) and thereafter, if unclaimed, such amounts shall be forfeited, subject to applicable laws in the jurisdiction in which the respective Participating Fund is organized.
          4.8 Agents.
          The Participating Funds may employ agents and provide for such clerical, legal, actuarial, accounting, advisory or other services as they deem necessary to perform their duties under the Plan. The Participating Funds shall bear the cost of such services and all other expenses incurred in connection with the administration of the Plan.
          4.9 Governing Law.
          All matters concerning the validity, construction and administration of the Plan shall be governed by the laws of the state in which the respective Participating Fund is organized.
          4.10 Non-Guarantee of Status.
          Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed as a contract or guarantee of the right of the Participant to be, or remain as, a Trustee of any of the Participating Funds or to receive any, or any particular rate of, compensation from any of the Participating Funds.

10


 

          4.11 Counsel.
          The Participating Funds may consult with legal counsel with respect to the meaning or construction of the Plan, their obligations or duties hereunder or with respect to any action or proceeding or any question of law, and they shall be fully protected with respect to any action taken or omitted by them in good faith pursuant to the advice of legal counsel.
          4.12 Entire Plan.
          The Plan contains the entire understanding between the Participating Funds and the Participant with respect to the payment of non-qualified elective deferred compensation by the Participating Funds to the Participant.
          4.13 Non-liability of Administrator and Participating Funds.
          Interpretations of, and determinations (including factual determinations) related to, the Plan made by the Administrator or Participating Funds in good faith, including any determinations of the amounts of the Deferral Share Accounts, shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties; and the Administrator, the Participating Funds and their officers and Trustees shall not incur any liability to the Participant for any such interpretation or determination so made or for any other action taken by it in connection with the Plan in good faith.
          4.14 Successors and Assigns.
          The Plan shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Participating Funds and their successors and assigns and to the Participants and their heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives.
          4.15 Severability.
          In the event any one or more provisions of the Plan are held to be invalid or unenforceable, such illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof and such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect unaffected by such invalidity or unenforceability.
          4.16 Rule 16b-3 Compliance.
          It is the intention of the Participating Funds that all transactions under the Plan be exempt from liability imposed by Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Therefore, if any transaction under the Plan is found not to be in compliance with Section 16(b), the provision of the Plan governing such transaction shall be deemed amended so that the transaction does so comply and is so exempt, to the

11


 

extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Participating Fund, and in all events the Plan shall be construed in favor of its meeting the requirements of an exemption.

12


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Participating Fund has caused this Plan to be executed by one of its duly authorized officers, as of this 1 st day of January 2008.
             
 
      By:    
 
           
 
      Name:    
 
      Title:    
 
           
Witness:
           
 
           
Name:
           
Title:
           

13


 

SCHEDULE A
BLACKROCK CLOSED-END COMPLEX
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
PARTICIPATING FUNDS
Each registered closed-end investment company advised by BlackRock Advisors, LLC is a Participating Fund except as set forth below:
None

 


 

SCHEDULE B
ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS
         
1.
  BlackRock International Growth and Income Trust   BGY
2.
  BlackRock Preferred and Equity Advantage Trust   BTZ
3.
  BlackRock Enhanced Dividend Achievers tm Trust   BDJ
4.
  BlackRock Global Energy and Resources Trust   BGR
5.
  BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust   BGT
6.
  BlackRock Preferred Income Strategies Fund, Inc.   PSY
7.
  BlackRock Limited Duration Income Trust   BLW
8.
  BlackRock Corporate High Yield Fund VI, Inc.   HYT

 


 

BLACKROCK CLOSED-END COMPLEX
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
Deferral Election Form
     The undersigned hereby elects to participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan (“ Plan ”) in accordance with the elections made in this Deferral Election Form. I understand that the percentage of my compensation set forth below will be deferred under the Plan and “invested” equally in the eight funds that are Eligible Investments.
1. Amount Deferred
     I hereby elect to defer up to ___% (not more than 50%) of the annual compensation I earn as a Trustee of the BlackRock Closed-End Complex subsequent to the effective date of this election form.
2. Time of Payment
     I hereby elect for deferred amounts to be paid as follows:
      o On the first business day in January of the calendar year following the calendar year in which I cease to be a Trustee; or
      o On the following other date:                                          
3. Number of Payments
     I hereby elect to receive payment as follows:
      o Entire amount in a lump sum; or
      o In                      annual installments (not to exceed 10).
     I hereby relinquish and release any and all rights to receive payment of the deferred amounts except in accordance with the Plan. I hereby direct and authorize the Administrator to make payments of deferral amounts as it deems necessary or desirable to facilitate administration of the Plan; provided, that such payments shall be made in accordance with the Plan and the foregoing elections.

 


 

Executed this ___day of                     
     
 
   
 
   
 
  Trustee’s Signature
Received and accepted by each of the Participating Funds:
         
By:
       
         
 
       
Date:
       
         

 


 

BLACKROCK CLOSED-END COMPLEX
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
Designation of Beneficiary
The undersigned hereby designates the person or persons named below as the beneficiary(ies) of any benefits which may become due according to the terms and conditions of the BlackRock Closed-End Complex Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) in the event of my death.
         
    o To my Estate: or
 
       
    o To the following beneficiaries:
 
       
 
  Primary:    
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
      (Name, address and relationship) if living, or if not living at my my death, to
 
       
 
  Secondary:    
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
      (Name, address and relationship) if living, or if not living at my my death, to my Estate.
I hereby revoke all prior beneficiary designation(s) made under the terms of the Plan by execution of this form.
Executed this       day of                , ___
     
 
   
 
  Trustee’s Signature

Exhibit 99.(j)
AGREEMENT BETWEEN
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
AND
EACH OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANIES
LISTED ON SCHEDULE A ATTACHED HERETO

 


 

Table of Contents
                 
ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS     1  
Section 1.01.  
“Account”
    1  
Section 1.02.  
“Affiliate”
    2  
Section 1.03.  
“Agreement”
    2  
Section 1.04.  
“Authorized Person(s)”
    2  
Section 1.05.  
“Bank Account”
    2  
Section 1.06.  
“Banking Institution”
    2  
Section 1.07.  
“Board”
    2  
Section 1.08.  
“Business Day”
    2  
Section 1.09.  
“Commission”
    2  
Section 1.10.  
“DR”
    3  
Section 1.11.  
“Domestic Subcustodian”
    3  
Section 1.12.  
“Eligible Securities Depository”
    3  
Section 1.13.  
“Foreign Subcustodian”
    3  
Section 1.14.  
“Fund”
    3  
Section 1.15.  
“Institutional Client”
    4  
Section 1.16.  
“Interest Bearing Deposits”
    4  
Section 1.17.  
“Investment Company Act”
    4  
Section 1.18.  
“Loans”
    4  
Section 1.19.  
“Overdraft”
    4  
Section 1.20.  
“Overdraft Notice”
    4  
Section 1.21.  
“Person”
    4  
Section 1.22.  
“Procedural Agreement”
    4  
Section 1.23.  
“Proper Instructions”
    4  
Section 1.24.  
“Property”
    5  
Section 1.25.  
“Securities System”
    5  
Section 1.26.  
“Segregated Account”
    5  
Section 1.27.  
“Series”
    6  
Section 1.28.  
“Shareholder Servicing Agent”
    6  
Section 1.29.  
“Shares”
    6  
Section 1.30.  
“Subcustodian”
    6  
Section 1.31.  
“Terminating Fund”
    6  
ARTICLE II. APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN     6  
ARTICLE III. POWERS AND DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN     7  
Section 3.01.  
Safekeeping
    7  
Section 3.02.  
Manner of Holding Securities
    7  
Section 3.03.  
Security Purchases and Sales
    9  
Section 3.04.  
Exchanges of Securities
    11  
Section 3.05.  
Depositary Receipts
    12  
Section 3.06.  
Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers
    12  
Section 3.07.  
Stock Dividends, Rights, Etc.
    13  
Section 3.08.  
Options
    13  

i


 

                 
Section 3.09.  
Futures Contracts
    14  
Section 3.10.  
Borrowings
    15  
Section 3.11.  
Interest Bearing Deposits
    15  
Section 3.12.  
Foreign Exchange Transactions
    16  
Section 3.13.  
Securities Loans
    17  
Section 3.14.  
Collections
    18  
Section 3.15.  
Dividends, Distributions and Redemptions
    19  
Section 3.16.  
Proceeds from Shares Sold
    19  
Section 3.17.  
Proxies, Notices, Etc
    20  
Section 3.18.  
Bills and Other Disbursements
    20  
Section 3.19.  
Nondiscretionary Functions
    20  
Section 3.20.  
Bank Accounts
    20  
Section 3.21.  
Deposit of Fund Assets in Securities Systems
    21  
Section 3.22.  
Maintenance of Assets in Underlying Fund Systems
    23  
Section 3.23.  
Other Transfers
    24  
Section 3.24.  
Establishment of Segregated Account(s
    24  
Section 3.25.  
Custodian’s Books and Records
    24  
Section 3.26.  
Opinion of Fund’s Independent Certified Public Accountants
    26  
Section 3.27.  
Reports by Independent Certified Public Accountants
    26  
Section 3.28.  
Overdrafts
    26  
Section 3.29.  
Reimbursement for Advances
    27  
Section 3.30.  
Claims
    28  
ARTICLE IV. PROPER INSTRUCTIONS AND RELATED MATTERS     28  
Section 4.01.  
Proper Instructions
    28  
Section 4.02.  
Authorized Persons
    29  
Section 4.03.  
Persons Having Access to Assets of the Fund or Series
    30  
Section 4.04.  
Actions of Custodian Based on Proper Instructions
    30  
ARTICLE V. SUBCUSTODIANS     30  
Section 5.01.  
Domestic Subcustodians
    30  
Section 5.02.  
Foreign Subcustodians
    31  
Section 5.03.  
Termination of a Subcustodian
    31  
Section 5.04.  
Eligible Securities Depositories
    32  
ARTICLE VI. STANDARD OF CARE; INDEMNIFICATION     33  
Section 6.01.  
Standard of Care
    33  
Section 6.02.  
Liability of Custodian for Actions of Other Persons
    36  
Section 6.03.  
Indemnification
    37  
Section 6.04.  
Fund’s Right to Proceed
    40  
ARTICLE VII. COMPENSATION     40  
ARTICLE VIII. TERMINATION     41  
Section 8.01.  
Termination of Agreement as to One or More Funds
    39  
Section 8.02.  
Termination as to One or More Series
    42  
ARTICLE IX. MISCELLANEOUS     43  
Section 9.01.  
Execution of Documents, Etc.
    43  
Section 9.02.  
Representative Capacity; Nonrecourse Obligations
    43  

ii


 

                 
Section 9.03.  
Several Obligations of the Funds and the Series
    44  
Section 9.04.  
Representations and Warranties
    44  
Section 9.05.  
Entire Agreement
    45  
Section 9.06.  
Waivers and Amendments
    46  
Section 9.07.  
Interpretation
    46  
Section 9.08.  
Captions
    47  
Section 9.09.  
Governing Law
    47  
Section 9.10.  
Notices
    47  
Section 9.11.  
Assignment
    47  
Section 9.12.  
Counterparts
    48  
Section 9.13.  
Confidentiality; Survival of Obligations
    48  
Section 9.14.  
Shareholder Communications
    48  

iii


 

CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT
     AGREEMENT made this 21 st day of September, 2001 between each of the investment companies listed on Schedule A hereto, as the same may be amended from time to time and State Street Bank and Trust Company (the “Custodian”).
WITNESSETH:
     WHEREAS, each Fund (as defined in Section 1.14 below) desires to appoint the Custodian as custodian on its own behalf and, if a series fund, on behalf of each of its series, in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, under the terms and conditions set forth in this Custodian Agreement (including any Schedules or Appendices hereto), and the Custodian has agreed to act as custodian for such Fund; and
     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors/Trustees of each Fund has approved the appointment of the Custodian as “Foreign Custody Manager,” as such term is defined in Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, of such Fund, and the Custodian has agreed to assume the responsibilities of a Foreign Custody Manager under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the guidelines and procedures adopted by the Board of Directors/Trustees of each Fund and annexed hereto as Schedule B.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I.
DEFINED TERMS
     The following terms are defined as follows:
     Section 1.01. “Account” shall mean an account of the Custodian established at a bank, Securities System or Subcustodian (as defined in Sections 1.25 and 1.30, respectively), which

1


 

shall include only Property (as defined in Section 1.24) held as custodian or otherwise for a Fund or a series of a Fund. To the extent required by law or in accord with standard industry practice in a particular market, an Account may be an omnibus account in the name of the Custodian or its nominee provided that the records of the Custodian shall indicate at all times the Fund or other customer for which Property is held in such Account and the respective interests therein.
     Section 1.02. “Affiliate” shall mean any entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with any other entity.
     Section 1.03. “Agreement” shall mean this agreement between each of the Funds and the Custodian and all current or subsequent schedules and appendices hereto.
     Section 1.04. “Authorized Person(s)” shall mean all persons authorized in writing by each Fund to give Proper Instructions (as defined in Section 1.23) or any other notice, request, direction, instruction, certificate or instrument on behalf of a Fund or a series thereof.
     Section 1.05. “Bank Account” shall mean any demand deposit bank account (provided that demand may not be made by check), which will be an interest bearing bank account where permitted by law and agreed between the Custodian and a Fund, held on the books of the Custodian or a Subcustodian for the account of a Fund or a series of a Fund.
     Section 1.06. “Banking Institution” shall mean a bank or trust company, including the Custodian, any Subcustodian or any subsidiary or Affiliate of the Custodian.
     Section 1.07. “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors or Trustees, as applicable, of a Fund.
     Section 1.08. “Business Day” shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange or the Custodian is open for business that is not a Saturday or Sunday.
     Section 1.09. “Commission” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

2


 

     Section 1.10. “DR” shall mean an American Depositary Receipt, European Depositary Receipt, or Global Depositary Receipt or similar instrument issued by a depositary to represent the underlying securities held by the depositary.
     Section 1.11. “Domestic Subcustodian” shall mean any bank as defined in Section 2(a)(5) of the Investment Company Act (as defined in Section 1.17) meeting the requirements of a custodian under Section 17(f) of the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, that acts on behalf of one or more Funds, or on behalf of the Custodian as custodian for one or more Funds, as a Subcustodian for purposes of holding cash, securities and other assets of such Funds and performing other functions of the Custodian within the United States.
     Section 1.12. “Eligible Securities Depository” shall mean a system for the central handling of securities as defined in Rule 17f-4 under the Investment Company Act that meets the requirements of an “eligible securities depository” under Rule 17f-7 under the Investment Company Act, as such may be amended or interpreted from time to time by the Commission.
     Section 1.13. “Foreign Subcustodian” shall mean (i) any bank, trust company, or other entity meeting the requirements of an “eligible foreign custodian” under the rules and regulations under Section 17(f) of the Investment Company Act or by order of the Commission exempted therefrom, or (ii) any bank as defined in Section 2(a)(5) of the Investment Company Act meeting the requirements of a custodian under Section 17(f) of the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder to act on behalf of one or more Funds as a Subcustodian for purposes of holding cash, securities and other assets of such Fund(s) and performing other functions of the Custodian in countries other than the United States.
     Section 1.14. “Fund” shall mean any registered, open-end or closed-end investment company listed on Schedule A hereto as it shall be amended from time to time. Collectively, they shall be referred to as the “Funds.”

3


 

     Section 1.15. “Institutional Client” shall mean a major commercial bank, corporation, insurance company, or substantially similar institution that purchases or sells securities and makes substantial use of custodial services.
     Section 1.16. “Interest Bearing Deposits” shall mean interest bearing fixed term and call deposits.
     Section 1.17. “Investment Company Act” shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
     Section 1.18. “Loans” shall mean corporate loans or participation interests therein, or assignments thereof.
     Section 1.19. “Overdraft” shall mean any payment or transfer of funds on behalf of a Fund or series of a Fund for which there are, at the close of business on the date of such payment or transfer, insufficient funds held by the Custodian on behalf of such Fund or series thereof.
     Section 1.20. “Overdraft Notice” shall mean any written notification of an Overdraft by facsimile transmission or any other such manner as a Fund and the Custodian may agree in writing.
     Section 1.21. “Person” shall mean the Custodian or any Subcustodian or Securities System, or any Eligible Securities Depository used by any such Subcustodian, or any nominee of the Custodian or any Subcustodian.
     Section 1.22. “Procedural Agreement” shall mean any futures margin procedural agreement among a Fund or series of a Fund, the Custodian and any futures commission merchant.
     Section 1.23. “Proper Instructions” shall mean: (i) either a tested telex or a written (including, without limitation, facsimile transmission) request, direction, instruction or certification signed or initialed by or on behalf of the applicable Fund or series of a Fund by one

4


 

or more Authorized Persons; (ii) a telephonic or other oral communication by one or more Authorized Persons; or (iii) a communication effected directly between an electro-mechanical or electronic device or system (including, without limitation, computers) by or on behalf of the applicable Fund that is transmitted in compliance with the security procedures established for such communications by the Custodian and the Fund; provided , however , that communications purporting to be given by an Authorized Person shall be considered Proper Instructions only if the Custodian reasonably believes such communications to have been given by an Authorized Person with respect to the transaction involved. Proper Instructions shall include all information necessary to permit the Custodian to fulfill its duties and obligations thereunder. Proper Instructions provided by facsimile transmission or under subsection (ii) shall be subject to a commercially reasonable authentication procedure, such as call back.
     Section 1.24. “Property” shall mean any securities or other assets of a Fund or series that are accepted by the Custodian for safekeeping, or cash accepted by the Custodian for deposit on behalf of a Fund or series of a Fund.
     Section 1.25. “Securities System” shall mean (i) the Depository Trust Company, including its Mortgage Backed Securities Division and/or (ii) any book-entry system as provided in (1) Subpart O of Treasury Circular No. 300, 31 CFR 306, (2) Subpart B of 31 CFR Part 350, (3) the book-entry regulations of federal agencies substantially in the form of Subpart O, (4) any other domestic clearing agency registered with the Commission under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which acts as a securities depository. Each such Securities System shall be approved by each Fund’s Board.
     Section 1.26. “Segregated Account” shall mean an account established for and on behalf of a Fund in which may be held Property that is maintained: (i) for the purposes set forth in Section 3.08, 3.09, and 3.10, hereof; (ii) for the purposes of compliance by the Fund with the

5


 

procedures required by Investment Company Act Release No. 10666, or any subsequent release or releases of the Commission relating to the maintenance of Segregated Accounts by registered investment companies, or (iii) for any other lawful purposes as may be deemed necessary by the Fund.
     Section 1.27. “Series” shall mean the one or more series of shares into which a Fund may be organized, each of which shall represent an interest in a separate portfolio of Property and shall include all of the existing and additional Series now or hereafter listed on Schedule A.
     Section 1.28. “Shareholder Servicing Agent” shall mean a Fund’s transfer agent or person performing comparable duties.
     Section 1.29. “Shares” shall mean all classes of shares of a Fund or Series.
     Section 1.30. “Subcustodian” shall mean any duly appointed Domestic Subcustodian or Foreign Subcustodian.
     Section 1.31. “Terminating Fund” shall mean a Fund or Series that has terminated the Agreement with the Custodian or as to which the Custodian has terminated the Agreement, all in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.01.
ARTICLE II.
APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN
     Each Fund hereby appoints the Custodian as custodian and as Foreign Custody Manager for the term and subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Custodian’s duties and obligations as Foreign Custody Manager and with respect to Eligible Securities Depositories shall be as set forth in this Agreement, including Schedule B hereto. Each Fund shall deliver to the Custodian or a Subcustodian, or shall cause to be delivered to the Custodian or a Subcustodian, Property

6


 

owned by such Fund and, where applicable, shall specify to which of its Series such Property is to be specifically allocated.
ARTICLE III.
POWERS AND DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN
     With respect to Property of each Fund or Series, the Custodian shall have and perform the following powers and duties:
     Section 3.01. Safekeeping . The Custodian shall from time to time receive delivery of Property of a Fund or Series and shall maintain, hold and, with respect to Property that is not cash, keep safely all Property of each Fund or each Series that has been delivered to and accepted by the Custodian. Custodian shall accept and maintain Property received in the form of cash as a deposit obligation of the Custodian or a Subcustodian.
     Section 3.02. Manner of Holding Securities .
          (a) The Custodian shall at all times hold securities of each Fund or Series (i) by physical possession of the share certificates or other instruments representing such securities in registered or bearer form, or (ii) in book-entry form by a Securities System or by a transfer agent or registrar of another investment company (an “Underlying Fund System”), or (iii) with respect to Loans, by possession of all documents, certificates and other such instruments, including any schedule of payments (“Financing Documents”) as are delivered to the Custodian.
          (b) Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall open an Account in the name of each Fund or Series and shall hold registered securities of each Fund or Series (i) in the name or any nominee name of the Custodian, a Subcustodian or the Fund, or (ii) in street name. In carrying out the foregoing obligation, the Custodian shall, to the extent permitted by law and, where Custodian deems it advisable based upon any legal advice Custodian has

7


 

obtained with respect to a particular market and upon other factors the Custodian deems appropriate, hold registered securities of each Fund or Series in a manner that is appropriate to the Fund’s tax domicile and that takes into consideration the best interests of the Fund with respect to regulatory matters relating to custody; and provided further that the Custodian shall, on an ongoing basis, provide accurate information to a Fund and such other persons as a Fund may designate with respect to the registration status of each Fund’s securities, and an accurate record of securities held by each Fund and such Fund’s respective interest therein.
          (c) The Custodian may hold Property for all of its customers, including a Fund or Series, with any Foreign Subcustodian in an Account that is identified as belonging to the Custodian for the benefit of its customers or in a depository account, including an omnibus account, with an Eligible Securities Depository; provided , however , that (i) the records of the Custodian with respect to Property of any Fund or Series that are maintained in such Account or depository account shall identify such Property as belonging to the applicable Fund or Series and (ii) to the extent permitted and customary in the market in which the Account or depository account is maintained, the Custodian shall require that Property so held by a Foreign Subcustodian or Eligible Securities Depository be held separately from any assets of the Custodian or such Foreign Subcustodian.
          (d) The Custodian shall send each Fund a written statement, advice or notification of any transfers of any Property of the Fund to or from an Account or an account at an Eligible Securities Depository (a “depository account”). Each such statement, advice or notification shall identify the Property transferred and the entity that has custody of the Property. Unless a Fund provides the Custodian with a written exception or objection to any such statement, advice or notification within ninety (90) days of Fund’s receipt thereof, the Fund shall be deemed to have approved such statement, advice or notification. To the extent permitted by law and the terms of

8


 

this Agreement, the Custodian shall not be liable for the contents of any such statement, advice or notification that has been approved by a Fund.
     Section 3.03. Security Purchases and Sales .
          (a) Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, insofar as funds are available for the purpose, the Custodian shall pay for and receive securities purchased for the account of a Fund or Series, payment being made by the Custodian only: (i) upon receipt of the securities, certificates, or other acceptable evidence of ownership (1) by the Custodian, or (2) by a clearing corporation of a national securities exchange of which the Custodian is a member, (3) by a Securities System or (4) by an Underlying Fund System; or (ii) otherwise in accordance with (1) Proper Instructions, (2) applicable law, (3) generally accepted trading practices, or (4) the terms of any instrument representing the purchase. With respect to a clearing corporation or Securities System, securities may be held only with an entity approved by a Fund’s Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of U.S. repurchase agreements entered into by a Fund, the Custodian may release funds to a Securities System or to a Domestic Subcustodian prior to the receipt of advice from the Securities System or Domestic Subcustodian that the securities underlying such repurchase agreement have been transferred by book entry into the Account of the Custodian maintained with such Securities System or Domestic Subcustodian, so long as such payment instructions to the Securities System or Domestic Subcustodian require that the Securities System or Domestic Subcustodian may make payment of such funds to the other party to the repurchase agreement only upon transfer by book-entry of the securities underlying the repurchase agreement into the Account. In the case of time deposits, call account deposits, currency deposits, and other deposits, contracts or options pursuant to Sections 3.08, 3.09, 3.11

9


 

and 3.12, the Custodian may not make payment therefor without receiving an instrument or other document evidencing said deposit except in accordance with standard industry practice.
          (b) Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall make delivery of securities that have been sold for the account of a Fund or Series, but only: (i) against payment therefor (1) in the form of cash, by a certified check, bank cashier’s check, bank credit, or bank wire transfer, (2) by credit to the Account of the Custodian with a clearing corporation of a national securities exchange of which the Custodian is a member, or (3) by credit to the Account of the Custodian with a Securities System subject to final end-of-day settlement in accordance with the rules of the applicable Securities System; or (ii) otherwise in accordance with (1) Proper Instructions, (2) applicable law, (3) generally accepted trading practices, or (4) the terms of any instrument representing the sale.
          (c) In the case of the purchase or sale of securities the settlement of which occurs outside of the United States or the receipt of which and payment therefor take place in different countries, such securities shall be delivered and paid for in accordance with local custom and practice generally accepted by Institutional Clients in the applicable country or countries. In the case of securities held in physical form, if standard industry practice in the country so requires, such securities shall be delivered and paid for in accordance with “street delivery custom” to a broker or its clearing agent (for example, against delivery to the Custodian or a Subcustodian of a receipt for such securities) provided that the Custodian shall take reasonable steps (which shall not include the institution of legal proceedings except pursuant to Section 6.03(c)) in its discretion to seek to ensure prompt collection of the payment for, or the return of, such securities by the broker or its clearing agent, and provided further that the Custodian shall not be responsible for the selection of or the failure or inability to perform of such broker or its clearing agent.

10


 

     Section 3.04. Exchanges of Securities . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law and in accord with standard industry practice in the relevant market, exchange securities held by the Custodian for the account of any Fund or Series for other securities in connection with any reorganization, recapitalization, stock split, change of par value, conversion or other event relating to the securities or the issuer of such securities, and to deposit any such securities in accordance with the terms of any reorganization or protective plan. With respect to tender or exchange offers, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to a Fund all written information actually received by the Corporate Actions Department or other applicable department of the Custodian, or from a Subcustodian, an Eligible Securities Depository, or a Securities System, or directly from issuers of the securities whose tender or exchange is sought and from the parties (or their agents) making the tender or exchange offer. If the Fund desires to take action with respect to any tender offer, exchange offer, or any other similar transaction, the Fund shall notify the Custodian, within a time period set by the Custodian and communicated promptly to the Fund, prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take such action. Without receiving such instructions, the Custodian may surrender securities in temporary form for definitive securities, may surrender securities for transfer into a name or nominee name as permitted in Section 3.02(b), and may surrender securities for a different number of certificates or instruments representing the same number of shares or same principal amount of indebtedness, provided that the securities to be issued will be delivered to the Custodian or nominee of the Custodian and further provided that the Custodian shall, consistent with local market practice, at the time of surrendering the securities or instruments (i) receive a receipt or other instrument or document evidencing the ownership thereof or (ii) take other reasonable steps to seek to ensure proper delivery of the securities and adequate protection of a Fund’s ownership interest in the securities.

11


 

     Section 3.05. Depositary Receipts . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall instruct a Subcustodian appointed pursuant to Article V hereof to surrender securities to the depositary that holds securities of an issuer that are represented by DRs for such securities against a written receipt therefor adequately describing such securities and written evidence satisfactory to the Subcustodian that the depositary has acknowledged receipt of instructions to issue DRs with respect to such securities in the name of the Custodian, or a nominee of the Custodian, for delivery to the Custodian’s location, or at such other place as the Custodian may from time to time designate.
     Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall surrender DRs to the issuer thereof against a written receipt therefor adequately describing the DRs surrendered and written evidence satisfactory to the Custodian that the issuer of the DRs has acknowledged receipt of instructions to cause its depositary to deliver the securities underlying such DRs to a Subcustodian.
     Section 3.06. Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall deliver to the issuer or trustee thereof, or to the agent of either, warrants, puts, calls, rights or similar securities, for the purpose of being exercised or sold, provided that the new Property, if any, acquired by such action is to be delivered to the Custodian, and, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, to deposit securities upon invitations for tenders of securities, provided that the consideration for such securities is to be paid or delivered to the Custodian, or the tendered securities are to be returned to the Custodian. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Custodian shall take all commercially reasonable action, unless otherwise directed to the contrary in Proper Instructions, to comply with the terms of all mandatory or compulsory exchanges, calls, tenders, redemptions, or similar rights of security ownership of which the Custodian has actual knowledge, and shall promptly notify each

12


 

applicable Fund of such action in writing by facsimile transmission or in such other manner as such Fund and the Custodian may agree in writing.
     Section 3.07. Stock Dividends, Rights. Etc. The Custodian shall receive and collect all stock dividends, rights, foreign tax reclaims and other items of a like nature, and deal with the same pursuant to Proper Instructions relative thereto. Custodian duties and obligations under this Section 3.07 may from time to time be limited by written agreement between the Custodian and a Fund or Series. With respect to securities held by the Custodian in street name, Custodian’s duties and obligations under this Section 3.07 shall be limited to those stock dividends, foreign tax reclaims and other items of a like nature that the Custodian is able, using commercially reasonable methods (which shall not include the institution of legal proceedings except pursuant to Section 6.03(c)) in its discretion, to receive and collect from the record holders of such securities. The Custodian’s further duties and obligations with respect to tax reclaims shall be as set forth in Schedule C hereto.
     Section 3.08. Options . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions and in accordance with the provisions of any agreement between the Custodian, any registered broker-dealer and, if necessary, a Fund on its own behalf or on behalf of any applicable Series relating to compliance with the rules of the Options Clearing Corporation or of any registered national securities exchange or similar organization(s), the Custodian shall: (i) receive and retain confirmations or other documents, if any, evidencing the purchase or writing of an option on a security or securities index by the applicable Fund or Series; (ii) deposit and maintain Property in a Segregated Account; and (iii) pay, release and/or transfer such Property in accordance with notices or other communications evidencing the expiration, termination or exercise of such options furnished by the Options Clearing Corporation, the securities or options exchange on which such options are traded, or such other organization as may be responsible for handling

13


 

such option transactions. Each Fund or Series (severally and not jointly) and the broker-dealer shall be responsible for the sufficiency of assets held in any Segregated Account established in compliance with applicable margin maintenance requirements and the performance of other terms of any option contract, or releases of the Commission or interpretive positions of the Commission staff.
     Section 3.09. Futures Contracts . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, or pursuant to the provisions of any Procedural Agreement among a Fund, the Custodian, and any futures commission merchant regarding “margin,” the Custodian shall: (i) receive and retain confirmations, if any, evidencing the purchase or sale of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract by the applicable Fund; (ii) segregate and maintain in a Segregated Account Property designated as initial, maintenance or variation margin deposits intended to secure the performance by the applicable Fund or Series of its obligations under any futures contracts purchased or sold or any options on futures contracts written by the Fund, in accordance with the provisions of any Procedural Agreement designed to comply with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or any commodity exchange or contract market (such as the Chicago Board of Trade), or any similar organization(s), regarding such margin deposits; and (iii) release assets from and/or transfer assets into such margin accounts only in accordance with any such Procedural Agreement. Alternatively, the Custodian may deliver assets in accordance with Proper Instructions to a futures commission merchant for purposes of the margin requirements in accordance with Rule 17f-6 under the Investment Company Act. If delivery is made in accordance with Proper Instructions, Custodian shall be deemed to have acted in accordance with Rule 17f-6. Each Fund or Series (severally and not jointly) and such futures commission merchant shall be responsible for the sufficiency of assets held in the Segregated

14


 

Account in compliance with applicable margin maintenance requirements and the performance of any futures contract or option on a futures contract in accordance with its terms.
     Section 3.10. Borrowings . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall deliver securities of any Fund or Series thereof to lenders or their agents or otherwise establish a Segregated Account at the Custodian as agreed to by the applicable Fund or Series and the Custodian and, where applicable, any third-party lender, as collateral for borrowings effected by such Fund, provided that such borrowed money is payable to or upon the Custodian’s order as Custodian for the applicable Fund and concurrently with the delivery of such securities.
     Section 3.11. Interest Bearing Deposits . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions directing the Custodian to purchase Interest Bearing Deposits for the account of a Fund or Series, the Custodian shall purchase such Interest Bearing Deposits in the name of the Custodian on behalf of the applicable Fund or Series with such Banking Institutions and in such amounts as the applicable Fund or Series may direct pursuant to Proper Instructions. Such Interest Bearing Deposits may be denominated in U.S. dollars or other currencies, as the applicable Fund or Series may determine and direct pursuant to Proper Instructions. The Custodian shall include in its records with respect to the assets of each Fund or Series appropriate notation as to the amount and currency of each such Interest Bearing Deposit, the accepting Banking Institution and all other appropriate details, and shall receive and retain such forms of advice or receipt, if any, evidencing such Interest Bearing Deposit as may be forwarded to the Custodian by the Banking Institution. The responsibilities of the Custodian to each Fund for Interest Bearing Deposits accepted on the Custodian’s books in the United States on behalf of a Fund or Series shall be that of an U.S. bank for a similar deposit.
     With respect to Interest Bearing Deposits other than those accepted on the Custodian’s books (i) the Custodian shall be responsible for the collection of income as set forth in Section

15


 

3.14 and the transmission of cash and instructions to and from such Interest Bearing Deposit; and (ii) except upon the request of a Fund and as agreed by the Custodian, the Custodian shall have no duty with respect to the selection of the Banking Institution. So long as the Custodian acts in accordance with Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall have no responsibility for the failure of such Banking Institution to pay upon demand. As mutually agreed from time to time by a Fund and the Custodian, the Custodian shall be responsible for the prudent selection and monitoring of a Banking Institution. The Custodian shall not be liable for the insolvency of any Banking Institution that is not a branch or Affiliate of the Custodian. Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall take such commercially reasonable actions as the applicable Fund deems necessary or appropriate to cause each such Interest Bearing Deposit to be insured to the maximum extent possible by all applicable deposit insurers including, without limitation, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (it being understood and acknowledged that such deposits are not eligible for “pass-through” insurance).
     Section 3.12. Foreign Exchange Transactions .
          (a) Foreign Exchange Transactions Other Than as Principal . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall settle foreign exchange contracts or options to purchase and sell foreign currencies for spot and future delivery on behalf of and for the account of a Fund or Series with such currency brokers or Banking Institutions as the applicable Fund or Series may determine and direct pursuant to Proper Instructions. The Custodian shall be responsible for the transmission of cash to and receipt of cash from the currency broker or Banking Institution with which the contract or option is made, the safekeeping of all certificates and other documents and agreements delivered to the Custodian or a Subcustodian evidencing or relating to such foreign exchange transactions and the maintenance of proper records as set forth in Section 3.25. Except as agreed upon in writing by the Custodian and a Fund from time to time, the Custodian

16


 

shall have no duty under this Section 3.12(a) with respect to the selection of the currency brokers or Banking Institutions with which the Fund or a Series deals or, so long as the Custodian acts in accordance with Proper Instructions, for the failure of selected brokers or Banking Institutions to comply with the terms of any contract or option.
          (b) Foreign Exchange Contracts as Principal . The Custodian shall not be obligated to enter into foreign exchange transactions as principal. However, if the Custodian has made available to a Fund its services as a principal in foreign exchange transactions, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall enter as principal into foreign exchange contracts or options to purchase and sell foreign currencies for spot and future delivery on behalf of and for the account of a Fund or Series. When acting as principal, the Custodian shall be responsible for the prudent selection of the currency brokers or Banking Institutions and the failure of such currency brokers or Banking Institutions to comply with the terms of any contract or option. In cases where the Custodian, or its subsidiaries, Affiliates, or Subcustodians enter into a separate master foreign exchange contract with a Fund that covers foreign exchange transactions for an Account, the terms and conditions of that foreign exchange contract, and, to the extent not inconsistent, this Agreement, shall apply to such transactions.
     Section 3.13. Securities Loans . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall deliver securities of any Fund in connection with loans of securities by such Fund, to the borrower thereof or a securities lending agent identified by the Fund, upon, or, upon Proper Instructions, prior to, the receipt of cash collateral, if any, for such borrowing. In the event U.S. Government securities are to be used as collateral, the Custodian will not release the securities to be loaned until it has received confirmation that such collateral has been delivered to the Custodian. The Custodian and each Fund understand that the timing of receipt of such confirmation will normally require that the delivery of securities to be loaned will be made one

17


 

day after receipt of collateral in the form of U.S. Government securities. To the extent the Custodian acts as lending agent for a Fund, each party’s duties and obligations with respect to that arrangement will be governed by a separate written agreement mutually agreed upon by the Fund and the Custodian.
     Section 3.14. Collections . Consistent with standard industry practice in the applicable market, the Custodian shall, and shall cause any Subcustodian to, take all commercially reasonable steps (which shall not include the institution of legal proceedings except pursuant to Section 6.03(c)) at its discretion to: (i) collect amounts due and payable to each Fund or Series with respect to portfolio securities and other assets of each such Fund or Series; (ii) promptly credit to the Account of each applicable Fund or Series all income and other payments relating to portfolio securities and other assets held by the Custodian hereunder no later than upon Custodian’s receipt of such income or payments or as otherwise agreed in writing by the Custodian and the applicable Fund; (iii) promptly endorse and deliver any instruments required by standard industry practice in each market to effect such collections; and (iv) pursuant to Proper Instructions, promptly execute ownership and other certificates and affidavits for all federal, state and foreign tax purposes in connection with receipt of income, capital gains or other payments with respect to portfolio securities and other assets of each applicable Fund or Series, or in connection with the purchase, sale or transfer of such securities or other assets. The Custodian shall promptly notify each applicable Fund in accordance with standard operating procedures if any amount payable with respect to portfolio securities or other assets of the Fund or Series is not received by the Custodian when due. The Custodian shall not be responsible for the collection of amounts due and payable with respect to portfolio securities or other assets that are in default. With respect to amounts due and payable on portfolio securities held by the Custodian in street name, Custodian’s duties and obligations under this Section 3.14 shall be

18


 

limited to the collection of amounts of which Custodian has actual knowledge and that it is able, using commercially reasonable methods, to collect from the record holder of such securities. Subject to the provisions of any separate written agreement entered into by the Custodian and a Fund pursuant to Section 3.13, income due each Fund or Series on securities loaned shall be the responsibility of such Fund or Series, provided that the Custodian shall use all commercially reasonable methods to assist the Fund or Series to collect such income.
     Section 3.15. Dividends, Distributions and Redemptions . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall promptly release funds or securities to the Shareholder Servicing Agent or otherwise apply funds or securities, insofar as available, for the payment of dividends or other distributions to Fund shareholders. Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall release funds or securities, insofar as available, to the Shareholder Servicing Agent or as such Shareholder Servicing Agent shall otherwise instruct for payment to Fund shareholders who have delivered to such Shareholder Servicing Agent a request for repurchase or redemption of their shares of capital stock of such Fund.
     Section 3.16. Proceeds from Shares Sold . The Custodian shall receive funds representing cash payments received for Shares issued or sold from time to time by a Fund or Series and shall promptly credit such funds to the Account(s) of the applicable Fund or Series. The Custodian shall promptly notify each applicable Fund or Series of Custodian’s receipt of cash in payment for Shares issued by such Fund or Series by facsimile transmission or in such other manner as the Fund or Series and Custodian may agree in writing. Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall: (i) deliver all federal funds received by the Custodian in payment for Shares in payment for such investments as may be set forth in such Proper Instructions and at a time agreed upon between the Custodian and the applicable Fund or Series; and (ii) make federal funds received by the Custodian available to the applicable Fund or Series

19


 

as of specified times agreed upon from time to time by the applicable Fund or Series and the Custodian, in the amount received in payment for Shares which are deposited to the Accounts of each applicable Fund or Series.
     Section 3.17. Proxies, Notices, Etc . The Custodian shall provide each Fund or Series with proxy services in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Schedule D to this Agreement.
     Section 3.18. Bills and Other Disbursements . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall pay or cause to be paid, insofar as funds are available for the purpose, bills, statements, or other obligations of each Fund or Series.
     Section 3.19. Nondiscretionary Functions . The Custodian shall attend to all non-discretionary details in connection with the sale, exchange, substitution, purchase, transfer or other dealings with securities or other assets of each Fund held by the Custodian, except as otherwise directed from time to time pursuant to Proper Instructions.
     Section 3.20. Bank Accounts .
          (a) Accounts with the Custodian and any Subcustodians . The Custodian shall open and operate a Bank Account on the books of the Custodian or any Subcustodian or a Banking Institution other than the Custodian or any Subcustodian provided that such Bank Account(s) shall be in the name of the Custodian or a nominee of the Custodian, for the account of a Fund or Series, and shall be subject only to the draft or order of the Custodian; provided, however, that such Bank Accounts in countries other than the United States may be held in an Account of the Custodian containing only assets held by the Custodian as a fiduciary or custodian for customers, and provided further, that the records of the Custodian shall indicate at all times the Fund or other customer for which Property is held in such Account and the respective interests therein. Such Bank Accounts may be denominated in either U.S. Dollars or

20


 

other currencies. The responsibilities of the Custodian to each applicable Fund or Series for deposits accepted on the Custodian’s books in the United States shall be that of a U.S. bank for a similar deposit. The responsibilities of the Custodian to each applicable Fund or Series for deposits accepted on any Subcustodian’s books shall be governed by the provisions of Section 6.01. ). Except upon the request of a Fund and as agreed by the Custodian, the Custodian shall have no duty with respect to the selection of a Banking Institution. As mutually agreed from time to time by a Fund and the Custodian, the Custodian shall be responsible for the prudent selection and monitoring of a Banking Institution. The Custodian shall not be liable for the insolvency of any Subcustodian or Banking Institution that is not a branch or Affiliate of the Custodian.
          (b) Deposit Insurance . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall take such commercially reasonable actions as the applicable Fund deems necessary or appropriate to cause each deposit account established by the Custodian pursuant to this Section 3.20 to be insured to the maximum extent possible by all applicable government deposit insurers including, without limitation, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
     Section 3.21. Deposit of Fund Assets in Securities Systems . The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain securities owned by a Fund or Series in a Securities System provided that such Fund’s Board has specifically approved such Securities System prior to its use. Use of a Securities System shall be in accordance with applicable Federal Reserve Board and Commission rules and regulations, if any, and Custodian’s duties and obligations with respect to securities deposited or maintained therein will at all times be subject to the rules and procedures of the applicable Securities System. To the extent permitted by the foregoing, use of a Securities System shall also be subject to the following provisions:

21


 

          (a) The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain Fund securities, either directly or through one or more Subcustodians appointed by the Custodian (provided that any such Subcustodian shall be qualified to act as a custodian of such Fund pursuant to the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder), in a Securities System provided that such securities are represented in an Account of the Custodian or such Subcustodian in the Securities System, which Account shall not include any assets of the Custodian or Subcustodian other than assets held as a fiduciary, custodian, or otherwise for customers and shall be so designated on the books and records of the Securities System.
          (b) The Securities System shall be obligated to comply with the directions of the Custodian or Subcustodian, as the case may be, with respect to the securities held in such Account.
          (c) Each Fund or Series hereby designates the Custodian, or the Custodian’s or Securities System’s nominee, as the case may be, as the party in whose name or nominee name any securities deposited by the Custodian in the Account at the Securities System are to be registered.
          (d) The books and records of the Custodian with respect to securities of a Fund or Series that are maintained in a Securities System shall identify by book-entry those securities belonging to the Fund or Series.
          (e) Upon receipt of Proper Instructions and subject to the provisions of Section 3.03, the Custodian shall pay for securities purchased for the account of any Fund or Series upon (i) receipt of advice from the Securities System that such securities have been transferred to the Account of the Custodian, and (ii) the making of an entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such payment and transfer for the account of such Fund or Series. The Custodian shall transfer securities sold for the account of any Fund or Series upon (i) receipt of

22


 

an advice from the Securities System that payment for such securities has been transferred to the Account of the Custodian, and (ii) the making of an entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such transfer and payment for the account of such Fund or Series. Copies of all advices from the Securities System of transfers of securities for the account of a Fund or Series shall identify the Fund or Series, be maintained for the Fund or Series by the Custodian or Subcustodian as referred to in Section 3.21(a), and be provided to the Fund or Series at its request. The Custodian shall furnish to each Fund or Series confirmation of each transfer to or from the account of such Fund or Series in the form of a written report or notice and shall furnish to each Fund or Series copies of daily transaction reports reflecting each day’s transactions in the Securities System for the account of that Fund or Series on the next succeeding Business Day. Such transaction reports shall be delivered to each applicable Fund or Series, or any Subcustodian designated by such Fund or Series, pursuant to Proper Instructions by computer or in any other manner as such Fund or Series and the Custodian may agree in writing.
          (f) The Custodian shall provide each Fund with any report obtained by the Custodian or Subcustodian as referred to in Section 3.21(a) on the Securities System’s accounting system, internal accounting control and procedures for safeguarding securities deposited in the Securities System.
          (g) Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall terminate the use of any such Securities System on behalf of that Fund or Series as promptly as practicable and shall take all actions reasonably practicable to safeguard the securities of any Fund or Series maintained with such Securities System.
     Section 3.22. Maintenance of Assets in Underlying Fund Systems . The Custodian may maintain securities owned by each Fund or Series by book-entry in an Underlying Fund System provided that the Custodian’s books and records identify the specific type and amount of

23


 

securities so held and the Custodian reconciles those records against the book-entry records of the Underlying Fund System on a monthly basis.
     Section 3.23. Other Transfers . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall deliver securities, funds and other Property of each Fund to a Subcustodian or another custodian of such Fund; and, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, make such other disposition of securities, funds or other Property of such Fund in a manner other than, or for purposes other than, as enumerated elsewhere in this Agreement, provided that Proper Instructions relating to such disposition shall include a statement of the amount of securities to be delivered and the name of the person or persons to whom delivery is to be made.
     Section 3.24. Establishment of Segregated Account(s) . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall establish and maintain on its books a Segregated Account for and on behalf of a Fund or Series in which Segregated Account may be held Property of such Fund or Series, including securities maintained by the Custodian in a Securities System pursuant to Section 3.21 hereof, said Segregated Account to be maintained: (i) for the purposes set forth in Section 3.08, 3.09, and 3.10, hereof; (ii) for the purposes of compliance by the Fund with the procedures required by Investment Company Act Release No. 10666 (pub. avail. Apr. 18, 1979), or any subsequent release or releases of the Commission relating to the maintenance of Segregated Accounts by registered investment companies, or (iii) for any other lawful purposes as may be deemed necessary by the Fund.
     Section 3.25. Custodian’s Books and Records . The Custodian shall provide any assistance reasonably requested by a Fund in the preparation of reports to such Fund’s shareholders and others, audits of accounts, and other ministerial matters of like nature. The Custodian shall maintain complete and accurate records with respect to securities and other assets held for the account of each Fund or Series as required by the rules and regulations of the

24


 

Commission applicable to investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act, including, without limitation: (i) journals or other records of original entry containing a detailed and itemized daily record of all receipts and deliveries of securities (including certificate and transaction identification numbers, if any), and all receipts and disbursements of cash; (ii) ledgers or other records reflecting (1) securities in transfer, (2) securities in physical possession, (3) securities borrowed, loaned or collateralizing obligations of each Fund, (4) monies borrowed and monies loaned (together with a record of the collateral therefor and substitutions of such collateral), (5) dividends and interest received, (6) the amount of tax withheld by any person in respect of any collection made by the Custodian or any Subcustodian, and (7) the amount of reclaims or refunds for foreign taxes paid; and (iii) canceled checks and bank records related thereto. The Custodian shall keep such other books and records of each Fund or Series as such Fund or Series shall reasonably request and Custodian shall agree, which agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld. All such books and records maintained by the Custodian shall be maintained in a form acceptable to the applicable Fund or Series and in compliance with the rules and regulations of the Commission, including, but not limited to, books and records required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations from time to time adopted thereunder. All books and records maintained by the Custodian pursuant to this Agreement shall at all times be available upon reasonable prior notice during normal business hours for inspection and use by such Fund or Series and its agents, including, without limitation, its independent certified public accountants. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, no Fund or Series shall take any actions or cause the Custodian to take any actions that would cause the Custodian, either directly or indirectly, to violate any applicable laws, regulations or orders.

25


 

     Section 3.26. Opinion of Fund’s Independent Certified Public Accountants . The Custodian shall take all commercially reasonable actions as a Fund may request to obtain from year to year favorable opinions from such Fund’s independent certified public accountants with respect to the Custodian’s activities hereunder in connection with the preparation of the Fund’s Form N-1A and the Fund’s Form N-SAR or other periodic reports to the Commission and with respect to any other requirements of the Commission.
     Section 3.27. Reports by Independent Certified Public Accountants . At the request of a Fund, the Custodian shall deliver to such Fund a written report prepared by the Custodian’s independent certified public accountants with respect to the custodial services provided by the Custodian under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Custodian’s accounting system, internal accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding Property, including Property deposited and/or maintained in a Securities System or Eligible Securities Depository or with a Subcustodian. Such report shall be of sufficient scope and in sufficient detail as may reasonably be required by any Fund and as may reasonably be obtained by the Custodian. Delivery by the Custodian of its then current SAS 70 Report shall constitute compliance with this Section 3.27.
     Section 3.28. Overdrafts . In the event that the Custodian is directed by Proper Instructions to make any payment or transfer of funds on behalf of a Fund for which there are, at the close of business on the date of such payment or transfer, insufficient funds held by the Custodian on behalf of such Fund, the Custodian may, in its discretion, provide an Overdraft to the applicable Fund, in an amount sufficient to allow the completion of such payment. Overdrafts may also arise by reason of the Custodian’s reversal of any provisional credit extended to a Fund. Any Overdraft provided hereunder (i) shall be payable on demand or at such time as shall be agreed upon by the applicable Fund and the Custodian; and (ii) shall accrue

26


 

interest from the date of the Overdraft to the date of payment in full by the applicable Fund at a rate agreed upon in writing, from time to time, by the Custodian and the applicable Fund. The Custodian and each Fund acknowledge that the purpose of such Overdrafts is to support on a temporary basis the purchase or sale of securities for prompt delivery in accordance with the terms hereof, or to meet emergency cash needs not reasonably foreseeable by such Fund. The Custodian shall promptly provide an Overdraft Notice of any Overdraft by facsimile transmission or in such other manner as such Fund and the Custodian may agree in writing. If, pursuant to Proper Instructions, a Fund or Series requests the Custodian to take any action with respect to securities, which action involves the payment of money or which action may, in the reasonable opinion of the Custodian, result in the Custodian or its nominee assigned to the Fund or Series being liable for the payment of money or incurring liability in some other form, the Fund, or the Fund on behalf of a Series, shall, as a prerequisite to the Custodian agreeing to take such action, provide indemnity to the Custodian in an amount and form satisfactory to the Fund and the Custodian.
     Section 3.29. Reimbursement for Advances . If, in carrying out Proper Instructions, the Custodian advances cash or securities or makes any payment from Custodian’s own funds for any purpose for the benefit of a Fund or Series, including the purchase or sale of foreign exchange or of contracts for foreign exchange, or in the event that the Custodian or its nominee shall incur or be assessed any taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims or liabilities in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except such as may arise from the Custodian’s or its nominee’s own negligence, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct, any Property held for the account of that Fund or Series shall be security for such advance or payment in an amount not to exceed the amount of such advance or payment. If the applicable Fund or Series fails to promptly repay the advance, the Custodian shall be entitled to use such Fund’s or Series’ available cash and to dispose of the

27


 

Property of such Fund or Series to the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement in full for the amount of such advance or payment. The security interest granted to the Custodian under this Section 3.29 shall apply to all advances provided by the Custodian to a Fund or Series, including Overdrafts as defined in Section 1.19 and intraday overdrafts that arise and are settled during the same Business Day, for the period during which any such advance remains outstanding.
     Section 3.30. Claims . The Custodian agrees that all claims upon a Fund with respect to subjects covered by the attached Schedule E shall be made in accordance with Schedule E. In the event that the Custodian needs to make a claim against a Fund pursuant to Schedule E, the Custodian must make such claim within ninety (90) Business Days of the event causing the necessary claim, or within such other period as may be mutually agreed upon from time to time by the Custodian and a Fund. Claims not covered by Schedule E shall be made within such period as may be mutually agreed upon from time to time by the Custodian and a Fund. The applicable Fund will research the cause and make payment if applicable, or forward the claim to the appropriate party.
ARTICLE IV.
PROPER INSTRUCTIONS AND RELATED MATTERS
     Section 4.01. Proper Instructions .
          (a)  Oral Communications . Proper Instructions in the form of oral communications shall be confirmed on the same day as such instructions are given by the applicable Fund or Series by tested telex or in a writing (including a facsimile transmission) signed or initialed by or on behalf of the applicable Fund or Series by one or more Authorized Persons, but the lack of such confirmation shall in no way affect any action taken by the Custodian in reasonable reliance upon such oral instructions prior to the Custodian’s receipt of

28


 

such confirmation. Each Fund and the Custodian are hereby authorized to record any and all telephonic or other oral instructions communicated to the Custodian.
          (b)  Form of Proper Instructions . Proper Instructions may relate to specific transactions or to types or classes of transactions, and may be in the form of standing instructions. Proper Instructions may be transmitted electronically or by computer, provided that a Fund or Series has followed any relevant security procedures agreed to from time to time by the Fund and the Custodian. Each Fund shall be responsible for safeguarding any testkeys, identification codes or other security devices that the Custodian makes available to the Fund. The Custodian shall be without liability for relying on any instruction, including any instruction transmitted via facsimile, that it reasonably believes to be a Proper Instruction.
          (c)  Address for Proper Instructions . Proper Instructions shall be delivered to the Custodian at the address and/or telephone, telecopy or telex number, or appropriate electronic address, agreed upon from time to time by the Custodian and the applicable Fund.
     Section 4.02. Authorized Persons . Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement and from time to time thereafter, as appropriate, each Fund shall deliver to the Custodian, duly certified as appropriate by a Treasurer or Secretary of such Fund, a certificate setting forth the names, titles, signatures and scope of authority of Authorized Person(s) of such Fund. Such certificate may be accepted and relied upon by the Custodian as conclusive evidence of the facts set forth therein and shall be considered to be in full force and effect until delivery to the Custodian of a similar certificate to the contrary. Upon delivery of a certificate that deletes the name(s) of a person previously authorized by a Fund to give Proper Instructions, such persons shall no longer be considered an Authorized Person or authorized to issue Proper Instructions for that Fund and the Custodian shall promptly notify the Fund of any outstanding notice, request, direction, instruction, certificate or instrument(s) signed by such person on behalf of such Fund.

29


 

     Section 4.03. Persons Having Access to Assets of the Fund or Series . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, no Authorized Person, Director, Trustee, officer, employee or agent of any Fund or Series shall have physical access to the assets of the Fund or Series held by the Custodian nor shall the Custodian deliver any assets of such Fund or Series for delivery to an account the Custodian knows or should know to be the account of such person; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 4.03 shall prohibit (i) any Authorized Person from giving Proper Instructions so long as such action does not result in delivery of or access to assets of any Fund or Series prohibited by this Section 4.03; or (ii) each Fund’s independent certified public accountants from examining or reviewing the assets of the Fund or Series held by the Custodian. Each Fund or Series shall deliver to the Custodian a written certificate (duly certified by the Secretary or Treasurer of the Fund) identifying all Authorized Persons, Directors, Trustees, officers, employees and agents of such Fund or Series.
     Section 4.04. Actions of Custodian Based on Proper Instructions . So long as and to the extent that the Custodian acts in accordance with (a) Proper Instructions and (b) the terms of this Agreement, the Custodian shall not be responsible for the title, validity or genuineness of any property, or evidence of title thereof, received by it or delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement.
ARTICLE V.
SUBCUSTODIANS
     The Custodian may, from time to time, in accordance with the relevant provisions of this Article V, select and appoint one or more Domestic Subcustodians and/or Foreign Subcustodians to act on behalf of a Fund or Series.
     Section 5.01. Domestic Subcustodians . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions and in accordance therewith, the Custodian may from time to time select and appoint one or more

30


 

Domestic Subcustodians to hold and maintain Property of a Fund or a Series in the United States. The Custodian may also, at any time and from time to time, without instructions from a Fund or Series, appoint a Domestic Subcustodian; provided , that , the Custodian shall notify each applicable Fund in writing of the identity and qualifications of any proposed Domestic Subcustodian at least thirty (30) days prior to appointment of such Domestic Subcustodian, and such Fund may, in its sole discretion, by written notice to the Custodian executed by an Authorized Person disapprove of the appointment of such Domestic Subcustodian. If, following notice by the Custodian to each applicable Fund regarding appointment of a Domestic Subcustodian and the expiration of thirty (30) days after the date of such notice, such Fund shall have failed to notify the Custodian of its disapproval thereof, the Custodian may, in its discretion, appoint such proposed Domestic Subcustodian as its Subcustodian.
     Section 5.02. Foreign Subcustodians . The Custodian may, at any time and from time to time, select and appoint a Foreign Subcustodian, subject to the provisions of the 17f-5 Procedures and Guidelines included in Schedule B attached hereto. Each Foreign Subcustodian and the countries where it may hold securities and other assets of the applicable Funds shall be listed on Schedule F attached hereto, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.06 hereof. Each Fund shall be responsible for informing the Custodian sufficiently in advance of a proposed investment of the Fund or one of its Series that is to be held in a country in which no Foreign Subcustodian is authorized to act, in order that there shall be sufficient time for the Custodian (i) to effect the appropriate arrangements with a proposed foreign subcustodian or (ii) to determine in its sole discretion and timely inform the Fund that such appropriate arrangements are not available through the Custodian.
     Section 5.03. Termination of a Subcustodian . The Custodian shall monitor each Domestic Subcustodian and Foreign Subcustodian on a continuing basis and shall take all

31


 

reasonable actions to ensure that each such Subcustodian performs all of its obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions of the subcustodian agreement between the Custodian and such Subcustodian. In the event that the Custodian determines that a Subcustodian has failed to substantially perform its obligations thereunder, the Custodian shall promptly notify each applicable Fund of such failure to perform. Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall terminate a Subcustodian with respect to a Fund and either (i) select and appoint in its sole discretion a replacement Subcustodian in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.01 or Section 5.02, as the case may be, or (ii) determine in its sole discretion and inform the Fund in a timely manner that appropriate alternate arrangements are not available through the Custodian. In addition to the foregoing, the Custodian may, at any time in its discretion, upon written notification to each applicable Fund, terminate any Domestic Subcustodian or Foreign Subcustodian.
     Section 5.04. Eligible Securities Depositories . The Custodian or a Subcustodian may at any time and from time to time place and maintain Property of a Fund or Series with an Eligible Securities Depository subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including the 17f-7 Procedures and Guidelines included in Schedule B. Each Eligible Securities Depository through which the Custodian or any Subcustodian may hold securities and other assets of the Funds shall be listed on Schedule G attached hereto, as it may be amended from time to time. Each Fund or Series and the Custodian understand and acknowledge that a Fund or Series may maintain Property with an Eligible Securities Depository prior to the receipt of the initial risk analysis required by Schedule B and prior to its inclusion on Schedule G; provided, however, that such analysis shall be completed by the Custodian and provided to the Fund or Series as soon as practicable after such Property is placed with the Eligible Securities Depository.

32


 

ARTICLE VI.
STANDARD OF CARE; INDEMNIFICATION
     Section 6.01. Standard of Care .
          (a)  General Standard of Care . The Custodian shall be responsible for the performance only of those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement, including any Schedules or Appendices hereto, and/or in Proper Instructions, and shall have no implied duties or obligations hereunder. The Custodian shall exercise reasonable care, diligence, and prudence in carrying out all of these duties and obligations. The Custodian shall be liable to each Fund or Series for all losses, damages and expenses suffered or incurred by such Fund or Series as a direct result of the failure of the Custodian to exercise such reasonable care, diligence and prudence, or as a result of the negligence, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct of the Custodian.
          (b)  General Limitation on Liability . The Custodian shall have no liability for any indirect, consequential, special or speculative losses, damages, or expenses incurred by a Fund or Series even if Custodian has been advised of the possibility of same and regardless of the form of action. The Custodian shall not be liable for any loss that results from (i) the general risk of investing or (ii) the risk of investing or holding assets in a particular country. The Custodian shall not be liable for the insolvency of a Securities System or Eligible Securities Depository, nor shall the Custodian be liable for the insolvency of any Subcustodian that is not a branch or Affiliate of the Custodian unless the Custodian was negligent in the appointment of such Subcustodian. The Custodian also shall not be liable for any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim resulting from, or caused by, force majeure, including but not limited to, nationalization, expropriation, or other governmental actions such as currency restrictions or devaluations, strikes or

33


 

work stoppages (except with respect to employees of the Custodian or a branch or affiliate of the Custodian), insurrection, revolution, acts of war or terrorism, or acts of God.
          (c)  Actions Prohibited by Applicable Law, Etc . In no event shall the Custodian incur liability hereunder if any Person is prevented, forbidden or delayed from performing, or omits to perform, any act that this Agreement provides shall be performed or omitted to be performed, by reason of: (i) any provision of any present or future law or regulation or order of the United States of America, or any state thereof, or of any foreign country, or political subdivision thereof or of any court of competent jurisdiction; or (ii) any act of God or war or other similar circumstance beyond the control of the Custodian, unless and to the extent that, in each case, such delay or nonperformance is caused by (1) the negligence, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct of the applicable Person, or (2) a malfunction or failure of equipment operated or used by the applicable Person other than a malfunction or failure beyond such Person’s control that could not reasonably be anticipated and/or prevented by such Person.
          (d)  Mitigation by Custodian . Upon the occurrence of any event that causes or that the Custodian believes or a Fund reasonably believes will imminently cause any loss, damage or expense to any Fund or Series, the Custodian (i) shall take and (ii) shall take all reasonable steps to cause any applicable Domestic Subcustodian or Foreign Subcustodian to take all commercially reasonable steps to mitigate the effects of such event and to avoid continuing harm to a Fund or Series. If the Custodian must seek Proper Instructions from a Fund or Series in order either to take such commercially reasonable steps itself or to take all reasonable steps to cause any applicable Domestic Subcustodian or Foreign Subcustodian to take all commercially reasonable steps and timely requests such Proper Instructions, but the applicable Fund or Series

34


 

does not provide such Proper Instructions, the Custodian (both as to itself and with respect to any applicable Subcustodian) shall have no further obligations under this Section 6.01(d).
          (e)  Advice of Counsel . The Custodian shall be entitled to receive and act upon advice of counsel on all matters. The Custodian shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or omitted in good faith pursuant to the advice of (i) counsel for the applicable Fund or Funds, or (ii) at the expense of the Custodian, such other counsel as the Custodian may choose; provided, however, with respect to the performance of any action or omission of any action upon such advice, the Custodian shall be required to conform to the standard of care set forth in Section 6.01(a).
          (f)  Liability for Past Records . The Custodian shall have no liability in respect of any loss, damage or expense suffered by a Fund, insofar as such loss, damage or expense arises from the performance of the Custodian’s duties hereunder by reason of the Custodian’s reliance upon records that were maintained for such Fund by entities other than the Custodian prior to the Custodian’s appointment as custodian for such Fund.
          (g)  Authorization to Take Action . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Fund or Series authorizes the Custodian to take such actions as may be necessary to fulfill Custodian’s duties and obligations under this Agreement notwithstanding that Custodian or any of its divisions or Affiliates may have a material interest in a transaction or circumstances are such that Custodian may have a potential conflict of duty or interest in connection with a transaction, including a conflict arising from the fact that the Custodian or any of its Affiliates may provide brokerage services to other customers, act as financial adviser to the issuer of Property, act as a lender to the issuer of Property, act as agent for more than one customer in the same transaction, have a material interest in the issuance of Property or earn profits from any of the activities set forth above.

35


 

     Section 6.02. Liability of Custodian for Actions of Other Persons .
          (a)  Domestic Subcustodians and Foreign Subcustodians . The Custodian shall be liable for the actions or omissions of any Domestic Subcustodian selected by the Custodian, or, subject to the provisions of the Rule 17f-5 Procedures and Guidelines included in Schedule B, any Foreign Subcustodian to the same extent as if such action or omission were performed by the Custodian itself. If a Fund directs the Custodian to appoint a specific Domestic Subcustodian, the Custodian shall, with respect to such Domestic Subcustodian, be responsible only for losses arising from its own negligence, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct. In the event of any loss, damage or expense suffered or incurred by a Fund caused by or resulting from the actions or omissions of any Domestic Subcustodian or Foreign Subcustodian for which the Custodian is liable, the Custodian shall reimburse such Fund in the amount of any such loss, damage or expense.
          (b)  Securities Systems . Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 6.01 and 6.02(a) to the contrary, the Custodian shall only be liable to a Fund for any loss, damage or expense suffered or incurred by such Fund resulting from the use by the Custodian or a Subcustodian of a Securities System to the extent the Custodian or Subcustodian, as applicable, is able to recover from the Securities System, unless such loss, damage or expense is caused by, or results from, the Custodian’s or Subcustodian’s negligence, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct in its interactions with the Securities System; provided, however, that in the event of any such loss, damage or expense, the Custodian shall, or cause its Subcustodians to, take all commercially reasonable steps to enforce such rights as it may have against the Securities System to protect the interests of the Fund.
          (c)  Eligible Securities Depositories . With respect to Eligible Securities Depositories, the Custodian shall be responsible only for those duties and obligations set forth in

36


 

the 17f-7 Procedures and Guidelines included in Schedule B to this Agreement pursuant to the requirements of Rule 17f-7 under the Investment Company Act. The Custodian shall exercise reasonable care, diligence and prudence in carrying out its duties and responsibilities with respect to Eligible Securities Depositories.
          (d)  Reimbursement of Expenses . Each Fund shall reimburse the Custodian for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Custodian on behalf of such Fund in connection with the fulfillment of its obligations under this Section 6.02; provided, however, that such reimbursement shall not apply to expenses occasioned by or resulting from the negligence, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct of the Custodian.
     Section 6.03. Indemnification .
          (a)  Indemnification Obligations . Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, each Fund or Series severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Custodian and its nominees, directors, officers, agents, and employees (collectively, the “Indemnitees”) from all loss, damage and expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), including but not limited to those arising out of claims of negligence made by third parties, suffered or incurred by the Indemnitees arising out of or related to actions taken by the Custodian on behalf of such Fund or Series in the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement; provided , however , that such indemnity shall not apply to any loss, damage and expense arising out of or related to the negligence, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct of any Indemnitee or to any consequential, special, or speculative loss, damage or expense. In addition, each Fund or Series agrees severally and not jointly to indemnify any Person against any liability incurred by reason of taxes assessed to such Person, or other loss, damage or expenses incurred by such Person, resulting solely from the fact that securities and other property of such Fund or Series are registered in the name of such Person; provided, however, that in no

37


 

event shall such indemnification be applicable to income, franchise or similar taxes that may be imposed or assessed against any Person.
          (b)  Notice of Litigation, Right to Prosecute, Etc . No Fund or Series shall be liable for indemnification for losses or expenses arising out of litigation against an Indemnitee under this Section 6.03 if such Indemnitee shall have failed promptly to notify such Fund in writing of the commencement of any litigation or proceeding brought against such Indemnitee in respect of which indemnity may be sought under this Section 6.03 to the extent that such failure to notify shall have had a material adverse effect on such Fund or Series. With respect to claims in such litigation or proceedings for which indemnity by a Fund may be sought and subject to applicable law and the ruling of any court of competent jurisdiction, such Fund shall be entitled to participate in any such litigation or proceeding and, after written notice from such Fund to any Indemnitee, such Fund may assume the defense of such litigation or proceeding with counsel of its choice at its own expense in respect of that portion of the litigation for which such Fund may be subject to an indemnification obligation; provided, however, an Indemnitee shall be entitled to participate in (but not control) at its own cost and expense, the defense of any such litigation or proceeding if such Fund has not acknowledged in writing its obligation to indemnify the Indemnitee with respect to such litigation or proceeding. If such Fund is not permitted to participate in or control such litigation or proceeding under applicable law or by a ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction, such Indemnitee shall reasonably prosecute such litigation or proceeding. An Indemnitee shall not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement in any such litigation or proceeding without providing each applicable Fund with adequate notice of any such settlement or judgment, and without each such Fund’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. All Indemnitees shall submit written evidence to each applicable Fund with respect to any cost or expense for which they are seeking

38


 

indemnification in such form and detail as such Fund may reasonably request. With respect to the Custodian, if a Fund has acknowledged in writing its obligation to indemnify the Custodian, the Fund shall not settle for other than monetary damages a claim that materially affects the Custodian without the Custodian’s prior written consent.
          (c)  Commencement of Litigation . The Custodian may not commence any litigation on behalf of a Fund or Series except pursuant to Proper Instructions or with the applicable Fund’s prior written consent. Except where the Custodian is a necessary party to the litigation, a Fund or Series shall not instruct the Custodian to commence litigation without the Custodian’s prior consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
     Section 6.04. Fund’s Right to Proceed . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each Fund shall have, at its election upon reasonable notice to the Custodian, the right to enforce, to the extent permitted by any applicable agreement and applicable law, the Custodian’s rights against any Subcustodian, Securities System, Eligible Securities Depository or other Person for loss, damage or expense caused such Fund by such Subcustodian, Securities System, Eligible Securities Depository or other Person, and shall be entitled to enforce the rights of the Custodian with respect to any claim against such Subcustodian, Securities System, Eligible Securities Depository or other Person, which the Custodian may have as a consequence of any such loss, damage or expense, if and to the extent that such Fund has not been made whole for any such loss or damage. If the Custodian makes such Fund whole for any such loss or damage, the Custodian shall retain the ability to enforce its rights directly against such Subcustodian, Securities System or other Person and the Fund shall provide the Custodian with reasonable cooperation in respect of such enforcement. Upon such Fund’s election to enforce any rights of the Custodian under this Section 6.04, such Fund shall reasonably prosecute all actions and proceedings directly relating to the rights of the Custodian in respect of the loss,

39


 

damage or expense incurred by such Fund; provided that, so long as such Fund has acknowledged in writing its obligation to indemnify the Custodian under Section 6.03 hereof with respect to such claim, such Fund shall retain the right to settle, compromise and/or terminate any action or proceeding in respect of the loss, damage or expense incurred by such Fund without the Custodian’s consent and, provided further, that if such Fund has not made an acknowledgement of its obligation to indemnify, such Fund shall not settle, compromise or terminate any such action or proceeding without the written consent of the Custodian, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Custodian agrees to cooperate with each Fund and take all actions reasonably requested by such Fund in connection with such Fund’s enforcement of any rights of the Custodian. Each Fund agrees to reimburse the Custodian for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Custodian on behalf of such Fund in connection with the fulfillment of its obligations under this Section 6.04; provided, however, that such reimbursement shall not apply to expenses occasioned by or resulting from the negligence, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct of the Custodian. Each Fund agrees that it shall not settle for other than monetary damages a claim that materially affects the Custodian without the Custodian’s prior written consent.
ARTICLE VII.
COMPENSATION
     Each Fund shall compensate the Custodian in an amount, and at such times, as may be agreed upon in writing, from time to time, by the Custodian and such Fund.

40


 

ARTICLE VIII.
TERMINATION
     Section 8.01. Termination of Agreement as to One or More Funds . With respect to each Fund, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the first to occur of: (i) termination by the Custodian by an instrument in writing delivered or mailed to such Fund, such termination to take effect not sooner than sixty (60) days after the date of such delivery; (ii) termination by such Fund by an instrument in writing delivered or mailed to the Custodian, such termination to take effect not sooner than sixty (60) days after the date of such delivery; or (iii) termination by such Fund by written notice delivered to the Custodian, based upon such Fund’s determination that there is a reasonable basis to conclude that the Custodian is insolvent or that the financial condition of the Custodian is deteriorating in any material respect, in which case termination shall take effect upon the Custodian’s receipt of such notice or at such later time as such Fund shall designate. In the event of termination pursuant to this Section 8.01 by any Fund, each Terminating Fund shall make payment of all accrued fees and unreimbursed expenses with respect to such Terminating Fund within a reasonable time following termination and delivery of a statement to the Terminating Fund setting forth such fees and expenses. In the event of a termination by a Fund or the Custodian, each Fund shall identify in any notice of termination or in a subsequent writing, a successor custodian or custodians to which the Property of the Terminating Fund shall, upon termination of this Agreement with respect to such Terminating Fund, be delivered. In the event that securities and other assets of such Terminating Fund remain in the possession of the Custodian after the date of termination hereof with respect to such Terminating Fund owing to failure of the Terminating Fund to appoint a successor custodian (i) the Custodian shall be entitled to compensation for its services in accordance with the fee schedule most recently in effect, for such period as the Custodian retains possession of such

41


 

securities and other assets, and the provisions of this Agreement relating to the duties and obligations of the Custodian and the Terminating Fund shall remain in full force and effect and (ii) the Custodian may (but shall be under no obligation to), upon 30 day’s written notice to the Terminating Fund appoint a successor custodian provided that such successor custodian is eligible to hold the Terminating Fund’s assets and the Terminating Fund shall not have objected to such appointment. In the event of the appointment of a successor custodian, it is agreed that the Property owned by a Terminating Fund and held by the Custodian, any Subcustodian or nominee shall be delivered to the successor custodian; and the Custodian agrees to cooperate with such Terminating Fund in the execution of documents and performance of other actions necessary or desirable in order to substitute the successor custodian for the Custodian under this Agreement. Upon the transfer of the assets of a Terminating Fund to a successor custodian, the Custodian may deduct from such assets prior to the transfer an amount equal to the sum of any unpaid fees or expenses to which the Custodian is entitled by reason of its services as Custodian.
     Section 8.02. Termination as to One or More Series . This Agreement may be terminated as to one or more Series of a Fund (but less than all Series) by delivery of an amended Schedule A deleting such Series pursuant to Section 9.06 hereof, in which case termination as to such deleted Series shall take effect thirty (30) days after the date of such delivery. The execution and delivery of an amended Schedule A which deletes one or more Series shall constitute a termination of this Agreement only with respect to such deleted Series, shall be governed by the preceding provisions of Section 8.01 as to the identification of a successor custodian and the delivery of Property of the Series so deleted, and shall not affect the obligations of the Custodian and any Fund hereunder with respect to the other Series set forth in Schedule A, as amended from time to time.

42


 

ARTICLE IX.
MISCELLANEOUS
     Section 9.01. Execution of Documents, Etc .
          (a)  Actions by each Fund . Upon request, each Fund shall execute and deliver to the Custodian such proxies, powers of attorney or other instruments as may be reasonable and necessary or desirable in connection with the performance by the Custodian or any Subcustodian of their respective obligations to such Fund under this Agreement or any applicable subcustodian agreement with respect to such Fund, provided that the exercise by the Custodian or any Subcustodian of any such rights shall in all events be in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.
          (b)  Actions by Custodian . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall execute and deliver to each applicable Fund or to such other parties as such Fund(s) may designate in such Proper Instructions, all such documents, instruments or agreements as may be reasonable and necessary or desirable in order to effectuate any of the transactions contemplated hereby.
     Section 9.02. Representative Capacity; Nonrecourse Obligations . A copy of the articles of incorporation, declaration of trust or other organizational document of each Fund is on file with the secretary of the state of the Fund’s formation, and notice is hereby given that this Agreement is not executed on behalf of the directors or trustees of any Fund as individuals, and the obligations of this Agreement are not binding upon any of the directors, trustees, officers, shareholders or partners of any Fund individually, but are binding only upon the Property of each Fund or Series. The Custodian agrees that no shareholder, director, trustee, officer or partner of any Fund may be held personally liable or responsible for any obligations of any Fund arising out of this Agreement.

43


 

     Section 9.03. Several Obligations of the Funds and the Series . With respect to any obligations of a Fund on its own behalf or on behalf of any of its Series arising out of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the obligations arising under Sections 3.28, 6.03, 6.04 and Article VII hereof, the Custodian shall look for payment or satisfaction of any obligation solely to the assets and property of the applicable Fund or Series to which such obligation relates as though each Fund had separately contracted with the Custodian by separate written instrument on its own behalf and with respect to each of its Series.
     Section 9.04. Representations and Warranties .
          (a)  Representations and Warranties of Each Fund . Each Fund hereby severally and not jointly represents and warrants that each of the following shall be true, correct and complete with respect to each Fund at all times during the term of this Agreement: (i) the Fund is duly organized under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and is registered as an open-end management investment company or closed-end management investment company, as the case may be, under the Investment Company Act, and (ii) the execution, delivery and performance by the Fund of this Agreement are (1) within its power, (2) have been duly authorized by all necessary action, and (3) will not (a) contribute to or result in a breach of or default under or conflict with any existing law, order, regulation or ruling of any governmental or regulatory agency or authority, or (b) violate any provision of the Fund’s articles of incorporation, declaration of trust or other organizational document, or bylaws, or any amendment thereof or any provision of its most recent Prospectus or, if any, Statement of Additional Information.
          (b)  Representations and Warranties of the Custodian . The Custodian hereby represents and warrants to each Fund that each of the following shall be true, correct and complete at all times during the term of this Agreement: (i) the Custodian is duly organized

44


 

under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and qualifies to act as a custodian and foreign custody manager to open-end management investment companies or closed-end investment companies, as the case may be, under the provisions of the Investment Company Act; and (ii) the execution, delivery and performance by the Custodian of this Agreement are (1) within its power, (2) have been duly authorized by all necessary action, and (3) will not (a) contribute to or result in a breach of or default under or conflict with any existing law, order, regulation or ruling of any governmental or regulatory agency or authority, or (b) violate any provision of the Custodian’s corporate charter, or other organizational document, or bylaws, or any amendment thereof.
     Section 9.05. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of each Fund, on the one hand, and the Custodian, on the other, with respect to the subject matter hereof and, accordingly, supersedes as of the effective date of this Agreement any custodian agreement heretofore in effect between each Fund and the Custodian.
     Section 9.06. Waivers and Amendments . No provision of this Agreement may be waived, amended or terminated except by a statement in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such waiver, amendment or termination is sought; provided, however: (i) Schedule A listing each Fund and each Series for which the Custodian serves as custodian may be amended from time to time to add one or more Funds or one or more Series of one or more Funds, by each applicable Fund’s execution and delivery to the Custodian of an amended Schedule A, and the execution of such amended Schedule A by the Custodian, in which case such amendment shall take effect immediately upon execution by the Custodian. Schedule A may also be amended from time to time to delete one or more Funds or one or more Series (but less than all of the Series) of one or more Funds, by each applicable Fund’s execution and delivery to the Custodian of an amended Schedule A, in which case such amendment shall take

45


 

effect thirty (30) days after such delivery, unless otherwise agreed by the Custodian and each applicable Fund in writing; (ii) Schedule B setting forth the 17f-5/17f-7 Procedures and Guidelines may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by each applicable Fund and the Custodian; (iii) Schedule C setting forth the Custodian’s duties and obligations with respect to tax services may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by each applicable Fund and the Custodian; (iv) Schedule D setting forth the Custodian’s duties and obligations with respect to proxy services may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by each applicable Fund and the Custodian; (v) Schedule E relating to claims may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by each applicable Fund and the Custodian; and (vi) Schedule F setting forth the foreign subcustodian bank network used by each Fund or Series may be amended by the Custodian at any time upon prompt written notice to each applicable Fund.
     Section 9.07. Interpretation . In connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Custodian and any Fund may agree from time to time on such provisions interpretative of or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement with respect to such Fund as may in their joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement. Any such interpretative or additional provisions shall be in a writing signed by both parties and shall be annexed hereto, provided that no such interpretative or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable federal or state regulations or any provision of the articles of incorporation or analogous governing document of the Fund. No interpretative or additional provisions made as provided in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Agreement or affect any other Fund.

46


 

     Section 9.08. Captions . Headings contained in this Agreement, which are included as convenient references only, shall have no bearing upon the interpretation of the terms of the Agreement or the obligations of the parties hereto.
     Section 9.09. Governing Law . Insofar as any question or dispute may arise in connection with this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and be governed by the laws of the State of New York without reference to the conflict of laws provisions of the State of New York.
     Section 9.10. Notices . Except in the case of Proper Instructions, notices and other writings contemplated by this Agreement shall be delivered by hand or by facsimile transmission (provided that in the case of delivery by facsimile transmission, notice shall also be mailed postage prepaid) to the parties at the following addresses:
          1. If to any Fund:
c/o Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P.
800 Scudders Mill Road
Plainsboro, New Jersey 08536
Attn: Donald C. Burke
Telephone: (609) 282-7085
Telefax: (609) 282-7231
          2. If to the Custodian:
State Street Bank and Trust Company
One Heritage Drive, 2 North
North Quincy, MA 02171
Attn: Linda Murphy
Telephone: (617) 985-6308
Telefax: (617) 537-5152
or to such other address as a Fund or the Custodian may have designated in writing to the other.
     Section 9.11. Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of each Fund severally and the Custodian and their respective successors and assigns, provided that, subject to the provisions of Section 8.01 hereof, neither the Custodian nor any

47


 

Fund may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party.
     Section 9.12. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original. With respect to each Fund, this Agreement shall become effective when an amended Schedule A including the Fund has been signed and delivered by such Fund to the Custodian.
     Section 9.13. Confidentiality; Survival of Obligations . The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially the terms and conditions of this Agreement and all information provided by each party to the other regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto, including non-public personal information within the meaning of Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-P, shall be used by any other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party without the prior consent of such providing party. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available other than through a breach of this Agreement, or that is required to be disclosed by any bank examiner of the Custodian or any Subcustodian, any auditor of the parties hereto, by judicial or administrative process or otherwise by applicable law or regulation. The provisions of this Section 9.13 and Sections 9.01, 9.02, 9.03, 9.09, 3.27, 4.01(a), 4.04, 8.01, Article VI and Article VII hereof, and any other rights or obligations incurred or accrued by any party hereto prior to termination of this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
     Section 9.14. Shareholder Communications . Rule 14b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires banks that hold securities for the account of customers to respond to requests by issuers of securities for the names, addresses and holdings of beneficial owners of

48


 

securities of that issuer held by the bank unless the beneficial owner has expressly objected to disclosure of this information. In order to comply with the rule, the Custodian needs each Fund to indicate whether the Fund authorizes the Custodian to provide the Fund’s name, address, and share position to requesting companies whose stock the Fund owns. If a Fund tells the Custodian “no,” the Custodian will not provide this information to requesting companies. If the Fund tells the Custodian “yes” or does not check either “yes” or “no” below, the Custodian is required by the rule to treat the Fund as consenting to disclosure of this information for all securities owned by the Fund or any funds or accounts established by the Fund. Please indicate below whether the Funds consent or object by checking one of the alternatives below
     YES o The Custodian is authorized to release each Fund’s name, address, and share positions.
     NO o The Custodian is not authorized to release each Fund’s name, address, and share positions.
— SIGNATURES FOLLOW —

49


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name and on its behalf on the day and year first above written.
         
         
Each of the Investment Companies Listed on
  State Street Bank and Trust Company
Schedule A Attached Hereto
     
 
       
By:
/s/ Donald Burke    By: /s/ Joseph L. Hooley 
 
       
Name:
 Donald Burke    Name:  Joseph L. Hooley 
 
       
Title:
Treasurer    Title: Executive Vice President
 
       

50

Exhibit 99. (k)(1)
Transfer Agency and Service Agreement
Among
Each of the BlackRock Closed-End Investment Companies
Listed Herein on Exhibit C
and
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
and
Computershare Shareholder Services, Inc.

1


 

Table of Contents
         
Section 1. Certain Definitions
    4  
 
       
Section 2. Appointment of Agent
    5  
 
       
Section 3. Standard Services
    6  
 
       
Section 4. Dividend Disbursing Services
    7  
 
       
Section 5. Fee and Expenses
    8  
 
       
Section 6. Representations and Warranties of Transfer Agent
    9  
 
       
Section 7. Representations and Warranties of Customer
    10  
 
       
Section 8. Indemnification/Limitation of Liability
    10  
 
       
Section 9. Damages
    13  
 
       
Section 10. Responsibilities of the Transfer Agent
    13  
 
       
Section 11. Covenants of the Customer and Transfer Agent
    14  
 
       
Section 12. Confidentiality
    14  
 
       
Section 13. Term and Termination
    15  
 
       
Section 14. Assignment
    17  
 
       
Section 15. Unaffiliated Third Parties
    17  
 
       
Section 16. Miscellaneous
    17  
 
       
Section 16.1. Notices
    17  
 
       
Section 16.2. Successors
    18  
 
       
Section 16.3. Amendments
    18  
 
       
Section 16.4. Severability
    18  

2


 

         
Section 16.5. Governing Law
    18  
 
       
Section 16.6. Force Majeure
    18  
 
       
Section 16.7. Descriptive Headings
    18  
 
       
Section 16.8. Third Party Beneficiaries
    18  
 
       
Section 16.9. Survival
    18  
 
       
Section 16.10. Priorities
    19  
 
       
Section 16.11. Merger of Agreement
    19  
 
       
Section 16.12. Counterparts
    19  

3


 

      AGREEMENT made as of the 1st day of December, 2006, by and among each of the BlackRock closed-end investment companies listed on Exhibit C attached hereto, having a principal office and place of business at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 (each the “Customer”), and Computershare Shareholder Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its fully owned subsidiary Computershare Trust Company, N.A., a federally charted trust company doing business at 150 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021 (collectively the “Transfer Agent”).
      WHEREAS , the Customer desires to appoint the Transfer Agent as sole transfer agent, registrar, dividend disbursing agent and administrator of dividend reinvestment plans.
      WHEREAS , the Board of Directors or Trustees, as applicable, of each Customer has approved appointment of the Transfer Agent and the form of this Agreement.
      NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Certain Definitions.
(a) “Account” or “Accounts” shall mean the account of each Shareholder which account shall hold any full or fractional shares of stock held by such Shareholder and/or outstanding funds or tax reporting to be done.
(b) “Additional Services” shall mean any and all services which are not Services as set forth in the Fee and Service Schedule, but performed by Transfer Agent upon request of Customer.
(c) “Agreement” shall mean this agreement and any and all exhibits or schedules attached hereto and any and all amendments or modifications, which may from time to time be executed.
(d) “Annual Period” shall mean each twelve (12) month period commencing on the Effective Date and, thereafter, on each anniversary of the Effective Date.
(e) “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors or the Board of Trustees, as the case may be, of each Customer.
(f) “Closed Account” shall mean an account with a zero share balance, no outstanding funds or no reportable tax information.
(g) “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” shall mean the services as set forth in Section 4 and in the Fee and Service Schedule.
(h) “Effective Date” shall mean the date first stated above.
(i) “Fee and Service Schedule” shall mean the fees and services set forth in the “Fee and Service Schedule” attached hereto.

4


 

(j) “Participant” or “Participants” shall mean Shareholders enrolled in a Dividend Reinvestment Plan.
(k) “Services” shall mean any and all services as further described herein and in the “Fee and Service Schedule” or other schedules attached hereto.
(l) “Share” shall mean common units of beneficial interest or common stock, as the case may be, of each Customer authorized by the Customer’s respective Declaration of Trust or Articles of Incorporation, as the case may be.
(m) “Shareholder” shall mean the holder of record of Shares.
2. Appointment of Agent.
     2.1 Appointments . The Customer hereby appoints the Transfer Agent to act as sole transfer agent and registrar for all Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Transfer Agent accepts said appointment.
     2.2 Documents . In connection with the appointment of Transfer Agent as the transfer agent and registrar for a Customer, the Customer will provide or has previously provided the following documents to the Transfer Agent:
  (a)   Copies of Registration Statements and amendments thereto, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for initial public offerings;
 
  (b)   Specimens of all forms of stock certificates relating to outstanding Shares, in forms approved by the Board of Directors of the Customer, with a certificate of the Secretary of each Customer as to such approval; and
 
  (c)   Specimens of the Signatures of the officers of the Customer authorized to sign stock certificates and individuals authorized to sign written instructions and requests.
     2.3 Records . Transfer Agent may adopt as part of its records all lists of holders, records of the Customer’s stock, books, documents and records which have been employed by any former agent of the Customer for the maintenance of the ledgers for the Customer’s Shares, provided such ledger is certified by an officer of Customer or the prior transfer agent to be true, authentic and complete.
     2.4 Shares . Customer shall, if applicable, inform Transfer Agent as to (i) the existence or termination of any restrictions on the transfer of Shares and in the application to or removal from any certificate of stock of any legend restricting the transfer of such Shares or the substitution for such certificate of a certificate without such legend, (ii) any authorized but unissued Shares reserved for specific purposes, (iii) any outstanding shares which are exchangeable for Shares and the basis for exchange, (iv) reserved Shares subject to option and the details of such

5


 

reservation and (v) special instructions regarding dividends and information of foreign holders.
     2.5 Customer’s Agent . Transfer Agent represents that it is engaged in an independent business and will perform its obligations under this Agreement as an agent of Customer.
     2.6 Certificates . Upon notification from Transfer Agent, Customer shall deliver to Transfer Agent an appropriate supply of stock certificates, which certificates shall provide a signature panel for use by an officer of or authorized signor for Transfer Agent to sign as transfer agent and registrar, and which shall state that such certificates are only valid after being countersigned and registered.
3. Standard Services.
     3.1 Services . The Transfer Agent will perform the following services:
          In accordance with the procedures established from time to time by agreement between the Customer and the Transfer Agent, the Transfer Agent shall:
  (a)   issue and record the appropriate number of Shares as authorized and hold such shares in the appropriate shareholder (“Shareholder”) account;
 
  (b)   effect transfers of Shares by the registered owners thereof upon receipt of appropriate documentation;
 
  (c)   prepare and transmit payments for dividends and distributions declared by the Customer, provided good funds for said dividends or distributions are received by the Transfer Agent on or prior to the scheduled payable date for said dividends or distributions;
 
  (d)   act as agent for Shareholders pursuant to the dividend reinvestment plan, and other investment programs, if any, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms of the agreements relating thereto to which the Transfer Agent is or will be a party;
 
  (e)   issue replacement certificates for those certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon receipt from the respective Shareholder by the Transfer Agent of an open penalty surety bond satisfactory to it and holding it and the Customer harmless, absent notice to the Customer and the Transfer Agent that such certificates have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser. The Transfer Agent, at its option, may issue replacement certificates in place of mutilated stock certificates upon presentation thereof without such indemnity. Further, the Transfer Agent may at its sole option accept indemnification from a Customer to issue replacement certificates for those certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed in lieu of an open penalty bond; and
 
  (f)   issue replacement checks and place a stop payment order on original checks

6


 

      based on shareholder’s representation that a check was not received or was lost. Such stops and replacement will be deemed to have been made at the request of Customer and Customer shall be responsible for all losses or claims resulting from such replacement.
     3.2 Customary Services . The Transfer Agent shall perform all the customary services of a transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent, dividend reinvestment plan agent, and other investment programs as described in Section 3.1 consistent with those requirements in effect as of the date of this Agreement. The detailed services and definition, frequency, limitations and associated costs (if any) are set out in the attached fee and service schedule (“Fee and Service Schedule”).
     3.3 Compliance with Laws . The Customer agrees the Transfer Agent is obligated to and the Transfer Agent agrees to comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, codes, order and government rules in the performance of its duties under this Agreement.
     3.4 Unclaimed Property and Lost Shareholders . The Transfer Agent shall report unclaimed property to each state in compliance with state law and Section 17Ad-17 of the Exchange Act of 1934 as amended (the “Exchange Act”) for lost shareholders. If the Funds are not in compliance with applicable state laws, there will be no charge for such Funds for the first two years for this service, other than a charge of $3.00 per due diligence notice mailed; provided that after the first two years, the Transfer Agent will charge Customer its then standard fee plus any out-of-pocket expenses, and such fees will be estimated and provided upon liquidation of any Customer.
     3.5 Compliance with Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) Regulations . The Transfer Agent shall ensure compliance with OFAC laws and regulations promulgated thereunder.
4. Dividend Disbursing Services .
     4.1 Declaration of Dividends . Upon receipt of a written notice from the President, any Vice President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of Customer declaring the payment of a dividend, Transfer Agent shall disburse such dividend payments provided that in advance of such payment, Customer furnishes Transfer Agent with sufficient funds. The payment of such funds to Transfer Agent for the purpose of being available for the payment of dividend checks from time to time is not intended by Customer to confer any rights in such funds on Fund Shareholders whether in trust or in contract or otherwise.
     4.2 Stop Payments . Customer hereby authorizes Transfer Agent to stop payment of checks issued in payment of dividends, but not presented for payment, when the payees thereof allege either that they have not received the checks or that such checks have been mislaid, lost, stolen, destroyed or, through no fault of theirs, are otherwise beyond their control and cannot be produced by them for presentation and collection, and Transfer Agent shall issue and deliver

7


 

duplicate checks in replacement thereof, and Customer shall indemnify Transfer Agent against any loss or damage resulting from reissuance of the checks.
     4.3 Tax Withholding . Transfer Agent is hereby authorized to deduct from all dividends declared by the Funds and disbursed by Transfer Agent, as dividend disbursing agent, the tax required to be withheld pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442 and 3406 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or by any Federal or State statutes subsequently enacted, and to make the necessary return and payment of such tax in connection therewith.
     4.4 Dividends and Other Distributions . For Customers that are municipal term trusts, Transfer Agent will act as the paying agent for the Customer for all dividends and distributions, but upon receipt thereof shall hold such dividends or distributions on behalf of the shareholders.
5. Fees and Expenses.
     5.1 Fee and Service Schedules . Customer agrees to pay Transfer Agent fees for services performed pursuant to this Agreement as set forth in the Fee and Service Schedule attached hereto, for the Initial Term of the Agreement, as defined in Section 13.
     5.2 COLA/Fee Increases . After the Initial Term of the Agreement, providing that service mix and volumes remain constant, the fees listed in the Fee and Service Schedule shall be increased by the accumulated change in the National Employment Cost Index for Service Producing Industries (Finance, Insurance, Real Estate) for the preceding years of the contract, as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States Department of. Fees will be increased on this basis on each successive contract anniversary thereafter.
     5.3 Adjustments . Notwithstanding Section 5.1 above, fees, and the out-of-pocket expenses and advances identified under Section 5.4 below, may be changed from time to time as agreed upon in writing between the Transfer Agent and the Customer.
     5.4 Out-of-Pocket Expenses . In addition to the fees paid under Section 5.1 above, the Customer agrees to reimburse the Transfer Agent for out-of-pocket expenses, including but not limited to postage, forms, telephone, microfilm, microfiche, taxes, records storage, exchange and broker fees, or advances incurred by the Transfer Agent for the items set out in Exhibit A attached hereto. Out-of-pocket expenses may include the costs to Transfer Agent of administrative expenses, as indicated on Exhibit A. In addition, any other expenses incurred by the Transfer Agent at the request or with the consent of the Customer, will be reimbursed by the Customer.
     5.5 Postage . Postage for mailing of dividends, proxies, Customer reports and other mailings to all shareholder accounts shall be advanced to the Transfer Agent by the Customer prior to commencement of the mailing date of such materials.
     5.6 Invoices . The Customer agrees to pay all fees and reimbursable expenses within forty-five (45) days of receipt of the respective billing notice, except for any fees or expenses that are subject to good faith dispute. In the event of such a dispute, the Customer may only

8


 

withhold that portion of the fee or expense subject to the good faith dispute. The Customer shall notify the Transfer Agent in writing within forty-five (45) days following the receipt of each billing notice if the Customer is disputing any amounts in good faith. If the Customer does not provide such notice of dispute within the required time, the billing notice will be deemed accepted by the Customer. The Customer shall settle such disputed amounts within five (5) days of the day on which the parties agree on the amount to be paid by payment of the agreed amount. If no agreement is reached, then such disputed amounts shall be settled as may be required by law or legal process. Invoices shall be sent to each Customer, with a duplicate copy to BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.
     5.7 Taxes . Customer shall pay all sales or use taxes in lieu thereof with respect to the Services (if applicable) provided by Transfer Agent under this Agreement.
     5.8 Late Payments.
     (a) If any undisputed amount in an invoice of the Transfer Agent (for fees or reimbursable expenses) is not paid when due, the Customer shall pay the Transfer Agent interest thereon (from the due date to the date of payment) at a per annum rate equal to one percent (1.0%) plus the Prime Rate (that is, the base rate on corporate loans posted by large domestic Transfer Agents) published by The Wall Street Journal (or, in the event such rate is not so published, a reasonably equivalent published rate selected by Customer on the first day of publication during the month when such amount was due. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, such interest rate shall be no greater than permitted under applicable provisions of Massachusetts law.
     (b) The failure by Customer to pay an invoice within 45 days after written and telephonic notice to Customer that payment is overdue or the failure by the Customer to timely pay two consecutive invoices shall constitute a material breach pursuant to Section 15.4(a) below. Transfer Agent will provide notice by writing and telephone forty-five (45) days after payment is past due. The Transfer Agent may terminate this Agreement for such material breach immediately and shall not be obligated to provide the Customer with 30 days to cure such breach.
     5.9 Services Required by Legislation . Services required by legislation or regulatory mandate that become effective after the effective date of this Agreement shall not be part of the standard services, and shall be billed by appraisal.
     5.10 Overtime Charges . Overtime charges will be assessed in the event of a late delivery to the Transfer Agent of Customer material for mailings to shareholders, unless the mail date is rescheduled. Such material includes, but is not limited to, proxy statements, quarterly and annual reports, dividend enclosures and news releases.
     5.11 Bank Accounts . The Customer acknowledges that the Transfer Agent may receive float benefits and/or investment earnings in connection with maintaining certain bank accounts required to provide services under this Agreement (e.g., dividend disbursing accounts).

9


 

6. Representations and Warranties of Transfer Agent .
     6.1 Governance . Computershare Trust Company, N.A. is a federally chartered limited purpose national bank duly organized under the laws of the United States and Computershare Shareholder Services, Inc. is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and they have full corporate power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Transfer Agent has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and constitutes the legal valid and binding obligation of Transfer Agent enforceable against Transfer Agent in accordance with its terms.
     6.2 Compliance . The execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement by Transfer Agent will not violate, conflict with or result in the breach of any material term, condition or provision of, or require the consent of any other party to, (i) any existing law, ordinance, or governmental rule or regulation to which Transfer Agent is subject, (ii) any judgement, order, writ, injunction, decree or award of any court, arbitrator or governmental or governmental or regulatory official, body or authority which is applicable to Transfer Agent, (iii) the incorporation documents or by-laws of , or any material agreement to which Transfer Agent is a party.
     6.3 Facilities . The Transfer Agent has and will continue to have access to the necessary facilities, equipment and personnel to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement.
7. Representations and Warranties of Customer.
     Each Customer severally and not jointly represents and warrants to the Transfer Agent that:
     7.1 Organizations . It is a corporation duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization;
     7.2 Governance . It is empowered under applicable laws and by its charter documents to enter into and perform this Agreement. All corporate proceedings required by said charter documents and applicable law have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by each Customer has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or trust action and constitutes the legal valid and binding obligation of each Customer enforceable against each Customer in accordance with its terms;
     7.3 Securities Act of 1933 . A registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) has been filed and is currently effective, or will be effective prior to the sale of any Shares, and will remain so effective, and all appropriate state securities law filings have been made with respect to all the Shares of each Customer outstanding or being offered for sale except for any Shares which are offered in a transaction or series of transactions which are exempt from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act and state securities laws; information to the contrary will result in immediate notification to the Transfer Agent.

10


 

8. Indemnification/Limitation of Liability.
     8.1 Standard of Care. The Transfer Agent shall at all times act in good faith and agrees to use its best efforts within reasonable time limits to insure the accuracy of all services performed under this Agreement, but assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors unless said errors are caused by its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or that of its employees as set forth and subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8.4 below.
     8.2 Customer Indemnity . The Transfer Agent shall not be responsible for, and the Customer shall indemnify and hold the Transfer Agent harmless from and against, any and all losses, claims, damages, costs, charges, and counsel fees reasonably acceptable to Customer and expenses, payments, expenses and liability arising out of or attributable to:
(a) All actions of the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors required to be taken pursuant to this Agreement, provided such actions are taken in good faith and without negligence or willful misconduct;
(b) The Customer’s bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct or the material breach of any representation or warranty of the Customer hereunder;
(c) The reliance or use by the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors of information, records and documents which (i) are received by the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors and furnished to it by or on behalf of the Customer, and (ii) have been prepared and /or maintained by the Customer or any other person or firm on behalf of the Customer. Such other person or firm shall include any former transfer agent or former registrar, or co-transfer agent or co-registrar or any current registrar where the Transfer Agent is not the current registrar other than State Street Bank and Trust Company in its role as prior transfer agent during the period from September 30, 1995 until the date of this Agreement;
(d) The reliance or use by the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors of any paper or document reasonably believed to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper person or persons including Shareholders;
(e) The reliance on, or the carrying out by the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors of any instructions or requests of the Customer’s representatives, provided such actions are taken in good faith and without negligence or willful misconduct;
(f) The offer or sale of Shares in violation of any federal or state securities laws requiring that such shares be registered or in violation of any stop order or other determination or ruling by any federal or state agency with respect to the offer or sale of such Shares; and
(g) Any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any former agent of Customer (other than State Street Bank and Trust Company in its role as prior transfer agent during the period from September 30, 1995 until the date of this Agreement) and arising from

11


 

Transfer Agent’s reliance on the certified list of holders.
     8.3 Instructions . At any time the Transfer Agent may apply to any officer of the Customer for instruction, and may consult with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Customer with respect to any matter arising in connection with the services to be performed by the Transfer Agent under this Agreement, and Transfer Agent and its agents and subcontractors shall not be liable and shall be indemnified by the Customer for taking action or omitting to take action by it in reliance upon such instructions or upon the advice or opinion of such counsel provided that when the action is taken it is performed in good faith and without negligence or willful misconduct. The Transfer Agent, its agents and subcontractors shall be protected and indemnified in acting upon any paper or document reasonably believed to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper person or persons, or upon any instruction, information, data, records or documents provided the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors by telephone, in person, machine readable input, telex, CRT data entry or similar means authorized by the Customer or the Funds, and shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any person, until receipt of written notice thereof from the Customer. The Transfer Agent, its agents and subcontractors shall also be protected and indemnified in recognizing stock certificates which are reasonably believed to bear the proper manual or facsimile signatures of officers of the Customer, and the proper countersignature of any former transfer agent or former registrar, or of a co-transfer agent or co-registrar.
     8.4 Transfer Agent Indemnification/Limitation of Liability . Transfer Agent shall be responsible for and shall indemnify and hold the Customer harmless from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees, payments, expenses and liability arising out of or attributable to Transfer Agent’s refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement, or which arise out of Transfer Agent’s bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct or which arise out of the breach of any representation or warranty of Transfer Agent hereunder, for which Transfer Agent is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement; provided, however, that Transfer Agent’s aggregate liability during any term of this Agreement with respect to, arising from, or arising in connection with this Agreement, or as a result of any services provided or omitted to be provided under this Agreement, whether in contract, or in tort, or otherwise, is limited to, and shall not exceed, the following amounts: (a) amounts paid hereunder by the Customer to Transfer Agent as fees and charges, but not including reimbursable expenses, during the thirty-six (36) calendar months immediately preceding the event for which recovery from the Transfer Agent is being sought which arises out of the Transfer Agent’s negligence and (b) amounts paid hereunder by the Customer to Transfer agent as fees and charges, but not including reimbursable expenses, during the sixty (60) calendar months immediately preceding the event for which recovery is being sought which arises out of the Transfer Agent’s bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct.
     8.5 Notice . In order that the indemnification provisions contained in this Section shall apply, upon the assertion of a claim for which one party may be required to indemnify the other, the party seeking indemnification shall promptly notify the other party of such assertion, and shall keep the other party advised with respect to all developments concerning such claim. The indemnifying party shall have the option to participate with the indemnified party in the defense of such claim or to defend against said claim in its own name or the name of the indemnified

12


 

party. The indemnified party shall in no case confess any claim or make any compromise in any case in which the indemnifying party may be required to indemnify it except with the indemnifying party’s prior written consent.
9. Damages.
     NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF ANTICIPATED PROFITS, OCCASIONED BY A BREACH OF ANY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT EVEN IF APPRISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
10. Responsibilities of the Transfer Agent.
     The Transfer Agent undertakes the duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Customer, by its acceptance hereof, shall be bound:
     10.1 Whenever in the performance of its duties hereunder the Transfer Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Customer or the Funds and delivered to the Transfer Agent. Such certificate shall be full authorization to the Transfer Agent for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate provided the action taken is without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.
     10.2 The Customer agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Transfer Agent for the carrying out, or performing by the Transfer Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.
     10.3 Transfer Agent, any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, and any stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Transfer Agent may buy, sell or deal in the securities of the Customer or the Funds or become pecuniary interested in any transaction in which the Customer may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Customer or the Funds or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not appointed as agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Transfer Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Customer or the Funds or for any other legal entity.
     10.4 No provision of this Agreement shall require the Transfer Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of its rights if it shall believe in good faith that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

13


 

11. Covenants of the Customer and Transfer Agent.
     11.1 Customer Corporate Authority . The Customer has previously furnished or shall furnish to the Transfer Agent the following:
     (a) A copy of the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Customer;
     (b) Copies of all material amendments to its Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws made after the date of this Agreement, promptly after such amendments are made; and
     (c) A certificate of the Customer as to the Shares authorized, issued and outstanding, as well as a description of all reserves of unissued shares relating to the exercise of options, warrants or a conversion of debentures or otherwise.
     11.2 Transfer Agent Facilities . The Transfer Agent hereby agrees to establish and maintain facilities and procedures reasonably acceptable to the Customer for the safekeeping of stock certificates, check forms and facsimile signature imprinting devices, if any, and for the preparation, use, and recordkeeping of such certificates, forms and devices.
     11.3 Records . The Transfer Agent shall keep records relating to the services to be performed hereunder, in the form and manner it may deem advisable and as required under the Exchange Act. The Transfer Agent agrees that all such records prepared or maintained by it relating to the services performed hereunder are the property of the Customer and will be preserved, maintained and made available in accordance with the requirements of law, and will be surrendered promptly to the Customer on and in accordance with its request.
     11.4 Non-Solicitation of Transfer Agent Employees . Customer shall not attempt to hire or assist with the hiring of an employee of EquiServe or affiliated companies or encourage any employee to terminate their relationship with EquiServe or its affiliated companies.
     11.5 Notification . Customer shall notify Transfer Agent as soon as possible in advance of any stock split, stock dividend or any similar event which may affect the Shares and any bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other proceeding regarding Customer affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement to the contrary, Transfer Agent will have no obligation to perform any Services under the Agreement subsequent to the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other proceeding regarding Customer affecting the enforcement of creditor’ rights unless Transfer Agent receives assurance satisfactory to it that it will receive full payment for such services. Further, Customer may not assume the Agreement after the filing of a bankruptcy petition without Transfer Agent’s written consent.
12. Confidentiality.
     12.1 Covenant . The Transfer Agent and the Customer agree that they will not, at any time during the term of this Agreement or after its termination, reveal, divulge, or make known to any person, firm, corporation or other business organization, any customers’ lists, trade

14


 

secrets, or any other secret or confidential information whatsoever identified as confidential, whether of the Transfer Agent or of the Customer, used or gained by the Transfer Agent or the Customer during performance under this Agreement. The Customer and the Transfer Agent further covenant and agree to retain all such knowledge and information acquired during and after the term of this Agreement respecting such lists, trade secrets, or any secret or confidential information whatsoever in trust for the sole benefit of the Transfer Agent or the Customer and their successors and assigns. The above prohibition of disclosure shall not apply to the extent that the Transfer Agent must disclose such data to its sub-contractor or agents for purposes of providing services under this Agreement.
     12.2 Shareholder “Non-Public Personal Information”. The Transfer Agent agrees that it will not disclose or use any “non-public personal information” about a Customer’s Shareholders other than such uses or disclosures which are necessary to permit the Transfer Agent to carry out its duties under this Agreement, or are otherwise required by the Transfer Agent in compliance with a regulatory investigation or in response to judicial process, including as set forth in Section 12.3 below. “Non-public personal information” about a Shareholder shall mean (i) personally identifiable financial information; (ii) any list, description, or other grouping of consumers that is derived from using any personally identifiable information that is not publicly available; and (iii) any other information that the Transfer Agent is prohibited from using or disclosing pursuant to Regulation S-P under Section 504 of the Gramm Leach Bliley Act.
     12.3 Request for Records . In the event that any requests or demands are made for the inspection of the Shareholder records, other than request for records of Shareholders pursuant to standard subpoenas from state or federal government authorities (e.g., in divorce and criminal actions), the Transfer Agent will endeavor to notify the Customer and to secure instructions from an authorized officer of the Customer as to such inspection. The Transfer Agent expressly reserves the right, however, to exhibit the Shareholder records to any person whenever it is advised by counsel that it may be held liable for the failure to exhibit the Shareholder records to such person or if required by law or court order.
13. Term and Termination.
     13.1 Term . The initial term of this Agreement (the “Initial Term”) shall be three (3) years from the date first stated above unless terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 13 . Unless a terminating party gives written notice to the other party sixty (60) days before the expiration of the Initial Term this Agreement will renew automatically from year to year (“Renewal Term”). Sixty (60) days before the expiration of the Initial Term or a Renewal Term the parties to this Agreement will agree upon a Fee Schedule for the upcoming Renewal Term. If no new fee schedule is agreed upon, the fees will increase as set forth in Section 5.2 .
     13.2 Early Termination . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, should Customer desire to move any of its services provided by the Transfer Agent hereunder to a successor service provider prior to the expiration of the then current Initial or Renewal Term, or without the required notice period, the Transfer Agent shall make a good faith effort to facilitate the conversion on such prior date, however, there can be no guarantee that the

15


 

Transfer Agent will be able to facilitate a conversion of services on such prior date. In connection with the foregoing, should services be converted to a successor service provider, or if the Customer is fully liquidated other than the liquidation of a Customer which is a term trust at its scheduled liquidation time, or its assets merged or purchased or the like with another entity which does not utilize the services of the Transfer Agent, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses or costs associated with the movement of records and material will be borne by the Customer. Additionally, the Transfer Agent reserves the right to charge for any other reasonable expenses associated with such termination and a de-conversion/transition fee in an amount equal to 20% of the aggregate fees incurred by Customer during the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period.
     13.3 Expiration of Term . After the expiration of the Initial Term or Renewal Term whichever currently in effect, should either party exercise its right to terminate, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses or costs associated with the movement of records and material will be borne by the Customer. Additionally, the Transfer Agent reserves the right to charge for any other reasonable expenses associated with such termination and a de-conversion/transition fee in an amount equal to 20% of the aggregate fees incurred by Customer during the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period.
     13.4 Termination .
     This Agreement may be terminated in accordance with the following:
(a) at any time by either party upon a material breach of a representation, covenant or term of this Agreement by the other which is not cured within a period not to exceed thirty (30) days after the date of written notice thereof by the other party; and
(b) by Transfer Agent, at any time, in the event that during the term if this Agreement, a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding is filed by or against Customer or a trustee or receiver is appointed for any substantial part of Customer’s property (and in a case of involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceeding, there is entered an order for relief, or order appointing a receiver or some similar order or decree and Customer does not succeed in having such order lifted or stayed within sixty (60) days from the date of its entry), or Customer makes an assignment of all or substantially all of its property for the benefit of creditors or ceases to conduct its operations in the normal course or business.
     13.5 Records . Upon receipt of written notice of termination, the parties will use commercially practicable efforts to effect an orderly termination of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, Transfer Agent will deliver promptly to Customer, in machine readable form on media as reasonably requested by Customer, all stockholder and other records, files and data supplied to or compiled by Transfer Agent on behalf of Customer.

16


 

14. Assignment.
     14.1 Affiliates . The Transfer Agent may, without further consent of the Customer assign its right and obligations hereunto to any affiliated and registered transfer agent under Section 17(A)(c)(2) of the Securities and Exchange Act. The Transfer Agent will not assign its rights and obligations to any other person without consent.
     14.2 Sub-contractors . Transfer Agent may, without further consent on the part of Customer, subcontract with other subcontractors for telephone and mailing services as may be required from time to time; provided, however, that the Transfer Agent shall be as fully responsible to the Customer for the acts and omissions of any subcontractor as it is for its own acts and omissions.
15. Unaffiliated Third Parties.
     Nothing herein shall impose any duty upon the Transfer Agent in connection with or make the Transfer Agent liable for the actions or omissions to act of unaffiliated third parties such as, by way of example and not limitation, airborne services, the U.S. mails and telecommunication companies, provided, if the Transfer Agent selected such company, the Transfer Agent shall have exercised due care in selecting the same.
16. Miscellaneous.
     16.1 Notices .
     Any notice or communication by the Transfer Agent or the Customer to the other is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, telex, telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the other’s address:
If to the Customer:
c/o BlackRock Advisors Inc.
100 Bellevue Parkway
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
Attn:
If to the Transfer Agent:
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
c/o Computershare Shareholder Services, Inc.
150 Royall Street
Canton, MA 02021
Telecopy No.: (781) 575-4210
Attn: General Counsel
     The Transfer Agent and the Customer may, by notice to the other, designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

17


 

     16.2 Successors .
     All the covenants and provisions of this agreement by or for the benefit of the Customer or the Transfer Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.
     16.3 Amendments .
     This Agreement may be amended or modified by a written amendment executed by both parties hereto and authorized or approved by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Customer.
     16.4 Severability .
     If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provision, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.
     16.5 Governing Law .
     This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
     16.6 Force Majeure .
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Transfer Agent shall not be liable for any delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its reasonable control including, without limitation, acts of God, shortage of supply, breakdowns or malfunctions, interruptions or malfunction of computer facilities, or loss of data due to power failures or mechanical difficulties with information storage or retrieval systems, labor difficulties, war, or civil unrest.
     16.7 Descriptive Headings .
     Descriptive headings of the several sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.
     16.8 Third Party Beneficiaries .
     The provisions of this Agreement are intended to benefit only the Transfer Agent, the Customer and their respective permitted successors and assigns. No rights shall be granted to any other person by virtue of this agreement, and there are no third party beneficiaries hereof.

18


 

     16.9 Survival .
     All provisions regarding indemnification, warranty, liability and limits thereon, and confidentiality and protection of proprietary rights and trade secrets shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
     16.10 Priorities .
     In the event of any conflict, discrepancy, or ambiguity between the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and any schedules or attachments hereto, the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement shall take precedence.
     16.11 Merger of Agreement .
     This agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written.
     16.12 Counterparts .
     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the date first written above.
BlackRock Advisors, Inc.
On behalf of the BlackRock Closed-End Investment
Companies listed on Exhibit C
                     
By:
                   
 
 
 
               
Name:
                   
 
 
 
               
Title:
                   
 
 
 
               
 
                   
Computershare Shareholder Services, Inc.   Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
 
                   
By:
          By:        
 
 
 
         
 
   
Name:
          Name:        
 
 
 
         
 
   
Title:
          Title:        
 
 
 
         
 
   

19


 

EXHIBIT C
BAI Liquidating LLC
BlackRock Broad Investment Grade 2009 Term Trust, Inc.
BlackRock California Insured Muni 2008 Term Trust, Inc.
BlackRock California Insured Municipal Income Trust
BlackRock California Investment Quality Muni Trust, Inc.
BlackRock California Municipal 2018 Term Trust
BlackRock California Municipal Bond Trust
BlackRock California Municipal Income Trust
BlackRock California Municipal Income Trust II
BlackRock Core Bond Trust
BlackRock Florida Insured Muni 2008 Term Trust
BlackRock Florida Insured Municipal Income Trust
BlackRock Florida Investment Quality Muni Trust, Inc.
BlackRock Florida Municipal 2020 Term Trust
BlackRock Florida Municipal Bond Trust
BlackRock Florida Municipal Income Trust
BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust
BlackRock High Income Shares
BlackRock High Yield Trust
BlackRock Income Opportunity Trust, Inc.
BlackRock Income Trust, Inc.
BlackRock Insured Muni 2008 Term Trust, Inc.
BlackRock Insured Municipal Income Trust
BlackRock Insured Municipal Term Trust, Inc.
BlackRock Investment Quality Muni Trust, Inc.
BlackRock Limited Duration Income Trust
BlackRock Long-Term Municipal Advantage Trust
BlackRock Maryland Municipal Bond Trust
BlackRock Municipal 2018 Term Trust
BlackRock Municipal 2020 Term Trust
BlackRock Municipal Bond Trust
BlackRock Municipal Income Trust
BlackRock Municipal Income Trust II
BlackRock Municipal Target Term Trust, Inc.
BlackRock New Jersey Investment Quality Muni Trust, Inc.

20


 

BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Trust
BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Income Trust
BlackRock New York Insured Muni 2008 Term Trust, Inc.
BlackRock New York Insured Municipal Income Trust
BlackRock New York Investment Quality Muni Trust, Inc.
BlackRock New York Municipal 2018 Term Trust
BlackRock New York Municipal Bond Trust
BlackRock New York Municipal Income Trust
BlackRock New York Municipal Income Trust II
BlackRock Pennsylvania Strategic Municipal Trust
BlackRock Preferred Opportunity Trust
BlackRock Strategic Bond Trust
BlackRock Strategic Municipal Trust
BlackRock Virginia Municipal Bond Trust
BlackRock MuniIntermediate Duration Fund, Inc.
BlackRock MuniEnhanced Fund, Inc.
BlackRock MuniHoldings Insured Fund II, Inc.
BlackRock MuniYield Insured Fund, Inc.
BlackRock MuniYield Quality Fund, Inc.
BlackRock MuniYield California Insured Fund, Inc.
BlackRock Muni New York Intermediate Duration Fund, Inc.
BlackRock MuniYield Pennsylvania Insured Fund
BlackRock Preferred Income Strategies Fund, Inc.
BlackRock Preferred and Corporate Income Strategies Fund, Inc.
BlackRock Corporate High Yield Fund, Inc
BlackRock Corporate High Yield Fund III, Inc.
BlackRock Corporate High Yield Fund V, Inc.
BlackRock Corporate High Yield Fund VI, Inc.
BlackRock Diversified Income Strategies Fund, Inc.
BlackRock Floating Rate Income Strategies Fund, Inc.
BlackRock Floating Rate Income Strategies Fund II, Inc.
BlackRock S&P 500 Protected Equity Fund, Inc.
BlackRock Preferred and Equity Advantage Trust

21

Exhibit. (K)(2)
EXECUTION COPY
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is dated as of December 29, 2000 by and among STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a Massachusetts trust company (“State Street”), and each entity listed on Schedule I hereto, together with any other entity which may from time to time become a party to this Agreement by execution of an Instrument of Accession substantially in the form attached as Exhibit 1 hereto (each a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”).
WHEREAS, each Fund is, unless otherwise noted, registered as an open-end or closed-end, management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”); and
WHEREAS, each Fund desires to retain State Street to furnish certain accounting and other administrative services, and State Street is willing to furnish such services, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.   INTERPRETATION
1.1   In this Agreement:
    “Agreement” means this Agreement including the recitals hereto and the Schedules and Exhibits, as the same may be amended from time to time by agreement of the parties.
    “Authorized Person” means any person authorized by a Fund to give Proper Instructions on behalf of the Fund and in respect of whom State Street has not received written notice from the Fund that such authorization has been revoked.
    “Authorized Price Sources” means pricing sources designated by a Fund on State Street’s standard form price source authorization, as the same may be amended by the Fund and State Street from time to time or as otherwise designated by the Fund or an Authorized Person, including, without limitation, the investment adviser to the Fund.
    “Business Day” means any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading or on which banking institutions in the City of New York are open for business.
    “Charter Documents” means a Fund’s Articles of Incorporation or Declaration of Trust, as the case may be, and By-Laws.
    “Compliance Monitoring Services” means the agreed investment compliance checks as may be carried out by State Street in respect of a Fund on a daily (or other periodic) basis pursuant to the provisions of the Compliance Monitoring Services Addendum attached

 


 

hereto as Exhibit 2. “Constitutive Documents” means, collectively, a Fund’s Charter Documents and Prospectus, as defined herein.
“Existing Service” means a Service which is described in the Service Level Agreement or which is determined by the JSC (as defined in Section 15) to be an Existing Service.
“Historic Fund Records” means the books, records, data files, documents and other information maintained by or on behalf of each Fund as part of the Services prior to the effective date of this Agreement and which are necessary for the provision of the Services by State Street hereunder.
“MLIM” means Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P.
“New Service” means a Service other than an Existing Service.
“Proper Instructions” means instructions (which may be standing instructions) received by State Street from an Authorized Person, in any of the following forms:
(i) in writing signed by the Authorized Person; or
(ii) in a tested communication; or
(iii) in a communication utilizing access codes effected between electro mechanical or electronic devices as may be agreed upon by the parties in writing from time to time; or
(iv) by such other means as may be agreed upon in writing from time to time by State Street and the party giving such instruction including, without limitation, oral instructions.
“Prospectus” means a Fund’s currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the 1940 Act and the Fund’s Prospectus(es) and Statement(s) of Additional Information relating to all portfolios and all amendments and supplements thereto as in effect from time to time.
“Service Level Agreement” means the Service Level Agreement of even date herewith between State Street and MLIM relating to the provision of the Services, as amended from time to time.
“Services” means the accounting and other administrative services described in Sections 3 and 4 hereof.
1.2   References herein to a Fund shall be deemed to include each portfolio or class of share of such Fund, as applicable. For purposes of any liability or indemnification provision hereunder each separate portfolio of an investment company shall be considered a Fund.
1.3   In this Agreement references to “persons” shall include legal as well as natural entities, references importing the singular shall include the plural (and vice versa), use of the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and numbered schedules, exhibits, sections or sub-sections shall (unless the contrary intention appears) be construed as references to such schedules and exhibits hereto and sections or sub-sections herein bearing those numbers. The Schedules and Exhibits are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

2


 

2.   APPOINTMENT
2.1   Each Fund hereby retains State Street and State Street agrees to provide the Services, in each case subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and subject to the control, supervision and direction of the Fund and the review and comment by the Fund’s auditors and legal counsel and in accordance with such procedures as may be established from time to time between the Fund and State Street. State Street confirms that it shall offer employment to substantially all of those persons employed by, and in good standing with, the Mutual Fund Accounting Department of MLIM as of the date hereof
2.2   In the event that a Fund establishes one or more additional series of shares with respect to which it desires to have State Street render Services under the terms hereof, it shall so notify State Street in writing and thereafter such series will be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and shall be maintained and accounted for by State Street on a discrete basis.
2.3   Subject to obtaining the prior written approval of each Fund, State Street may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any or all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a third party, provided that State Street’s liability to the Funds shall not be affected thereby.
2.4   It is hereby acknowledged and agreed by each Fund that this Agreement is entered into by the Fund as a principal contracting party and not as agent for any other party and nothing contained herein shall be interpreted as creating any contractual obligations on the part of State Street towards any shareholders of the Fund.
2.5   State Street shall not be responsible for any duties or obligations which it has not specifically undertaken pursuant to this Agreement and no such duties or obligations shall be implied or inferred.
2.6   This Agreement and the Services to be provided by State Street hereunder shall be revised by the parties from time to time to comply with changes in any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Funds.
2.7   If any literature, including, but not limited to, brochures, advertising materials, web site contents and marketing materials, issued by or on behalf of a Fund contains any reference to State Street, other than literature merely identifying State Street as providing accounting or administrative services to the Fund, or if any literature issued by State Street contains any reference to a Fund, then the Fund or State Street, as the case may be, will obtain the other party’s prior written consent to such reference before its publication in any form.
3.   ACCOUNTING SERVICES
3.1   State Street shall maintain the books of account and other financial records of each Fund in accordance with applicable law, including Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and rules thereunder, other than records maintained by the Fund’s custodian (as agreed among the

3


 

    Fund, State Street and the custodian) and shall perform the following duties in the manner prescribed by the Constitutive Documents and further in accordance with such written procedures, including, but not limited to, the Service Level Agreement, as may be established between the Fund and State Street from time to time:
  3.1.1   Record general ledger entries;
 
  3.1.2   Calculate daily net income;
 
  3.1.3   Reconcile activity to the trial balance;
 
  3.1.4   Calculate and publish daily net asset value;
 
  3.1.5   Prepare account balances; and
 
  3.1.6   Provide such other accounting services as may be required to enable each Fund to maintain its books and records in compliance with applicable law and generally accepted accounting principles.
3.2   Each Fund shall provide timely prior written notice to State Street of any modification in the manner in which such calculations are to be performed. For purposes of calculating the net asset value of a Fund, State Street shall value the Fund’s portfolio securities utilizing prices obtained from Authorized Price Sources. State Street shall not be responsible for any revisions to the methods of calculation prescribed by the Constitutive Documents or the Fund unless and until such revisions are communicated in writing to State Street.
 
4.   ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
 
4.1   State Street shall provide the following additional administrative services to each Fund in the manner prescribed by the Constitutive Documents and further in accordance with such written procedures, including, but not limited to, the Service Level Agreement, as may be established between the Fund and State Street from time to time:
  4.1.1   Oversee the maintenance by the Fund’s custodian of certain books and records of the Fund as required under Rule 31a-1(b) of the 1940 Act;
 
  4.1.2   Calculate, submit for approval by officers of the Fund and arrange for payment of the Fund’s expenses;
 
  4.1.3   Prepare for review and approval by officers of the Fund financial information for the Fund’s semi-annual and annual reports, proxy statements and other communications required or otherwise to be sent to Fund shareholders;
 
  4.1.4   Prepare and file, following review by an officer of and legal counsel for the Fund, the Fund’s periodic financial reports required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on Form N-

4


 

      SAR and prepare financial information required by Form N-1A, Form N-2 and other regulatory filings and such other financial reports, forms or filings as may be mutually agreed upon;
 
  4.1.5   Prepare reports relating to the business and affairs of the Fund as may be mutually agreed upon and not otherwise prepared by the Fund’s investment adviser, custodian, legal counsel or independent accountants;
 
  4.1.6   Make such reports and recommendations to the Board of Directors of the Fund (the “Board”) concerning the performance of the Fund’s independent accountants as the Board may reasonably request;
 
  4.1.7   Make such reports and recommendations to the Board concerning the performance and fees of the Fund’s custodian and transfer and dividend disbursing agent (the “Transfer Agent”) as the Board may reasonably request or deem appropriate;
 
  4.1.8   Consult with the Fund’s officers, independent accountants, legal counsel, custodian and Transfer Agent in establishing and following the accounting policies of the Fund;
 
  4.1.9   Provide Compliance Monitoring Services to assist the Fund’s investment adviser in complying with Internal Revenue Code mandatory qualification requirements, the requirements of the 1940 Act and Fund prospectus limitations as may be mutually agreed upon;
 
  4.1.10   Assist the Fund in the handling of routine regulatory examinations and work closely with the Fund’s legal counsel in response to any non-routine regulatory matters;
 
  4.1.11   Assist the Fund in the preparation of reports to the Board of Directors and with any other work of a routine or non-routine nature that requires information maintained or accessible through the Fund’s accounting and financial records.
4.2   State Street shall be responsible for the provision of the office facilities and the personnel required by it to perform the Services contemplated herein. State Street shall also provide reasonable facilities for use by the Fund’s auditors in connection with any periodic inspection of the books and records maintained by State Street hereunder.
 
5.   SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT
 
5.1   In conjunction with this Agreement, State Street and MLIM shall enter into a Service Level Agreement which specifies key performance indicators and delivery benchmarks in respect of the Services and which reflects the performance goals of the parties from time to time.

5


 

5.2   Subject at all times to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, State Street shall use all reasonable endeavors to provide the Services in accordance with the Service Level Agreement.
 
5.3   Each Fund shall use all reasonable endeavors to fulfill its duties and obligations under the Service Level Agreement and to cause any third parties referenced therein to do likewise. State Street shall have no liability for any loss, liability, claim, cost or expense to the extent resulting from or caused by the failure of a Fund or any other party referenced in the Service Level Agreement to comply with the terms thereof. For avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall not relieve State Street of liability to the extent any such loss or expense arises from its own negligence, bad faith, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct in the discharge of its duties hereunder.
 
5.4   The liability of State Street in respect of its obligations under the Service Level Agreement shall be governed by the terms of this Agreement. In no event shall a failure by State Street to comply with any term or condition of the Service Level Agreement constitute a breach or violation of this Agreement giving rise to financial penalties, damages or contractual or other remedies, except as set out in this Section 5. However, the fact that State Street has met the key performance indicators or delivery benchmarks of the Service Level Agreement shall not relieve State Street of any liability that it might otherwise have under this Agreement arising from or as a result of its fraud, willful default, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties hereunder. It is the intention of State Street and each Fund that the remedy for any:
  5.4.1   failure by State Street, a Fund or any third party referenced in the Service Level Agreement to meet the performance indicators, delivery benchmarks or other aspects of the Service Level Agreement; or
 
  5.4.2   consistent failure by State Street, a Fund or any third party referenced in the Service Level Agreement to fulfill its duties and obligations under the Service Level Agreement in a material respect; or
 
  5.4.3   dispute relating to the Service Level Agreement,
      shall be referral of the matter to the JSC (as defined below) for attempted resolution or, where applicable, termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 20.6.4.
5.5   The purpose of the referral to the JSC is to resolve the inability of the relevant party to meet the provisions of the Service Level Agreement. It shall be the responsibility of the JSC to develop and oversee implementation of procedural or operational changes which will enable the Service Level Agreement to be more regularly met; revise the obligations of the parties under the Service Level Agreement to more adequately meet the service requirements of the Funds; or otherwise develop a solution aimed at ensuring that the inability to meet the Service Level Agreement will be less likely to occur in the future.
5.6   If a matter is referred to the JSC pursuant to Section 5.4 and despite implementation of the JSC’s recommendations, a party consistently fails to meet in a material respect its

6


 

  obligations under the Service Level Agreement that were the subject of the referral or any revised obligations agreed as a result of the referral (other than for reasons outside the party’s reasonable control), then the matter shall be referred to the senior executive of the Global Investor Services Group of State Street and the First Vice President — MLIM Operations (or their equivalents following any reorganization) (together the “Executive Officers”) for resolution. The referral shall expressly cite this Section 5 and state that the relevant Fund(s) or State Street, as the case may be, may exercise its right to terminate this Agreement should the matter not be resolved.
5.7   If the Executive Officers are unable to resolve the matter within thirty (30) Business Days of the referral, and if (but only if) all relevant parties agree in writing within five (5) Business Days of the aforementioned deadline, the matter may be submitted to a
mutually-acceptable Professional Mediator (as defined in Section 26.5 below) to attempt to facilitate a resolution within thirty (30) Business Days of the referral. Any such mediation shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 26.4 through 26.6 below.
5.8   If either (i) following a failure by the Executive Officers to resolve the matter, the relevant Fund(s) and State Street do not agree on use of a Professional Mediator or (ii) the matter has not been resolved within thirty (30) Business Days of the conclusion of such mediation effort, then the relevant Fund(s) or State Street, as the case may be, shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Sections 20.4.3 and 20.6.4, respectively.
5.9   Nothing in this Section 5 shall limit the liability of State Street for any failure to perform the Services in accordance with the standard of care set forth in Section 11 and the terms of this Agreement as distinct from a failure by State Street to meet key performance indicators or delivery benchmarks of the Service Level Agreement. The fact that the Service Level Agreement performance metrics have been met shall not excuse State Street from liability that it would otherwise have under the terms of this Agreement.
6.   NECESSARY INFORMATION
6.1   Each Fund will promptly deliver to State Street copies of each of the following documents and all future amendments and supplements thereto, if any:
  6.1.1   The Fund’s Charter Documents;
  6.1.2   The Fund’s Prospectus;
  6.1.3   Certified copies of the resolutions of the Board authorizing (1) the Fund to enter into this Agreement and (2) certain individuals on behalf of the Fund to (a) give Proper Instructions to State Street pursuant to this Agreement and (b) sign checks and pay expenses;
  6.1.4   A copy of the investment advisory agreement between the Fund and its investment adviser; and

7


 

  6.1.5   Such other certificates, documents or opinions which State Street may, in its reasonable discretion, deem necessary or appropriate in the proper performance of its duties.
6.2   Each Fund shall provide or cause to be provided to State Street such additional data and information as State Street may reasonably require in order to discharge its duties under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the information detailed in the Service Level Agreement. State Street shall have no liability for the failure to provide, any error in the provision of, or any delay in providing, any of the Services to the extent the provision of such Services is dependent upon receipt of the aforesaid information and the same has not been provided in a materially complete, accurate and timely manner. For avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall not relieve State Street of liability to the extent any such loss or expense arises from its own negligence, bad faith, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct in the discharge of its duties hereunder.
6.3   Each Fund shall assure that its custodian and other service providers make available to State Street such information in respect of the Fund as State Street may reasonably require for the performance of the Services.
6.4   Each Fund shall use all reasonable endeavors to ensure that any information provided or caused to be provided to State Street pursuant to this Agreement, including the Service Level Agreement, shall be provided in a complete, accurate and timely manner so as to enable State Street to duly render the Services.
6.5   In the course of discharging its duties hereunder, State Street may rely on the information provided to it by or on behalf of a Fund or by any persons authorized by a Fund including, without limitation, any other service providers to the Fund or any Authorized Price Sources.
6.6   Each Fund acknowledges and agrees that except as otherwise expressly set forth in the Service Level Agreement, State Street shall have no responsibility for, or duty to review, confirm or otherwise perform any investigation as to the completeness, accuracy or sufficiency of any information provided to it by the Fund, any persons authorized by the Fund or any other service providers to the Fund, including, without limitation, any Authorized Price Sources and shall be without liability for any loss, liability, claim, expense or damage suffered or incurred by any person as a result of State Street having relied upon and utilized such information in good faith. For avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall not relieve State Street of liability to the extent any such loss or expense arises from its own negligence, bad faith, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct in the discharge of its duties hereunder. State Street will promptly notify a Fund in the event it becomes aware that any information received by it is incomplete, inaccurate or insufficient or in the event of a failure or delay by any party to provide information required by State Street to discharge its duties under this Agreement.

8


 

7.   RECONCILIATION
7.1   Each Fund represents and warrants to State Street that it has completed or caused to be completed a full reconciliation of the Historic Fund Records and except as otherwise disclosed in writing to State Street such records are accurate and complete in all material respects.
7.2   To the extent the Historic Fund Records remain unreconciled as of the effective date of this Agreement, each Fund shall ensure that the outstanding items are reconciled as soon as practicable or otherwise promptly redressed, in each case at the expense of the Fund. State Street shall provide all reasonable assistance to each Fund (at the expense of the Fund) to reconcile any outstanding items.
7.3   State Street shall have no liability to a Fund or any other person and shall be indemnified and held harmless by each Fund from and against any loss, liability, damage, claim, cost or expense resulting from or caused by its good faith reliance on the accuracy and completeness of the Historic Fund Records.
8.   PROPER INSTRUCTIONS
8.1   Each Fund shall provide State Street with an incumbency certificate specifying the names, specimen signatures and powers of all Authorized Persons in respect of the Fund. State Street may rely upon the identity and authority of such persons until it receives written notice from the relevant Fund to the contrary.
8.2   Each Fund will give State Street all necessary instructions to enable State Street to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement at such times and in such form as mutually agreed upon, including, without limitation, as State Street may request.
8.3   State Street shall have no responsibility or liability to a Fund and shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Fund, if a subsequent written confirmation of an oral Proper Instruction fails to conform to the oral instructions received by State Street. State Street shall promptly seek written confirmation of any oral instruction received by it.
8.4   State Street shall have no obligation to act in accordance with purported instructions to the extent they conflict with applicable law or regulation, provided that State Street shall not be under any obligation to ensure that any instruction received by it would not contravene any such laws or regulations.
8.5   State Street shall not be liable for any loss resulting from a delay while it obtains clarification of any Proper Instructions which it reasonably deems to be incomplete or unclear, provided that it promptly seeks such clarification.
8.6   State Street shall be held harmless by a Fund in acting upon any instruction, notice, request, consent, certificate or instrument reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed or otherwise given by the proper party or parties.

9


 

8.7   If a Fund instructs State Street to take any action (including, without limitation, the initiation of legal proceedings) which may involve the payment of money or liability on the part of State Street, State Street may refrain from acting in accordance with such instruction until it has received indemnity, security or both reasonably satisfactory to it and sufficient to hold it harmless from and against any loss, liability or expense which State Street may incur as a result of taking such action.
9.   PROFESSIONAL ADVICE
    When deemed necessary for the proper performance of its duties under this Agreement with respect to specific and non-routine matters involving one or more of the Funds, State Street may, with the consent of a Fund (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), seek legal, tax, financial, administrative or other advice of a reputable professional adviser and State Street shall be reimbursed in respect of any costs and expenses properly incurred in obtaining and receiving any such advice. State Street shall have no liability to a Fund for any loss, liability, claim, cost, expense, tax or assessment arising as a direct or indirect result of having relied on such advice in good faith.
10.   COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
    Each Fund assumes responsibility for complying with all securities, tax, commodities and other laws, rules and regulations applicable to it in the conduct of its business.
11.   STANDARD OF CARE; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
11.1   State Street shall at all times exercise reasonable care and diligence and act in good faith in the performance of its duties hereunder, provided, however, that State Street shall be without liability to any Fund or any agent thereof for any loss, liability, damage, claim, cost or expense unless caused by its own fraud, willful default, negligence or willful misconduct or that of its agents, delegates or employees. State Street shall be responsible for the performance of only such duties as are explicitly set forth in this Agreement and shall have no responsibility for the actions or activities of any other party (save its agents, delegates or employees), including other service providers to a Fund.
11.2   Each Fund, severally but not jointly, hereby indemnifies and secures harmless (to the maximum extent permitted by law) State Street from and against all claims, actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses (including without limitation legal fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) which State Street may incur or sustain (other than by reason of State Street’s bad faith, willful default or negligence or that of its agents, delegates or employees) in connection with the performance of its duties for that particular Fund under this Agreement or otherwise arising from any act or omission of that particular Fund or any other person (including any predecessor service provider to the Fund) prior to the effective date of this Agreement.
11.3   If State Street (the “Indemnified Party”) shall seek indemnification from a Fund (the “Indemnifying Party”) in respect of a claim or liability asserted by a third party, the Indemnified Party shall give written notice thereof to the Indemnifying Party promptly after it receives notice of the claim or liability being asserted, but the failure to do so shall

10


 

    not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability except to the extent that it is prejudiced by the failure or delay in giving such notice. Such notice shall summarize the basis for the claim for indemnification and any claim or liability being asserted by the third party. Within 15 days after receiving such notice, the Indemnifying Party shall give written notice to the Indemnified Party stating whether it disputes the claim for indemnification and whether it will defend against the third-party claim or liability at its own cost and expense. If the Indemnifying Party fails to give notice that it disputes an indemnification claim within 15 days after receipt of notice thereof, it shall be deemed to have accepted and agreed to the claim. The Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to direct the defense against the third-party claim or liability with counsel selected by it (subject to the consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) as long as the Indemnifying Party is conducting a good faith and diligent defense. The Indemnified Party shall at all times have the right to fully participate in the defense of a third-party claim or liability at its own expense directly or through counsel. If no such notice of intent to dispute and defend a third-party claim or liability is given by the Indemnifying Party, or if such good faith and diligent defense is not being or ceases to be conducted by the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnified Party shall have the right, at the expense of the Indemnifying Party, to undertake the defense of such claim or liability (with counsel selected by the Indemnified Party), and to compromise or settle it, exercising reasonable business judgment. Except as otherwise provided in the immediately preceding sentence, neither the Indemnified Party nor the Indemnifying Party shall settle or confess any claim or make any compromise in any case in which the Indemnifying Party will be asked to indemnify the Indemnified Party, except with the prior written consent of both parties. The Indemnified Party shall at all times make available such information and assistance as the Indemnifying Party may reasonably request and shall cooperate with the Indemnifying Party in such defense, at the expense of the Indemnifying Party.
11.4   In no event shall any party be liable for any loss arising by reason of the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event (as defined in Section 12) which prevents, hinders or delays it from or in performing its obligations under this Agreement.
11.5   State Street shall not be liable for any liabilities, damages, losses, claims, taxes, duties, costs or expenses (including, without limitation, legal fees) whatsoever incurred or suffered by a Fund at any time as a result of the failure of the Fund or any other person (other than State Street, its employees, agents or delegates) to comply with the laws or regulations of any country or jurisdiction. For avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall not relieve State Street of liability to the extent such other person’s failure to comply with laws or regulations is the direct result of State Street’s negligence, bad faith, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct in the discharge of its duties hereunder.
11.6   The provisions herein regarding indemnification, liability and limits thereon shall survive following the expiration or termination of this Agreement to the extent relating to any claim or right of action arising in connection with the performance of this Agreement and each Fund and State Street shall enter into such documents as shall be necessary to ensure the survival of the same.

11


 

11.7   Each Fund acknowledges that except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, State Street’s duties under this Agreement do not include any obligation to monitor the compliance of the Fund or any other person whatsoever with any restriction or guideline imposed by its Constitutive Documents or by law or regulation or otherwise with regard to the investment of the assets of the Fund. In no event shall State Street have any duty to enforce compliance by the Fund or any other person whatsoever with any such restrictions or guidelines.
 
11.8   Each Fund acknowledges and agrees that State Street shall provide Compliance Monitoring Services, if any, on a contractual basis only in accordance with the terms of the Compliance Monitoring Services Addendum attached hereto as Exhibit 2. The Compliance Monitoring Services are provided by State Street as a supplement to and not in place or in lieu of a Fund’s own compliance program and/or that of the investment advisers of the Fund.
 
11.9   State Street shall have no liability to a Fund or otherwise for any loss or liability resulting from State Street’s performance or non-performance of the Compliance Monitoring Services except as expressly set forth in the Compliance Monitoring Services Addendum.
 
11.10   In no event shall State Street or any Fund be liable for any special, indirect, incidental, punitive or consequential damages of any kind whatsoever, even if advised of the possibility of such damages. The limitation on liability imposed by this Section 11.10 shall not be construed to relieve State Street of liability to a Fund in circumstances where (i) it is otherwise liable to the Fund under the terms of this Agreement for losses resulting from an inaccurate Net Asset Value calculation and (ii) the liability of the Fund arises from its obligation to compensate shareholders for direct loss resulting from the purchase or redemption of shares at such inaccurate Net Asset Value.
 
12.   FORCE MAJEURE
 
12.1   If a party is prevented, hindered or delayed from or in performing any of its obligations under this Agreement by a Force Majeure Event (as defined below) then:
  12.1.1   that party’s obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended for so long as the Force Majeure Event continues and to the extent that party is so prevented, hindered or delayed;
 
  12.1.2   as soon as reasonably possible after commencement of the Force Majeure Event that party shall notify the other party in writing of the occurrence of the Force Majeure Event, the date of commencement of the Force Majeure Event and the effects of the Force Majeure Event on its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement; and
 
  12.1.3   as soon as reasonably possible after the cessation of the Force Majeure Event that party shall notify the other party in writing of the cessation of the Force Majeure Event and shall resume performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

12


 

12.2   For the purposes of this Section 12 and Section 11.4, “Force Majeure Event” means any event beyond the reasonable control of a party including, without limitation, acts of God, war damage, enemy action, riot, civil commotion, rebellion, act of any government or any other competent authority or compliance with any law or governmental order, rule, regulation or direction. For avoidance of doubt, provided that State Street has exercised reasonable care and diligence and complied with its obligations under Section 12.3 and 13 below, a Force Majeure Event shall include any failure or malfunction of any telecommunications, computer or other electrical, mechanical or technological application, service or system to the extent any such failure is beyond State Street’s reasonable control.
 
12.3   Each party hereto shall use all reasonable efforts to mitigate the effects of any Force Majeure Event.
 
13.   CONTINGENCY MEASURES
 
13.1   State Street shall maintain in a separate and safe place additional copies of all records required to be maintained pursuant to this Agreement or additional tapes, disks or other sources of information necessary to reproduce all such records.
 
13.2   Within twelve (12) months of the date hereof, State Street shall establish and maintain a disaster recovery back-up facility available for its use in providing the Services required hereunder in the event circumstances beyond State Street’s control result in State Street not being able to process the necessary work at its principal facility. State Street shall, from time to time, upon request from a Fund provide written evidence and details of its arrangement with respect to such back-up facility. State Street further agrees to provide each Fund from time to time on request with a copy of the disaster recovery and contingency plans of State Street and to make its staff available to discuss such plans on request. Nothing in this Section shall relieve State Street of any liability that it might otherwise have under this Agreement arising from or as a result of its fraud, willful default, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties hereunder, provided, however, that the aggregate liability of State Street to any Fund in relation to the maintenance of a disaster recovery back-up facility during the initial twelve (12) months of this Agreement shall not at any time exceed an amount equal to ten (10) per cent of the fee paid or accrued and payable by such Fund (as of the date of the liability) in respect of the accounting and administrative services provided pursuant to the Agreement.
 
13.3   State Street shall at all times employ a then current version of one of the leading commercially available virus detection software programs to test the on-site hardware and software applications utilized by it to deliver the Services to determine that such hardware and software does not contain any computer code designed to disrupt, disable, harm, or otherwise impede operation. With respect to any applications utilized on a remote basis, State Street shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a similar representation or commitment from the third party provider of such application.
 
13.4   State Street shall at its expense retain a firm of independent auditors to perform an annual audit of the internal accounting controls and procedures employed by State Street in the

13


 

    performance of the Services and to issue a detailed report thereon and shall provide to each Fund a copy of such report within ten (10) Business Days of its issue by the independent auditors. The first such annual audit shall be carried out in the fourth quarter of 2001. State Street shall also allow each Fund’s independent auditors and the corresponding personnel of each Fund’s investment adviser reasonable access to perform their own audit of State Street’s internal accounting controls, provided, however, that the frequency and scope of such audits shall be as agreed by the JSC from time to time.
 
13.5   Upon request of a Fund, State Street shall from time to time as appropriate, furnish to such Fund a letter setting forth the insurance coverage maintained by State Street, any changes in such coverage which may have occurred from the date of the last such request and any claim relating to the Fund which State Street may have made under such insurance.
 
14.   FEES AND EXPENSES
 
14.1   In consideration of the provision of the Services by State Street, each Fund (or Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P., for those Funds identified on Schedule 1 hereto as Funds for which its investment adviser pays accounting costs) shall pay to State Street such fees and shall reimburse State Street such expenses as may be agreed by the parties from time to time in a separate written fee schedule.
 
14.2   Each Fund will bear all expenses that are incurred in its operation and not specifically assumed by State Street. Expenses to be borne by each Fund, include, but are not limited to: organizational expenses; cost of services of independent accountants and outside legal and tax counsel (including such counsel’s review of the Fund’s registration statement, proxy materials, federal and state tax qualification as a regulated investment company and other reports and materials prepared by State Street under this Agreement); cost of any services contracted for by the Fund directly from parties other than State Street; cost of trading operations and brokerage fees, commissions and transfer taxes in connection with the purchase and sale of securities for the Fund; investment advisory fees; taxes, insurance premiums and other fees and expenses applicable to its operation; costs incidental to any meetings of shareholders including, but not limited to, legal and independent accountants’ fees, proxy filing fees and the costs of preparation, printing and mailing of any proxy materials; costs incidental to Board meetings, including fees and expenses of Board members; the salary and expenses of any officer, director\trustee or employee of the Fund; costs incidental to the preparation, printing and distribution of the Fund’s registration statements and any amendments thereto and shareholder reports; cost of typesetting and printing of prospectuses; cost of preparation and filing of the Fund’s tax returns, Form N-1A or N-2, and all notices, registrations and amendments associated with applicable federal and state tax and securities laws; all applicable registration fees and filing fees required under federal and state securities laws; and fidelity bond and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

14


 

15.   JOINT SERVICES COMMITTEE
 
15.1   Following the signing of this Agreement, State Street and the Funds, in conjunction with MLIM and Princeton Administrators, L.P. (collectively, the “MLIM Group”) which have entered into separate Administrative Services Agreements with State Street, shall establish a Joint Services Committee (the “JSC”) comprised of an equal number of representatives appointed to represent State Street and the MLIM Group (the “Committee Members”). For purposes of this section, the MLIM Group shall be treated as one entity in terms of their ability to appoint representatives to the JSC. Except as otherwise agreed, a meeting shall not be validly constituted unless an equal number of representatives from the MLIM Group and State Street are present. The JSC shall continue in existence after termination of this Agreement until such time as all activities performed by State Street under this Agreement have been transferred to a successor service provider. All parties shall be entitled from time to time to replace any of their representatives (and shall notify one another of their intention to do so). The JSC shall monitor the progress and performance of this Agreement in relation to the Services and shall meet on a regular basis no less frequently than quarterly unless otherwise agreed. Each of State Street and the MLIM Group shall also be entitled to convene meetings of the JSC by giving notice to all members of the JSC. A representative of the Funds shall chair all meetings of the JSC. The minutes shall be kept by State Street and, subject to review of all parties, issued to the MLIM Group. The JSC shall establish its own procedures and each party shall use all reasonable endeavors to meet the actions agreed at those meetings and cooperate with the other to provide personnel, resources and actions to meet their obligations under this Agreement.
 
15.2   State Street shall provide to the JSC and the representative(s) of the MLIM Group a monthly report in such form as the Committee Members shall agree (the “Key Performance Indicator Report”) showing the following performance levels achieved by State Street in providing the relevant Services including, but not limited to:
  15.2.1   the average performance in the previous 12 months;
 
  15.2.2   the month with the highest and lowest performance levels in the previous 12 months; and
 
  15.2.3   the performance in each month since the previous meeting.
15.3   The JSC shall be responsible for:
  15.3.1   determining whether a Service is an Existing Service or a New Service and, for this purpose, a Service shall be determined to be an Existing Service if, although that Service is not described in a Service Level Agreement, it is a service which a Fund can demonstrate (to the reasonable satisfaction of State Street) has been provided or made available prior to the date of this Agreement by MLIM to one or more of the Funds.
 
  15.3.2   oversight of the performance of the Services;

15


 

  15.3.3   oversight of the performance by State Street, each Fund and third parties of their duties under the Service Level Agreement;
 
  15.3.4   determining when and where revisions need to be made to this Agreement and to the Service Level Agreement(s) to more adequately meet or address the service requirements of the Funds from time to time; and
 
  15.3.5   determining changes to be made in the Services as a result of changes in any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Funds.
16.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF STATE STREET
 
16.1   State Street represents and warrants to each Fund that:
  16.1.1   It is a Massachusetts trust company, duly organized and existing under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts;
 
  16.1.2   It has the corporate power and authority to carry on its business in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the State of New Jersey;
 
  16.1.3   All requisite corporate proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement;
 
  16.1.4   No legal or administrative proceedings have been instituted or threatened which would impair State Street’s ability to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement; and
 
  16.1.5   Its entrance into this Agreement shall not cause a material breach or be in material conflict with any other agreement or obligation of State Street or any law or regulation applicable to it.
17.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE FUNDS
 
17.1   Each Fund represents and warrants to State Street that:
  17.1.1   It is a corporation or business trust, as the case may be, duly organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or establishment;
 
  17.1.2   It has the requisite corporate or trust power and authority under applicable laws and by its Constitutive Documents to enter into and perform this Agreement;
 
  17.1.3   All requisite proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement;
 
  17.1.4   It is an investment company properly registered under the 1940 Act;

16


 

  17.1.5   A registration statement under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act has been filed and, if the Fund is offering securities in a transaction that requires registration under the 1933 Act, will be effective and remain effective during the term of this Agreement as required by applicable law. The Fund also warrants to State Street that as of the effective date of this Agreement, all necessary filings under the securities laws of the states in which the Fund offers or sells its shares have been made;
 
  17.1.6   No legal or administrative proceedings have been instituted or threatened which would impair the Fund’s ability to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement; and
 
  17.1.7   Its entrance into this Agreement will not cause a material breach or be in material conflict with any other agreement or obligation of the Fund or any law or regulation applicable to it.
18.   CONFIDENTIALITY
 
    The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially the terms and conditions of this Agreement and all information provided by each party to the other regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto, including nonpublic personal information pursuant to Regulation S-P of the Securities and Exchange Commission, shall be used by any other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party without the prior consent of such provident party. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available other than through a breach of this Agreement, or that is required to be disclosed by any regulatory authority, any auditor or legal counsel of the parties hereto, by judicial or administrative process or otherwise by applicable law or regulation.
 
19.   RECORDS
 
19.1   State Street is authorized to maintain all accounts, registers, corporate books and other documents and information on magnetic tape or disc or in accordance with any other mechanical or electronic system provided that they are capable of being reproduced in legible form in accordance with applicable laws.
 
19.2   In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, State Street agrees that all records which it maintains for a Fund shall at all times remain the property of the Fund, shall be readily accessible during normal business hours, and shall be promptly surrendered upon the termination of the Agreement or otherwise on written request. State Street further agrees that all records which it maintains for a Fund pursuant to Rule 3la-1 under the 1940 Act will be preserved for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act unless any such records are earlier surrendered as provided above. Records shall be surrendered in usable machine-readable form. State Street shall

17


 

    have the right to retain copies of such records subject to observance of its confidentiality obligations under this Agreement.
 
20.   TERM; TERMINATION
 
20.1   This Agreement shall become effective as of the date of its execution and delivery and shall continue in full force and effect for an initial term of five (5) years (the “Initial Term”) with automatic one year renewals from year to year thereafter unless otherwise terminated in accordance with this provisions of this Section 20.
 
20.2   Upon termination of this Agreement, each Fund shall pay to State Street upon demand, such fees and reimbursable costs, expenses and disbursements as may be due as of the date of such termination.
 
20.3   State Street shall be entitled to resign its appointment hereunder in respect of a Fund:
  20.3.1   following expiration of the Initial Term, by giving not less than 270 days notice in writing to the Fund to expire at any time, provided, however, that State Street will use reasonable efforts in assisting the Fund to select a successor and if, after the expiration of the notice period, a new administrative services provider has not been appointed or is not ready to assume its duties, State Street shall continue its appointment hereunder for such additional period as may be mutually agreed between State Street and the Fund.
 
  20.3.2   with immediate effect at any time prior to the expiry of the Initial Term if:
  20.3.2.1   such Fund shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Fund seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property; or the Fund shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the preceding actions, provided, however, that State Street may not resign its position on the basis that a Fund is being liquidated or reorganized for reasons other than bankruptcy or insolvency; or

18


 

20.5   In the event that a Fund terminates one or more series of shares with respect to which State Street renders Services or a Fund terminates State Street’s appointment pursuant to Section 20.4.2 above, it shall so notify State Street in writing.
 
20.6   Following any termination of this Agreement, State Street and each Fund agree to provide their committed cooperation to effect an orderly transition of State Street’s duties and responsibilities hereunder to a new administrative services provider(s) selected by the Fund or Funds as soon as may be reasonably practicable.
 
20.7   In the event this Agreement is terminated by one or more of the Funds pursuant to Section 20.4.2.4 or by State Street pursuant to Section 20.3.2.3, State Street shall pay one-half of the direct costs and expenses incurred by State Street and the Fund(s) in connection with such termination and the conversion to a successor administrative services provider and the Fund or Funds involved shall arrange for the payment of the balance.
 
21.   NOTICES
 
    Any notice or other communication authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to either party shall be in writing and deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by confirmed facsimile, or posted by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the following address (or such other address as a party may specify by written notice to the other): if to a Fund c/o Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P., 500 College Road East, Plainsboro, NJ 08536, Attn: Treasurer, fax (609) 282-7231; and if to State Street: State Street Bank and Trust Company, 500 College Road East, Plainsboro, NJ 08536, Attn: Donald DeMarco, fax: 609-282-9239.
 
22.   FURTHER ASSURANCE
 
    Each party to this Agreement shall do and execute or procure to be done and executed all necessary acts, deeds, documents and things reasonably in its power to give effect to this Agreement.
 
23.   NON-EXCLUSIVITY
 
23.1   The services of State Street to the Funds hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive and State Street and any affiliate shall be free to render similar services to others and to retain for its own use and benefit all fees or other monies payable thereby and neither State Street nor any affiliate shall be deemed to be affected with notice of or to be under any duty to disclose to the Funds any fact or thing which comes to the notice of State Street or that affiliate or any servant or agent of State Street or that affiliate in the course of State Street rendering similar services to others or in the course of its business in any other capacity or in any manner whatsoever otherwise than in the course of carrying out its duties hereunder.
 
23.2   Nothing herein contained shall prevent State Street or any affiliate from buying holding and dealing in any assets upon its own account or the account of others notwithstanding that similar assets may be held by State Street for the account of a Fund.

19


 

24.   NO PARTNERSHIP OR AGENCY
 
    Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating a partnership between State Street and a Fund or as constituting any party the agent of another party (save as expressly set out in this Agreement) for any purpose whatsoever and no party shall have the authority or power to bind another party or to contract in the name of or create a liability against another party in any way or for any purpose.
 
25.   NON-WAIVER; FORBEARANCE
 
    The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion or the failure of a party to exercise or any delay in exercising a right or remedy under this Agreement (including any right implied by law) shall not constitute a waiver of any such term, right or remedy or a waiver of any other rights or remedies and no single or partial exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement shall prevent any further exercise of the right or remedy or the exercise of any other right or remedy.
 
26.   DISPUTES
 
26.1   The parties desire to prevent both disputes and unanticipated issues arising under or relating to this Agreement. The parties further desire to resolve such disputes and unanticipated issues that nevertheless do occur by use of processes that are intended to avoid and prevent delaying or impairing in any way the performance by all parties of their respective obligations under this Agreement. Therefore, the parties have agreed to utilize the processes specified below in this Section 26 to resolve certain disputes, as described below, arising under or relating to this Agreement.
 
26.2   The parties agree that any issue(s) which may arise in connection with the Agreement shall initially be referred to the JSC, which shall establish a deadline for resolution of each matter submitted to it.
 
26.3   If the JSC has not fully resolved such issue(s) by the stated deadline, then the matter shall be referred to the Executive Officers for resolution.
 
26.4   If the Executive Officers are unable to resolve the matter within thirty (30) Business Days of the referral, and if (but only if) all relevant parties agree in writing within five (5) Business Days of the aforementioned deadline, then a mutually-acceptable Professional Mediator (as defined below) may be utilized to review the open issue(s) and attempt to facilitate a resolution within thirty (30) Business Days of referral of the issue(s). The parties will mutually determine the location, date, duration, and process for any such mediation effort, which shall be in all respects advisory to, and not binding on, the parties. State Street shall pay one-half of the costs of the Professional Mediator and the Fund or Funds involved shall arrange for the payment of the balance.
 
26.5   To be considered as the Professional Mediator, an individual must have experience in the investment and/or administrative services industry/ies (preferably both). Any individual employed during the last two (2) calendar years by any party or any party’s current primary legal, accounting, or consulting firm may not be utilized.

20


 

26.6   In order to enable and facilitate candor and completeness during, and the optimal potential benefits of, the mediation process, both (1) the parties’ respective contentions, communications, documents, and/or submissions, if any, during the mediation, and (2) the analysis, comments, and/or recommendations of the Professional Mediator, if any (x) will remain confidential among the parties (to the extent permissible under applicable law, State Street and each Fund hereby acknowledging that State laws and/or regulations may require the public availability of some or all information and documents relating to this Agreement) and (y) may not be asserted, admitted, or otherwise utilized by any party as evidence against another party in any later or simultaneous mediation, binding arbitration, litigation, or otherwise.
 
26.7   If either (i) following a failure by the Executive Officers to resolve the matter, the relevant parties do not agree on use of a Professional Mediator or (ii) the open issue(s) have not been resolved within thirty (30) Business Days of the conclusion of such mediation effort, then resolution between the parties’ will be deemed to have failed and each party shall be free to enforce of its legal rights under this Agreement in such manner as it shall deem fit.
 
27.   REMEDIES ARE CUMULATIVE
 
    Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the rights and remedies contained in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
 
28.   REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS
 
    This Agreement and all schedules, exhibits, attachments and amendments hereto may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process. The parties hereto each agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself, subject to any challenge on the grounds that the reproduction has been materially altered so that it does not conform to the terms of the original agreement, in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.
 
29.   VARIATION OF AGREEMENT
 
    No variation, amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed for or on behalf of each party hereto.
 
30.   ASSIGNABILITY
 
    This Agreement shall not be assigned by either State Street or a Fund without the prior consent in writing of the other party, except that State Street may assign this Agreement to a successor of all or a substantial portion of its business, or to a party controlling, controlled by or under common control with State Street.

21


 

31.   SUCCESSORS
 
    This Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the Fund and State Street and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
 
32.   SEVERABILITY
 
    In the event that any part of this Agreement shall be determined to be void or unenforceable for any reason, the remainder of this Agreement shall be unaffected thereby (unless the purpose of the agreement is substantially frustrated by such determination), and shall be enforceable in accordance with the remainder of its terms as if the void or unenforceable part were not part hereof.
 
33.   COUNTERPARTS
 
    This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall, when executed and delivered be an original, but all the counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
 
34.   LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF TRUSTEES
 
    In relation to each Fund which is a business trust, this Agreement is executed and made by the Trustees of the Fund not individually, but as trustees under the Declarations of Trust of the Fund and the obligations of this Agreement are not binding upon any of such Trustees or upon any of the shareholders of the Fund individually, but bind only the trust estate of the Fund.
 
35.   GOVERNING LAW
 
    This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof.
 
36.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT
 
    This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between State Street and each Fund on the subject matter hereof and supersedes and terminates as of the date hereof, all prior oral or written agreements, arrangements or understandings between the parties.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

22


 

SIGNATURE PAGE
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their officers designated below as of the date first written above.
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
         
By:
  /s/ Donald DeMarco    
 
 
 
Name: Donald DeMarco
Title: Senior Vice President
   
 
       
 
  TERRY K. GLENN,    
 
  President    
 
  for and on behalf of the Funds listed on Schedule I hereto    
 
 
  /s/ Terry K. Glenn    
 
 
   

23


 

SCHEDULE I
MLIM-ADVISED 1 INVESTMENT COMPANIES
Apex Municipal Fund, Inc.
CBA Money Fund
CMA Government Securities Fund
CMA Money Fund
CMA Multi-State Municipal Series Trust (10 series)
CMA Tax-Exempt Fund
CMA Treasury Fund
Corporate High Yield Fund II, Inc.
Corporate High Yield Fund III, Inc.
Corporate High Yield Fund, Inc.
Debt Strategies Fund II, Inc.
Financial Institutions Series Trust (Summit Cash Reserves Fund)
Global Financial Services Master Trust
Income Opportunities Fund 2000, Inc.
Master Basic Value Trust
Master Equity Income Trust
Mercury Master Trust (7 portfolios
Mercury Asset Management VI Funds, Inc.
Master Small Cap Value Trust
Master Large Cap Series Trust (3 series)
Master Premier Growth Trust
Master Mid Cap Growth Trust
Master Senior Floating Rate Trust
Master U.S. High Yield Trust
Mercury Basic Value Fund
Mercury Focus Twenty Fund
Mercury Large Cap Series Funds, Inc. (3 series)
Mercury Mid Cap Growth Fund
Mercury Premier Growth Fund
Mercury Small Cap Value Fund
Mercury Internet Strategies Fund
Mercury U.S. High Yield Fund
Mercury Senior Floating Rate Fund
Mercury US Large Cap Fund
Mercury US Small Cap Growth Fund
Master Focus Twenty Trust
Master Internet Strategies Trust
Master Large Cap Series Trust
 
1   Includes funds advised by Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P. and Fund Asset Management, L.P.

 


 

Master Premier Growth Trust
Mercury Global Holdings, Inc.
Mercury QA Equity Series, Inc.
Mercury QA Strategy Series, Inc.
Mercury Pan-European Growth Fund
Mercury International Fund
Mercury Global Balanced Fund
Mercury Gold and Mining Fund
Mercury Select Growth Fund
Mercury VI US Large Cap Fund
Mercury VI Pan-European Growth Fund
Mercury Puerto Rico Tax-Exempt Fund
Merrill Lynch Short-Term US Government Fund (formerly Adjustable Rate)
Merrill Lynch Emerging Markets Debt Fund (formerly Americas Income Fund)
Merrill Lynch Balanced Capital Fund, Inc. 2
Merrill Lynch Basic Value Fund, Inc.
Merrill Lynch California Municipal Series Trust (2 series)
Merrill Lynch Corporate Bond Fund, Inc. (3 series)
Merrill Lynch Developing Capital Markets Fund, Inc.
Merrill Lynch Disciplined Equity Fund, Inc.
Merrill Lynch Dragon Fund, Inc.
Merrill Lynch EuroFund
Merrill Lynch Fundamental Growth Fund, Inc.
Merrill Lynch Funds for Institutions Series
          Merrill Lynch Government Fund
          Merrill Lynch Institutional Fund
          Merrill Lynch Premier Institutional Fund
          Merrill Lynch Rated Institutional Fund
          Merrill Lynch Institutional Tax-Exempt Fund
          Merrill Lynch Treasury Fund
Merrill Lynch Global Allocation Fund, Inc.
Merrill Lynch Global Bond Fund for Investment and Retirement
Merrill Lynch Global Financial Services Fund
Merrill Lynch Global Growth Fund, Inc.
Merrill Lynch Natural Resources Trust (formerly Global Resources Trust)
Merrill Lynch Global SmallCap Fund, Inc.
Merrill Lynch Global Technology Fund, Inc.
Merrill Lynch Utilities & Telecommunications Fund (formerly Global Utility Fund)
Merrill Lynch Global Value Fund, Inc.
Merrill Lynch Growth Fund
Merrill Lynch Healthcare Fund, Inc.
Merrill Lynch High Income Municipal Bond Fund, Inc.
Merrill Lynch Index Funds, Inc. (Administration Agreement only)
 
2   Costs of Services for this Fund to be billed to and paid by MLIM.

2


 

Merrill Lynch Intermediate Government Bond Fund
Merrill Lynch International Equity Fund
Merrill Lynch Large Cap Series Funds, Inc. (3 series)
Merrill Lynch Focus Twenty Fund, Inc.
Merrill Lynch Premier Growth Fund, Inc.
Merrill Lynch Mid Cap Growth Fund, Inc.
Merrill Lynch Latin America Fund, Inc.
Merrill Lynch Multi-State Limited Maturity Municipal Series Trust (2 series)
Merrill Lynch Multi-State Municipal Series Trust (17 series)
Merrill Lynch Municipal Bond Fund, Inc. (3 series)
Merrill Lynch Municipal Series Trust (Merrill Lynch Municipal Intermediate Term Fund)
Merrill Lynch Municipal Strategy Fund, Inc.
Merrill Lynch Pacific Fund, Inc.
Merrill Lynch Focus Value Fund (formerly Merrill Lynch Phoenix Fund)
Merrill Lynch Ready Assets Trust
Merrill Lynch Real Estate Fund, Inc.
Merrill Lynch Retirement Series Trust (Merrill Lynch Retirement Reserves Money Fund)
Merrill Lynch Senior Floating Rate Fund, Inc.
Merrill Lynch Senior Floating Rate Fund II, Inc.
Merrill Lynch Series Fund, Inc. (10 portfolios)
Merrill Lynch Short-Term Global Income Fund, Inc.
Merrill Lynch Small Cap Value Fund, Inc. (formerly Merrill Lynch Special Value Fund, Inc.)
Merrill Lynch Equity Income Fund (formerly Strategic Dividend Fund)
Merrill Lynch U.S. Treasury Money Fund
Merrill Lynch U.S. High Yield Fund, Inc. (formerly Merrill Lynch Corporate High Yield)
Merrill Lynch U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (formerly Merrill Lynch Federal Securities Trust)
Merrill Lynch U.S.A. Government Reserves
Merrill Lynch Variable Series Funds, Inc. (20 portfolios)
Merrill Lynch World Income Fund, Inc.
MuniAssets Fund, Inc.
MuniEnhanced Fund, Inc.
MuniHoldings California Insured Fund, Inc.
MuniHoldings Florida Insured Fund
MuniHoldings Florida Insured Fund V
MuniHoldings Fund, Inc.
MuniHoldings Fund II, Inc.
MuniHoldings Insured Fund, Inc.
MuniHoldings Insured Fund II, Inc.
MuniHoldings Michigan Insured Fund II, Inc.
MuniHoldings New Jersey Insured Fund, Inc.
MuniHoldings New Jersey Insured Fund IV, Inc.
MuniHoldings New York Insured Fund, Inc.
MuniHoldings New York Insured Fund IV, Inc.
MuniInsured Fund, Inc.
MuniVest Fund, Inc.

3


 

MuniVest Fund II, Inc.
MuniYield Arizona Fund, Inc.
MuniYield California Fund, Inc.
MuniYield California Insured Fund, Inc.
MuniYield California Insured Fund II, Inc.
MuniYield Florida Fund
MuniYield Florida Insured Fund
MuniYield Fund, Inc.
MuniYield Insured Fund, Inc.
MuniYield Michigan Insured Fund, Inc.
MuniYield Michigan Fund, Inc.
MuniYield New Jersey Fund, Inc.
MuniYield New Jersey Insured Fund, Inc.
MuniYield New York Insured Fund, Inc.
MuniYield Pennsylvania Insured Fund
MuniYield Quality Fund, Inc.
MuniYield Quality Fund II, Inc.
Quantitative Master Series Trust
Senior High Income Portfolio, Inc.
The Asset Program, Inc. (formerly Asset Builder Program, Inc.) (5 series)
The Corporate Fund Accumulation Program, Inc.
The Municipal Fund Accumulation Program, Inc.
Worldwide DollarVest Fund, Inc.

4


 

EXHIBIT 1
Instrument of Accession
Reference is hereby made to the Administrative Services Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated December 29, 2000 by and between STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY (“State Street”) and each entity listed on Schedule 1 thereto or which has or shall become a signatory thereto by execution of an instrument of accession substantially in the form hereof.
In order that it may become a party to the aforesaid Agreement, including, without limitation, any and all schedules and exhibits thereto, [Fund Name] agrees and binds itself to the terms and conditions thereof and acknowledges that by its execution and delivery of this Instrument it shall assume all of the obligations and shall be entitled to all of the rights of a Fund (as such term is defined in the Agreement), as if it were an original party thereto.
This Instrument of Accession shall take effect and shall become a part of said Agreement immediately upon its execution and delivery.
Executed as of the date set forth below under the laws of the State of New York.
[NAME OF FUND]
             
By:
           
         
 
  Name:        
 
  Title:        
 
           
Accepted and agreed to:    
 
           
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY    
 
           
By:
           
         
 
  Name:        
 
  Title:        
 
           
 
  Date:        
 
           

Exh. 1 - 1

[Letterhead of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP]
August 25, 2010
BlackRock Build America Bond Trust
100 Bellevue Parkway
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
  Re:   BlackRock Build America Bond Trust
Registration Statement on Form N-2
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     We have acted as special counsel to BlackRock Build America Bond Trust, a statutory trust created under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (the “ Trust ”), in connection with the issuance and sale by the Trust of up to 60,000,000 shares (including shares subject to an over-allotment option) of the Trust’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $.001 per share (the “ Common Shares ”).
     This opinion is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Exhibit L of the Form N-2 registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”).
     In connection with this opinion, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following:
     (a) the Notification of Registration of the Trust as an investment company under the 1940 Act on Form N-8A, dated June 10, 2010, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on June 10, 2010;
     (b) the registration statement of the Trust on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-167434 and 811-224268), as filed with the Commission on June 10, 2010, and as amended by Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 thereto on July 16, 2010, Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 thereto filed on July 28, 2010 and Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3 thereto filed on the date hereof under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act (such registration statement, as so amended and proposed to be amended, being hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”);
     (c) the form of the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) proposed to be entered into among the Trust, as issuer, BlackRock Advisors, LLC, as investment

1


 

adviser to the Trust, BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, as investment sub-adviser to the Trust, and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC and Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc., as representative of the several underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”), filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement;
     (d) a specimen certificate representing the Common Shares;
     (e) the Certificate of Trust of the Trust, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 7, 2010;
     (f) the Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust, dated as of July 16, 2010 and certified by the Secretary of the Trust as currently in effect (the “Agreement and Declaration of Trust”);
     (g) the By-Laws of the Trust, adopted on June 7, 2010, certified by the Secretary of the Trust as currently in effect; and
     (h) certain resolutions adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Trust relating to the issuance and sale of the Common Shares and related matters.

2


 

     We also have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such records of the Trust and such agreements, certificates of public officials, certificates of officers or other representatives of the Trust and others, and such other documents, certificates and records as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions set forth herein.
     In our examination, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as facsimile, electronic, certified, conformed or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such copies. In making our examination of documents, we have assumed that the parties thereto, other than the Trust, had or will have the power, corporate or other, to enter into and perform all obligations thereunder and have also assumed the due authorization by all requisite action, corporate or other, and the due execution and delivery by such parties of such documents and the validity and binding effect thereof on such parties. We also have assumed that the Underwriting Agreement will be executed and delivered in substantially the form reviewed by us and that the Common Shares will be properly entered by the transfer agent in the share registry and, if the Common Shares are issued in certificated form, the share certificates representing the Common Shares will conform to the specimen examined by us and will have been signed manually or by facsimile by an authorized officer of the transfer agent and registrar for the Common Shares and registered by such transfer agent and registrar. As to any facts material to the opinions expressed herein that we did not independently establish or verify, we have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Trust and others.
     Members of our firm are admitted to the bar in the State of Delaware, and we do not express any opinion as to any laws other than the Delaware Statutory Trust Act.
     We advise you that the Firm has rendered legal advice to BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “Advisor”), BlackRock Capital Management, Inc. (the “Sub-Advisor”), other investment funds advised by the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor and certain of their affiliates in connection with various matters.

3


 

     Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that, when (i) the Registration Statement becomes effective under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act; (ii) the Underwriting Agreement has been duly executed and delivered; and (iii) the shareholders’ accounts have been duly credited in the share registry and the Common Shares have been delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters at a price per share not less than the per share par value of the Common Shares as contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Common Shares will have been duly authorized, and the Common Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable (except as provided in the last sentence of Section 3.8 of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust).
     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Opinions” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the 1933 Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.
         
  Very truly yours,
 
 
  /s/ Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP    
     
     

4

Exhibit.99(n)
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement No. 333-167434 on Form N-2 of our report dated July 23, 2010, relating to the financial statements of BlackRock Build America Bond Trust appearing in the Statement of Additional Information, which is part of such Registration Statement.
Deloitte & Touche LLP
Princeton, New Jersey
August 24, 2010

Exhibit.99(p)
         
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
          THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 16 th day of July, 2010, between BlackRock Build America Bond Trust, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of Delaware (the “Trust”), and BlackRock Holdco 2, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Delaware (the “Purchaser”).
          THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:
          (i) PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES
          (1) SALE AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Trustees agree to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Trustees 6,964 common shares of beneficial interest, par value $.001, representing undivided beneficial interests in the Trust (the “Shares”) at a price per Share of $19.10 for an aggregate purchase price of $133,012.
          (ii) REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE PURCHASER. The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to, and covenants for the benefit of, the Trust that:
          (1) PURCHASE ENTIRELY FOR OWN ACCOUNT. This Agreement is made by the Trustees with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchaser’s representation to the Trustees, which by the Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement the Purchaser hereby confirms, that the Shares are being acquired for investment for the Purchaser’s own account, and not as a nominee or agent and not with a view to the resale or distribution by the Purchaser of any of the Shares, and that the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Shares, in either case in violation of any securities registration requirement under applicable law, but subject nevertheless, to any requirement of law that the disposition of its property shall at all times be within its control. By executing this Agreement, the Purchaser further represents that the Purchaser does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or to any third person, with respect to any of the Shares.
          (2) INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE. The Purchaser acknowledges that it can bear the economic risk of the investment for an indefinite period of time

1


 

and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters (and particularly in the business in which the Trust operates) as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Shares. The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”).
          (3) RESTRICTED SECURITIES. The Purchaser understands that the Shares are characterized as “restricted securities” under the United States securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Trustees in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such Shares may be resold without registration under the 1933 Act only in certain circumstances. In this connection, the Purchaser represents that it understands the resale limitations imposed by the 1933 Act and is generally familiar with the existing resale limitations imposed by Rule 144.
          (4) FURTHER LIMITATIONS ON DISPOSITION. The Purchaser further agrees not to make any disposition directly or indirectly of all or any portion of the Shares unless and until:
          (i) There is then in effect a registration statement under the 1933 Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or
          (ii) The Purchaser shall have furnished the Trustees with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Trustees, that such disposition will not require registration of such Shares under the 1933 Act.
          (iii) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a) and (b) above, no such registration statement or opinion of counsel shall be necessary for a transfer by the Purchaser to any affiliate of the Purchaser, if the transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms hereof to the same extent as if it were the original Purchaser hereunder.
          (5) LEGENDS. It is understood that the certificate evidencing the Shares may bear either or both of the following legends:
          (i) “These securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. They may not be sold, offered for sale, pledged or hypothecated in the absence of a registration statement in effect with respect to the Shares under such Act

2


 

or an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustees of BlackRock Build America Bond Trust that such registration is not required.”
          (ii) Any legend required by the laws of any other applicable jurisdiction.
          The Purchaser and the Trustees agree that the legend contained in the paragraph (a) above shall be removed at a holder’s request when they are no longer necessary to ensure compliance with federal securities laws.
          (6) COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

3


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  BLACKROCK BUILD AMERICA BOND TRUST
 
 
  By:   /s/ Brendan Kyne  
    Name:   Brendan Kyne   
    Title:   Vice-President   
 
  BLACKROCK HOLDCO 2, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Harris Oliner  
    Name:   Harris Oliner   
    Title:   Managing Director   

4

CONFIDENTIAL
Exhibit 99.(r)(1)
BLACKROCK FUNDS
Code of Ethics
I.   INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this Code of Ethics (the “Code”) is to prevent Access Persons (as defined below) of a Fund from engaging in any act, practice or course of business prohibited by paragraph (b) of Rule 17j-1 (the “Rule”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). This Code is required by paragraph (c) of the Rule. A copy of the Rule is attached to this Code as Appendix 1.
Access Persons (as defined below) of the BlackRock open- and closed-end funds (each a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”), in conducting their personal securities transactions, owe a fiduciary duty to the shareholders of the Funds. The fundamental standard to be followed in personal securities transactions is that Access Persons may not take inappropriate advantage of their positions. All personal securities transactions by Access Persons must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest between the Access Person’s interest and the interests of the Funds, or any abuse of an Access Person’s position of trust and responsibility. Potential conflicts arising from personal investment activities could include buying or selling securities based on knowledge of a Fund’s trading position or plans (sometimes referred to as front-running), and acceptance of personal favors that could influence trading judgments on behalf of the Fund. While this Code is designed to address identified conflicts and potential conflicts, it cannot possibly be written broadly enough to cover all potential situations and, in this regard, Access Persons are expected to adhere not only to the letter, but also the spirit, of the policies contained herein.
II.   DEFINITION
In order to understand how this Code applies to particular persons and transactions, familiarity with the key terms and concepts used in this Code is necessary. Those key terms and concepts are:
1. “Access Person” means any Advisory Person of a Fund. A list of the Funds’ Access Persons is attached as Appendix 2 to this Code and will be updated from time to time.
2. “Advisory person” means: (a) any director, officer, general partner or employee of a Fund or of any company in a control relationship to a Fund, who, in connection with his regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a “Covered Security” by the Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and (b) any natural person in a control relationship to a Fund who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of “Covered Securities”.
3. “Beneficial ownership” has the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), a copy of which is included as Appendix 3. The determination of direct or indirect beneficial ownership shall apply to all securities which an Access Person has or acquires.
4. “BRIL” means BlackRock Investments, LLC, each open-end Fund’s principal underwriter and the principal underwriter of certain closed-end funds.
         
Copyright © 2009 BlackRock, Inc.        
All rights reserved.   1    

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL
5. “BRIL Code” means the Code of Ethics adopted by BRIL.
6. “BlackRock” means affiliates of BlackRock, Inc. that act as investment adviser and sub-adviser to the Funds.
7. “Board” means, collectively, the boards of directors or trustees of the Funds.
8. “AEITP” means the Advisory Employee Investment Transaction Policy adopted by BlackRock and approved by the Board.
9. “Control” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act.
10. “Covered Security” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act, except that it shall not include: direct obligations of the U.S. Government; bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high-quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; and shares issued by registered open-end investment companies. A high-quality short-term debt instrument is one with a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
11. “Independent Director” means a director or trustee of a Fund who is not an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.
12. “Investment Personnel” of a Fund means: (a) any employee of the Fund (or of any company in a control relationship to the Fund) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund; and (b) any natural person who controls the Fund and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund.
13. “IPO” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, (the “1933 Act”) the issuer or which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
14. “Limited Offering” means an offering exempt from registration under the 1933 Act pursuant to Section 4(2) or 4(6) or Rule 504, 505 or 506 under the 1933 Act.
15. “Purchase or sale of a Covered Security” includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Covered Security.
16. “Automatic Investment Plan” means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.
III.   RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES OF BLACKROCK AND BRIL
1. All Access Persons of BlackRock’s investment advisory companies, BRIL shall be subject to the restrictions, limitations and reporting responsibilities set forth in the AEITP and BRIL Code, respectively, as if fully set forth herein.
2. Persons subject to this Section III shall not be subject to the restrictions, limitations and reporting responsibilities set forth in Sections IV. and V. below. In particular, an Access Person of BlackRock’s investment advisory companies need not make a separate report under this Code to the extent the information would duplicate information required to be recorded under Rule 204-2(a)(13) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (“Advisers Act”).

2


 

CONFIDENTIAL
IV.   PROHIBITIONS; EXEMPTIONS
  1.   Prohibited Purchases and Sales
A. No Access Person may purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any Covered Security in which that Access Person has, or by reason of the transaction would acquire, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership and which to the actual knowledge of that Access Person at the time of such purchase or sale:
  (1)   is being considered for purchase or sale by a Fund; or
 
  (2)   is being purchased or sold by a Fund.
  2.   Exemptions from Certain Prohibitions
A. The prohibited purchase and sale transactions described in IV.1. above do not apply to the following personal securities transactions:
  (1)   purchases or sales effected in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control;
 
  (2)   purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of either the Access Person or a Fund;
 
  (3)   purchases which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan (other than pursuant to a cash purchase plan option);
 
  (4)   purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent the rights were acquired from that issuer, and sales of the rights so acquired;
 
  (5)   any purchase or sale, or series of related transactions, involving 500 shares or less in the aggregate, if the issuer has a market capitalization (outstanding shares multiplied by the current price per share) greater than $1 billion;
 
  (6)   any purchase or sale which the Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) of BlackRock, or his designee (as defined in the AEITP), approves on the grounds that its potential harm to the Fund is remote.
  3.   Prohibited Recommendations
An Access Person may not recommend the purchase or sale of any Covered Security to or for a Fund without having disclosed his or her interest, if any, in such security or the issuer thereof, including without limitation:
A. any direct or indirect beneficial ownership of any Covered Security of such issuer, including any Covered Security received in a private securities transaction;
B. any contemplated purchase or sale by such person of a Covered Security;
C. any position with such issuer or its affiliates; or
D. any present or proposed business relationship between such issuer or its affiliates and such person or any party in which such person has a significant interest.

3


 

CONFIDENTIAL
  4.   Pre-Approval of Investments in Initial Public Offerings or Limited Offerings
No Investment Personnel shall purchase any security (including, but not limited to, any Covered Security) issued in an initial public offering (“IPO”) or a Limited Offering unless an officer of a Fund approves the transaction in advance. The CCO of the Funds shall maintain a written record of any decisions to permit these transactions, along with the reasons supporting the decision.
V.   REPORTING
  1.   Initial Holdings Reports
No later than ten days after a person becomes an Access Person, he or she must report to a Fund the following information (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person):
A. the title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person became an Access Person;
B. the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person; and
C. the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
  2.   Quarterly Reporting
A. Every Access Person shall either report to each Fund the information described in paragraphs B and C below with respect to transactions in any Covered Security in which the Access Person has, or by reason of the transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security or, in the alternative, make the representation in paragraph D below.
B. Every report shall be made not later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected and shall contain the following information:
  (1)   the date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each Covered Security involved;
 
  (2)   the nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);
 
  (3)   the price at which the transaction was effected;
 
  (4)   the name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected;
 
  (5)   the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person; and
 
  (6)   a description of any factors potentially relevant to an analysis of whether the Access Person may have a conflict of interest with respect to the transaction, including the existence of any substantial economic relationship between the transaction and securities held or to be acquired by a Fund.

4


 

CONFIDENTIAL
C. With respect to any account established by the Access Person in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person, no later than 30 days after the end of a calendar quarter, an Access Person shall provide a report to each Fund containing the following information:
  (1)   the name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account;
 
  (2)   the date the account was established; and
 
  (3)   the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
D. If no transactions were conducted by an Access Person during a calendar quarter that are subject to the reporting requirements described above, such Access Person shall, not later than 30 days after the end of that calendar quarter, provide a written representation to that effect to the Funds.
  3.   Annual Reporting
A. Every Access Person shall report to each Fund the information described in paragraph B below with respect to transactions in any Covered Security in which the Access Person has, or by reason of the transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security.
B. Annually, the following information (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted):
  (1)   the title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;
 
  (2)   the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and
 
  (3)   the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
  4.   Exceptions to Reporting Requirements
A. An Access Person is not required to make a report otherwise required under Sections V.1., V.2. and V.3. above with respect to any transaction effected for any account over which the Access Person does not have any direct or indirect influence or control; provided, however, that if the Access Person is relying upon the provisions of this Section 4(A) to avoid making such a report, the Access Person shall, not later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, identify any such account in writing and certify in writing that he or she had no direct or indirect influence over any such account.
B. An Access Person is not required to make a report otherwise required under Section V.2. above with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan.
C. An Independent Director of a Fund who would be required to make a report pursuant to Sections V.1., V.2. and V.3. above, solely by reason of being a director of the Fund, is not required to make an initial holdings report under Section V.1. above and an annual report under Section V.3. above, and is only required to make a quarterly report under Section V.2. above if the Independent Director, at the time of the transaction, knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling the

5


 

CONFIDENTIAL
Independent Director’s official duties as a director of the Fund, should have known that: (a) the Fund has engaged in a transaction in the same security within the last 15 days or is engaging or going to engage in a transaction in the same security within the next 15 days; or (b) the Fund or BlackRock has within the last 15 days considered a transaction in the same security or is considering a transaction in the same security or within the next 15 days is going to consider a transaction in the same security.
  5.   Annual Certification
A. All Access Persons are required to certify that they have read and understand this Code and recognize that they are subject to the provisions hereof and will comply with the policy and procedures stated herein. Further, all Access Persons are required to certify annually that they have complied with the requirements of this Code and that they have reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of such policies. A copy of the certification form to be used in complying with this Section V.5.A. is attached to this Code as Appendix 4.
B. Each Fund, BlackRock and BRIL shall prepare an annual report to the Board to be presented to the Board each year and which shall:
  (1)   summarize existing procedures concerning personal investing, including preclearance policies and the monitoring of personal investment activity after preclearance has been granted, and any changes in the procedures during the past year;
 
  (2)   describe any issues arising under this Code or procedures since the last report to the Board including, but not limited to, information about any material violations of this Code or procedures and the sanctions imposed during the past year;
 
  (3)   identify any recommended changes in existing restrictions or procedures based upon experience under this Code, evolving industry practice or developments in applicable laws and regulations;
 
  (4)   contain such other information, observations and recommendations as deemed relevant by such Fund, BlackRock or BRIL; and
 
  (5)   certify that such Fund, BlackRock and BRIL have adopted this Code with procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the provisions of Rule 17j-1(b) or this Code.
  6.   Notification of Reporting Obligation and Review of Reports
Each Access Person shall receive a copy of this Code and be notified of his or her reporting obligations. All reports shall be promptly submitted upon completion to the Funds’ CCO who shall review such reports.
  7.   Miscellaneous
A. Any report under this Code may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making the report that the person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the securities to which the report relates.

6


 

CONFIDENTIAL
VI.   RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS
Each Fund shall maintain, at its principal place of business, records in the manner and to the extent set out below, which records shall be available for examination by representatives of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).
1. As long as this policy is in effect, a copy of it (and any version thereof that was in effect within the past five years) shall be preserved in an easily accessible place.
2. The following records must be maintained in an easily accessible place for five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the event took place:
A. a record of any violation of this Code, and of any action taken as a result of the violation;
B. a record of all persons, currently or within the past five years, who are or were required to make reports under Section IV., or who are or were responsible for reviewing these reports; and
C. a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition by investment personnel of securities under Section IV.4.
3. The following records must be maintained for five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the event took place, the first two years in an appropriate and easily accessible place:
A. a copy of each report made by an Access Person pursuant to this Code; and
B. a copy of each annual report submitted by each Fund, BlackRock and BRIL to the Board.
VII.   CONFIDENTIALITY
No Access Person shall reveal to any other person (except in the normal course of his or her duties on behalf of a Fund) any information regarding securities transactions by a Fund or consideration by a Fund or BlackRock of any such securities transaction.
All information obtained from any Access Person hereunder shall be kept in strict confidence, except that reports of securities transactions hereunder will be made available to the SEC or any other regulatory or self-regulatory organization to the extent required by law or regulation.
VIII.   SANCTIONS
Upon discovering a violation of this Code, the Board may impose any sanctions it deems appropriate, including a letter of censure, the suspension or termination of any trustee, officer or employee of a Fund, or the recommendation to the employer of the violator of the suspension or termination of the employment of the violator.
     
Dated:
  January, 2009
 
  May, 2009

7


 

Appendix 1
Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act
I.   DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this section:
  1.   Access Person means:
A. Any Advisory Person of a Fund or of a Fund’s investment adviser. If an investment adviser’s primary business is advising Funds or other advisory clients, all of the investment adviser’s directors, officers, and general partners are presumed to be Access Persons of any Fund advised by the investment adviser. All of a Fund’s directors, officers, and general partners are presumed to be Access Persons of the Fund.
  (1)   If an investment adviser is primarily engaged in a business or businesses other than advising Funds or other advisory clients, the term Access Person means any director, officer, general partner or Advisory Person of the investment adviser who, with respect to any Fund, makes any recommendation, participates in the determination of which recommendation will be made, or whose principal function or duties relate to the determination of which recommendation will be made, or who, in connection with his or her duties, obtains any information concerning recommendations on Covered Securities being made by the investment adviser to any Fund.
 
  (2)   An investment adviser is “primarily engaged in a business or businesses other than advising Funds or other advisory clients” if, for each of its most recent three fiscal years or for the period of time since its organization, whichever is less, the investment adviser derived, on an unconsolidated basis, more than 50 percent of its total sales and revenues and more than 50 percent of its income (or loss), before income taxes and extraordinary items, from the other business or businesses.
B. Any director, officer or general partner of a principal underwriter who, in the ordinary course of business, makes, participates in or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by the Fund for which the principal underwriter acts, or whose functions or duties in the ordinary course of business relate to the making of any recommendation to the Fund regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities.
  2.   Advisory Person of a Fund or of a Fund’s investment adviser means:
A. Any director, officer, general partner or employee of the Fund or investment adviser (or of any company in a control relationship to the Fund or investment adviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by a Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and

1


 

B. Any natural person in a control relationship to the Fund or investment adviser who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by the Fund.
3. Control has the same meaning as in section 2(a)(9) of the Act.
4. Covered Security means a security as defined in section 2(a)(36) of the Act, except that it does not include:
A. Direct obligations of the Government of the United States;
B. Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; and
C. Shares issued by open-end Funds.
5. Fund means an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act.
6. An Initial Public Offering means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
7. Investment Personnel of a Fund or of a Fund’s investment adviser means:
A. Any employee of the Fund or investment adviser (or of any company in a control relationship to the Fund or investment adviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund.
B. Any natural person who controls the Fund or investment adviser and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund.
8. A Limited Offering means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to section 4(2) or section 4(6) or pursuant to rule 504, rule 505, or rule 506 under the Securities Act of 1933.
9. Purchase or sale of a Covered Security includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Covered Security.
10. Security Held or to be Acquired by a Fund means:
A. Any Covered Security which, within the most recent 15 days:
  (1)   Is or has been held by the Fund; or
 
  (2)   Is being or has been considered by the Fund or its investment adviser for purchase by the Fund; and
B. Any option to purchase or sell, and any security convertible into or exchangeable for, a Covered Security described in paragraph (a)(10)(i) of this section.
11. Automatic Investment Plan means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

2


 

II.   UNLAWFUL ACTIONS
It is unlawful for any affiliated person of or principal underwriter for a Fund, or any affiliated person of an investment adviser of or principal underwriter for a Fund, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by the person of a Security Held or to be Acquired by the Fund:
1. To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Fund;
2. To make any untrue statement of a material fact to the Fund or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to the Fund, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;
3. To engage in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on the Fund; or
4. To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Fund.
III.   CODE OF ETHICS
1. Adoption and Approval of Code of Ethics.
A. Every Fund (other than a money market fund or a Fund that does not invest in Covered Securities) and each investment adviser of and principal underwriter for the Fund, must adopt a written code of ethics containing provisions reasonably necessary to prevent its Access Persons from engaging in any conduct prohibited by paragraph (b) of this section.
B. The board of directors of a Fund, including a majority of directors who are not interested persons, must approve the code of ethics of the Fund, the code of ethics of each investment adviser and principal underwriter of the Fund, and any material changes to these codes. The board must base its approval of a code and any material changes to the code on a determination that the code contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from engaging in any conduct prohibited by paragraph (b) of this section. Before approving a code of a Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter or any amendment to the code, the board of directors must receive a certification from the Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter that it has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Funds, investment adviser’s, or principal underwriter’s code of ethics. The Fund’s board must approve the code of an investment adviser or principal underwriter before initially retaining the services of the investment adviser or principal underwriter. The Fund’s board must approve a material change to a code no later than six months after adoption of the material change.
C. If a Fund is a unit investment trust, the Fund’s principal underwriter or depositor must approve the Fund’s code of ethics, as required by paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section. If the Fund has more than one principal underwriter or depositor, the principal underwriters and depositors may designate, in writing, which principal underwriter or depositor must conduct the approval required by paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section, if they obtain written consent from the designated principal underwriter or depositor.

3


 

2. Administration of Code of Ethics.
A. The Fund, investment adviser and principal underwriter must use reasonable diligence and institute procedures reasonably necessary to prevent violations of its code of ethics.
B. No less frequently than annually, every Fund (other than a unit investment trust) and its investment advisers and principal underwriters must furnish to the Fund’s board of directors, and the board of directors must consider, a written report that:
  (1)   Describes any issues arising under the code of ethics or procedures since the last report to the board of directors, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations; and
 
  (2)   Certifies that the Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter, as applicable, has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the code.
3. Exception for Principal Underwriters. The requirements of paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section do not apply to any principal underwriter unless:
A. The principal underwriter is an affiliated person of the Fund or of the Fund’s investment adviser; or
B. An officer, director or general partner of the principal underwriter serves as an officer, director or general partner of the Fund or of the Fund’s investment adviser.
IV.   REPORTING REQUIREMENTS OF ACCESS PERSONS
1. Reports Required
Unless excepted by paragraph (d)(2) of this section, every Access Person of a Fund (other than a money market fund or a Fund that does not invest in Covered Securities) and every Access Person of an investment adviser of or principal underwriter for the Fund, must report to that Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter:
A. Initial Holdings Reports. No later than 10 days after the person becomes an Access Person (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person):
  (1)   The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person became an Access Person;
 
  (2)   The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person; and
B. The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
2. Quarterly Transaction Reports
No later than 30 days after the end of a calendar quarter, the following information:
A. With respect to any transaction during the quarter in a Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership:

4


 

  (1)   The date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each Covered Security involved;
 
  (2)   The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);
 
  (3)   The price of the Covered Security at which the transaction was effected;
 
  (4)   The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected; and
 
  (5)   The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
B. With respect to any account established by the Access Person in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person:
  (1)   The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account;
 
  (2)   The date the account was established; and
 
  (3)   The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
3. Annual Holdings Reports
Annually, the following information (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted):
A. The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;
B. The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and
C. The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
4. Exceptions from Reporting Requirements
A. A person need not make a report under paragraph (d)(1) of this section with respect to transactions effected for, and Covered Securities held in, any account over which the person has no direct or indirect influence or control.
B. A director of a Fund who is not an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of section 2(a)(19) of the Act, and who would be required to make a report solely by reason of being a Fund director, need not make:
  (1)   An initial holdings report under paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section and an annual holdings report under paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section; and
 
  (2)   A quarterly transaction report under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, unless the director knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a Fund director, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately before or after the director’s transaction in a Covered Security, the Fund purchased or sold the Covered Security, or the Fund or its investment adviser considered purchasing or selling the Covered Security.

5


 

C. An Access Person to a Fund’s principal underwriter need not make a report to the principal underwriter under paragraph (d)(1) of this section if:
  (1)   The principal underwriter is not an affiliated person of the Fund (unless the Fund is a unit investment trust) or any investment adviser of the Fund; and
 
  (2)   The principal underwriter has no officer, director or general partner who serves as an officer, director or general partner of the Fund or of any investment adviser of the Fund.
D. An Access Person to an investment adviser need not make a separate report to the investment adviser under paragraph (d)(1) of this section to the extent the information in the report would duplicate information required to be recorded under § 275.204-2(a)(13) of this chapter.
E. An Access Person need not make a quarterly transaction report under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section if the report would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements received by the Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter with respect to the Access Person in the time period required by paragraph (d)(1)(ii), if all of the information required by that paragraph is contained in the broker trade confirmations or account statements, or in the records of the Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter.
F. An Access Person need not make a quarterly transaction report under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan.
5. Review of Reports
Each Fund, investment adviser and principal underwriter to which reports are required to be made by paragraph (d)(1) of this section must institute procedures by which appropriate management or compliance personnel review these reports.
6. Notification of Reporting Obligation
Each Fund, investment adviser and principal underwriter to which reports are required to be made by paragraph (d)(1) of this section must identify all Access Persons who are required to make these reports and must inform those Access Persons of their reporting obligation.
7. Beneficial Ownership
For purposes of this section, beneficial ownership is interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of this chapter in determining whether a person is the beneficial owner of a security for purposes of section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder. Any report required by paragraph (d) of this section may contain a statement that the report will not be construed as an admission that the person making the report has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Covered Security to which the report relates.

6


 

V.   PRE-APPROVAL OF INVESTMENTS IN IPOS AND LIMITED OFFERINGS
Investment Personnel of a Fund or its investment adviser must obtain approval from the Fund or the Fund’s investment adviser before directly or indirectly acquiring beneficial ownership in any securities in an Initial Public Offering or in a Limited Offering.
VI.   RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS
1. Each Fund, investment adviser and principal underwriter that is required to adopt a code of ethics or to which reports are required to be made by Access Persons must, at its principal place of business, maintain records in the manner and to the extent set out in this paragraph (f), and must make these records available to the Commission or any representative of the Commission at any time and from time to time for reasonable periodic, special or other examination:
A. A copy of each code of ethics for the organization that is in effect, or at any time within the past five years was in effect, must be maintained in an easily accessible place;
B. A record of any violation of the code of ethics, and of any action taken as a result of the violation, must be maintained in an easily accessible place for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;
C. A copy of each report made by an Access Person as required by this section, including any information provided in lieu of the reports under paragraph (d)(2)(v) of this section, must be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the report is made or the information is provided, the first two years in an easily accessible place;
D. A record of all persons, currently or within the past five years, who are or were required to make reports under paragraph (d) of this section, or who are or were responsible for reviewing these reports, must be maintained in an easily accessible place; and
E. A copy of each report required by paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section must be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which it is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place.
2. A Fund or investment adviser must maintain a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition by investment personnel of securities under paragraph (e), for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted.

7


 

Appendix 2
The following are “Access Persons” for purposes of the foregoing Code of Ethics:
     
           Name   Title
 
   
Each Director/Trustee of the Funds
   
 
   
Each Officer of the Funds
   
 
   
The Portfolio Managers of the Funds
   

1


 

Appendix 3
Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Exchange Act
Other than for purposes of determining whether a person is a beneficial owner of more than ten percent of any class of equity securities registered under Section 12 of the Act, the term beneficial owner shall mean any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the equity securities, subject to the following:
1. The term pecuniary interest in any class of equity securities shall mean the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the subject securities.
2. The term indirect pecuniary interest in any class of equity securities shall include, but not be limited to:
A. Securities held by members of a person’s immediate family sharing the same household; provided, however, that the presumption of such beneficial ownership may be rebutted; see also Rule 16a-1(a)(4);
B. A general partner’s proportionate interest in the portfolio securities held by a general or limited partnership. The general partner’s proportionate interest, as evidenced by the partnership agreement in effect at the time of the transaction and the partnership’s most recent financial statements, shall be the greater of:
  (1)   The general partner’s share of the partnership’s profits, including profits attributed to any limited partnership interests held by the general partner and any other interests in profits that arise from the purchase and sale of the partnership’s portfolio securities; or  
 
  (2)   The general partner’s share of the partnership capital account, including the share attributable to any limited partnership interest held by the general partner.  
C. A performance-related fee, other than an asset-based fee, received by any broker, dealer, bank, insurance company, investment company, investment adviser, investment manager, trustee or person or entity performing a similar function; provided, however, that no pecuniary interest shall be present where:
  (1)   The performance-related fee, regardless of when payable, is calculated based upon net capital gains and/or net capital appreciation generated from the portfolio or from the fiduciary’s overall performance over a period of one year or more; and  
 
  (2)   Equity securities of the issuer do not account for more than ten percent of the market value of the portfolio. A right to a nonperformance-related fee alone shall not represent a pecuniary interest in the securities;  
D. A person’s right to dividends that are separated or separable from the underlying securities. Otherwise, a right to dividends alone shall not represent a pecuniary interest in the securities;
E. A person’s interest in securities held by a trust, as specified in Rule 16a-8(b); and
F. A person’s right to acquire equity securities through the exercise or conversion of any derivative security, whether or not presently exercisable.

1


 

3. A shareholder shall not be deemed to have a pecuniary interest in the portfolio securities held by a corporation or similar entity in which the person owns securities if the shareholder is not a controlling shareholder of the entity and does not have or share investment control over the entity’s portfolio.

2


 

Appendix 4
BLACKROCK FUNDS CODE OF ETHICS
ANNUAL CERTIFICATION FORM
This is to certify that I have read and understand the Code of Ethics of the Funds and that I recognize that I am subject to the provisions thereof and will comply with the policy and procedures stated therein.
This is to further certify that I have complied with the requirements of such Code of Ethics and that I have reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of such Code of Ethics.
         
Please sign your name here:
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
Please print your name here:
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
Please date here:
       
 
       
Please sign two copies of this Certification Form, return one copy to Mr. Brian Kindelan, c/o BlackRock, 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, and retain the other copy, together with a copy of the Code of Ethics, for your records.

1

CONFIDENTIAL
Exhibit 99.(r)(2)
BLACKROCK, INC.
Code of Ethics
For Chief Executive and Senior Financial Officers
BlackRock, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“BlackRock” or the “Company”) are committed to conducting their business in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations and the highest standards of business ethics, and to full and accurate financial disclosure in compliance with applicable law. This Code of Ethics (the “Code”), applicable to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer (or persons performing similar functions) (together, “Senior Officers”), sets forth specific policies to guide you in the performance of your duties.
I. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS
Senior Officers are required to comply with the laws, rules and regulations that govern the conduct of BlackRock’s business and to report any suspected violations in accordance with the section below entitled “ Compliance With Code Of Ethics .”
II. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Senior Officers are expected to dedicate their best efforts to advancing the Company’s interests and to use objective and unbiased standards when making decisions that affect the Company. A conflict of interest occurs when your private interests interfere in any way with the interests of the Company. Your obligation to conduct the Company’s business in an honest and ethical manner includes the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and business relationships. BlackRock’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Policy Regarding Private Investments provide further guidance for handling a conflict or potential conflict of interest between BlackRock and its employees. Before making any investment, accepting any position or benefits, participating in any transaction or business arrangement or otherwise acting in a manner that, in the case of any of the foregoing, creates or appears to create a conflict of interest, each Senior Officer must make full disclosure of all facts and circumstances of such transaction to, and receive prior approval from, the General Counsel of BlackRock (the “General Counsel”).
III. DISCLOSURES
It is Company policy to make full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations in all reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and in all other public communications made by the Company. As a Senior Officer, you are required to promote compliance with this policy by all employees and to abide by Company standards, policies and procedures designed to promote compliance with this Code, including, but not limited to, BlackRock’s Disclosure Controls and Procedures Policy .
IV. COMPLIANCE WITH CODE OF ETHICS
If you know of or suspect a violation of applicable laws, rules or regulations or this Code or BlackRock’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics , you must immediately report that information to the General Counsel. It is Company policy not to allow retaliation for reports of misconduct by others made in good faith by employees. You are expected to cooperate in internal investigations of misconduct.

1 of 2


 

CONFIDENTIAL
The General Counsel will report material violations of this Code or the policies and procedures referenced herein to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of BlackRock. Violations of this Code may result in disciplinary action, up to and including discharge. The Audit Committee shall determine, or shall designate appropriate persons to determine, appropriate action in response to violations of this Code.
V. WAIVERS OF CODE OF ETHICS
Any waiver of this Code may be made only by the Audit Committee. Amendments and waivers of this Code will be publicly disclosed as required by applicable law and regulations.
VI. NO RIGHTS CREATED
This Code is a statement of certain fundamental principles, policies and procedures that govern the Company’s Senior Officers in the conduct of the Company’s business. It is not intended to and does not create any rights in any employee, client, supplier, competitor, shareholder or any other person or entity.

2 of 2